summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/contrib/binutils/ld
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorjdp <jdp@FreeBSD.org>1998-03-01 22:58:51 +0000
committerjdp <jdp@FreeBSD.org>1998-03-01 22:58:51 +0000
commit2cbd0590cd191c81b59e94970f4c40c371f9e415 (patch)
treeb7676f996414b979dcbb7de92a3e86b97320d023 /contrib/binutils/ld
downloadFreeBSD-src-2cbd0590cd191c81b59e94970f4c40c371f9e415.zip
FreeBSD-src-2cbd0590cd191c81b59e94970f4c40c371f9e415.tar.gz
Initial import of GNU binutils version 2.8.1. Believe it or not,
this is heavily stripped down.
Diffstat (limited to 'contrib/binutils/ld')
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ChangeLog7027
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/Makefile.in1074
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/NEWS160
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/README54
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/TODO9
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/acconfig.h16
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/aclocal.m41
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/config.in43
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/configdoc.texi13
-rwxr-xr-xcontrib/binutils/ld/configure1884
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/configure.host198
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/configure.in154
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/configure.tgt192
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/dep-in.sed16
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/README2
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/alpha.sh3
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh29
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh29
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh15
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386.sh10
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386aout.sh6
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386bsd.sh6
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386coff.sh5
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386linux.sh7
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386moss.sh10
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh6
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nw.sh9
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386pe.sh5
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/sh.sh5
-rwxr-xr-xcontrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shelf.sh17
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shl.sh5
-rwxr-xr-xcontrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shlelf.sh17
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vanilla.sh5
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vsta.sh8
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8001.sh7
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8002.sh6
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/README3
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/elf32.em1011
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/generic.em118
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/linux.em207
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/pe.em743
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/stringify.sed4
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/vanilla.em69
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/gen-doc.texi13
-rwxr-xr-xcontrib/binutils/ld/genscripts.sh133
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/h8-doc.texi14
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ld.11072
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ld.h170
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ld.texinfo3620
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldcref.c547
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.c247
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.h54
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.c262
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.h138
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.c938
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.h109
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.c397
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.h53
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldgram.y1017
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldint.texinfo412
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.c3978
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.h482
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.h62
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.l633
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.c1271
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.h38
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.c534
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.h56
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.c49
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.h22
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.c490
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.h20
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/lexsup.c948
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/mri.c377
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/mri.h39
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/README4
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/alpha.sc74
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/aout.sc55
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/elf.sc200
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/i386coff.sc43
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/nw.sc131
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc112
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/sh.sc59
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/vanilla.sc1
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/z8000.sc54
-rw-r--r--contrib/binutils/ld/sysdep.h69
86 files changed, 32205 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/ld/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abef050
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,7027 @@
+Wed May 21 17:44:15 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Correct check of fclose return value when
+ handling --force-exe-suffix.
+
+Tue May 13 10:43:26 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldver.c: Set to "2.8.1".
+
+Mon May 12 11:11:06 1997 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Don't align the data segment on the next 8
+ byte boundary, instead let the linker use whatever the individual
+ sections require.
+
+Tue May 6 13:21:19 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ From Sean McNeil <sean@mcneil.com>:
+ * emultempl/pe.em (sort_by_file_name): Sort by archive name
+ first.
+ (sort_sections): Sort all sections, not just sections in the same
+ archive.
+
+Mon May 5 18:19:55 1997 Philip Blundell <pjb27@cam.ac.uk>
+
+ * configure.tgt, configure.host: cope with '*-*-linux-gnuaout'
+ targets.
+
+Wed Apr 30 12:23:21 1997 Manfred Hollstein <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
+
+ * scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc (__.initp.end, _etext): Added whitespace
+ around assignment of current location pointer.
+
+Mon Apr 14 12:06:15 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ From Thomas Graichen <graichen@rzpd.de>:
+ * configure.in: Use ${CONFIG_SHELL} when running $ac_config_sub.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr 4 11:42:41 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em: Include "libiberty.h".
+ (sort_sections_1): Use xmalloc rather than alloca.
+
+Thu Apr 3 18:54:20 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldver.c (ld_program_version): Set to "2.8".
+
+Wed Apr 2 11:55:27 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-idtmips.c: Rename from mpw-emipsidt.c.
+ * mpw-elfmips.c: Rename from mpw-emipself.c.
+ * mpw-config.in: Update accordingly.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Call lang_check immediately after
+ opening the input files, rather than at the end of the link.
+
+Mon Mar 31 23:44:00 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (init): Fully bracket initializer.
+ (set_pe_stack_heap): Remove locals begin_commit and end.
+ (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Remove unused local i.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Remove unused local ptr.
+
+Mon Mar 31 16:35:51 1997 Joel Sherrill <joel@oarcorp.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (hppa*-*-rtems*): New target, like hppa-*-*elf*.
+
+Fri Mar 28 15:29:23 1997 H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+ Contributed by David S. Miller <davem@caip.rutgers.edu>:
+ * configure.tgt (sparc*-*-linuxaout*): New target.
+ (sparc*-*-linux*): New target.
+ * emulparams/sparclinux.sh: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add esparclinux.o.
+ (esparclinux.c): New target.
+
+Fri Mar 28 14:30:12 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ From Ralf Baechle <ralf@gnu.ai.mit.edu>:
+ * configure.tgt: Set targ_extra_emuls for mips*el-*-linux* and
+ mips*-*-linux*. Use elf32bmip and elf32lmip, not elf32ebmip and
+ elf32elmip.
+
+Thu Mar 27 17:14:32 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Update copyright date in version
+ message.
+
+Fri Mar 21 12:28:41 1997 Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+ * emulparams/delta68.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Set to "coff-m68k-sysv".
+
+Tue Mar 18 11:16:23 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em: Include "obstack.h".
+
+Mon Mar 17 19:26:06 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c: Include "obstack.h".
+
+Sat Mar 15 23:23:46 1997 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (powerpc-*-beos*): Use aixppc for targ_emul.
+
+Sat Mar 15 18:10:38 1997 H.J. Lu <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+ * ldemul.h (ldemul_list_emulations): Use full prototype.
+ * ldlang.c (print_one_symbol): Add declaration.
+ * ldlang.h (dprint_statements): Declare.
+ * ldmain.c (remove_output): Declare.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Declare.
+ * ldwrite.c (clone_section): Declare.
+ (split_sections): Make static. Declare.
+ * mri.c: Include libiberty.h.
+ (strdup): Don't declare.
+ (mri_alias): Use xstrdup rather than strdup.
+
+Fri Mar 14 21:30:06 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Change handling of data area when
+ generating a shared library to not skip a large block of memory.
+ From Per Fogelstrom <pefo@cvs.openbsd.org>.
+
+Wed Mar 12 21:33:09 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (multiple_definition): Only skip the warning if the
+ output section is absolute when the input section is not
+ absolute.
+
+ * ldlex.l: Accept whitespace in VERS_START state. Warn about
+ invalid characters in VERS_* states.
+
+Tue Mar 11 13:51:31 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_read_file): Don't let a
+ trailing space lead us to think that there is a zero address.
+
+Sun Mar 9 23:06:35 1997 Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>
+
+ * ldgram.y (vers_node): Correct typo of '(' for '{'.
+
+Sun Mar 2 22:59:49 1997 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ld.dvi): Set MAKEINFO environment variable as well
+ as TEXINPUTS. Needed for building in separate build dir.
+ * ldint.texinfo (SCRIPT_NAME): Fix typo.
+
+Fri Feb 28 17:42:27 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Call bfd_set_default_target.
+ * Makefile.in (ldmain.o): Define TARGET when compiling.
+
+Thu Feb 27 11:41:03 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Don't initialize link_info.lprefix or
+ link_info.lprefix_len.
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em (hppaelf_before_parse): Likewise.
+
+ * emultempl/m88kbcs.em: Remove.
+ * emulparams/m88kbcs.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Don't set.
+ * Makefile.in (em88kbcs.c): Depend upon generic.em rather than
+ m88kbcs.em.
+
+ * mri.c (mri_draw_tree): Pass noload_section, not SEC_NEVER_LOAD,
+ to lang_enter_output_section_statement. From Mark Rasin
+ <mark.rasin@telrad.co.il>.
+
+Wed Feb 26 11:51:44 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Clear SEC_IS_COMMON from common
+ section.
+
+Tue Feb 25 20:38:11 1997 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (mips*-*-lnews*): New target.
+ * Makefile.in (emipslnews.c): New target.
+ * emulparams/mipslnews.sh: New file.
+
+Tue Feb 25 16:04:09 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (hold_interp): New static variable.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Put loadable .note sections
+ after hold_interp. Choose a unique output section name.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Don't set hold_use if the
+ SEC_LOAD or SEC_ALLOC flags differ. Set hold_interp.
+
+Mon Feb 24 18:16:09 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+ * ldlex.l (V_TAG, V_IDENTIFIER): New macros.
+ (VERS_START, VERS_SCRIPT, VERS_NODE): New states to parse version
+ information.
+ (ldlex_version_script, ldlex_version_file): New functions.
+ * ldlex.h (enum input_enum): Add input_version_script.
+ (ldlex_version_script): Declare.
+ (ldlex_version_file): Declare.
+ * ldgram.y (%union): Add deflist, versyms, and versnode.
+ (VERS_TAG, VERS_IDENTIFIER): New terminals.
+ (GLOBAL, LOCAL, VERSION, INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT): New terminals.
+ (file): Accept INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT.
+ (ifile_p1): Accept version.
+ (version_script_file): New nonterminal.
+ (version, vers_nodes, vers_node): Likewise.
+ (verdep, vers_tag, ver_defns): Likewise.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_elf_version_info): New global variable.
+ (lang_new_vers_regex): New function.
+ (lang_new_vers_node): New function.
+ (version_index): New static variable.
+ (lang_register_vers_node): New function.
+ (lang_add_vers_depend): New function.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_elf_version_info): Declare.
+ (lang_new_vers_regex, lang_new_vers_node): Declare.
+ (lang_add_vers_depend, lang_register_vers_node): Declare.
+ * lexsup.c (OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT): Define.
+ (ld_options): Add "version-script".
+ (parse_args): Handle OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Pass lang_elf_version_info to size_dynamic_sections.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Add .gnu.version sections.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document symbol versioning.
+
+Fri Feb 14 18:28:31 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo (Option Commands): Document the INCLUDE command.
+
+Thu Feb 13 20:31:37 1997 Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+ * configure.in: Call BFD_NEED_DECLARATION on getenv.
+ * acconfig.h (NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV): New macro.
+ * sysdep.h (getenv): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV.
+ * ldemul.c (ld_emul_default_target): Do not cast getenv return
+ value.
+ * ldmain.c (get_emulation): Likewise.
+ * configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Feb 11 15:34:26 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfmips.sc: When relocating, put .mips16.fn.* and
+ .mips16.call.* in .text.
+
+Fri Jan 31 13:16:53 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Search for
+ ".so" in the name, not ".so.".
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_dir): Accept a plain .so file.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ld.info): Add -I$(srcdir). From Alan Modra
+ <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>.
+
+Thu Jan 30 11:31:52 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em: Include <ctype.h>.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Skip the directory name when
+ searching for ".so.".
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_dir): Make sure that the library name
+ has a version number, and that only version numbers follow .so.
+
+Wed Jan 29 18:15:00 1997 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc:
+ * scripttempl/ppcpe.sc: add *(.gcc_except_table) to the text
+ section so Win32 executables are valid.
+
+Mon Jan 27 12:28:43 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Put linkonce reloc section in other
+ appropriate reloc sections.
+ * scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Add linkonce support.
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Likewise.
+
+Fri Jan 24 10:44:09 1997 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparms/mn10200.sh (OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS): Move the
+ stack up to 0x80000.
+ * emulparms/mn10300.sh (OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS): Likewise.
+
+Tue Jan 21 12:11:10 1997 Doug Evans <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/m32relf.sh (OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS): Use PROVIDE
+ to define `_stack'.
+
+Thu Jan 16 17:07:52 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Rename auxiliary_filter_shlib to
+ auxiliary_filters, and make it char **.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -f by setting up an array.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Use
+ new name of auxiliary_filters.
+
+ * ld.texinfo (Options): Improve documentation of --filter and
+ --auxiliary.
+
+Tue Jan 14 15:44:28 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo (Options): Clarify that the normal usage is -T.
+ (Commands): Likewise.
+
+Thu Jan 9 11:26:27 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/armcoff.sc: Correct mask used for .data address.
+
+Wed Jan 8 15:14:59 1997 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em: make default executable a.exe instead of
+ a.out
+
+Fri Jan 3 17:33:34 1997 Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Move .got closer to .sdata and .sbss by
+ shifting .plt back. Rumour has it that the NetBSD ld.so depends
+ on .dynamic being after .got, so we leave that.
+
+Fri Jan 3 14:04:40 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (clean): Don't remove configdoc.texi.
+ (maintainer-clean): Do remove configdoc.texi.
+
+ * ld.texinfo (Operators): Remove '@' from @smallexmple in comment
+ to avoid confusing texi2roff.
+
+Thu Jan 2 18:14:32 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (mips*el-*-linux*, mips*-*-linux*): New targets.
+ * scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Use __start as the entry address for
+ mips*-*-linux*.
+
+Tue Dec 31 14:48:30 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Add -D_GNU_SOURCE.
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add filter_shlib and auxiliary_filter_shlib
+ fields.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize --auxiliary/-f and
+ --filter/-F.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Pass filter_shlib and auxiliary_filter_shlib to
+ size_dynamic_sections.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --filter/-F and --auxiliary/-f.
+
+Wed Dec 18 22:57:35 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-make.sed: Use NewFolderRecursive for installation.
+
+Fri Dec 13 10:19:57 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (emn10200.c): Add dependencies.
+ * configure.tgt: Handle mn10200.
+ * emulparms/mn10200.sh: New file.
+
+Thu Dec 12 17:04:55 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/gld960c.em: Include <ctype.h>.
+ (gld960_set_output_arch): Get the machine type from the -A option
+ if there is one, rather than always using core.
+
+Sat Dec 7 10:07:51 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparms/mn10300.sh: Handle leading underscores.
+
+Thu Dec 5 13:45:58 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Only
+ set hold_rel if SEC_ALLOC is set.
+
+Tue Dec 3 11:29:20 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (section_already_linked): Set the output_offset as well
+ as the output_section when only reading symbols from a file.
+
+Mon Dec 2 11:43:50 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/*.sh: Make sure that each set of parameters which
+ uses the elf.sc script sets MACHINE.
+
+Wed Nov 27 03:22:05 1996 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf{,mips,ppc}.sc: Add the remaining DWARF sections.
+
+ * scripttempl/elfd10v.sc: Likewise.
+
+Tue Nov 26 16:58:33 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.12.
+
+Mon Nov 25 12:17:55 1996 Jim Wilson <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols): Add case
+ for bfd_vma to init loop.
+
+Mon Nov 25 09:55:07 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparms/mn10300.sh: Remove bogus '_' prefix for
+ entry symbol and ctor/dtor stuff.
+
+Fri Nov 15 13:00:18 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (emn10300.c): Add dependencies.
+ * configure.tgt: Handle mn10300.
+ * emulparms/mn10300.sh: New file.
+
+Tue Nov 5 10:57:50 1996 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/d10velf.sh (READONLY_START_ADDR): Changed to 0x2000004.
+ (EMBEDDED): Define.
+
+Fri Nov 1 10:01:27 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Add section on reporting bugs.
+
+ * scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Make sure the etext and __CTOR_LIST__
+ symbols are correctly aligned.
+
+Tue Oct 29 12:33:05 1996 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/d10velf.sh: Changes needed for D10V-EVA board.
+ Set TEXT_START_ADDR to 0x1000000. Set READONLY_START_ADDR to
+ 0x2000000.
+
+ * scripttempl/elfd10v.sc: Fix calculation of .text. Change
+ .stack to start at 0x2007ffe.
+
+Mon Oct 28 15:37:00 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (sparclet*-*-aout*): Delete, use sparc*-*-aout*.
+
+Mon Oct 21 17:16:59 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfd10v.sc: Clone from elf.sc, move .text to
+ 0x10000, so that is more room for data.
+
+ * emulparams/d10velf.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Now 0x100000.
+ (READONLY_START_ADDR): Now 0x0.
+ (SCRIPT_NAME): Now elfd10v.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ed10velf.c): Depend on elfd10v.sc, not elf.sc.
+
+Fri Oct 18 22:12:49 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/m32relf.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Change from 0 to 0x100.
+
+Fri Oct 18 15:43:38 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Remove eelf64alpha.o.
+ (ALL_64_EMULATIONS): New variable.
+ * configure.in: Accept --enable-64-bit-bfd option. If it is set
+ with --enable-targets=all, include ALL_64_EMULATIONS in
+ EMULATION_OFILES.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Oct 17 18:14:07 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Try to consistently use a single or a double dash
+ for each option.
+
+Thu Oct 17 10:17:20 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/m32relf.sh (EMBEDDED): Define.
+
+Thu Oct 10 17:57:00 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/elf32b4300.sh: Define _gp in OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS, not
+ OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS.
+ * emulparams/elf32l4300.sh: Likewise.
+
+Wed Oct 9 14:36:18 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type): Add warn_section_align field.
+ * lexsup.c (OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN): Define.
+ (ld_options): Add --warn-section-align.
+ (parse_args): Handle --warn-section-align.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): If warn_section_align, warn if
+ the start of a section changes due to alignment.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --warn-section-align.
+ * ld.texinfo: Change some single dashes to double dashes.
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (set_pe_subsystem): Record entry symbol for each
+ subsystem type. Ifdef out os2 type. Recognize a version number.
+
+Tue Oct 8 12:07:13 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (set_pe_subsystem): When setting the subsystem
+ to windows, set the entry point.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ldlex.c): Don't pass any options to $(LEX).
+
+Mon Oct 7 17:29:05 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo (Options): Mention .so extensions for shared
+ libraries.
+
+Sun Oct 6 22:35:36 1996 Jason Merrill <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf{,mips,ppc}.sc: Add DWARF 2 sections.
+
+Fri Oct 4 18:49:31 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Only set the address of .text if
+ RELOCATING.
+
+Fri Oct 4 10:59:52 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/sparcaout.sh ({BIG,LITTLE}_OUTPUT_FORMAT): Define.
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc ({BIG,LITTLE}_OUTPUT_FORMAT): Provide default.
+ (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Support bi-endian targets.
+
+Thu Oct 3 13:52:03 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * fnmatch.h, fnmatch.c: Remove (now in libiberty).
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ (CFILES): Remove fnmatch.c.
+ (HFILES): Remove fnmatch.h.
+ (OFILES): Remove fnmatch.o.
+
+Thu Oct 3 15:41:24 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+ * Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Move config.log to distclean.
+
+Wed Oct 2 23:45:25 1996 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultmpl/pe.em: increase size of stack reserve to 0x2000000
+ (necessary in order to compile parse.c in gcc sources under NT)
+
+Wed Oct 2 14:49:10 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * lexsup.c (ld_options): Fix typo in --rpath-link description.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Suggest
+ --rpath if a needed library is not found.
+
+Tue Oct 1 16:17:33 1996 Joel Sherrill <joel@oarcorp.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (mips*-*-rtems*): New target, like mips*-*-elf*.
+
+Tue Oct 1 15:50:34 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo (Options): Give more detail on -l option.
+
+ * scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Handle CREATE_SHLIB the same way that
+ elf.sc does, so that glibc works better.
+
+ * ldver.c (ld_program_version): New variable.
+ (ldversion): Use it.
+ * ldver.h (ld_program_version): Declare.
+ * lexsup.c (ld_options): Handle --dll-verbose like --verbose, not
+ --version. Change --version handling to match current GNU
+ standards.
+ (help): Print bug report address.
+
+Mon Sep 30 12:14:43 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (em32relf.c): Add rule for.
+ * configure.tgt (m32r-*-*): Recognize.
+ * emulparams/m32relf.sh: New file.
+
+Thu Sep 26 13:58:47 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-make.sed: Add symbolic doublequoting to ldmain compile edit.
+ * mpw-config.in: Add mips-*-* case as mips-elf, and use more
+ wildcards in matching.
+ * mpw-emipself.c: New file, pregenerated mips elf emulation.
+
+Tue Sep 17 12:18:21 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldint.texinfo: Rewrote.
+
+ * configure.tgt: Add cases for MIPS 5000 like MIPS 4300.
+
+Mon Sep 16 17:55:21 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/armcoff.sc: Only define symbols if RELOCATING. Fix
+ syntax error on __end__ line.
+
+ * scripttempl/armcoff.sc: For -N or -n, don't align .data. From
+ Chris Hadley <Christopher.Hadley@cl.cam.ac.uk>
+
+Sun Sep 15 10:38:16 1996 Mark Alexander <marka@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparms/d10v.sh: Set OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS to put
+ stack at top of simulator memory.
+
+Fri Sep 13 15:49:45 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlex.l (SYMBOLCHARN): Add $, _, and ~.
+
+Wed Sep 11 23:30:42 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (get_emulation): Check for -mips4 like -mips1, et. al.
+
+Thu Sep 5 15:24:12 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (section_already_linked): Accept a lang_input_statement
+ as the PTR argument. If the file is symbols only, discard all
+ input sections.
+ (ldlang_add_file): Pass entry to bfd_map_over_sections.
+
+Wed Sep 4 15:53:43 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (alpha-*-gnu*): New target. From Fila Kolodny
+ <fila@ibi.com>.
+
+Fri Aug 30 18:32:31 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (sh-*-elf*): New target.
+ * emulparams/shelf.sh: New file.
+ * emulparams/shlelf.sh: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eshelf.o and eshlelf.o.
+ (eshelf.c, eshlelf.c): New targets.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: If EMBEDDED is defined, then don't add
+ SIZEOF_HEADERS to TEXT_START_ADDR. Expand CTOR_START and CTOR_END
+ around .ctors, and DTOR_START and DTOR_END around .dtors. Expand
+ OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS if RELOCATING.
+
+Thu Aug 29 16:57:46 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.{host,tgt} (i[345]86-*-*): Recognize i686 for pentium
+ pro.
+
+Mon Aug 26 12:58:11 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldgram.y (section): Add opt_nocrossrefs; pass value to
+ lang_enter_overlay.
+ (opt_nocrossrefs): New nonterminal.
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize NOCROSSREFS keyword in EXPRESSION mode.
+ * ldlang.c (overlay_nocrossrefs): New static variable.
+ (lang_enter_overlay): Add nocrossrefs parameter.
+ (lang_leave_overlay): Only add nocrossrefs if overlay_nocrossrefs
+ is set. Initialize overlay_nocrossrefs.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_enter_overlay): Update declaration.
+ * ld.texinfo (Overlays): Update documentation.
+
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Print GNU ld in the version message.
+
+Thu Aug 22 17:10:40 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.host: Set HLDENV.
+ * configure.in: Substitute HLDENV.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+ * Makefile.in (HLDENV): New variable.
+ ($(LD_PROG)): Use $(HLDENV).
+
+Thu Aug 22 11:16:02 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-make.sed: Add @DASH_C_FLAG@ to compiler edit.
+
+Wed Aug 21 11:26:37 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Put .gnu.linkonce* sections in appropriate
+ containing sections.
+
+Mon Aug 19 13:01:42 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * fnmatch.c: Include sysdep.h.
+
+Mon Aug 19 11:28:29 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * genscripts.sh: Undo 8/16 change.
+
+ * emulparams/d10velf.sh (MACHINE): Explicitly set to nothing.
+
+Fri Aug 16 19:18:08 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * genscripts.sh: Explicitly reset any shell variables set or used
+ by the various .sc scripts to allow inadvertant use of these
+ names as normal environment variables by the person running
+ configure.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ed10velf.c): Use tdir_d10v, not tdir_arcelf.
+
+Fri Aug 16 14:15:41 1996 James G. Smith <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+ * scripttempl/armcoff.sc (__bss_start__, __bss_end__,
+ __data_start__, __data_end__): Added to keep in sync. with the
+ default ARM crt0.s. Added __CTOR_LIST__ and __DTOR_LIST__ support.
+
+Thu Aug 8 14:24:56 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldcref.c (check_reloc_refs): If info->same, look for any symbol
+ defined in info->defsec, not just the section symbol.
+
+Wed Aug 7 14:40:48 1996 Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+ * configure.in: Call BFD_NEED_DECLARATION on strstr and sbrk.
+ * acconfig.h (NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR): New macro.
+ (NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK): New macro.
+ * configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+ * sysdep.h (strstr): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR.
+ * ldmain.c (sbrk): Declare if HAVE_SBRK and
+ NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_record_phdrs): Cast xmalloc and xrealloc return.
+
+Mon Aug 5 16:26:14 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize OVERLAY.
+ * ldgram.y: Add section_phdr field to %union.
+ (section): Handle phdr_opt result. Add OVERLAY case.
+ (opt_exp_without_type): New nonterminal.
+ (phdr_opt): Return list of phdrs.
+ (overlay_section): New nonterminal.
+ * ldlang.c: Include <ctype.h>.
+ (lang_leave_output_section_statement): Add phdrs parameter.
+ Change all callers.
+ (lang_section_in_phdr): Remove.
+ (overlay_vma, overlay_lmn, overlay_max): New static variables.
+ (struct overlay_list): Define.
+ (overlay_list): New static variable.
+ (lang_enter_overlay, lang_enter_overlay_section): New functions.
+ (lang_leave_overlay_section, lang_leave_overlay): New functions.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_leave_output_section_statement): Update
+ declaration for new parameter.
+ (lang_section_in_phdr): Don't declare.
+ (lang_enter_overlay, lang_enter_overlay_section): Declare.
+ (lang_leave_overlay_section, lang_leave_overlay): Declare.
+ * ld.texinfo (Overlays): New node under SECTIONS, documenting
+ overlays.
+
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize MAX and MIN.
+ * ldgram.y (MAX, MIN): New terminals.
+ (exp): Recognize MAX and MIN.
+ * ldexp.c (fold_binary): Handle MAX and MIN.
+ * ld.texinfo (Arithmetic Functions): Document MAX and MIN.
+
+ * ld.texinfo (PHDRS): Use @cindex, not @kindex, for program header
+ index entries.
+
+ * ldgram.y (SIZEOF, ADDR): Do not specify type.
+
+ * ldcref.c (check_nocrossref): Skip symbols with no output
+ sections.
+
+Fri Aug 2 14:57:49 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldgram.y (LOADADDR): New terminal.
+ (exp): Handle LOADADDR.
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize LOADADDR.
+ * ldexp.c (exp_print_token): Add LOADADDR.
+ (fold_name): Implement LOADADDR.
+ * ldlang.c (exp_init_os): Treat LOADADDR like ADDR.
+ * ld.texinfo (Arithmetic Functions): Document LOADADDR.
+
+Thu Aug 1 12:52:19 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.h (check_nocrossrefs): Declare.
+ * ldlang.h (struct lang_nocrossref): Define.
+ (struct lang_nocrossrefs): Define.
+ (nocrossref_list): Declare.
+ (lang_add_nocrossref): Declare.
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize NOCROSSREFS keyword.
+ * ldgram.y (%union): Add nocrossref field.
+ (NOCROSSREFS): New terminal.
+ (ifile_p1): Recognize NOCROSSREFS.
+ (nocrossref_list): New nonterminal.
+ * ldlang.c (nocrossref_list): Define.
+ (lang_add_nocrossref): New function.
+ * ldmain.c (main): If nocrossref_list is not NULL, call
+ check_nocrossrefs.
+ (warning_callback): Free symbols if there is no place to store
+ them.
+ (notice): Call add_cref if nocrossref_list is not NULL.
+ * ldcref.c: Include "ldexp.h" and "ldlang.h".
+ (check_nocrossrefs): New function.
+ (check_nocrossref): New static function.
+ (struct check_refs_info): Define.
+ (check_refs, check_reloc_refs): New static functions.
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ * ld.texinfo (Option Commands): Document NOCROSSREFS.
+
+ * ld.texinfo (Section Placement): Improve the wording of the
+ wildcard documentation. Mention that wildcards are only searched
+ for on the command line, not in the file system.
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Move
+ definition of lib_path inside condition where it is used.
+
+Wed Jul 31 13:17:10 1996 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/d10velf.sh: Now works with elf.sc.
+
+Wed Jul 31 11:52:03 1996 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/d10velf.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Change to vanilla.
+
+Tue Jul 30 14:46:42 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Add the section VMA to the result
+ value when computing the address of a section.
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add cref field.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Set command_line.cref.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Check command_line.cref rather than
+ link_info.notice_all.
+ (notice): Likewise.
+
+ * ldcref.c (output_one_cref): Don't crash if a symbol is defined
+ in a section without an owner.
+
+Mon Jul 29 17:23:33 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * fnmatch.h, fnmatch.c: New files.
+ * ldlex.l: Remove unused definition of FILENAME. Add definition
+ of WILDCHAR. In SCRIPT mode, accept any sequence of WILDCHAR as a
+ NAME.
+ * ldgram.y (file_NAME_list): Accept '*' and '?' specially.
+ (input_section_spec): Accept '?' specially.
+ (statement): Change exp to mustbe_exp in length and FILL cases.
+ (section): Call ldlex_script before section statements, and call
+ ldlex_popstate after them.
+ * ldlang.c: Include "fnmatch.h".
+ (wildcardp): New static function.
+ (wild_section): Permit the section name to be a wildcard.
+ (wild_file): New static function, broken out of wild.
+ (wild): Call wild_file. Permit the file name to be a wildcard.
+ (open_input_bfds): Don't call lookup_name for a wildcard pattern.
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ (CFILES): Add fnmatch.c.
+ (HFILES): Add fnmatch.h.
+ (OFILES): Add fnmatch.o.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document that file and section names can now be
+ wildcard patterns.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_place_orphans): Correct condition: place a common
+ section if not relocateable or if common definitions are forced.
+
+Wed Jul 24 12:16:38 1996 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/d10velf.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Change to elf.
+
+Wed Jul 24 13:38:22 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+ * configure.tgt (d10v-*-*): Don't require the -elf, allow plain d10v.
+
+Tue Jul 23 10:36:19 1996 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ed10velf.c): New target.
+ * configure.tgt (d10v-*-elf*): New target.
+ * emulparams/d10velf.sh: New file.
+
+Thu Jul 18 16:25:39 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (sparc*-*-sysv4*): New target. From Andrew Gierth
+ <ANDREWG@microlise.co.uk>.
+
+ * configure.host: Change irix5 to irix[56]*.
+ * configure.tgt: Likewise.
+
+Wed Jul 17 10:52:46 1996 Kim Knuttila <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (sort_sections): Pay attention to return code.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (demangle): Remove all prefix '.'s from a name.
+
+Mon Jul 15 11:49:49 1996 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Round
+ the value of __start_SECNAME to the alignment required by the
+ section to be placed.
+
+Tue Jul 9 12:09:02 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (mips*el-*-elf*): Use elf32elmip.
+ (mips*-*-elf*): Use elf32ebmip.
+ * emulparams/elf32bmip.sh (EMBEDDED): Don't define.
+ * emulparams/elf32lmip.sh (EMBEDDED): Don't define.
+ * emulparams/elf32elmip.sh: New file; copy of elf32lmip.sh with
+ EMBEDDED defined.
+ * emulparams/elf32ebmip.sh: New file; copy of elf32bmip.sh with
+ EMBEDDED defined.
+ * emulparams/elf32b4300.sh (EMBEDDED): Define.
+ * emulparams/elf32l4300.sh (EMBEDDED): Define.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32ebmip.o eelf32elmip.o.
+ (eelf32ebmip.c, eelf32elmip.c): New targets.
+
+Thu Jul 4 12:01:03 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Set version to cygnus-2.7.1.
+
+ * Released binutils 2.7.
+
+ * emulparams/pc532macha.sh: Rename from pc532machaout.sh to avoid
+ System V file name limitations.
+ * configure.tgt (nc32k-pc532-mach*, ns32k-pc532-ux*): Use
+ pc532macha rather than pc532machaout.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Change epc532machaout.o to
+ epc532macha.o.
+ (epc532macha.c): Rename target from epc532machaout.c.
+
+Wed Jul 3 11:40:10 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (print_padding_statement): Use %u, not %x, to print
+ fill value.
+
+Sun Jun 30 11:16:43 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-eppcmac.c: Update to reflect May 23 change to aix.em.
+
+Thu Jun 27 14:03:42 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Put the .sa
+ file just before the .so file, rather than just after.
+
+ * configure.host: Use -print-file-name=FILE rather than piping
+ -print-libgcc-file-name through sed.
+ (i[345]86*-*-sco*, i[345]86-*-isc*): Create crtbegin.o and
+ crtend.o files, in case gcc doesn't use them.
+ * Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove crtbegin.o and crtend.o.
+
+Wed Jun 26 15:57:21 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (mips*-dec-osf*): New target.
+
+Tue Jun 25 22:15:29 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+ * Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, datadir, mandir, infodir, includedir,
+ INSTALL_PROGRAM, INSTALL_DATA): Use autoconf-set values.
+ (docdir): Removed.
+ * configure.in (AC_PREREQ): autoconf 2.5 or higher.
+ (AC_PROG_INSTALL): Added.
+ * configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Mon Jun 24 18:48:16 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_): Don't do a
+ PROVIDE of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, since it needs to be at a
+ non-fixed location.
+
+Mon Jun 24 17:55:31 1996 Jouke Numan <jnuman@bazis.nl>
+
+ * ldlang.h (enum section_type): Define.
+ (lang_output_section_statement_type): Remove loadable field. Add
+ sectype field.
+ (lang_enter_output_section_statement): Change flags parameter in
+ prototype to sectype.
+ * ldgram.y (typebits): Remove.
+ (sectype): New static variable.
+ (opt_at): Use sectype rather than typebits.
+ (type): Set sectype rather than typebits.
+ (atype): Likewise.
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize DSECT, COPY, INFO, and OVERLAY in
+ EXPRESSION mode.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_output_section_statement_lookup): Set sectype
+ field rather than loadable field.
+ (wild_doit): Check sectype rather than loadable.
+ (lang_record_phdrs): Likewise.
+ (lang_enter_output_section_statement): Rename flags parameter to
+ sectype. Set sectype field rather than loadable field. Set flags
+ field based on sectype.
+
+Mon Jun 24 12:00:32 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Force .stab* and .comment sections to start
+ at 0.
+
+ * configure.in: On alpha*-*-osf*, link against libbfd.a if not
+ using shared libraries.
+ * configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.10.
+
+Fri Jun 21 17:40:56 1996 Joel Sherrill <joel@merlin.gcs.redstone.army.mil>
+
+ * configure.tgt: Add support for *-*-rtems* configurations.
+
+Fri Jun 21 13:05:51 1996 Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+ * configure.tgt (alpha-*-linuxecoff*): New target.
+ (alpha-*-linux*): Use elf64alpha.
+ * emulparams/elf64alpha.sh: New file.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em: If ELFSIZE is not set, set it to 32. Use
+ ${ELFSIZE} rather than 32 when calling BFD routines.
+ (hold_rodata): New static variable.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Use hold_rodata for a
+ readonly section that is not code.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Set hold_rodata. Don't use
+ a .rel section unless its bfd_section field is not NULL.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf64alpha.o.
+ (eelf64alpha.c): New target.
+
+Fri Jun 21 12:45:46 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Correct handling of 0 in %W case.
+
+Thu Jun 20 13:55:28 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ Add enough support to understand the gcc svr3.ifile script:
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize BLOCK and GROUP in EXPRESSION context. Add
+ BIND keyword.
+ * ldgram.y: Add BIND token.
+ (section): Recognize GROUP.
+ (opt_ext_with_type): Recognize a couple of cases of BIND.
+ * ldlang.c (init_os): Don't do anything if section is already
+ initialized. Call exp_init_os on addr_tree field.
+ (exp_init_os): New static function.
+ (map_input_to_output_sections): Call exp_init_os on assignment
+ expression.
+ (lang_place_orphans): Check for common sections by name COMMON
+ rather than by common_section field. Don't warn about absence of
+ [COMMON] command.
+
+ * ldlang.h (lang_input_statement_type): Remove useless fields
+ common_section, common_output_section, and complained, as well as
+ all references to them.
+
+ * ldexp.c: Reindent a lot of code.
+ (exp_fold_tree): Call FAIL rather than einfo in default case.
+
+Wed Jun 19 11:40:14 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.host (m88*-*-dgux*): Quote HOSTING_CRT0. From
+ <randall.hron@medaphis.com>.
+
+Tue Jun 18 15:53:09 1996 Jeffrey A. Law <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300s.sc: New file for H8/S.
+ * emulpararms/h8300s.sh: New file for H8/S.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add H8/S.
+ (e_h8300s.c): Add dependencies.
+ * configure.tgt: Add H8/S to targ_extra_emuls.
+
+Tue Jun 18 17:55:39 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (i[345]86*-*-isc*): New target. From
+ <uddeborg@carmen.se>.
+
+Wed Jun 12 12:46:21 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * lexsup.c: Include "libiberty.h".
+ (parse_args): Copy the -Y argument into memory.
+ (set_default_dirlist): Don't put the ':' back into the directory
+ list.
+
+Fri Jun 7 11:27:42 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em: Include libiberty.h.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols): New static function to add
+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH to the list of search directories.
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Add new set_symbols routine.
+
+Thu Jun 6 11:50:31 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/elf32bmip.sh (OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS): Use ALIGN(16)
+ rather than . when computing _gp value. From Per Fogelstrom.
+ * emulparams/elf32lmip.sh (OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS): Likewise.
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Don't close and unlink the file on error, since
+ remove_output will do it anyhow.
+ * ldlang.c (open_output): Set boolean variable to true, not 1.
+
+Wed Jun 5 18:34:14 1996 James G. Smith <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+ * emulparams/{elf32b4300.sh,elf32l4300.sh} (SCRIPT_NAME): Use
+ elfmips instead of elf.
+
+Tue Jun 4 18:43:07 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldcref.c: New file.
+ * ld.h (add_cref, output_cref): Declare.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize notice_all field. If it is set at
+ end of link, call output_cref.
+ (notice): Rename from notice_ysym. Check notice_all.
+ * ldmisc.c (finfo): Make globally visible.
+ * ldmisc.h (finfo): Declare.
+ * lexsup.c (OPTION_CREF): Define.
+ (ld_options): Add "cref".
+ (parse_args): Handle OPTION_CREF.
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ (CFILES): Add ldcref.c.
+ (OFILES): Add ldcref.o.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --cref.
+
+Tue Jun 4 12:12:25 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@csk3.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Make $(tooldir) and $(tooldir)/bin.
+
+Fri May 31 12:40:55 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (sort_sections): Don't assume that a
+ wild_statement has a section name.
+
+Wed May 29 13:13:35 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Quote test -z argument.
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Clarify the CONSTRUCTORS command.
+
+Thu May 23 16:07:44 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_read_file): Initialize
+ file, not impfile.
+
+Wed May 22 11:31:30 1996 Doug Evans <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (wild_doit): Don't copy over SEC_LINK_{ONCE,DUPLICATES}
+ if final link.
+ * emultempl/pe.em (sfunc): Renamed to sort_by_file_name.
+ (sort_by_section_name, sort_sections_1): New functions.
+ (sort_sections): Only sort by file name sections in .idata.
+ Add "Grouped Sections" support.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Rewrite to support Grouped
+ Sections.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Delete.
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc (.text,.data,.rdata): Add *(.foo\$).
+ (.CRT,.rsrc): Rewrite to use Grouped Section support.
+
+Tue May 21 14:31:48 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-eppcmac.c: Update to reflect changes to aix.em.
+
+Sun May 19 16:59:44 1996 Doug Evans <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (dprint_statement): Stop printing at end of list.
+
+Sat May 18 13:12:05 1996 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ Support for --force-exe-suffix
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add force_exe_suffix.
+ * ld.texinfo: Add documentation.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Add support for option.
+ * lexsup.c (OPTION_FORCE_EXE_SUFFIX): New.
+ (ld_options, parse_args): Add support for option.
+
+Wed May 15 12:50:25 1996 Jim Wilson <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (set_pe_value): Pass 0 not 16 to strtoul call.
+
+Fri May 10 16:28:44 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc (__stack): Make __stack 0 if it was
+ referenced but not defined.
+
+Thu May 9 08:52:23 1996 Rob Savoye <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/{elf32bmip.sh,elf32lmip.sh,mipsidt.sh,mipsidtl.sh}:
+ Set a new variable to signify if the final target is an embedded
+ system.
+ * scripttempl/{mips.sc,elfmips.sc}: Don't add SIZEOF_HEADERS to
+ .text for an embedded system.
+
+Tue May 7 10:56:11 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/pe.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): New function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): New function.
+ (hold_{section,use,text,rdata,data}): New static locals.
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Update orphan field.
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc: Whitespace cleanup. Semicolon usage cleanup.
+ (INIT,FINI): Delete, unused.
+ (.text): Document orphan .text.foo sections.
+ (.rdata): Document orphan .rdata.foo sections.
+ (.data): Document orphan .data.foo sections.
+
+Tue May 7 11:35:46 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Place ".tiny" sections right
+ after ".data" sections.
+ * scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Place ".tiny" sections into
+ the "tiny" memory region, 0xff8000 through 0xffff00.
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Set the entry point to the value of
+ "_start" rather than the start of the text segment.
+ * scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Place .rodata sections before .text
+ sections in main ram.
+ * scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+Mon May 6 23:32:30 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Use "eight", not "eightbit" for the
+ 8-bit region and 8-bit sections.
+
+Wed May 1 17:50:06 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (section_already_linked): Fix typos.
+
+Mon Apr 29 20:31:06 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc (.endjunk): Define __end__.
+
+Mon Apr 29 17:05:13 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (longest_section_name): Remove.
+ (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH): Define.
+ (print_size, print_alignment, print_fill, print_section): Remove.
+ (print_flags): Remove.
+ (lang_map): Rewrite.
+ (print_output_section_statement): Rewrite.
+ (print_assignment): Rewrite.
+ (print_one_symbol): Rewrite.
+ (print_input_section): Rewrite.
+ (print_fill_statement): Rewrite.
+ (print_data_statement): Rewrite.
+ (print_address_statement): New static function.
+ (print_reloc_statement): Rewrite.
+ (print_padding_statement): Rewrite.
+ (print_wild_statement): Rewrite.
+ (print_statement_list): Clean up.
+ (print_statement): Clean up. Some minor output changes.
+ (print_statements): Clean up.
+ (load_symbols): Put another - before -whole-archive.
+ * ldexp.c (exp_print_tree): Change etree_value and etree_rel to
+ print 0x and to omit leading zeroes. For etree_rel, use %B to
+ print the BFD. For etree_assign, remove the space after the
+ destination name.
+ * ldwrite.c: Include "libiberty.h".
+ (clone_section): Call xstrdup, not strdup.
+ (ldwrite): Don't print any map information.
+ (print_symbol_table, print_file_stuff, print_symbol): Remove.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Call lang_map when appropriate.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Add support for %W.
+ (print_address): Remove.
+ * ldmisc.h (print_address): Don't declare.
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+Mon Apr 29 10:29:07 1996 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * configure.host (m68*-*-linux*): Add -dynamic-linker to
+ HOSTING_CRT0. Search -lgcc both before and after -lc in
+ HOSTING_LIBS. Look for crt{begin,end}.o in the compiler directory
+ at first.
+ (i[345]86-*-linux*): Look for crt{begin,end}.o in the compiler
+ directory at first.
+
+Fri Apr 26 14:42:27 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmisc.h (demangle): Declare.
+ * ldmisc.c: Include "libiberty.h". Include demangle.h with "",
+ not <>.
+ (demangle): Make non-static. Remove remove_underscore paramter.
+ Always return an allocated string.
+ (vfinfo): Free result of demangle. Add case 'G'. Use %T to print
+ functionname, rather than calling demangle. Print a colon between
+ the BFD(section+offset) and the line number.
+ * ldmain.c (add_archive_element): Improve format of archive
+ information in map file.
+ (constructor_callback): Don't print anything to the map file.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Improve format of common symbol
+ information in map file.
+ * ldctor.c (ldctor_build_sets): If producing a map file, print set
+ information.
+ * ldwrite.c (print_symbol_table): Print a newline before the
+ header in the map file.
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Reindent.
+
+Mon Apr 22 12:07:32 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): If _cooked_size is not 0, then
+ don't clobber it when not relaxing.
+
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type): Remove traditional_format field.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Use link_info.traditional_format rather than
+ config.traditional_format.
+ * ldlang.c (ldlang_open_output): Likewise.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Likewise.
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Likewise.
+ * mpw-eppcmac.c (gldppcmacos_parse_args): Likewise.
+
+ * ldlang.c (wild_doit): Discard debugging sections if we are
+ stripping debugging information.
+
+ * emulparams/z8002.sh (ARCH): Set to z8002, not z8k.
+
+Tue Apr 16 16:38:32 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldexp.c (fold_binary): Correct handling of subtraction with
+ absolute values.
+ (fold_name): Permit symbols in lang_allocating_phase_enum.
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Only PROVIDE __stack when RELOCATING. Undo
+ accidental changes in last patch.
+
+Tue Apr 16 10:25:42 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (powerpc*-*-{sysv,linux}): Add aliases.
+ (powerpcle*-*-{sysv,solaris}): Ditto.
+
+Mon Apr 15 14:50:56 1996 Rob Savoye <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Add PROVIDE (__stack = 0) so I can use it
+ in m68k/crt0.S without things blowing up.
+
+Fri Apr 12 16:40:56 1996 Rob Savoye <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Remove default address for .data so
+ .text, .data, and .bss are all sequential.
+
+Thu Apr 11 12:05:35 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Remove regions and simplify.
+
+Wed Apr 10 14:41:53 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Add the "8-bit area" in the upper 256
+ bytes of the address space. Put data from the ".eight" sections
+ into the 8-bit area.
+ * scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+Tue Apr 9 14:10:42 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/generic.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse):
+ Pass $ARCH to ldfile_set_output_arch instead of setting
+ ldfile_output_architecture directly.
+
+Tue Apr 9 14:22:15 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc (.init,.fini): Put .init, .fini section
+ next to .text. Put _etext after .text, .init, .fini, and
+ .rodata{,2} sections.
+
+Tue Apr 9 12:18:57 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Rearrange option documentation.
+
+ * lexsup.c (ld_options): New static array.
+ (parse_args): Build shortopts and longopts from ld_options array.
+ (help): New static function.
+ * ldver.h (help): Don't declare.
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Reindent.
+ (help): Remove.
+
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Mention -E as a synonym for -export-dynamic.
+
+Mon Apr 8 11:56:23 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em: When checking for a native emulation, check
+ that the current emulation is the default emulation.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em: Likewise.
+
+ * configure.in: Permit --enable-shared to specify a list of
+ directories.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Add -E as a synonym for -export-dynamic,
+ for HP/UX compatibility.
+
+Fri Apr 5 14:30:14 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_ld_so_conf): New
+ static function, if ${host} = ${target}.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Call check_ld_so_conf to find a
+ needed shared library if ${host} = $[target}.
+
+ * configure.host (i[345]86-*-linux*): Add -dynamic-linker to
+ HOSTING_CRT0. Search -lgcc both before and after -lc in
+ HOSTING_LIBS.
+
+ * configure.tgt: Add i[345]86-*-freebsdelf* target; from John
+ Polstra <jdp@polstra.com>.
+
+Fri Apr 5 18:11:25 1996 James G. Smith <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+ * emulparams/elf32{b,l}4300.sh (MACHINE): Add explicit
+ architecture number.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Use $MACHINE definition if present.
+ * configure.tgt (targ_extra_emuls): Force 4100 build to use same
+ template as 4300.
+
+Mon Apr 1 17:35:40 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Change region check to handle
+ regions which end at the highest possible address correctly.
+ From Roland Weber <roweber@ira.uka.de>.
+
+ * ldlang.c (section_already_linked): New static function.
+ (wild_doit): Discard sections with SEC_EXCLUDE set if not doing a
+ relocateable link. Don't worry about section being NULL, since it
+ never should be. Don't call init_os unless the section is going
+ to be added.
+ (ldlang_add_file): Call section_already_linked for each section.
+ * ldmain.c (multiple_definition): Don't warn about multiple
+ definitions in sections which are being discarded.
+
+Sun Mar 31 00:30:47 1996 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/{ppcpe.sc, pe.sc} (.junk): Remove and use /DISCARD/.
+ * emultempl/pe.em (init): Remove special case PPC code.
+
+Fri Mar 29 00:01:29 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Make vectors section 0xc4 bytes long
+ so as not to overwrite the magic syscall entry at 0xc4.
+ * scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+Thu Mar 28 11:05:47 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (sparc64-*-solaris2*): Delete.
+ Stick with sparc-*-solaris2*.
+
+Wed Mar 27 12:33:24 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.h (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME): Define to "/DISCARD/".
+ * ldlang.c (init_os): Fail on an attempt to initialize any section
+ named DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.
+ (wild_doit): Discard input sections assigned to an output section
+ named DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document use of /DISCARD/.
+
+ * ldlang.c: Fix some indentation and comments.
+
+Tue Mar 26 18:14:49 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Call bfd_set_error_program_name.
+
+Thu Mar 21 13:17:34 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Fix a couple of indexing entries. Mention that
+ --verbose displays builtin linker scripts.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): case 'I': If the file is not in an archive,
+ and the local symbol name does not match the filename, print the
+ filename as well.
+
+ Patches from John Polstra <jdp@polstra.com> for FreeBSD ELF:
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): -Bshareable is a synonym for -shared.
+ * emulparams/elf_i386.sh (NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Make the same
+ as TEXT_START_ADDR.
+
+Wed Mar 20 18:18:25 1996 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Fix typos. Use @pxref only inside parentheses.
+
+Wed Mar 20 16:56:15 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (add_wrap): New function.
+ * ldmain.h (add_wrap): Declare.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Call add_wrap.
+
+Tue Mar 19 16:44:20 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.host (sparc*-*-solaris2* host): Accept any sparc variant.
+
+Wed Mar 13 17:47:31 1996 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Change name of page zero memory
+ from "null" to "vectors". Create an output section for
+ vectors. Add comments on how to explicitly place items
+ in the vector table.
+ * scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+Wed Mar 13 12:40:18 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/lnk960.em (machine_table): Add jx and hx.
+
+ * genscripts.sh: Don't use ${9:-xx}, since Ultrix /bin/sh doesn't
+ support it.
+
+Tue Mar 12 12:43:59 1996 David Mosberger-Tang <davidm@koala.azstarnet.com>
+
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type): Add warn_multiple_gp field.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle --warn-multiple-gp.
+ * ldmain.c (warning_callback): Suppress multiple gp values warning
+ if --warn_multiple_gp was not used.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --warn-multiple-gp.
+
+Tue Mar 12 12:02:21 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle --wrap.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize link_info.wrap_hash.
+ * ldexp.c (fold_name): Use bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup in DEFINED
+ and NAME cases.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --wrap.
+
+ * configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.8.
+
+ Don't do SunOS style dynamic linking for sparc-aout:
+ * configure.tgt (sparc64-*-aout*): Use sparcaout, not sun4.
+ (sparclite*-fujitsu-*, sparc*-*-aout): Likewise.
+ (sparc*-wrs-vxworks*): Likewise.
+ * emulparams/sparcaout.sh: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add esparcaout.o.
+ (esparcaout.c): New target.
+
+Wed Mar 6 16:06:52 1996 J.T. Conklin <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc (.sdata2, .sbss2): Implement Feb 2 change
+ in a different manner to work around differences in shell variable
+ expansion.
+
+Wed Mar 6 18:08:18 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldemul.h (ldemul_unrecognized_file): Declare.
+ (ldemulation_xfer_type): Add unrecognized_file field.
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_unrecognized_file): New function.
+ * ldlang.c (load_symbols): If a file can not be recognized, call
+ ldemul_unrecognized_file before trying it as a linker script.
+ * aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_unrecognized_file): New static
+ function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_read_file): Use FOPEN_RT, not "r".
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Initialize unrecognized_file.
+
+Mon Mar 4 14:11:17 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (wild): Handle foo.a(.text) by mapping each included
+ member of foo.a separately. From Jouke Numan <jnuman@bazis.nl>.
+
+Fri Mar 1 10:24:59 1996 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment):
+ Search trinary.cond rather than searching trinary.lhs twice.
+
+Tue Feb 27 15:08:43 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-make.sed: Edit out shared library support.
+ (@TDIRS@): Edit out, can't use genscripts.
+
+Tue Feb 27 15:09:21 1996 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * configure.tgt (m68k-*-linuxaout*, m68k-*-linux*): New targets.
+ * emulparams/m68klinux.sh: New file.
+ * emultempl/linux.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Call bfd_${EMULATION_NAME}_size_dynamic_sections instead of
+ bfd_linux_size_dynamic_sections.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em68klinux.o.
+ (em68klinux.c): New target.
+ * configure.host (m68*-*-linuxaout*, m68*-*-linux*): New hosts.
+
+Tue Feb 27 12:55:46 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Sort into alphabetical order.
+ Fill in missing entries.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize --no-whole-archive.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_input_statement_type): Add whole_archive field.
+ * ldlang.c (new_afile): Set whole_archive field.
+ (load_symbols): Check input file specific whole_archive field
+ rather than global variable.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --no-whole-archive.
+
+Tue Feb 20 16:07:00 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt: Correct gldi960 to gld960.
+
+Mon Feb 19 11:16:44 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed): Check
+ the SONAME if it is available.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed): Use the SONAME, not the
+ filename, when checking for conflicting library versions. Don't
+ assume that the suffix is only numbers and dots.
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Mention that -R can be used for -rpath.
+
+Sun Feb 18 15:05:17 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.host: Check for 'do not mix' from native linker before
+ trying to use -rpath.
+
+Thu Feb 15 13:58:06 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Remove explicit substitution of CFLAGS; autoconf
+ does it anyhow.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+ * Makefile.in (LDFLAGS): Set to @LDFLAGS@.
+
+ * configure.in: Call AC_PROG_CC before configure.host.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+ * configure.host: Remove go32 host, since it should no longer be
+ necessary. Don't set CC for romp host.
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Don't skip a page in virtual memory space if
+ the text segment ends exactly on a page boundary.
+
+ * configure.in: Substitute RPATH_ENVVAR.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+ * configure.host: Set RPATH_ENVVAR.
+ * Makefile.in (RPATH_ENVVAR): New variable.
+ (check): Use $(RPATH_ENVVAR) rather than LD_LIBRARY_PATH.
+
+Wed Feb 14 18:49:01 1996 Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+ * configure.in: Redo emulation handling so that each emulation
+ searches the correct tool directory, based on the target alias.
+ For example, "configure --enable-targets=m68k-coff i386-linux"
+ will search /usr/local/i386-linux/lib for linux and
+ /usr/local/m68k-coff/lib for m68k-coff.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+ * configure.tgt: Add special tdir settings for Linux.
+ * Makefile.in: Add @TDIRS@. Pass "$(tdir_EMUL)" to ${GENSCRIPTS}
+ for each eEMUL.c target.
+ * genscripts.sh: Accept specific alias as 9th argument, and use it
+ in LIB_PATH.
+
+Wed Feb 14 16:38:36 1996 Martin Anantharaman <martin@mail.imech.uni-duisburg.de>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_set_startof): Don't do anything for a
+ relocateable link.
+
+ * ldgram.y (mri_script_file): Call mri_draw_tree.
+ * mri.c (mri_draw_tree): Make globally visible. Don't bother to
+ create memory regions.
+ (mri_load): Don't call mri_draw_tree.
+ * mri.h (mri_draw_tree): Declare.
+
+ * configure.tgt (m68*-*-psos): New target.
+ * emulparams/m68kpsos.sh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/psos.sc: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em68kpsos.o.
+ (em68kpsos.c): New target.
+
+Wed Feb 14 11:09:25 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (*-*-ieee*): New target; use vanilla.
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse): Strip
+ `:foo' from ${ARCH}.
+
+Tue Feb 13 15:58:58 1996 Bryan Ford <baford@snake.cs.utah.edu>
+
+ * scripttempl/i386msdos.sc: Don't pad the .text section. Put
+ .rodata in .data.
+
+Tue Feb 13 14:04:19 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.host: Set HDLFLAGS for *-*-hpux with --enable-shared.
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed): Warn if
+ it looks like we might be linking in two different versions of the
+ same shared library. Based on a patch from H J Lu <hjl@zoom.com>.
+
+Thu Feb 8 19:25:54 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Increment the section size when a
+ padding statement is encountered.
+
+Wed Feb 7 14:01:33 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Look for --enable-shared. Change the value of
+ BFDLIB when linking against a shared library on SunOS.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+ * configure.host: If using a shared BFD library, try to pass a
+ reasonable -rpath option when linking.
+ * Makefile.in (BFDLIB): Set to @BFDLIB@.
+
+Tue Feb 6 12:29:14 1996 Doug Evans <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/elf64_sparc.sh (ARCH): Change to `sparc:v9'.
+ * emultempl/generic.em: Strip `:foo' from ${ARCH}.
+
+Mon Feb 5 16:25:30 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ Support for building bfd and opcodes as shared libraries, based on
+ patches from Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+ * configure.in (HLDFLAGS): New substitution.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+ * configure.host: Set HLDFLAGS on SunOS.
+ * Makefile.in (HLDFLAGS): New variable.
+ (BFDDEP): New variable.
+ (BFDLIB): Change to -L../bfd -lbfd.
+ ($(LD_PROG)): Depend upon $(BFDDEP) rathern than $(BFDLIB). Use
+ $(HLDFLAGS) in link.
+ (check): Set LD_LIBRARY_PATH in the environment.
+
+Fri Feb 2 19:26:25 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc (.sdata2, .sbss2): Put .sdata2 and .sbss
+ in the read-only section, not read/write unless we are making a
+ shared library.
+ (.debug*): Add dwarf debug sections.
+ (.rela.{sdata*,sbss*}): Add sections.
+
+Fri Feb 2 16:50:21 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure: Regenerate.
+
+Thu Feb 1 10:50:46 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/elf_i386.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Change to 0x8048000,
+ for SVR4 compatibility.
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Correct handling of ABSOLUTE.
+
+Wed Jan 31 17:30:19 1996 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (i[345]86-*-cygwin32, powerpcle-*-cygwin32): New.
+ * emultempl/pe.em (definfo init): Make the default stack reserve
+ of a PPC larger.
+
+Wed Jan 31 14:34:23 1996 Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+ * configure.tgt (m68*-apple-aux*): New target.
+ * emulparams/m68kaux.sh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/m68kaux.sc: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em68kaux.o.
+ (em68kaux.c): New target.
+
+Tue Jan 30 13:18:56 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Ignore
+ -bnoentry, since the right thing tends to happen anyhow.
+
+Mon Jan 29 12:29:26 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document -export-dynamic.
+
+Fri Jan 26 11:11:55 1996 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em: Check for native compile by comparing
+ ${target} and ${host}.
+
+Thu Jan 25 16:46:58 1996 James G. Smith <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+ * emulparams/{elf32b4300.sh, elf32l4300.sh}: Changed
+ TEXT_START_ADDR to allow use on IDT and PMON systems.
+
+Wed Jan 24 20:59:40 1996 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args):
+ correct spelling.
+
+Wed Jan 24 16:59:19 1996 Doug Evans <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (sparc64-*-solaris2*): New configuration.
+ (sparc64-*-aout*): Renamed from sparc64*.
+
+Mon Jan 22 13:01:35 1996 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * Makefile.in (GENSCRIPTS): Pass @host@ @target@ @target_alias@.
+ * genscripts.sh: Set host, target and target_alias variables.
+ Check for native compile by comparing ${target} and ${host}.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Test ${target}, not ${target_alias}.
+
+Mon Jan 22 11:03:23 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Refine eabi support to better support
+ .sdata, .sdata2, .sbss, etc. sections.
+
+Tue Jan 16 15:16:58 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldgram.y (%union): Add phdr field.
+ (phdr): Use phdr_qualifiers rather than opt_hdrs and opt_at.
+ (phdr_qualifiers): New nonterminal. Add support for FLAGS.
+ (opt_hdrs, hdr): Remove.
+ (phdr_val): New nonterminal.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_new_phdr): Replace hdrs parameter with filehdr
+ and phdrs parameters. Add flags parameter.
+ (lang_record_phdrs): Update for changes to lang_phdr. Pass flags
+ to bfd_record_phdr.
+ * ldlang.h (struct lang_phdr): Replace hdrs field with filehdr and
+ phdrs fields. Add flags field.
+ (LANG_PHDR_FILEHDR, LANG_PHDR_PHDRS): Remove.
+ (lang_new_phdr): Update declaration.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document FLAGS.
+
+Mon Jan 15 15:07:19 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Don't make a shared library because of an undefined reference to
+ __GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
+
+ Add some Irix 5 support, mostly from Kazumoto Kojima
+ <kkojima@info.kanagawa-u.ac.jp>:
+ * emulparams/elf32bmip.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Change to elfmips.
+ (SHLIB_TEXT_START_ADDR): Define.
+ (OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS): Define.
+ (OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS): Remove initialization of _gp.
+ (EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS): Don't define.
+ (DYNAMIC_LINK): Don't define.
+ * emulparams/elf32lmip.sh: Same changes as elf32bmip.sh.
+ * scripttempl/elfmips.sc: New file.
+ * configure.host (mips*-dec-bsd*): Change mips to mips*.
+ (mips*-sgi-irix4*): Likewise.
+ (mips*-sgi-irix5*): New entry.
+ * Makefile.in (eelf32bmip.c): Depend upon elfmips.sc rather than
+ elf.sc.
+ (eelf32lmip.c): Likewise.
+
+Sat Jan 13 09:41:43 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Remove support for .rel.* sections. Add
+ .rela.got.neg section.
+
+Fri Jan 12 14:56:19 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/sh.sc: Only build constructors when CONSTRUCTING.
+
+ * ldmisc.c: Include <stdarg.h> rather than <varargs.h> if
+ ANSI_PROTOTYPES is defined. Remove special handling of
+ WINDOWS_NT. Various indendation fixes.
+ (vfinfo): Change fmt parameter to const char *.
+ (info_msg): Write <stdarg.h> version.
+ (einfo, minfo, finfo): Likewise.
+ (info_assert): Change file parameter to const char *.
+ * ldmisc.h (einfo, minfo, info_msg): If ANSI_PROTOTYPES is
+ defined, use a real prototype.
+ (info_assert): Change first parameter to be const char *.
+
+Fri Jan 12 13:29:55 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Add support for .sdata2/.sbss2, etc. Add
+ in old support that 2.7.2 needs, but the current compiler does
+ not.
+
+ * Makefile.in (eelf32{,l}ppc.c): Fix up dependencies to use the
+ correct Linker script template.
+
+ * emulparams/elf32{,l}ppc.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Set to 0x40000,
+ not 0x400000.
+ (DATA_ADDR,NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Delete.
+
+Tue Jan 9 15:53:02 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/alpha.sc: Put .rconst right after .rdata.
+
+Fri Jan 5 14:07:45 1996 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ sort using right pointer.
+
+Fri Jan 5 12:25:47 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Remove support for creating special
+ labels for eabi section begin/end here. The compiler now uses
+ crt{i,n}.o to create these symbols.
+
+Thu Jan 4 17:08:58 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.host: Change existing Linux HOSTING_CRT0 to be used
+ for a.out only, and put in appropriate HOSTING_CRT0 and
+ HOSTING_LIBS values for Linux ELF.
+
+Thu Jan 4 12:02:05 1996 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Use all 64K for ram.
+ * scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Define 256K ram size.
+
+Thu Dec 21 15:57:18 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Pass
+ export_defines as true to bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections if -unix
+ was used, regardless of whether -bE was used.
+
+Tue Dec 19 17:35:38 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Only set
+ relocateable before calling ldctor_build_sets if the output file
+ is in an XCOFF format.
+
+Fri Dec 15 16:34:36 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldwrite.c (build_link_order): When handling a data statement, if
+ the endianness of the output file is unknown, use the endianness
+ of the input file.
+
+Tue Dec 12 13:55:41 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-config.in: Recognize mips-*-* as equivalent to
+ mips-idt-ecoff.
+ * mpw-eppcmacos.c: Rename to shorter mpw-eppcmac.c.
+ * mpw-ld.r: Add version resources.
+ (cfrg): Use symbolic instead of literal name for executable.
+
+Mon Dec 11 15:13:41 1995 Kim Knuttila <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/ppcpe.sc (FINI): Moved the .reloc section.
+
+Wed Dec 6 14:33:50 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (print_statement{,s}): Delete duplicate prototype.
+ (print_statement_list): Renamed from print_statement. All callers
+ updated.
+ (print_statement): New function to print just one statement.
+ (print_{data,reloc,padding}_statement): Don't crash if
+ output_section == NULL.
+ (dprint_statement): New function.
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Fix
+ call to sort_sections.
+
+Wed Dec 6 14:59:06 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (unix_ld): New static variable.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Handle -unix.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): If unix_ld, pass
+ gc as false and export_defineds as true to size_dynamic_sections.
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Permit assignments to dot in the final
+ phase if the current section is abs_output_section.
+
+
+Tue Dec 5 09:49:39 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Fix call
+ to sort_sections.
+
+Fri Dec 1 16:48:36 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldgram.y (PHDRS): New token.
+ (ifile_p1): Accept phdrs.
+ (section): Accept phdr_opt at the end of the section definition.
+ (phdr_op): New nonterminal.
+ (phdrs, phdr_list, phdr, phdr_type, opt_hdrs, hdr): Likewise.
+ * ldlex.l: Accept PHDRS.
+ * ldlang.h (struct lang_output_section_phdr_list): Define.
+ (lang_output_section_statement_type): Add phdrs field.
+ (struct lang_phdr): Define.
+ (LANG_PHDR_FILEHDR, LANG_PHDR_PHDRS): Define.
+ (lang_new_phdr): Declare.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_phdr_list): New static variable.
+ (lang_output_section_statement_lookup): Initialize phdrs field.
+ (lang_process): Call lang_record_phdrs.
+ (lang_new_phdr): New function.
+ (lang_section_in_phdr): New function.
+ (lang_record_phdrs): New static function.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document PHDRS.
+
+Thu Nov 30 13:14:30 1995 Kim Knuttila <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/ppcpe.sc: Moved .edata into its own section to
+ expose it.
+
+Thu Nov 30 11:32:34 1995 Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283 <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+ * configure.host (m68*-motorola-sysv): Define HOSTING_CRT0 and
+ HOSTING_LIBS for testing.
+ (m88*-motorola-sysv3): Define HOSTING_CRT0 and HOSTING_LIBS for
+ testing.
+
+Tue Nov 28 12:14:53 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Set config.dynamic_link to false for -N
+ and -n.
+
+Mon Nov 27 13:12:09 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.7.
+
+Fri Nov 24 18:35:35 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc: Two .junk's is too much junk.
+
+Tue Nov 21 16:14:32 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Use BFD_NEED_DECLARATION.
+ * acconfig.h: Put NEED_DECLARATION_FREE in @TOP@ section.
+ * configure, config.in: Rebuild with autoconf 2.6.
+
+ * ldmain.c (constructor_callback): Don't warn about BFD_RELOC_CTOR
+ being unsupported if this is not a relocateable link and the input
+ BFD supports it, since ldctor_build_sets can cope with that case.
+
+Fri Nov 17 16:23:15 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.tgt (powerpc-*-macos*): New target.
+ * emulparams/ppcmacos.sh: New file, PowerMac emulation.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eppcmacos.o.
+ (eppcmacos.c): New target.
+ * mpw-eppcmacos.c: Update.
+ * mpw-make.sed: Edit out attempts to use {GENSCRIPTS}.
+
+Fri Nov 17 10:37:27 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET): Use @host@ and @target@, not
+ $(host_canonical) and $(target_canonical).
+ (CXX_FOR_TARGET): Likewise.
+
+Thu Nov 16 11:23:42 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc (.endjunk): Move definition of `end' to here
+ so the malloc heap begins at a sane place.
+
+Thu Nov 16 03:09:32 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+ Version 2.6 released.
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Update to 2.6.
+
+ * Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Delete ldemul-list.h here, but not
+ $(GENERATED_*FILES), since they need to be retained by distclean.
+ (maintainer-clean, realclean): Delete them here.
+
+Tue Nov 14 17:08:06 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Open the
+ base file with FOPEN_WB, not "w".
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Use the
+ environment variable LD_RUN_PATH if neither -rpath nor -rpath-link
+ were used.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Use the environment
+ variable LD_RUN_PATH if -rpath was not used.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document LD_RUN_PATH.
+
+Thu Nov 9 13:09:29 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Recognize
+ -bl and -bloadmap options.
+
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_try_open_bfd): If bfd_error_invalid_target,
+ report a better error.
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Add
+ new local variable special_sections, and pass it to
+ size_dynamic_sections. Look through the results, and move the
+ sections around in the mapping so that they are defined correctly.
+
+Wed Nov 8 11:40:59 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_default_target): Cast getenv return value.
+
+Tue Nov 7 11:15:36 1995 Kim Knuttila <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/ppcpe.sh (ARCH): New file for PowerPC Portable
+ Executable support.
+ * scripttempl/ppcpe.sc: New file for PowerPC Portable Executable
+ support.
+
+ * configure.tgt (targ_extra_emuls): Added powerpcle-pe target.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added eppcpe.o target.
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (TARGET_IS_ppcpe): file tailoring macro
+ (gld_$_before_allocation): added hooks for toc construction based
+ on the above macro.
+
+Tue Nov 7 11:47:23 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.texinfo: The linker does not use _main as an entry point.
+
+Tue Nov 7 11:46:11 1995 Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283 <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+ * scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc (.data): Calculate next boundary modulo
+ 0x2000 not 0x200.
+
+Mon Nov 6 10:59:21 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Add test for whether free must be declared.
+ * sysdep.h: Declare free if necessary. Include "ansidecl.h".
+ * acconfig.h: Explain NEED_DECLARATION_FREE.
+ * configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Take B:: out of shortopts.
+
+Sun Nov 5 03:08:28 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/i386nbsd.sh (EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS): Set __DYNAMIC to 0
+ for now, as with m68k4kbsd, until shared library support gets
+ done.
+
+ * configure.host: For i386 BSD variants, crt0.o lives in
+ /usr/lib. (True for NetBSD at least, unconfirmed for others.)
+
+Wed Nov 1 15:42:45 1995 Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283 <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add edelta68.o.
+ (edelta68.c): New target.
+ * configure.tgt (m68*-motorola-sysv*): New target.
+ * emulparams/delta68.sh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/delta68.sc: New file.
+
+ * scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc: Handle .init and .fini. Change section
+ addresses.
+
+Wed Nov 1 11:41:56 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldgram.y (mri_script_command): Accept ',' as well as '=' in
+ ALIGN and ALIGNMOD statements.
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em: Include ldgram.h.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Handle -pD and -pT, as used on
+ AIX 4.1.
+ * Makefile.in ($(EMULATION_OFILES)): Depend upon ldgram.h.
+
+Tue Oct 31 18:22:24 1995 David Mosberger-Tang <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+ * configure.host (alpha-*-linux*): New host.
+ * configure.tgt (alpha-*-linux*): New target.
+
+Tue Oct 31 12:36:52 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (export_files): Remove.
+ (import_files): Make static.
+ (struct export_symbol_list): Define.
+ (export_symbols): New static variable.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Handle an initial -b option
+ correctly. Call read_file for an export file.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Call
+ bfd_xcoff_export_symbol for each export symbol, rather than
+ calling read_file for each export file.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_read_file): For an export file, make the
+ exported symbols undefined, and store them on the export_symbols
+ list.
+
+Sat Oct 28 00:10:03 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args):
+ Don't hang if last option is unrecognised.
+ (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols): Insert created
+ symbols into ABS output section.
+
+Fri Oct 27 18:03:17 1995 Niklas Hallqvist <niklas@appli.se>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added support for the NetBSD
+ m68k4k arch.
+ (em68k4knbsd.c): New rule.
+
+ * configure.tgt: Added support for the NetBSD m68k4k arch.
+
+ * genscripts.sh, ldint.texinfo,
+ emulparams/{a29k,armaoutb,armaoutl,coff_sparc,ebmon29k,gld960,
+ gld960coff,go32,h8300,h8300h,h8500,h8500b,h8500c,h8500m,h8500s,
+ hp300bsd,hp3hpux,hppaelf.sh,i386aout,i386bsd,i386coff,i386go32,
+ i386linux,i386lynx,i386nbsd,lnk960,m68kaout,m68kcoff,m68klynx,
+ m88kbcs,mipsbig,mipsbsd,mipsidt,mipsidtl,mipslit,news,ns32knbsd,
+ pc532machaout,riscix,sa29200,sh,shl,sparclynx,sparcnbsd,
+ st2000,sun3,sun4,vanilla,vax,vsta,w65,z8001,z8002}.sh: Changed
+ PAGE_SIZE to TARGET_PAGE_SIZE.
+
+ * emulparams/m68knbsd.h: Ditto.
+ (TEXT_START_ADDR, NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): We have 8K pagesize.
+ (EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS): Hardcode __DYNAMIC to zero for the time
+ being.
+
+ * emulparams/m68k4knbsd.sh: New file.
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Expand EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS if relocating.
+
+Fri Oct 27 17:59:09 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em: Include ldctor.h.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): New static function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Call find_relocs.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_relocs): New static function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment): New static function.
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Use new after_open function.
+ * scripttempl/aix.sc: Use CONSTRUCTORS in .data.
+ * ldctor.c (struct set_info): Move definition into ldctor.h.
+ (struct set_element): Likewise.
+ (sets): Make non-static.
+ (ldctor_add_set_entry): Add name parameter. Save it in the new
+ set element.
+ (ldctor_build_sets): Avoid being called twice. Pass set element
+ name to lang_add_reloc.
+ * ldctor.h (struct set_info): Move definition here from ldctor.c.
+ (struct set_element): Likewise. Add new field name.
+ (sets): Declare.
+ (ldctor_add_set_entry): Declare new name parameter.
+ * ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Don't insist that either name or
+ section be NULL in a lang_reloc_statement.
+ * ldmain.c (add_to_set): Pass NULL to ldctor_add_new_set_entry for
+ new name parameter.
+ (constructor_callback): Pass name to ldctor_add_new_set_entry for
+ new name parameter.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (demangle): Fix indentation. Remove a leading period.
+
+Thu Oct 26 22:22:49 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-config.in: Add PowerMac target support, generate config.h.
+ * mac-ld.r: New file, Mac resources.
+ * mpw-make.sed: New file, edits Makefile.in into MPW syntax.
+ * mpw-make.in: Remove.
+ * mpw-eppcmacos.c: Prebuilt version of PowerMac linking script.
+
+Thu Oct 26 14:11:26 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Treat
+ -static as a synonym for -bnso.
+
+ * scripttempl/aix.sc: Move special symbols inside sections.
+ Always start .data at 0.
+
+Wed Oct 25 11:52:12 1995 Per Bothner <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (diststuff): Also make info.
+ (maintainer-clean realclean): Also delete *.info*.
+
+Wed Oct 25 11:27:25 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/aix.em: Add support for various AIX linker options,
+ for AIX import and export files, and for AIX shared objects.
+ * scripttempl/aix.sc: Add .pad. Put .ds just before the TOC.
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize new field link_info.static_link.
+
+ * ldmain.c (add_keepsyms_file): Add \n at end of einfo calls.
+ (constructor_callback): Likewise.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Likewise.
+ * ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Likewise.
+
+ * ld.texinfo: The MRI ALIGN directive is supported.
+
+Mon Oct 23 11:46:43 1995 James G. Smith <jsmith@pasanda.cygnus.co.uk>
+
+ * emulparams/elf32vr4300.sh: Deleted.
+ * emulparams/elf32vr4300el.sh: Deleted.
+ * emulparams/elf32b4300.sh: Added.
+ * emulparams/elf32l4300.sh: Added.
+ * configure.tgt, Makefile.in: Updated the build to use the
+ new 8.3 unique names.
+
+Thu Oct 19 17:41:46 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (entry_symbol): Make non-static.
+ * ldlang.h (entry_symbol): Declare.
+
+ * ldlex.l: Treat PROVIDE as a keyword in expression state.
+
+Wed Oct 18 17:34:06 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc (.bss): Move to be after .text
+
+Tue Oct 17 12:22:05 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment):
+ Search trinary.cond rather than searching trinary.lhs twice. From
+ linli@ihp.PHys.ethz.CH.
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Move
+ directory searching code into gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_dir.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_dir): New static function, extracted
+ from gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so.
+ (global_needed, global_found): New static variables.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): New static function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed): New static function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed): New static function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed): New static function.
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Use new after_open function.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Mention -rpath-link on SunOS.
+
+ * Makefile.in (eelf32ppc.c): Depend upon elf32.em, not generic.em.
+ (eelf32lppc.c): Likewise.
+ * emulparams/elf32lppc.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+ (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define as yes.
+
+Mon Oct 16 19:11:13 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em: Struct bfd_elf_link_needed_list is now named
+ bfd_link_needed-list; make appropriate changes.
+
+ * configure.tgt (powerpc-*-aix*): New target; use aixppc.
+ (rs6000-*-aix*): New target; use aixrs6.
+ * emulparams/aixppc.sh, emulparams/aixrs6.sh: New files.
+ * emultempl/aix.em: New file.
+ * scripttempl/aix.sc: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eaixppc.o and eaixrs6.o.
+ (eaixppc.c, eaixrs6.c): New targets.
+
+Fri Oct 13 14:00:37 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttemp/pe.sc (.reloc): Move to the end.
+
+Tue Oct 10 17:53:22 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_finish): Don't try to use an entry_symbol from a
+ section which was not linked into the final output.
+
+Tue Oct 10 10:17:22 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Fix
+ fatal typos.
+
+Tue Oct 10 01:01:51 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add rpath_link field.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Search for
+ required dependencies in rpath_link path. Only search
+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH when configured native.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize -rpath-link.
+ * ld.1, ld.texinfo: Document -rpath-link.
+
+Sat Oct 7 17:07:17 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Don't
+ bother searching for needed libraries unless doing a final link.
+
+Fri Oct 6 16:26:16 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+ Mon Sep 25 22:49:32 1995 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * ld/ld.1: Fix formatting bugs.
+
+Wed Oct 4 17:37:46 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_get_abs_int): Return bfd_vma, not int.
+ * ldexp.h (exp_get_abs_int): Update declaration.
+ * ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Use fprintf_vma to
+ print return value of exp_get_abs_int.
+
+Mon Oct 2 13:56:09 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (global_stat): New file static variable.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed): Call stat_needed to make sure
+ that the file has not already been included under another name.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed): New static function.
+
+Fri Sep 29 12:00:18 1995 Doug Evans <dje@deneb.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/armcoff.sc: Start .text at 0x8000.
+ Start .data at 0x40000.
+
+Fri Sep 29 11:09:46 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): If
+ command_line.rpath is set, use it, rather than the -L options, to
+ build the rules section.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document this use of -rpath.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Don't set link_info.shared for -assert
+ pure-text. Pass true, not 1, to lang_add_entry.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (find_assign): New static variable.
+ (found_assign): New static variable.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Rename local h to hdyn.
+ If not a relocateable link, and no start symbol was specified on
+ the command line, and there are any undefined symbols, set
+ link_info.shared. If link_info.shared is set, set the address of
+ the .text section to 0x20.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_assignment): Rename from
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_statement_assignment. If find_assign is
+ set, then just set found_assign based on whether an assignment is
+ found to find_assign.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script): Don't use a special script when
+ producing a shared library.
+ * emulparams/sun4.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Remove.
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Remove CREATE_SHLIB tests.
+ * ldlang.c (entry_from_cmdline): New global variable.
+ (lang_add_entry): Change cmdline parameter from int to boolean.
+ Use global entry_from_cmdline rather than function static
+ from_cmdline.
+ * ldlang.h (entry_from_cmdline): Declare.
+ (lang_add_entry): Change declaration of second parameter from int
+ to boolean.
+ * ldgram.y: Pass false, not 0, to lang_add_entry.
+
+Thu Sep 28 12:34:13 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.h (parsing_defsym): Declare.
+ * ldlex.h (lex_string): Declare.
+ * ldlex.l (lex_string): Define.
+ * lexsup.c (parsing_defsym): Define.
+ (parse_args): In OPTION_DEFSYM case, set lex_string before calling
+ lex_redirect, and clear it after calling yyparse. Set
+ parsing_defsym around call to yyparse.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Set lex_string before calling lex_redirect, and
+ clear it after calling yyparse.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): For %S, handle --defsym arguments and built
+ in linker scripts correctly.
+
+ * scripttempl/sparccoff.sc: Add .ctors/.dtors handling like other
+ COFF targets, allowing for the leading underscore used on SPARC
+ COFF.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -assert.
+ * emulparams/sun4.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script): Use the
+ shared library script when appropriate.
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: If CREATE_SHLIB is set, start the .text
+ section at SIZEOF_HEADERS.
+
+Thu Sep 28 01:40:37 1995 Doug Evans <dje@deneb.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (earmcoff.c): Build.
+ * configure.tgt (arm-*-coff): New target
+ * emulparms/armcoff.sh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/armcoff.sc: New file.
+
+Tue Sep 26 10:59:32 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/i386coff.sc: Remove .data2; no longer needed.
+
+Fri Sep 22 18:09:02 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_set_output_arch): Make arch const.
+
+Thu Sep 21 17:55:24 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Correctly locate __bss_start at the
+ beginning of the .bss area, not at the end of data. Add
+ __sbss_{start,end} symbols.
+
+Wed Sep 20 12:29:36 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET): Quote $(program_transform_name).
+ (CXX_FOR_TARGET, install): Likewise.
+
+Mon Sep 18 14:53:22 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ Based on patches by Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+ * Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET): Remove brokensed stuff.
+ (CXX_FOR_TARGET): Likewise.
+ (install): Likewise.
+ (GENERATED_HFILES): Remove config.h.
+ (.dep): Depend upon config.h.
+
+Mon Sep 18 14:39:38 1995 Arne H. Juul <arnej@pvv.unit.no>
+
+ * configure.tgt (mips*-dec-netbsd*): New target.
+
+Fri Sep 15 20:01:52 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.host (m88*-*-dgux*): Fix another shell syntax error.
+
+Fri Sep 15 23:28:05 1995 Andrew Cagney <cagney@highland.com.au>
+
+ * configure.host (i[345]86-*-bsd*): Fix shell syntax error.
+
+Thu Sep 12 12:50:49 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttemp/pe.sc: Allow both spellings of .ctors/.dtors.
+ Start .text section on the right boundary. Always align
+ stabs.
+
+Tue Sep 12 12:24:17 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New target.
+
+ * ldmain.c (struct warning_callback_info): Define.
+ (warning_callback): Add new parameter symbol. Call
+ warning_find_reloc to try to find the section and VMA.
+ (warning_find_reloc): New static function.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Pass NULL as symbol parameter to warning callback.
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Clarify -L option.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Add cast to avoid warning.
+ (topower): Likewise. Also, reindent.
+ * ldwrite.c (clone_section): Change i to unsigned int.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Add
+ cast to avoid warning.
+
+Fri Sep 8 16:32:43 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (config.status): Depend upon configure.tgt.
+
+ * ldemul.h (ldemul_set_symbols): Declare.
+ (ldemul_parse_args): Declare.
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_parse_args): Fix indentation.
+
+ * configure.in: Call AC_HEADER_DIRENT.
+ * configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em: Use autoconf recommend mechanism to define
+ DIR and struct dirent.
+
+ * configure.tgt (mips*-*-bsd*): New case.
+
+ * configure.host (i[345]86-sequent-ptx* | i[345]86-sequent-sysv*)
+ New case.
+ * configure.tgt (i[345]86-*-ptx*): New case.
+
+Thu Sep 7 10:48:26 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * config.in: Rename from config.h.in.
+ * configure.in: Call AC_CONFIG_HEADER with config.h:config.in.
+ Check for config.h:config.in when creating stamp-h.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+ * Makefile.in (stamp-h): Depend upon config.in rather than
+ config.h.in. Set CONFIG_HEADERS to config.h:config.in when
+ calling config.status.
+
+ * Makefile.in (distclean): Remove config.h and stamp-h.
+
+ * configure.host (sparc-*-sunos64*): Remove.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_map): Check BFD64, not HOST_64_BIT.
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Don't warn about moving the location
+ counter backward in the absolute section.
+
+Wed Sep 6 14:42:11 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Rewrite to use autoconf.
+ * configure.host: New file.
+ * configure.tgt: New file.
+ * aclocal.m4: New file.
+ * configure: New file, built by autoconf.
+ * acconfig.h: New file.
+ * config.h.in: New file, built by autoheader.
+ * sysdep.h: New file.
+ * ld.h: Incorporate old contents of config.h.
+ * config.h: Remove.
+ * Makefile.in: Various changes for new configure script. Also:
+ (CC_FOR_BUILD): Remove.
+ (ldmain.o): Don't bother to ensure that EMUL is non-empty.
+ (dep.sed): Use @SRCDIR@, not @srcdir@.
+ * dep-in.sed: Use @SRCDIR@, not @srcdir@.
+ * genscripts.sh: Create ldscripts if it does not exist.
+ * ldemul.c, lexsup.c, mpw-emipsidt.c: Don't include "config.h".
+ * mpw-esh.c, emultemp/*.em: Likewise.
+ * ldmain.c: Likewise. Include <ctype.h>. Don't try to set
+ HAVE_SBRK here.
+ * config/*.mt, config/*.mh: Remove.
+
+Tue Sep 5 14:55:24 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Treat ns32k-pc532-ux* like ns32k-pc532-mach*, and
+ ns32k-pc532-lites* like ns32k-pc532-netbsd*. From Ian Dall.
+
+Fri Sep 1 22:29:52 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc: Fix typo in spelling of .ctors/.dtors.
+
+Fri Sep 1 13:13:29 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (warning_callback): Add abfd, section, and address
+ parameters.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Change call to warning accordingly.
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): If not
+ relocateable and not shared, put .gnu.warning.SYMBOL sections into
+ the .text section.
+
+Fri Sep 1 08:35:16 1995 James G. Smith <jsmith@beauty.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Added mips*vr4300-idt-elf* and
+ mips*vr4300el-idt-elf* targets.
+ * Makefile.in: Added eelf32vr4300* targets.
+ * emulparams/{elf32vr4300.sh, elf32vr4300el.sh}: Added.
+ * config/{mips-vr4300.mt, mips-vr4300el.mt}: Added.
+
+Fri Sep 1 10:51:45 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/a29k.sc: Fix to be reasonable. From Brendan Kehoe
+ <brendan@cygnus.com>.
+
+Thu Aug 31 16:37:07 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_parse_args): New.
+ * ldemul.h (ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add parse_args.
+ * lexsup.c (all pe stuff): Moved into pe.em
+ (parse_args): Call emulation arg parser.
+ * emultempl/pe.em (parse_args): handle PE specfic args.
+
+Thu Aug 31 17:01:37 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_memory_region_lookup): Don't use the first region
+ as the default region. Create a new region instead.
+
+Tue Aug 29 14:21:41 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_set_symbols): New function.
+ * ldemul.h (ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add set_symbols.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Add call to ldemul_set_symbols.
+ * lexsup.c (set_pe_value): New args.
+ (set_pe_name): New.
+ (parse_args): Cope with new set_pe_value args.
+ * emultempl/pe.em (set_symbols): New function.
+ (ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add set_symbols.
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc: Use new symbols.
+
+Thu Aug 24 18:12:18 1995 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Don't call set_default_dirlist for -O.
+ For -Y, ignore a leading `P,', and only call set_default_dirlist
+ after processing all the other arguments.
+
+Tue Aug 22 07:36:58 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc: Keep .edata, don't base stabs at 0.
+ * emulparams/armpe.sh: Run PE script.
+
+Mon Aug 21 18:30:42 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Remove PE stuff.
+ * lexsup.c (options): Load more PE options.
+ (set_pe_value): New function.
+
+Thu Aug 17 13:35:49 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+
+ * emultempl/{armpe.sc, i386pe.sc}: Deleted.
+ * emultempl/pe.sc: New file performs generic PE support and sorts
+ archive members.
+ * emulparams/{armpe.sh,i386pe.sh}: Use new file.
+ * scripttempl/{armpe.sc, i386pe.sc}: Deleted
+ * scripttempl/pe.sc: New.
+ * Makefile.in: Use new files.
+
+Thu Aug 17 14:46:34 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/h8500s.sc (.rdata): All data must go in data segment.
+ (.strings,.ctors,.dtors): Likewise.
+
+Wed Aug 16 11:38:59 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/armpe.sc: Always start code at 0x401000, even
+ if -r.
+ * ldwrite.c (strdup): New extern declaration.
+ * ldgram.y (atype): New rule to clarify type parsing.
+ * ldlang.c (init_os): Remove commented out code.
+ (lang_size_sections): Set SEC_ALLOC and SEC_LOAD bits
+ unless told not to by the link script.
+
+Wed Aug 16 11:45:11 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_set_startof): New static function.
+ (lang_process): Call it.
+
+ * ldgram.y: Tweak casesymlist to avoid bison errors.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Accept -h as a synonym for --soname, for
+ Solaris compatibility.
+
+Tue Aug 15 17:31:16 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldgram.y (YYDEBUG): If not defined, define as 1.
+ (CASE, EXTERN, START): New tokens.
+ (mri_script_command): Handle CASE, EXTERN, INCLUDE, START.
+ (casesymlist): New nonterminal.
+ (extern_name_list): New nonterminal.
+ * ldlex.l: Accept lower case trailing base specifiers. Don't
+ ignore the first digit when the base is a suffix. Accept many
+ EXPRESSION state tokens in MRI state. Support MRI continuation
+ lines and MRI semicolon comments. Accept all MRI keywords in
+ lower case. Add CASE, EXTERN, and START MRI keywords.
+
+Tue Aug 8 19:14:58 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Use xmalloc
+ instead of alloca.
+
+Tue Aug 8 15:24:05 1995 J.T. Conklin <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET, CXX_FOR_TARGET): Don't use
+ $r/../gcc/xgcc unless it is present.
+
+Thu Aug 3 11:56:22 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Only put .ctors and .dtors in .text
+ when CONSTRUCTING.
+ * scripttempl/m68klynx.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/nw.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/sa29200.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/sparclynx.sc: Likewise.
+
+Fri Jul 28 12:02:23 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/{z8001.sh, z8002.sh}: Fix typo.
+
+Thu Jul 27 21:06:21 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (i[345]86-*-linuxoldld): Treat like linuxaout*.
+
+Thu Jul 27 15:26:28 1995 steve chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/i386pe.sc: Cope with constructors.
+ * scripttempl/z8ksim.sc: Deleted.
+ * scripttempl/z8000.sc: Resurrected as this, but
+ can handle z8001 and z8002 formats.
+ * emulparams/z8ksim.sh: Deleted.
+ * emulparams/{z8001.sh, z8002.sh}: New files.
+ * config/z8ksim.mt: Deleted
+ * config/z8k-coff.mt: New, generates both emulations.
+
+Tue Jul 25 14:53:02 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): In %C and %D case, always print the BFD using
+ %B, in case it is in an archive.
+
+Mon Jul 24 15:23:39 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Call reset_memory_regions for each
+ relaxation pass.
+
+Fri Jul 21 22:49:44 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Add support for .sdata, .sbss, and
+ _SDA_BASE.
+
+Thu Jul 20 16:26:55 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (constructor_callback): Allocate set_name in stack
+ frame, rather than always calling alloca with a fixed size.
+
+Wed Jul 19 16:21:43 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/armpe.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Change to pei-arm-little.
+ (LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT, BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT): Define.
+
+Mon Jul 17 13:57:00 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldwrite.c (clone_section): Set the alignment of the clone
+ section to that of the section being cloned.
+
+ * ldwrite.c (split_sections): Don't split the first input section
+ into a new output section.
+
+Sat Jul 15 00:26:35 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/elf32ppc.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+ (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define as yes.
+
+Fri Jul 14 12:11:46 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/mipsecoff.em (check_sections): Use %P, not %F.
+
+ * ldver.c (help): Update list of options to match currently
+ supported list.
+
+Thu Jul 13 13:52:10 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/lnk960.em (ld_lnk960_emulation): Initialize
+ after_open field.
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_intop): Don't cast stat_alloc arg to bfd_size_type;
+ it takes a size_t anyhow.
+ (exp_binop): Likewise.
+ (exp_trinop): Likewise.
+ (exp_unop): Likewise.
+ (exp_nameop): Likewise.
+ (exp_assop): Likewise.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_memory_region_lookup): Likewise.
+ (init_os): Likewise.
+ (ldlang_add_undef): Likewise.
+ (insert_pad): Likewise.
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_add_arch): Don't cast xmalloc arg to
+ bfd_size_type.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): It's earmaoutb.o, not earmoutb.o.
+
+Wed Jul 12 11:32:22 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldemul.h (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive): Add search parameter to
+ declaration.
+ (ld_emulation_xfer_type): Add search parameter to
+ open_dynamic_archive entry point.
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive): Add search parameter.
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_try_open_bfd): Rename from try_open_bfd, and
+ make non-static. Change all callers to use new name.
+ (ldfile_open_file_search): Make static. If entry is dynamic, call
+ ldemul_open_dynamic_archive.
+ (ldfile_open_file): Don't call ldemul_open_dynamic_archive.
+ * ldfile.h (ldfile_open_file_search): Don't declare.
+ (ldfile_try_open_bfd): Declare.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive):
+ Accept search parameter. Don't search for a library, just look in
+ a single place.
+ * emultempl/linux.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive):
+ Likewise.
+
+Tue Jul 11 16:44:21 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (set_scripts_dir): Don't base script directory on
+ current directory.
+
+Tue Jul 11 12:29:02 1995 Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com>
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Don't print the line number if it isn't
+ meaningful.
+
+Mon Jul 10 13:38:28 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type): Add field warn_constructors.
+ * ldmain.c (add_to_set): Warn if config.warn_constructors.
+ (constructor_callback): Likewise.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -warn-constructors.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document -warn-constructors.
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed): Don't
+ get confused by directory names if we searched for the file.
+
+ Based on patches from H.J. Lu <hjl@nynexst.com>:
+ * ldlang.h (lang_input_statement_type): Add new field dynamic.
+ * ldlang.c (new_afile): Set dynamic from config.dynamic_link.
+ * ldfile.c: Include bfdlink.h.
+ (ldfile_open_file): Check dynamic field of entry, not global
+ dynamic_link field. Don't do a dynamic search when doing a
+ relocateable link.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Don't warn about dynamic_link for a
+ relocateable link.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Skip file if
+ dynamic is false.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements): Always
+ loop over input files.
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document -Bstatic, -Bdynamic, -Bshared, and
+ -shared.
+
+Mon Jul 10 13:29:43 1995 Eric Youngdale <eric@aib.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Set link_info.symbolic to false.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -Bsymbolic.
+
+Wed Jul 5 00:12:11 1995 Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (HAVE_SBRK): Define for everything except
+ specific systems that are known to not support sbrk.
+ (main): Use HAVE_SBRK to decide whether or not to use sbrk.
+
+Tue Jul 4 12:55:48 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment):
+ Handle etree_provide.
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (global_needed): New static variable.
+ (global_found): Likewise.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): New static function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed): Likewise.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed): Likewise.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed): Likewise.
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Replace after_open_default with
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open.
+
+Mon Jul 3 14:26:37 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (i386-*-win32): New target.
+
+Mon Jul 3 14:39:22 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Let -G either set the small data size or
+ be equivalent to --shared, depending on the next argument. Accept
+ and ignore -z for Solaris compatibility.
+
+Sun Jul 2 17:52:34 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Cast fopen result to PTR before storing
+ it in link_info.base_file. Fix indentation.
+
+Wed Jun 28 17:11:25 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Always initialize PE info in link_info.
+ * lexsup.c (OPTION_BASE_FILE): New option.
+ (parse_args): Handle new option.
+ * emulparams/armpe.sh: Output pei.
+ * emultempl/i386pe.em: Add newline to end.
+ * scripttempl/armpe.sc: Change output and quote the $s.
+ * scripttempl/i386pe.sc: Change output and quote the $s.
+
+Thu Jun 22 19:55:41 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ Sun May 7 11:53:41 MDT 1995 Bryan Ford <baford@cs.utah.edu>
+
+ * configure.in (i386-*-msdos*, i386-*-moss*): New targets.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added i386msdos.o.
+ (i386msdos.o): New target.
+ * config/i386-msdos.mt: Created.
+ * emulparams/i386msdos.sh: Created.
+ * scripttempl/i386msdos.sc: Created.
+
+Thu Jun 22 15:06:35 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc (.fixup): Add support for a .fixup section
+ that contains pointers to be relocated.
+
+Tue Jun 20 17:47:20 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mpw-esh.c: New file, modified for MPW from esh.c.
+ * scripttempl/sh.sc: Reformatted to simplify MPWification,
+ use *() to concat stab sections instead of [].
+
+Thu Jun 15 08:48:16 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/armpe.sc: Add constructor support.
+
+Tue Jun 13 09:11:20 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Any section with a DATA
+ statement has contents.
+
+Sun Jun 11 15:20:46 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/m68kelf.sh (NOP): Define.
+ (DYNAMIC_LINK): Don't define.
+ (TEXT_START_ADDR): Set to 0x80000000; the extra 0x100 for headers
+ will come from the linker script.
+
+Thu Jun 8 14:17:33 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/armpe.sh, scriptempl/armpe.sc: Add end and stack.
+
+Mon Jun 5 02:16:24 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (i[345]86-*-gnu*): Use GNU elf config.
+
+Thu May 25 11:49:28 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ From Andrew Cagney <cagney@highland.com.au>
+ * Makefile.in: Fixup more gotchas from renaming elf32ppcle to
+ elf32lppc.
+
+Wed May 24 11:23:21 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+ Add support for ARM-PE.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add armpe.o
+ * configure.in: Recognize armpe.
+ * config/arm-pe.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/armpe.sh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/armpe.sc: New file.
+
+
+Mon May 22 15:19:26 1995 Doug Evans <dje@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (h8300h-*-hms): Deleted
+ * config/cf-h8300h.mt: Deleted.
+
+Thu May 18 04:26:10 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+ Wed May 10 14:28:16 1995 Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+ From David Taylor (dtaylor@armltd.co.uk)
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add earmout[lb].o
+ * configure.in: Recognize arm{,e[lb]-*-aout.
+ * config/arm[lb]-aout.mt: New files.
+ * emulparams/armaout[lb].sh: New files.
+ * scripttempl/armaout.sc: New file.
+
+Tue May 16 18:27:11 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * config/ppcle-elf32.mt (EMUL): Use elf32lppc, not elf32ppcle, to
+ be unique in 8 characters for DOS.
+
+ * emulparams/elf32lppc.sh: New file, renamed from elf32ppcle.sh.
+ * emulparams/elf32ppcle.sh: Deleted.
+
+Fri May 12 11:03:55 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+ Tom Griest <griest@cs.yale.edu>
+
+ Initial support for PE executables (eg NT, win32)
+
+ * Makefile.in (configure.in, ei386pe): Add support.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize PE argument info.
+ * ldwrite.c (print_file_stuff): Don't print out .drectve
+ and .debug section info.
+ * lexsup.c (set_subsystem, set_stack_heap, OPTION_HEAP,
+ OPTION_SUBSYSTEM, parse_argsm set_subsystem, set_stack_heap):
+ Handle new arguments.
+ * config/i386-pe.mt, emultempl/i386pe.em, scripttempl/i386pe.sc:
+ New files
+
+Wed May 10 18:37:59 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/hppaelf.sc: Remove .PARISC.unwind section from text
+ segment. This allows ld -r to preserve unwind sections.
+
+Tue May 9 17:19:57 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Add little endian PowerPC support.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32ppcle.o.
+ (eelf32ppcle.c): Support for little endian PowerPC.
+
+ * config/ppcle-elf32.mt: New file for little endian PowerPC.
+ * emulparams/elf32ppcle.sh: Ditto.
+
+Wed May 3 12:56:32 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Check
+ subsection_alignment, instead of checking section_alignment twice.
+ Noticed by Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>.
+
+Tue May 2 16:36:07 1995 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * configure.in (hppa*-*-lites*): Handle like hppa*-*-*elf*.
+
+Mon Apr 24 19:21:02 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldwrite.c (ldwrite): Before doing anything, reset the error
+ code. If bfd_final_link returns an error, but the error code is
+ unset, don't issue an extra message. Assume a correct error
+ message was already set.
+
+Fri Apr 14 16:31:24 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em68kelf.o.
+ (em68kelf.o): New target.
+ * config/m68k-elf.mt, emulparams/m68kelf.sh: New files.
+ * configure.in: Use them for m68*-*-elf.
+
+Tue Apr 11 12:02:03 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ Merge in support for Mac MPW as a host.
+ (Old change descriptions retained for informational value.)
+
+ * mpw-config.in (i386-unknown-aout): Change to i386-unknown-go32.
+ (i386-unknown-coff): Remove.
+ (sh-hitachi-hms): New target.
+ (emulation_ofiles): Set correctly for each target.
+ (version, TDEFINES): Add to makefile fragment.
+ * mpw-make.in (BISON): Use byacc instead of bison.
+ (em_*.c): Replace with e*.c everywhere.
+ (ldgram.h): Separate action from ldgram.c generation.
+ (LD_PROG): Depend on Version.r.
+ (Version.r): generate from version info.
+ * mpw-emipsidt.c: New file, modified for MPW from emipsidt.c.
+
+ * mpw-config.in (m68k-apple-macos, ppc-apple-macos,
+ i386-unknown-aout, i386-unknown-coff): New targets.
+ (m68k-aout, m68k-coff): Remove targets.
+ (mk.tmp): Add definition of EMUL.
+
+ * mpw-config.in (emulname): Set based on target.
+ (ldemul-list.h): Construct.
+ * mpw-make.in (install-only): New target.
+ (install): Depend on install-only.
+
+ * mpw-make.in (bindir): Fix pathname.
+ (install): Move here from mpw-build.in.
+
+ * mpw-config.in: New file, MPW configuration fragment.
+ * mpw-make.in: New file, MPW makefile fragment.
+ (This file is semi-automatically generated from Makefile.in.)
+ * ldfile.c (slash): If MPW, set to `:'.
+ * ldlex.l (TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED): If MPW, set this to
+ prevent redefinition errors.
+
+
+Tue Apr 4 17:55:18 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@bang.hack.com>
+
+ * ldwrite.c (clone_section): Align clone sections on even
+ boundaries.
+
+Thu Mar 30 14:32:26 1995 H.J. Lu (hjl@nynexst.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Change linux to default to elf. Using
+ i[345]86-*-linuxaout will build a linker which defaults to a.out.
+ * config/i386-laout.mt: Rename from old config/i386-linux.mt.
+ * config/i386-linux.mt: Rename from old config/i386-lelf.mt.
+ * config/i386-lelf.mt: Remove.
+
+Thu Mar 30 13:09:46 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): If opening the map file fails, call
+ bfd_set_error before calling einfo.
+
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document the -no-keep-memory option.
+
+Mon Mar 27 11:10:08 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Revert patch of March 10, since the SVR4 linker
+ does mark shared libraries as executable.
+
+Tue Mar 21 15:15:38 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_common): Change power to int. Pass larger values
+ before smaller values.
+ (lang_one_common): Treat info as int *. Don't bother to check for
+ last value, since it is now zero.
+
+Sat Mar 18 01:49:14 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (load_symbols): An empty archive is OK.
+
+Fri Mar 17 16:15:31 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (progress.h): Include.
+ (main): Call START_PROGRESS and END_PROGRESS.
+
+Thu Mar 16 17:17:33 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Move _GOT2_END_ after the .ctors and
+ .dtors sections, so that these pointers get relocated also.
+ Define the symbols __{C,D}TOR_{LIST,END}__ to mark the beginning
+ and end of the constructors/destructors.
+
+Thu Mar 16 13:59:14 1995 Roland McGrath <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+ * ldlang.c (load_symbols): If whole_archive is true and ENTRY
+ describes an archive, call bfd_link_add_symbols on each member.
+ * ldmain.c (whole_archive): New variable.
+ (main): Initialize it to false.
+ * ldmain.h: Declare whole_archive.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Grok --whole-archive switch.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --whole-archive.
+
+Thu Mar 16 11:38:48 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * genscripts.sh (EMULATION_NAME): Set LIB_PATH to empty when not
+ using the default emulation.
+
+ * config/dgux.mh (HOSTING_EMU): Use -m rather than trying to set
+ LDEMULATION.
+ * config/hppaelf.mh (HOSTING_EMU): Likewise.
+
+Tue Mar 14 12:28:03 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Set force_maj
+ for -lc.N. From H.J. Lu <hjl@nynexst.com>.
+
+Fri Mar 10 14:43:48 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Don't set EXEC_P if link_info.shared is set.
+
+ * ldlex.l: Return -lFILENAME as the token LNAME.
+ * ldgram.y: Add token LNAME.
+ (input_list): Treat LNAME like NAME, but pass it to
+ lang_add_input_file as lang_input_file_is_l_enum.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document using -lFILENAME in INPUT.
+
+Thu Mar 9 12:21:51 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_check): If the architectures are compatible call
+ bfd_merge_private_bfd_data to let the backend do additional
+ checks.
+
+
+Tue Mar 7 00:53:08 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_choose_mode): If emulation not recognized, list
+ all supported emulations.
+
+Mon Mar 6 14:03:50 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_list_emulations): New function.
+ * ldemul.h (ldemul_list_emulations): Declare.
+ * ldver.c (help): List supported targets and emulations.
+
+Fri Mar 3 15:40:36 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc (.debug): Relocate to address 0.
+ (.debug_srcinfo, .debug_aranges, .debug_pubnames,
+ .debug_sfnames, .line): Likewise.
+
+Fri Mar 3 17:07:14 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (hold_rel): New static variable.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Place readonly sections with
+ contents whose names begin with ".rel" after hold_rel. Remove the
+ assertion which checked for unplaced .rel sections. Don't try to
+ sort the section into place if place->bfd_section is NULL.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Set hold_rel to the first
+ section beginning with ".rel".
+
+Thu Mar 2 14:34:43 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ Doc note from pierre@phi.la.tce.com (Pierre Willard):
+ * ld.texinfo: -X and -x work even if -s or -S are not specified.
+ * ld.1: Similar change.
+
+Wed Mar 1 13:51:16 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emulparams/gld960coff.sh (COFF_CTORS): Define.
+ * scripttempl/i960.sc: Use COFF_CTORS if CONSTRUCTING.
+
+Tue Feb 28 12:42:56 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (i[345]86-*-linuxelf*): New target. Use i386-lelf.
+ (i[345]86-*-gnuelf*): New target. Use i386-gelf.
+ * config/i386-lelf.mt: New file.
+ * config/i386-gelf.mt: New file.
+
+Tue Feb 28 10:27:54 1995 Rob Savoye <rob@darkstar.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Match on mips-ecoff, and default to the IDT
+ configuration.
+
+Fri Feb 17 13:06:47 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Add support for .got1 and .got2 sections.
+ Offset _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ 32768 from the start of the GOT area
+ to double the size of the table.
+
+
+Thu Feb 9 18:29:43 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (distclean): Do recursive deletion, since ldscripts
+ is a directory.
+
+Thu Feb 9 11:38:22 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): If trace_file_tries is true, and we are using
+ an internal linker script, print out the script.
+ * ldfile.c (try_open): Reindent function. Make the messages about
+ opening script files more informative.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): For -V, call ldversion with 1, not 0.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Update accordingly.
+
+Wed Feb 8 17:34:45 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Adjust references to common symbol
+ information for new structure.
+
+Mon Feb 6 12:17:24 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (undefined_symbol): Handle section being NULL.
+
+ * ldctor.c (ldctor_build_sets): Handle bfd_link_hash_defweak.
+ * ldexp.c (fold_name): Likewise.
+ * ldlang.c (print_one_symbol): Likewise.
+ (lang_finish): Likewise.
+ * ldmain.c (multiple_common): Likewise.
+ * ldwrite.c (print_symbol): Likewise. Also, bfd_link_hash_weak
+ renamed to bfd_link_hash_undefweak.
+
+ * scripttempl/alpha.sc: Set address of .data section correctly
+ when -n or -N is used. Patch from Chris G Demetriou
+ <Chris_G_Demetriou@LAGAVULIN.PDL.CS.CMU.EDU>.
+ * scripttempl/mips.sc: Similar change.
+
+Tue Jan 31 16:20:52 1995 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Clarify error message when user
+ specified start addr conflicts with region. Fix resetting of
+ region pointer.
+
+Tue Jan 31 12:37:09 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldexp.c (fold_name): In case NAME, permit an absolute symbol
+ in lang_allocating_phase_enum.
+
+Mon Jan 30 11:33:25 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (distclean): Depend upon clean. Don't bother to
+ remove files which will be removed by clean. From patch by
+ alan@SPRI.Levels.UniSA.Edu.Au (Alan Modra).
+
+Fri Jan 27 16:27:34 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): For
+ a MIPS target, clobber the size of all but the first input
+ .reginfo section to be 0, so that lang_size_sections sets the
+ correct size for the output .reginfo section.
+
+Thu Jan 26 19:53:37 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Remove unused variable is.
+
+Thu Jan 26 12:33:05 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Add support for powerpc-*-eabi.
+
+ * scripttempl/elfppc.sc: New file for PowerPC embedded ABI
+ support.
+
+ * emulparams/elf32ppc.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Use elfppc.sc instead of
+ elf.sc, which defines some new symbols PowerPC elf needs.
+
+Tue Jan 24 10:32:15 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldctor.c (ldctor_add_set_entry): Don't dump core if a
+ constructor entry is in the absolute section.
+
+Mon Jan 23 13:58:13 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (i[345]86-*-gnu*): Set ld_target to i386-gnu.
+ * config/i386-gnu.mt: New file. Include ELF support.
+
+Thu Jan 19 16:22:11 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): If
+ there are any input sections named .gnu.warning, treat them as
+ containing a warning message to be printed by the linker, and
+ clobber the size so that the message is not copied into the output
+ file.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Put .gnu.warning sections into the .text
+ section.
+
+Sun Jan 15 16:45:00 1995 Steve Chamberlain <sac@splat>
+
+ * configure.in (w65-*-*): New target.
+ * Makefile.in: Update.
+ * scripttempl/w65.sc: New.
+ * config/coff-w65.mt: New.
+
+Thu Jan 12 01:32:25 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_place_orphans): Don't ignore files with
+ just_syms_flag set. Instead, put all their sections in
+ bfd_abs_section_ptr, using the section VMA as the output_offset.
+
+Wed Jan 11 22:59:09 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldctor.c (ldctor_build_sets): Don't use `const' with typedef
+ name `reloc_howto_type', since it's now defined to be const.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_add_reloc): Ditto.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_reloc_statement_type, lang_add_reloc): Ditto.
+
+Wed Jan 11 11:24:45 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldexp.c (fold_binary): Adding or subtracting an absolute value
+ to a relative value does not require forcing the relative value to
+ be absolute. Also, reindent function.
+
+Wed Dec 28 22:05:52 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldwrite.c (clone_section): Create a symbol with the
+ same name as the section.
+
+Mon Dec 19 14:02:13 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.h (split_by_reloc, split_by_file): New flags.
+ * ldwrite.c (clone_section, split_sections): New functions.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Understand new split options.
+
+
+Fri Dec 9 17:22:55 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Move .ctors and .dtors from .text segment to
+ .data segment. They must be writable when creating a shared
+ library. From H.J. Lu <hjl@nynexst.com>.
+
+Fri Dec 2 14:09:00 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/miposecoff.em: New file.
+ * emulparams/mipsidt.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Set to mipsecoff.
+ * emulparams/mipsidtl.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/mips.sc: Put .rel.sdata sections in .text, and
+ provide __runtime_reloc_start and __runtime_reloc_stop if they are
+ used. Align _fdata to a 16 byte boundary.
+ * Makefile.in (emipsidt.c): Depend upon mipsecoff.em rather than
+ generic.em.
+ (emipsidtl.c): Likewise.
+ (check): Pass CC_FOR_HOST and CFLAGS_FOR_HOST to runtest.
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add new field embedded_relocs.
+ * ldemul.h (ldemul_after_open, after_open_default): Declare.
+ (ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add new field after_open.
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_after_open): New function.
+ (after_open_default): New function.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Call ldemul_after_open.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle --embedded-relocs.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Initialize
+ new after_open field to after_open_default.
+ * emultempl/generic.em, emultempl/gld960.em: Likewise.
+ * emultempl/gld960c.em, emultempl/hppaelf.em: Likewise.
+ * emultempl/linux.em, emultempl/m88kbcs.em: Likewise.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em, emultempl/vanilla.em: Likewise.
+ * ld.texinfo, ld.1: Mention -embedded-relocs.
+
+Wed Nov 23 22:04:47 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Add eshl.o.
+ * config/coff-sh.mt: Add shl emulation.
+
+Tue Nov 22 11:55:37 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Fill .text section with NOPS. From Eric
+ Youngdale <eric@aib.com>.
+
+Thu Nov 17 14:39:48 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ Patches from pirker@eiunix.tuwien.ac.at (Martin Pirker).
+ * config/i386linux.mh: New file; set HOSTING_CRT0.
+ * genscripts.sh: Don't put ${libdir} in LIB_PATH if it is
+ /usr/lib, since that is already in LIB_PATH.
+
+Wed Nov 16 10:03:03 1994 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * scripttempl/hppaelf.sc (.text): Handle a use rdefined text start
+ address.
+ (.data, .bss): If "-N", then place the data/bss just after the end
+ of the .text section rather than at the default 0x40000000.
+
+ * scripttempl/hppaelf.sc (.text): Place unwind descriptors in the
+ text segment.
+
+Sat Nov 12 15:55:56 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ Patches from Eric Youngdale <eric@aib.com>:
+ * ldlang.c (lang_finish): Don't warn if entry symbol not found
+ when generating a shared library.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Warn if
+ attempting to place an orphaned relocation section when generating
+ a dynamically linked object.
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Add ENTRY(${ENTRY}), and default ${ENTRY} to
+ _start.
+
+Fri Nov 11 14:27:23 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add field export_dynamic.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize --export-dynamic.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Pass export_dynamic argument to bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections.
+
+Wed Nov 9 12:47:11 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Set SEC_ALLOC in any section where
+ we allocate common symbols.
+
+Tue Nov 8 17:50:43 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@aib.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Add .rel.init, .rela.init, .rel.fini, and
+ .rela.fini to the list of .rel* sections.
+
+Tue Nov 8 17:47:45 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlang.c (load_symbols): Add new argument place. Only accept
+ linker scripts if place is not NULL. Put commands found in an
+ assumed linker script into place.
+ (lookup_name): Pass NULL as place argument to load_symbols.
+ (open_input_bfds): In lang_input_statement_enum case, pass a place
+ argument to load_symbols, and store any new statements after the
+ current one.
+
+Mon Nov 7 15:53:02 1994 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Bump to 2.5.3.
+
+Fri Nov 4 15:11:26 1994 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (e*nbsd.c): Fix typo in dependencies.
+
+Thu Nov 3 19:35:44 1994 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (check): Add missing "else true" clause.
+
+ * emulparams/vax.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Use "a.out".
+
+ * scripttempl/go32coff.sc: Changes from DJ Delorie: Change default
+ entry point to "start". Align at end of each section to 0x200.
+ Start .text section 0x1000 later. Add _etext, _edata, _end
+ symbols.
+
+Wed Nov 2 12:17:49 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldctor.c (ldctor_add_set_entry): Don't permit a set to be
+ composed of different object file formats.
+ (ldctor_build_sets): If the output format does not support the
+ reloc, and we are not generating a relocateable link, try getting
+ the reloc from the input format.
+
+Tue Nov 1 10:30:19 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em68knbsd.o.
+ (em68knbsd.c): New target.
+
+ * config/m68k-nbsd.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/m68knbsd.sh: New file.
+ * configure.in (m68*-*-netbsd*): Use above configs.
+
+Mon Oct 31 19:35:17 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): If we find an
+ appropriately named static library, stop the search at that
+ directory.
+
+Wed Oct 26 13:59:12 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added ei386nbsd.o, ens32knbsd.o
+ and esparcnbsd.o; sorted entries.
+ (ei386nbsd.c,ens32knbsd.c,esparcnbsd.c): New targets.
+
+ * config/netbsd532.mt: Removed.
+ * emulparams/netbsd532.sh: Removed.
+
+ * config/{i386-nbsd.mt,ns32k-nbsd.mt,sparc-nbsd.mt}: New files.
+ * emulparams/{i386nbsd.sh,ns32knbsd.sh,sparcnbsd.sh}: New files.
+ * configure.in (i[345]86-*-netbsd*, ns32k-pc532-netbsd*,
+ sparc*-*-netbsd*): Use above configs.
+
+Tue Oct 25 11:47:10 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldmain.c (multiple_common): One of the types may now be
+ bfd_link_hash_indirect. The old BFD argument may be NULL.
+
+Thu Oct 20 22:01:39 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Add * at the end of m68k-hp-hpux.
+
+Tue Oct 18 15:58:39 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldlex.l: Cast assignment to yy_ch_buf field to char *, not to
+ YY_CHAR *.
+
+Mon Oct 17 14:53:16 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/nw.sc: Gather constructors and destructors and
+ define __CTOR__LIST__ and __DTOR_LIST__ appropriately.
+
+Fri Oct 14 14:35:38 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add ei386nw.o and eppcnw.o.
+ (ei386nw.c, eppcnw.c): New targets.
+
+ * config/{i386,ppc}-nw.mt, emulparams/{i386,ppc}nw.sh,
+ scripttempl/nw.sc: New files, for i386 and powerpc netware.
+
+ * configure.in: Changed netware ld_target name to be {i386,ppc}-nw
+ instead of {i386,ppc}-elf.
+
+ * configure.in (sparc*-*-netware): Removed. There is no such
+ thing anymore.
+
+ * ldint.texinfo: Move misplaced `@end iftex'.
+
+Fri Oct 14 12:02:18 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@aib.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Add .rel.ctors, .rela.ctors, .rel.dtors, and
+ .rela.dtors to the list of .rel* sections.
+
+Thu Oct 13 14:16:27 1994 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Update to version 2.5.
+ * Version 2.5 released.
+
+ * configure.in (all_targets): Handle i386-linux*.
+
+Thu Oct 13 11:24:33 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Set _etext and __etext to ., not
+ ${DATA_ALIGNMENT}. This is compatible with SunOS, and, with luck,
+ will not break any other system. From Eric Valette
+ <ev@chorus.fr>.
+
+Wed Oct 12 16:22:58 1994 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Change -V to be a synonym for -v. Add
+ --verbose to get the old -V behaviour.
+ * ld.1, ld.texinfo: Document this change.
+
+Tue Sep 27 14:56:20 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Remove
+ assertion, since it could fail with a user defined linker script.
+
+ * ldexp.c (fold_name): For DEFINED case, don't try to look up the
+ name in the hash table during the first phase--the hash table does
+ not even exist at that point, much less have the right value.
+
+ * Makefile.in (CC): Define.
+ (CXX): Move definition, change from g++ to gcc.
+ (EXPECT, RUNTEST): Copy definitions from top level Makefile.in.
+ (RUNTEST_CC, RUNTEST_CFLAGS): Remove.
+ (RUNTEST_CXX, RUNTEST_CXXFLAGS): Remove.
+ (CC_FOR_TARGET, CXX_FOR_TARGET): Copy from top level Makefile.in.
+ (.cc.o): Comment out.
+ (testdir): Remove.
+ (site.exp): Don't create testdir or set tmpdir.
+ (check): Run checks even if not running native. Use CC_FOR_TARGET
+ instead of RUNTEST_CC, and likewise for CXX.
+ (cdtest targets): Comment out.
+ * config/solaris2.mh (HOSTING_LIBS): Only mention crtend.o once.
+ * cdtest-bar.cc, cdtest-foo.cc, cdtest-foo.h: Remove.
+ * cdtest-main.cc, cdtest.exp: Remove.
+
+Mon Sep 26 11:40:30 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/elf32bmip.sh: Rename from elf32mipb.sh to avoid DOS
+ file naming problems.
+ * emulparams/elf32lmip.sh: Rename from elf32mipl.sh.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Rename eelf32mipb.o to
+ eelf32bmip.o and eelf32mipl.o to eelf32lmip.o.
+ (eelf32bmip.c): Rename from eelf32mipb.c. Use elf32bmip.sh.
+ (eelf32lmip.c): Rename from eelf32mipl.c. Use elf32lmip.sh.
+ * config/mipsb-elf32.mt (EMUL): Use elf32bmip, not elf32mipb.
+ * config/mipsl-elf32.mt (EMUL): Use elf32lmip, not elf32mipl.
+
+ * genscripts.sh: Always search /usr/local/TARGET/lib.
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: If -N is set, force DATA_ADDR to be ".".
+
+Fri Sep 23 15:05:49 1994 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Handle i386-bsdi* targets like i386-bsd.
+
+Fri Sep 23 00:06:59 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Add support for -a for HP/UX
+ compatibility.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): -c takes an argument.
+
+Tue Sep 20 14:35:27 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add new field endian.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -EB and -EL by setting
+ command_line.endian.
+ * ldgram.y (ifile_p1): Accept OUTPUT_FORMAT with three arguments.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_add_output_format): Add arguments big and little.
+ If command_line.endian is set, use it to select big or little
+ rather than the default. Changed all callers.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_add_output_format): Update declaration.
+ * emulparams/elf32mipb.sh: Define BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT and
+ LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT.
+ * emulparams/elf32mipl.sh: Likewise.
+ * emulparams/mipsbig.sh: Likewise.
+ * emulparams/mipsbsd.sh: Likewise.
+ * emulparams/mipsidt.sh: Likewise.
+ * emulparams/mipsidtl.sh: Likewise.
+ * emulparams/mipslit.sh: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Define BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT and
+ LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT if not already defined. Pass them to
+ OUTPUT_FORMAT.
+ * scripttempl/mips.sc: Pass BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT and
+ LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT to OUTPUT_FORMAT.
+ * scripttempl/mipsbsd.sc: Likewise.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ldgram.h): Make separate target from ldgram.c,
+ depending upon ldgram.c, so that a parallel make does not try to
+ build both at once.
+
+ * configure.in (mips*el-elf*): New target.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32mipb.o and eelf32mipl.o.
+ (eelf32mipl.c): New target.
+
+ * config/mipsl-elf32.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/elf32mipl.sh: New file.
+
+Fri Sep 16 12:16:20 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Rather than prohibiting ld -r -s, treat it as
+ ld -r -S -x.
+
+Thu Sep 15 13:05:44 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Print BFD file name as well as file name
+ returned by find_nearest_line, in case the file name is something
+ unhelpful such as a .h file. Handle %u.
+
+Wed Sep 14 12:49:12 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_do_assignments): Make sure output statement
+ has an attached bfd_section before trying to dereference it.
+
+Wed Sep 14 12:48:09 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type): Add new field warn_once.
+ * ldmain.c (undefined_symbol): Handle -warn-once.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize -warn-once.
+ * ld.texinfo (Options): Document -warn-once.
+ * ld.1: Likewise.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Handle %D as %C, but never print the function
+ name. For %C, print the function name on a separate line, to keep
+ the length of error messages under control.
+ * ldmain.c (multiple_definition): Use %D for ``first defined
+ here.''
+ (undefined_symbol): Use %D for ``more undefined references
+ follow''.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (multiple_warn): Remove; no longer used.
+ * ldmisc.h (multiple_warn): Don't declare.
+
+Tue Sep 13 20:47:58 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Print all lines
+ to the map file.
+
+Tue Sep 13 16:30:11 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (load_symbols): Check for archive before object. Use
+ bfd_check_format_matches, and, if ambiguous, print a list of
+ matching formats. If file format is not recognized, treat file as
+ a linker script.
+ * ldgram.y (yyerror): If assuming an object file is a script,
+ mention that. Tweak the format of the error messages.
+ * ldlex.l (lex_warn_invalid): If assuming an object is a script,
+ guess that this is not actually a script, and just report that the
+ file format was not recognized.
+ * ld.texinfo (Options): Admit that -( may be used more than once.
+ Add note that unrecognized object files are now treated as linker
+ scripts.
+
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_input_filename): Make const.
+ (ldfile_assumed_script): New variable.
+ (try_open): Change arguments types to const.
+ (ldfile_find_command_file): Likewise.
+ (ldfile_open_command_file): Likewise. Also, set lineno to 1.
+ * ldfile.h: Update declarations for ldfile.c changes.
+ * ldlex.l: Include <ctype.h>.
+ (file_name_stack): Change to be const char *.
+ (lineno_stack): New static variable.
+ (<<EOF>>): Set lineno as well as ldfile_input_filename.
+ (lex_push_file): Make name argument const. Initialize
+ lineno_stack entry.
+ (lex_redirect): Initialize lineno_stack entry.
+ (lex_warn_invalid): Handle non printable characters nicely.
+ * ldlex.h (lex_push_file): Declare second argument as const.
+
+ * ldgram.y (ifile_p1): Recognize GROUP.
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize GROUP.
+ * ld.texinfo (Option Commands): Document GROUP.
+
+Mon Sep 12 17:04:27 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/m68klynx.mh: New file.
+
+Mon Sep 12 01:50:03 1994 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em: Add newlines to the error messages.
+
+Sat Sep 10 16:05:38 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/i386lynx.mh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/i386lynx.sc: Don't put .ctors and .dtors in .text
+ unless CONSTRUCTING.
+
+Thu Sep 8 13:25:24 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/elf32mipb.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+ (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define as yes.
+ (DYNAMIC_LINK): Define as false.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse):
+ Initialize config.dynamic_link to DYNAMIC_LINK if it is defined.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Reset stat_ptr at end.
+ * Makefile.in (eelf32mipb.c): Depend upon elf32.em rather than
+ generic.em.
+
+Thu Sep 8 16:30:37 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/h8500b.sc: Put rdata stuff into own segment.
+
+Thu Sep 8 13:25:24 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/elf32ppc.sh (OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS): Don't define;
+ .got section is now explicitly handled in elf.sc.
+
+Wed Sep 7 13:08:34 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/alpha.sc: Redo script to set . outside of sections
+ and not bother to explicitly specify section addresses.
+ Explicitly place .sdata section.
+
+Tue Sep 6 23:51:45 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Put .bss in data segment.
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Change .stab and .stabstr to use a VMA of
+ 0, and to only be marked as NOLOAD if relocating.
+ * scripttempl/h8500.sc, scripttempl/h8500b.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/h8500c.sc, scripttempl/h8500m.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/h8500s.sc, scripttempl/i386coff.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/i386go32.sc, scripttempl/i386lynx.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc, scripttempl/m68klynx.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/sh.sc, scripttempl/sparccoff.sc: Likewise.
+ * scripttempl/sparclynx.sc: Likewise.
+
+Sun Sep 04 17:58:10 1994 Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org)
+
+ * Makefile.in, configure.in: Add support (disabled) the ARM/RISCiX.
+ * config/riscix.mt, emulparams/riscix.sh, scripttempl/riscix.sc:
+ New files.
+
+Tue Aug 30 11:48:08 1994 Eric Youngdale (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add field soname.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -soname argument.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em: In call to bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections,
+ pass soname.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document -soname.
+
+Mon Aug 29 15:21:50 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_check): Don't try to set the architecture if the
+ input and output files are incompatible. Just warn.
+
+Wed Aug 24 12:52:30 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Change i[34]86 to i[345]86.
+
+Sun Aug 21 16:17:19 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/hp3hpux.sh: Define __DYNAMIC to be 0.
+
+Thu Aug 18 15:37:45 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ Make the ELF linker handle orphaned sections reasonably. Also,
+ define __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME around sections whose
+ names can be represented in C, for the benefit of symbol sets in
+ glibc.
+ * ldemul.h (ldemul_place_orphan): Declare.
+ (ld_emulation_xfer_type): Add place_orphan field.
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_place_orphan): New function.
+ * ldlang.h (wild_doit): Declare.
+ * ldlang.c (wild_doit): Make nonstatic.
+ (lang_place_orphans): Call ldemul_place_orphan.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em: Include <ctype.h> and "ldgram.h".
+ (hold_section, hold_use, hold_text, hold_data, hold_bss): New
+ static variables.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): New static function.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): New static function.
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Initialize place_orphan field.
+
+Tue Aug 16 00:17:20 1994 Eric Youngdale (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Add .linux-dynamic after .data.
+
+Tue Aug 16 00:08:22 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args) Treat --dll-verbose as --version, for
+ Linux compatibility. From hjl@nynexst.com (H.J. Lu).
+
+Mon Aug 15 17:17:33 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldexp.h (exp_get_abs_int): Declare.
+
+Sat Aug 6 01:45:39 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_do_assignments): Handle complex AT's better.
+ * ldexp.c (exp_get_abs_int): New function.
+
+Fri Aug 5 20:55:55 1994 Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: add i960-nindy-coff support.
+
+Thu Aug 4 14:45:50 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l (yy_create_string_buffer): Handle change to internal
+ interface in flex 2.4.7.
+
+Tue Aug 2 11:52:06 1994 Eric Youngdale (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+ * emultempl/linux.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_address_statement):
+ New function; add 0x20 to any use of -Ttext.
+ (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements): New
+ function.
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Use the new function
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements.
+
+Mon Aug 1 15:50:44 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/mips.sc: Redo script to set . outside of sections
+ and not bother to explicitly specify section addresses.
+
+Tue Jul 26 11:02:35 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Copy several more relocation sections into
+ the output. Put .got.plt sections into .got.
+
+Fri Jul 22 12:15:36 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Use PROVIDE to define etext, edata, and end.
+
+ Add a new script operator, PROVIDE, to define a symbol only if it
+ is needed.
+ * ldgram.y (PROVIDE): New token.
+ (assignment): Accept PROVIDE.
+ * ldlex.l (PROVIDE): New token.
+ * ldexp.h (node_type): Add etree_provide to node_class enum.
+ (exp_provide): Declare.
+ * ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Handle etree_provide.
+ (exp_provide): New function.
+ (exp_print_tree): Handle etree_provide.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document PROVIDE.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_common): Pass desired alignment to
+ lang_one_common as power of two.
+ (lang_one_common): Get common symbol alignment from linker hash
+ table entry. Treat desired alignment as a power of two.
+
+ * ldlang.c (wild_section): Attach all section with the given name,
+ not just the first one. If there is no name, attach all sections
+ even if the SEC_IS_COMMON flag is set.
+
+Wed Jul 20 15:49:27 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add field rpath.
+ * lexsup.c (S_ISDIR): Define if not already defined.
+ (parse_args): Add support for -rpath. If -R is used to name a
+ directory, treat it as -rpath for Solaris compatibility.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+ Pass command_line.rpath to bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize command_line.rpath to NULL.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document -rpath option.
+
+Sun Jul 10 00:33:24 1994 Ian Dall (dall@hfrd.dsto.gov.au)
+
+ * emulparams/pc532machaout.sh: New file. Pc532 mach script
+ parameters.
+
+ * emulparams/netbsd532.sh: New file. Netbsd 532 script parameters.
+
+ * config/pc532mach.mt: New file. Pc532 mach target support.
+
+ * config/pc532mach.mh: New file. Pc532 mach host support.
+
+ * config/netbsd532.mt: New file. Netbsd 532 target support.
+
+ * configure.in: Add ns32k-pc532-mach and ns32k-pc532-netbsd support.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Add epcmachaout.c dependency and enetbsd532.c
+ dependency.
+
+Fri Jul 8 10:57:02 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Use
+ bfd_abs_section_ptr, not &bfd_abs_section.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Changed "retain-symbols-file" from
+ no_argument to required_argument. From djm.
+
+Thu Jul 7 12:29:53 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Explicitly mention .stab and .stabstr
+ sections to force a VMA of 0; needed for ELF backends which have
+ not been converted to the new linker style.
+
+Mon Jul 4 19:35:45 1994 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * scripttempl/hppaelf.sc (__stack_zero): Don't define this name,
+ it was for the HPUX dynamic loader's use and it creates problems
+ with ELF GDB.
+
+Fri Jul 1 12:53:47 1994 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_do_assignments): No longer static. Delete decl.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_do_assignments): Put external decl here.
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em: Minor cleanups throughout file.
+ (hppa_elf_create_output_section_statements): Rewrite.
+ (hppaelf_finish): Rewrite.
+
+Wed Jun 29 16:50:00 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/solaris2.mh (NATIVE_LIB_DIRS): Define as /usr/ccs/lib.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Accept -Bstatic and -Bdynamic. Do not
+ accept plain -B.
+ * ld.texinfo: -Bstatic is not ignored.
+
+Tue Jun 28 12:13:34 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l: Recognize \r the same as \n.
+
+Thu Jun 23 17:53:04 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ Preliminary support for generating shared libraries, from Eric
+ Youngdale <ericy@cais.cais.com>.
+ * genscripts.sh: If the emulation parameter file sets
+ GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT, generate a .xs script file with
+ CREATE_SHLIB defined.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script): If
+ link_info.shared is set, use the .xs script file.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: If CREATE_SHLIB is set, don't create a
+ .interp section, and don't include TEXT_START_ADDR in the starting
+ address of the first section.
+ * emulparams/elf_i386.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Likewise.
+ * emulparams/elf32_sparc.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define.
+
+Thu Jun 23 12:52:22 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Change --with-targets to --enable-targets.
+
+Wed Jun 22 13:42:14 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Add support for new options -( -) with
+ synonyms --start-group --end-group.
+ * ldlang.h (enum statement_enum): Add lang_group_statement_enum.
+ (lang_group_statement_type): Define new struct.
+ (lang_statement_union_type): Add group_statement field.
+ (lang_enter_group, lang_leave_group): Declare.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_for_each_statement_worker): Handle
+ lang_group_statement_enum.
+ (map_input_to_output_sections, print_statement): Likewise.
+ (lang_size_sections, lang_do_assignments): Likewise.
+ (open_input_bfds): Completely rewrite. Now does its own looping,
+ rather than using lang_for_each_statement. Handle groups.
+ (lang_process): Update call to open_input_bfds.
+ (print_group): New static function.
+ (lang_enter_group, lang_leave_group): New static functions.
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_open_file): If the file has already been
+ opened, just return rather than taking an assertion failure.
+ * ldver.c (help): Mention new options.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document new options.
+
+ * ldlang.c (end_of_data_section_statement_list): Don't define.
+ (lang_leave_output_section_statement): Don't set obsolete variable
+ end_of_data_section_statement_list.
+
+ * scripttempl/go32coff.sc: Don't put ${DATA_ALIGNMENT} inside an
+ ALIGN.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Adjust current region address
+ even for sections with an explicit address. From
+ ralphc@pyramid.com (Ralph Campbell).
+
+ * emulparams/i386linux.sh (NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Set to 0.
+ From jrs@world.std.com (Rick Sladkey).
+
+ * scripttempl/mipsbsd.sc: Let sections align to their natural
+ boundaries.
+
+Tue Jun 21 11:27:04 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_init): Use new bfd_abs_section_ptr, not
+ &bfd_abs_section.
+ (lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of): Likewise.
+ (lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of): Likewise.
+ (lang_size_sections): Use bfd_is_abs_section to check for the
+ absolute section. Don't try to set the VMA or output_offset or
+ size of the absolute section.
+ * ldmain.c (notice_ysym): Use bfd_is_und_section to check for the
+ undefined section.
+
+Thu Jun 16 22:48:41 1994 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * scripttempl/hppaelf.sc: Place .data and .bss at 0x40000000
+ when generating relocatable objects.
+
+Thu Jun 16 14:25:22 1994 Eric Youngdale (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+ * emultempl/linux.em: New file providing support for linking
+ against Linux shared libraries.
+ * config/i386-linux.mt (ei386linux.c): Depend upon linux.em.
+ * emulparams/i386linux.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as linux.
+
+Thu Jun 16 12:22:01 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Add -shared to longopts, and handle it.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize link_info.shared to false. Give
+ error if link_info.relocateable and link_info.shared are both set.
+
+ * configure.in: If EMUL_EXTRA* is defined in a config file, treat
+ it as naming an emulation to be added to EMULATION_OFILES.
+ * config/i386-linux.mt (EMUL_EXTRA1): Define as elf_i386.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuilt dependencies.
+ (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add ei386linux.o, eelf32_sparc.o,
+ eelf64_sparc.o. Remove $(OTHER_EMULATIONS).
+ (ei386linux.c, eelf32_sparc.c, eelf64_sparc.c): New targets.
+ * config/i386-linux.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+ (ei386linux.c): Remove; now in Makefile.in.
+ * config/i386-lynx.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+ * config/m68k-lynx.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+ * config/sparc-lynx.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+ * config/sparc64-elf.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+ (eelf64_sparc.c): Remove; now in Makefile.in.
+ * config/sun4sol2.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+ (eelf32_sparc.c): Remove; now in Makefile.in.
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_print_tree): Don't crash if etree_rel section has
+ no owner--it might be bfd_abs_section. From Eric Youngdale
+ <ericy@cais.cais.com>.
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Let sections align to their natural
+ boundaries.
+
+Wed Jun 15 01:54:54 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldemul.h (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive): Declare.
+ (ld_emulation_xfer_type): Add new field open_dynamic_archive.
+ * ldemul.c: Include ldexp.h and ldlang.h.
+ (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive): New function.
+ * ldfile.h (ldfile_open_file_search): Declare.
+ * ldfile.c: Include ldemul.h.
+ (try_open_bfd): Rename from cache_bfd_openr. Return boolean
+ argument, not bfd *. Change all callers.
+ (ldfile_open_file_search): Rename from open_a. Return boolean
+ argument, not bfd *. Clean up. Change all callers.
+ (ldfile_open_file): If doing a dynamic link, call
+ ldemul_open_dynamic_archive rather than assuming the extension of
+ a dynamic object is ".so".
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive):
+ New function.
+ (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Initialize open_dynamic_archive
+ field.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Likewise.
+
+ * ldmain.c (get_emulation): Ignore -m486 for Linux compatibility.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Ignore -qmagic for Linux compatibility.
+ Accept -static as a synonym for -non_shared.
+
+ Let the user change the dynamic linker used by ELF code.
+ * ld.h (args_type): Add new field interpreter.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Add dynamic-linker to longopts, and
+ handle it.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize command_line.interpreter to NULL.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Get
+ the ELF backend to return the .interp section. If
+ command_line.interpreter is not NULL, set the contents of .interp
+ to it.
+ * ld.texinfo: Mention -dynamic-linker.
+
+ * config/sun4sol2.mt (eelf32_sparc.c): Depend upon elf32.em, not
+ generic.em.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Sort out the option macros and change the
+ definitions to make it easier to add a new option.
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Define __etext and __edata to go along with
+ _etext and _edata.
+
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type): Add new field traditional_format.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Add traditional-format to longopts, and
+ handle it.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize config.traditional_format to false.
+ * ldlang.c (ldlang_open_output): Set BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT in BFD
+ flags of output_bfd according to config.traditional_format.
+ * ldver.c (help): Mention -traditional-format.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document -traditional-format.
+
+Tue Jun 14 23:10:07 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldctor.c (ldctor_add_entry): Add entries to a set in the order
+ they are encountered.
+
+Tue Jun 14 18:05:09 1994 Eric Youngdale (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+ * emulparams/i386linux.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Define as 0x1000.
+ (NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Define as 0x20.
+
+Mon Jun 13 15:46:09 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/alpha.sc: Define _ftext, _etext and _fdata insted of
+ _FTEXT, _ETEXT and _FDATA. Dont define _END.
+
+ * ldfile.c (open_a): If this is not an archive, try to open it in
+ the current directory before searching for it.
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Treat -i as a synonym for -r.
+
+ * ldgram.y (exp): Treat BLOCK as a synonym for ALIGN, so that
+ BLOCK works in a section address as documented.
+
+ * ldgram.y (YYDEBUG): Don't define.
+
+Fri Jun 10 16:45:39 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emultempl/gld960.em: Pass false for new argument to
+ ldfile_add_library_path.
+ * emultempl/gld960c.em, emultempl/lnk960.em: Likewise.
+
+ * emultempl/sunos.em: Only look for .so files if doing a dynamic
+ link.
+
+Thu Jun 9 08:35:17 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/i960.sc: Add CONSTRUCTORS to .data.
+
+Thu Jun 9 06:52:29 1994 Bill Cox (bill@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (check): Delete ld.new dependency so that a regression
+ test doesn't trigger a rebuild of the linker.
+
+Thu Jun 9 00:17:20 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (map_input_to_output_sections): For lang_address, call
+ init_os if it hasn't already been called.
+
+Thu Jun 2 17:24:08 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ Add support for SunOS shared libraries.
+ * aout.sc: Don't define __DYNAMIC here. Add new sections used by
+ shared library support code.
+ * emultempl/sunos.em: New file.
+ * emulparams/sun4.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as sunos.
+ * emulparams/sun3.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Likewise.
+ * Makefile.in (esun4.c): Depend upon sunos.em, not generic.em.
+ (esun3.c): Likewise.
+
+ * ldlang.c: Minor formatting cleanups.
+ (lang_for_each_input_file): New function.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_for_each_input_file): Declare.
+
+ * ldfile.h (search_dirs_type): Move from ldfile.c, and add cmdline
+ field.
+ (search_head): Declare.
+ (ldfile_add_library_path): Add new cmdline argument in prototype.
+ * ldfile.c (search_head): Make non-static.
+ (search_dirs_type): Move to ldfile.h.
+ (ldfile_add_library_path): Accept cmdline argument, and save it.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Pass true for new cmdline argument of
+ ldfile_add_library_path.
+ (set_default_dirlist): Likewise.
+ * ldmain.c (check_for_scripts_dir): Pass false for new cmdline
+ argument of ldfile_add_library_path.
+ * ldgram.y (ifile_p1): Likewise.
+
+Wed Jun 1 14:24:08 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.h (lang_input_statement_type): Remove fields subfiles,
+ total_size, superfile and chain.
+ * ldfile.c (open_a): Don't clear search_dirs_flag.
+ (ldfile_open_file): Don't try to open superfile. Assert that file
+ has not already been opened.
+ * ldlang.c (new_afile): Don't initialize superfile.
+ * ldmain.c (add_archive_element): Don't initialize subfiles or
+ chain or superfile. Initialize search_dirs_flag to false.
+
+Fri May 27 12:25:33 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Changed version to "cygnus-2.4.1".
+
+ Changes from binutils-2.4 release:
+
+ * genscripts.sh (RELOCATING, CONSTRUCTING): When setting
+ variables, use whitespace, so scripts don't break.
+
+ * config/alphaosf.mh (HDEFINES, CFLAGS): Deleted.
+
+ * emultempl/generic.em: Find emultempl/stringify.sed in ${srcdir}.
+
+ * cdtest-bar.cc: Renamed from cdtest-func.cc.
+ * Makefile.in: Noted change.
+
+ * scripttempl/a29k.sc: Don't include /lab3/u3/..../segments.o; I
+ don't know where that's supposed to come from, or why it's
+ necessary.
+
+ Wed May 11 22:32:00 1994 DJ Delorie (dj@ctron.com)
+
+ * configure.bat: update to latest makefile.in
+ * emulpara/go32.sh: set to coff-go32 not aout
+ * emultemp/generic.em: strength-reduce the structure of
+ this shell script, since the only available shell for
+ DOS can't handle complex syntax.
+ * emultemp/stringify.sed: for "sed -f" instead of inline.
+ * makefile.in: depend on stringify.sed as well as genscripts.sh
+ * scripttemp/go32coff.sc: correct for djgpp 1.11's COFF format
+ * genscripts.sh: empty variables aren't always considered "set",
+ so set them to "y" instead.
+
+Fri May 27 01:08:14 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (entry_symbol): Make static.
+ (lang_add_entry): Add cmdline argument.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_add_entry): Change prototype.
+ * ldgram.y (statement_anywhere): Change lang_add_entry call.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Likewise.
+
+Tue May 24 16:13:43 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/elf32mipb.sh (OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS): Don't give
+ .reginfo an address.
+ (OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS): Don't give .lit4 or .lit8 an address.
+ (OTHER_SECTIONS): Define for .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Use OTHER_SECTIONS at end of script.
+
+Thu May 19 13:31:33 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ Add support for ELF shared libraries.
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type): Add field dynamic_link.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Initialize config.dynamic_link to false. Warn
+ on attempts to use -r with -relax, -call_shared or -s.
+ * lexsup.c (longopts): Separate OPTION_CALL_SHARED from
+ OPTION_NON_SHARED. Add OPTION_IGNORE. Adjust macro values
+ accordingly. Add "dy" and "non_shared" options. Change "Qy" to
+ OPTION_IGNORE for now. Handle OPTION_CALL_SHARED and
+ OPTION_NON_SHARED by setting dynamic_link field accordingly.
+ Handle OPTION_IGNORE by ignoring it. Clear dynamic_link field for
+ -r and -Ur.
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_open_file): If config.dynamic_link is true, try
+ opening a file with a .so extension first.
+ * emultempl/elf32.em: New file.
+ * emulparams/elf32_sparc.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Change to 0x10000.
+ (NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Likewise.
+ (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+ (DATA_PLT): Define.
+ * emulparams/elf_i386.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Add placement for new dynamic sections.
+ Don't use CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS. Define _etext, _edata and _end
+ outside of any section. Don't use ALIGN(8); just let one section
+ VMA follow another. Put .dynbss in .bss. Don't mention debugging
+ sections; they'll be handled correctly anyhow.
+ * Makefile.in (eelf_i386.c): Depend upon elf32.em, not generic.em.
+
+Wed May 18 10:15:39 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Redirect output of ln to /dev/null.
+
+Mon May 16 13:35:08 1994 Jeff Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em: Change all references of
+ .hppa_linker_stubs to .PARISC.stubs.
+ * scripttempl/hppaelf.sc: Likewise.
+
+Fri May 13 13:00:38 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Change ``no attached
+ output section'' message slightly.
+ (lang_do_assignments): Don't recurse down if there is no real
+ section.
+
+ * config/i386-linux.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Change em_ to e to
+ match corresponding change in emulation templates.
+ * config/i386-lynx.mt, config/m68k-lynx.mt: Likewise.
+ * config/sparc-lynx.mt, config/sun4sol2.mt: Likewise.
+
+Wed May 11 18:16:46 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Updated version number.
+
+ * cdtest-foo.cc: Use explicit "#pragma implementation".
+ * cdtest-bar.cc: Renamed from cdtest-func.cc.
+ * Makefile.in: References to cdtest-func.o changed to
+ cdtest-bar.o.
+
+Wed May 11 16:24:19 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ Don't create unnecessary output sections.
+ * ldlang.c (out_bfd_get_section_by_name): Remove.
+ (wild_section): Call bfd_get_section_by_name rather than
+ our_bfd_get_section_by_name. Don't call wild_doit if there is no
+ section.
+ (lang_create_output_section_statements): Remove.
+ (map_input_to_output_sections): For several cases, call init_os if
+ it has not already been called.
+ (lang_size_sections): If output section was not created, skip it.
+ (lang_process): Don't call lan_create_output_section_statements.
+ (lang_place_orphans): Skip files with just_syms_flags set to true.
+ * ld.texinfo: Document change.
+
+Tue May 10 14:31:16 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (wild_doit): Don't bother initializing the vma and
+ section size. Don't special case SEC_SHARED_LIBRARY.
+ (lang_size_sections): Handle SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY sections
+ specially.
+
+Fri May 6 12:24:27 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/go32.mh : New file for Xgo32X.
+
+Fri May 6 15:15:35 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_open_command_file): Set bfd_error_system_call
+ before calling einfo, since we are reporting an fopen failure.
+ From jrs@world.std.com (Rick Sladkey).
+
+ * configure.in: Use "e" rather than "em_" as prefix for
+ emulations.
+
+Fri May 6 01:08:14 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emultempl/generic.em: Use "e" rather than "em_" as prefix for
+ filename.
+ * emultempl/gld960.em, emultempl/gld960c.em, emultempl/lnk960.em,
+ emultempl/hppaelf.em, emultempl/m88kbcs.em, emultempl/vanilla.em:
+ Ditto.
+ * Makefile.in: Changed all generated file names.
+ (ldemul-list.h): Depend on Makefile, not config.status. Changed
+ sed patterns to handle new filenames.
+
+ * config/mipsl-idt.mt: Renamed from mips-idtl.mt.
+ * configure.in: Adjusted.
+
+Thu May 5 15:07:32 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-info): Don't use "$<*", it doesn't always
+ work. Instead, check build dir and $srcdir explicitly, and use
+ `echo' to get all the filenames.
+
+ * configure.in (h8300h-*-hms): Changed ld_target name to
+ cf-h8300h.
+ * config/cf-h8300h.mt: Renamed from coff-h8300h.mt, to make it
+ unique in 8.3.
+
+ * config/i960coff.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/gld960coff.sh: New file.
+ * emultempl/gld960c.em: New file.
+ * configure.in (i960-*-vxworks5* except -vxworks5.0*): Use
+ i960coff configuration.
+ * Makefile.in (em_gld960coff.c): Added dependencies, build rule.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Remove em_delta68.o, since the
+ code isn't included in FSF releases, and it can still be
+ explicitly selected.
+ (distclean): Remove site.bak and tmpdir.
+ (STAGESTUFF): Removed $(GENERATED_CFILES) $(GENERATED_HFILES).
+ (mostlyclean): Delete them explicitly here. Also remove tmpdir.
+
+ Patches from Ralph Campbell:
+ * config/mipsbsd.mh: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (em_mipsbsd.c): Use mipsbsd.sc, not aout.sc.
+ * scripttempl/mipsbsd.sc: Don't define __DYNAMIC.
+ * emulparams/mipsbsd.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Fix name to have `a.out'
+ instead of `aout'.
+
+ * configure.in (i386-*-gnu*): Treat like i386-*-mach*.
+
+Wed May 4 11:59:40 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/m68k.mt (EMUL): Set to m68kaout.
+ * emulparams/m68kaout.sh: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em_m68kaout.o.
+ (em_m68kaout.c): New target.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): If dot moves because of an
+ assignment, don't try to insert a pad into the absolute output
+ section, just change the address of the default memory region
+ instead.
+
+ * Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove cdtest.tmp, cdtest-ur,
+ cdtest-ur.out, and cdtest-ur.tmp.
+
+Wed Apr 27 16:03:37 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/sa29200.sc: Align all sections to four byte
+ boundaries.
+
+Wed Apr 27 10:48:03 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, configure.in: Support for go32 coff.
+ * config/i386-go32.mt: New file
+ * emulparams/i386go32.sh: New file
+ * scripttempl/i386go32.sc: New file
+
+Tue Apr 26 17:20:03 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (em_m68klynx.c, em_i386lynx.c, em_sparclynx.c): Use
+ Lynx-specific script templates.
+ * configure.in (sparclite*-*-coff): Use coff-sparc.
+ * emulparams/i386lynx.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Set to i386lynx.
+ * emulparams/sparclynx.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Set to sparclynx.
+ (ENTRY): Set to __main.
+ * scripttempl/i386lynx.sc: New file, script for I386 Lynx.
+ * scripttempl/m68klynx.sc: Add insertion of ctor/dtor sections.
+ * scripttempl/sparclynx.sc: New file, script for uSparc Lynx.
+
+Tue Apr 26 12:41:03 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/mips.sc: Force _gp and .lit8 to be aligned to a 16
+ byte boundary, in case the global constructors do not take up an
+ even 16 bytes.
+
+ * config/i386v4.mh (HOSTING_CRT0): If ../gcc/crtbegin.o does not
+ exist, get crtbegin based on gcc -print-libgcc-file-name.
+ (HOSTING_LIBS): Similar change for ../gcc/crtend.o.
+
+Mon Apr 25 15:27:52 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): When no address is given for a
+ section, align it according to its requirements.
+
+Thu Apr 21 17:24:24 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (clean, distclean): Remove configdoc.texi.
+
+Tue Apr 19 12:12:15 1994 Bill Cox (bill@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Add i[34]86-*-bsd386 to the patterns recognized.
+
+Fri Apr 15 14:35:42 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): When relaxing, adjust the
+ position of a padding statement, and adjust dot accordingly.
+
+Mon Apr 11 17:37:09 1994 Bill Cox (bill@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (EXPECT, RUNTEST): Set these for the check goal.
+
+Mon Apr 11 12:32:57 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/i386coff.sc: If relocating, don't put .init and
+ .fini sections into .text; keep them separate.
+ * config/i386sco.mh (HOSTING_CRT0): If ../gcc/crtbegin.o does not
+ exist, get crtbegin based on gcc -print-libgcc-file-name.
+ (HOSTING_LIBS): Similar change for ../gcc/crtend.o.
+
+Mon Apr 11 10:31:00 1994 Bill Cox (bill@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (check): Set TCL_LIBRARY for runtest.
+
+Wed Apr 6 00:09:37 1994 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * configure.in (hppa*-*-*elf*): Don't require "-hp-" for the
+ manufacturer.
+
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em (hppaelf_finish): Only resize sections
+ if building a final executable.
+
+Tue Apr 5 12:17:30 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Check the return value of bfd_close.
+
+Thu Mar 31 18:07:06 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/alpha.sc: Clean up section alignment to ensure that
+ sections never overlap when using -r.
+
+Wed Mar 30 15:51:15 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Change symbol reading slightly for recent BFD
+ changes: get_symtab_upper_bound renamed and returns long,
+ bfd_canonicalize_symtab returns long, check for error indications.
+
+Fri Mar 25 17:20:01 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (print_input_section): For section size, use
+ _cooked_size if it is non-zero, size otherwise.
+ (size_input_section): Likewise.
+ (lang_do_assignments): Likewise (case lang_input_section_enum).
+
+Thu Mar 24 15:20:47 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (new_afile): Add new argument add_to_list. Don't set
+ real to true for lang_input_file_is_marker_enum. Clear the_bfd.
+ (lang_add_input_file): Pass true to new_afile for add_to_list.
+ (lookup_name): Remove force_load argument. Changed all callers.
+ Pass false to new_afile for add_to_list. Split loading of symbols
+ out into separate function.
+ (load_symbols): New function split out of lookup_name. Don't load
+ the symbols if they are already loaded.
+ (open_input_bfds): For lang_input_statement_enum call load_symbols
+ rather than lookup_name.
+ (lang_process): Pass abs_output_section rather than NULL to
+ lang_size_sections.
+ (lang_startup): Set real field of first_file to true.
+
+Wed Mar 23 14:15:44 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (had_relax): Removed.
+ (relax_again): New static variable.
+ (lang_size_sections): Change call to bfd_relax_section to
+ correspond to BFD changes. Set relax_again appropriately.
+ (lang_process): Remove #if 0 code. When relaxing, keep calling
+ lang_do_assignments and lang_size_sections until relax_again
+ becomes false.
+
+ * emultemp/gld960.em: Include libiberty.h
+ (gld960_before_parse): Pass NULL as final argument to concat.
+
+Tue Mar 22 13:08:28 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Force _end and __end to be aligned to a
+ four byte boundary.
+
+ * ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Handle lang_data_statement_enum by
+ building a bfd_data_link_order, rather than by setting the section
+ contents immediately.
+
+Mon Mar 21 18:28:37 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ Changes to make -Ur work again.
+ * ldmain.c (add_to_set): Now takes reloc argument rather than
+ bitsize. Check config.build_constructors here. If an new hash
+ table entry is created, mark it as undefined.
+ (constructor_callback): No longer takes bitsize argument. Pass
+ BFD_RELOC_CTOR to ldctor_add_set_entry, but first make sure the
+ BFD backend supports it.
+ (reloc_overflow): Handle a NULL abfd argument.
+ (reloc_dangerous, unattached_reloc): Likewise.
+ * ldctor.c: Include ldmain.h.
+ (struct set_info): Change bitsize field to reloc.
+ (ldctor_add_set_entry): Now takes reloc argument rather than
+ bitsize. Don't bother to check config.build_constructors here.
+ (ldctor_build_sets): Get the size from the reloc howto. If
+ generating relocateable output, call lang_add_reloc rather than
+ lang_add_data.
+ * ldctor.h (ldctor_add_set_entry): Change declaration to use reloc
+ instead of bitsize.
+ * ldlang.h (statement_enum): Add lang_reloc_statement_enum.
+ (lang_reloc_statement_type): New structure.
+ (lang_statement_union_type): Add reloc_statement field.
+ (lang_add_reloc): Declare new function.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_for_each_statement_worker): Handle
+ lang_reloc_statement_enum.
+ (map_input_to_output_sections, print_statement): Likewise.
+ (lang_size_sections, lang_do_assignments): Likewise.
+ (print_reloc_statement): New function.
+ (lang_add_reloc): New function.
+ * ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Handle lang_reloc_statement_enum.
+
+ * Makefile.in (cdtest.out, cdtest-ur.o): New targets.
+ (cdtest-ur, cdtest-ur.out): New targets.
+ (check-cdtest): Now also check that -Ur works correctly.
+
+ * scripttemp/alpha.sc: Align all sections to 16 byte boundaries.
+
+Thu Mar 17 12:45:41 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Move lang_common call before
+ map_input_to_output_sections, to ensure that any alignment
+ constraints set by common symbols are copied over to the output
+ sections.
+
+Fri Mar 11 22:17:34 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/elf32ppc.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Don't define.
+ (OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS): Rename .toc to .got.
+ * Makefile.in (em_elf32ppc.c): Depend upon generic.em, not ppc.em.
+ * emultempl/ppc.em: Remove ugly stub code; turns out not to be
+ needed for ELF.
+
+Tue Mar 8 04:22:27 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/i386bsd.mh: New file.
+
+Mon Mar 7 15:23:24 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * elf.sc: Permit TEXT_START_SYMBOLS and DATA_START_SYMBOLS to be
+ defined.
+ * emulparams/elf32mipb.s (TEXT_START_SYMBOLS): Define _ftext.
+ (DATA_START_SYMBOLS): Define _fdata.
+
+Mon Feb 28 10:59:14 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (cat): Define using ANSI style if ALMOST_STDC defined.
+
+Sun Feb 27 16:29:38 1994 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em (hppaelf_finish): Update comments. This
+ works again. Attach some output symbols to the stub file bfd.
+
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em: Include elf32-hppa.h.
+ (file_chain): Add decl.
+ (hppa_look_for_stubs_in_section): Delete decl.
+ (hppaelf_finish): Reenable code. Do not pass symbols
+ down to hppa_look_for_stubs_in_section.
+
+Sat Feb 26 10:58:25 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (write_map): Don't define. Removed all references.
+ Just use map_file or map_filename instead.
+ (add_archive_element): Use minfo to write map information, not
+ info_msg.
+ (constructor_callback): Use fprintf to write map information, not
+ info_msg.
+ * ldmain.h (write_map): Don't declare.
+ * ldgram.y (mri_script_command): Removed reference to write_map.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Likewise.
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Likewise.
+
+Fri Feb 25 19:12:03 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Force all sections to be aligned.
+
+ * ldgram.y (section): Reverse the order of memspec_opt and
+ fill_opt to avoid an ambiguity when both are used.
+ * ld.texinfo: Changed accordingly.
+
+ * ldgram.y: Move include of ldlex.h back with other includes.
+ * ldlex.h (input_type): Don't initialize enum constants to
+ particular values.
+ * ldlex.l: Use a switch to return the right token based on
+ input_type, rather than knowing that input_type has a value based
+ on a token type.
+
+ * ldgram.y (dirlist_ptr): Removed; not used.
+ * lexsup.c: Include ldver.h.
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuilt dependencies.
+
+Fri Feb 25 18:55:54 1994 Ted Lemon (mellon@pepper.ncd.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lookup_name): don't call bfd_set_gp_size.
+ (ldlang_add_file): call it here instead.
+
+Fri Feb 25 18:13:46 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y: Include ldlex.h after %token decls, for byacc.
+
+Fri Feb 25 10:47:25 1994 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em: First attempt to clean this file up.
+ Add comments in several functions as to their purpose and
+ how they function (or my current best guess). Clean up horrible
+ spacing and indention that never should have been accepted in the
+ first place. Add FIXMEs for issues which need to be resolved.
+ Disable linker-stub generation until it gets fixed. This allows
+ the linker to at least work on simple code for testing purposes.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): No longer static (PA ELF calls
+ it via hppaelf_finish). Prototype moved into ldlang.h.
+ (lang_process): Move problematic extra call to lang_size_sections
+ into the PA ELF specific code.
+ * emultempl/hppaelf.em (hppaelf_finish): Extra call to
+ lang_size_sections moved here.
+
+Thu Feb 24 16:47:33 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in (powerpc-*-elf*): New target; use ppc-elf32.
+ * config/ppc-elf32.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/elf32ppc.sh: New file.
+ * emultempl/ppc.em: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_elf32ppc.o.
+ (em_elf32ppc.c): New target; uses elf32ppc.sh, ppc.em and elf.sc.
+ (EMULATION_OFILES): Added dependencies on ldexp.h and ldlang.h.
+
+Thu Feb 24 12:27:07 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * lexsup.c (parse_args): Use symbolic numbers for long options.
+ Fix misunderstanding in -Y and -call_shared et al.
+
+ Use getopt instead of lex and yacc to parse the command line.
+
+ * ld.texinfo (Options): Document changes to option syntax.
+ * Makefile.in: Update dependencies.
+ * ldver.c (help): Tweak dashes in usage message.
+ * ldgram.y (%union): Remove unused members.
+ Remove %tokens for command line options; add ones for input types.
+ (command_line): Rules removed.
+ (file): Instead of command line, recognize an
+ input type indicator, then use the nonterminal for that type.
+ (defsym_expr): New nonterminal from code formerly in command_line.
+ * ldlex.h: Declare parser input type enum and variable.
+ Don't declare parse_line.
+ * ldlex.l: Remove unused variables. Make some used ones static
+ and comment them.
+ (COMMAND): Start state and its rules removed.
+ At start of yylex, return input state token if at start of input.
+ (lex_redirect): Don't need to set yyout.
+ (ldlex_command): Function removed.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Instead of calling parse_line, set up the
+ redirections and call yyparse directly.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): If there's no input filename, print nothing, not
+ "command line".
+ * lexsup.c: Remove #if 0'd code.
+ (parse_line): Function removed.
+ (parse_args): Rewrite to use getopt_long_only.
+ (set_default_dirlist): New function from code formerly in
+ ldgram.y:command_line.
+ (set_section_start): New function.
+ * emultempl/generic.em, emultempl/gld960.em, emultempl/hppaelf.em,
+ emultempl/lnk960.em, emultempl/m88kbcs.em: Don't enclose
+ compiled-in link scripts in "{" and "}", as the grammar no longer
+ wants them to be.
+
+Thu Feb 24 08:43:26 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (ld.dvi): Depend on configdoc.texi, but don't
+ require that it be in $(srcdir).
+
+Tue Feb 22 09:21:18 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Only align section to alignment
+ required by linker script, not to maximum alignment of input
+ sections.
+
+ * ldlang.h (largest_section): Don't declare.
+ * ldlang.c (largest_section): Don't define.
+ (size_input_section): Don't set largest_section; not used.
+
+Mon Feb 21 15:15:29 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (new_afile): Pass NULL as last argument to concat.
+
+Thu Feb 17 15:51:23 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c, ldmain.c: Include libiberty.h.
+
+ * ldmisc.h (concat): Don't declare.
+ * ldmisc.c (concat): Don't define; just use the one in libiberty.
+
+ * ld.h (as_output_section_statement): Removed; not used.
+
+Thu Feb 17 09:32:14 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c, ldmain.c, ldmisc.c: Use bfd_get_error and
+ bfd_set_error and new error names.
+
+Tue Feb 15 20:14:53 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldwrite.c (build_link_order): If the cooked size of the section
+ has been set, use it, for determining link_order size.
+ (ldwrite): In the error message displayed if bfd_final_link fails,
+ indicate that it was in fact the final link step that failed.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Clear bfd_error before calling
+ bfd_relax_section, in case it returns false but doesn't flag an
+ error. If an error is returned, indicate which one it is in the
+ error message.
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-info): Depend on ld.info, and use "$<*" so
+ it'll get picked up from $(srcdir) if appropriate.
+
+Tue Feb 15 16:32:04 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Only pad .text if PAD_TEXT is set.
+ * emulparams/i386mach.sh (PAD_TEXT): Set PAD_TEXT.
+
+Fri Feb 11 17:02:49 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l (comment): Increment line number when newline is read.
+
+Fri Feb 11 17:36:20 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lookup_name): Take new argument, force_load. If true,
+ reload the file even if it is already loaded.
+ (wild): Call lookup_name with force_load argument of 0.
+ (open_input_bfds): Call lookup_name with force_load argument of 1.
+ (print_symbol): Remove declaration of non-existent function.
+ (print_one_symbol): Return true rather than falling off end.
+
+Thu Feb 10 11:52:38 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Use %ld when printing long values.
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Move _edata after the .sdata section.
+ Permit OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS to be defined.
+ * emulparams/elf32mipb.s (OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS): Define _fbss.
+
+Mon Feb 7 16:31:15 1994 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * Rename all "hppaosf" files to "hppaelf".
+ * Change all "osf" references to "elf" in hppaelf files.
+ * Makefile.in: Likewise.
+ * configure.in: Likewise.
+
+Sun Feb 6 20:31:56 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Call xatexit, not atexit.
+ Call xmalloc_set_program_name.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Check if bfd_relax_section set
+ bfd_errno.
+
+Sat Feb 5 03:54:34 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emultempl/lnk960.em (append), emultempl/hppaosf.em
+ (hppaosf_finish): Call xmalloc, not ldmalloc.
+ * ldmain.c (preserve_output): Function removed.
+ (main): Do it here instead.
+
+Fri Feb 4 23:02:19 1994 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * ldlang.h (LANG_FOR_EACH_{INPUT,OUTPUT}_SECTION): Delete (unused)
+ GNU C specific macros.
+
+ * emultempl/hppaosf.em (hppaosf_finish): Expand the only remaining
+ call to LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_SECTION.
+
+Fri Feb 4 16:26:08 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmisc.c (ldmalloc, xmalloc, ldrealloc, xrealloc): Functions
+ deleted; will use libiberty versions instead.
+ * ldctor.c ldfile.c ldlang.c ldmain.c ldmisc.c ldmisc.h lexsup.c
+ mri.c Makefile.in: Change callers.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Remove cleanup code.
+ * ldmain.c (remove_output): Put it here (new function).
+ (preserve_output): New function.
+ (main): Register remove_output and preserve_output with atexit.
+ * ldmain.c ldgram.y: Call xexit instead of exit.
+ * ldmisc.h: Declare xexit.
+
+Fri Feb 4 15:19:01 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Lots of new H8/500 memory models.
+
+Sun Jan 30 14:33:40 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l: Removed duplicate rules.
+ (yywrap): Provide default definition, needed with some versions of
+ flex.
+
+Fri Jan 28 09:12:56 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): For `%I', if the file is in an archive, print
+ the archive filename too.
+
+ * ldlex.l: Add rule to catch invalid input characters instead of
+ printing them. Include "ldmain.h" for program_name decl.
+ (lex_warn_invalid): New function.
+ * Makefile.in: Add dependency.
+
+Fri Jan 28 12:58:45 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (check): Don't bother running any tests of
+ cross-linker until the test suite no longer assumes native mode.
+
+Thu Jan 27 17:19:54 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (print_one_symbol, print_input_section): Print
+ global symbols in symbol table again.
+
+Thu Jan 27 12:35:01 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c ldmain.h ldgram.y: If -v -V or --version was given,
+ exit successfully instead of complaining if no input files are
+ given.
+
+Tue Jan 25 13:19:41 1994 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Format variable definitions consistently.
+ (LD_PROG): Remove unnecessary variables from link command,
+ change variable LOADLIBES to EXTRALIBS.
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Compute and display total execution time.
+ * ld.texinfo (-stats): Document the option.
+
+Mon Jan 24 12:56:37 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (reloc_overflow): Added name, reloc_name and addend
+ arguments.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lookup_name): Set BFD GP size to -G argument value
+ after opening BFD.
+
+ * ldlang.c (relaxing): Removed global variable.
+ (lang_size_sections): If the canonical symbols have not already
+ been read in, read them in before relaxing.
+ * ldlang.h (relaxing): Removed declaration.
+
+Fri Jan 21 00:44:44 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (new_afile): Initialize loaded field to false.
+ (lookup_name): If file was already loaded, don't call the
+ add_symbols entry point again.
+
+Wed Jan 19 13:57:00 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.texinfo: Clarify what -T option does.
+
+Tue Jan 18 16:18:15 1994 Steve Chamberlain (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc: Don't use CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS, that's
+ for a.out.
+
+Tue Jan 11 13:22:04 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (add_archive_element): If trace_files or
+ trace_file_tries, print file name.
+ * ldlang.c (lookup_name): Likewise.
+ (ldlang_add_file): Don't put files on input_bfds list in reverse
+ order.
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Correct typo.
+
+Mon Jan 10 19:49:05 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y, ldlex.l: Make the space between -e, -u, and -y and
+ their arguments optional, for compatibility with the old GNU ld.
+
+Fri Jan 7 20:00:24 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.c: Define __bss_start before the .sbss section.
+
+Thu Jan 6 00:13:10 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (add_to_set): Add bitsize argument.
+ (constructor_callback): New function.
+ (link_callbacks): Add constructor_callback.
+ * ldctor.c (struct set_info): Add bitsize field.
+ (ldctor_add_set_entry): Add bitsize argument.
+ (ldctor_build_sets): Base the size of the elements of the set on
+ the bitsize, rather than always using LONG.
+ * ldctor.h (ldctor_add_set_entry): Add bitsize to declaration.
+
+ * ld.h (QUAD_SIZE): Define.
+ * ldgram.y (QUAD): New token.
+ (length): Handle it.
+ * ldlex.l: Return QUAD.
+ * lexsup.c (keywords): Add QUAD.
+ * ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Handle QUAD.
+ * ldlang.c (print_data_statement): Handle QUAD.
+ (lang_size_sections): Likewise.
+ (lang_do_assignments): Likewise.
+ * ldexp.c (exp_print_token): Add QUAD to table.
+ * ld.texinfo: Describe QUAD.
+
+ * scripttempl/alpha.sc: Don't create .lit4 or .sdata sections,
+ since the Alpha doesn't use them.
+
+Wed Jan 5 17:42:16 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldemul.h (ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Comment the members.
+
+Sat Jan 1 13:39:31 1994 Rob Savoye (rob@darkstar.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, configure.in: Add support for VSTa micro-kernel.
+ * config/vsta.mt, emulparams/vsta.sh: New files for VSTa.
+
+Sat Jan 1 10:53:35 1994 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/aout.sc: Pad .text to DATA_ALIGNMENT if relocating;
+ needed for i386mach. (Should be a no-op on other systems.)
+
+ * emulparams/i386mach.sh (SEGMENT_SIZE): Fix again.
+ (PAGE_SIZE): Don't define; not used.
+
+Fri Dec 31 16:12:06 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y (yyerror): Make argument const char *, and actually
+ print it out rather than assuming it is a syntax error.
+ * ldmisc.h: Change declaration of yyerror.
+ * ldemul.c, ldwrite.c: Add /*ARGSUSED*/ as appropriate.
+
+Fri Dec 31 11:37:28 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/i386mach.sh (NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Don't include
+ exec header offset, since the exec header isn't loaded.
+ (PAGE_SIZE, SEGMENT_SIZE): Agree with bfd/i386mach3.c.
+
+Thu Dec 30 13:01:43 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ A major rewrite to move the bulk of the linker into BFD so that
+ more efficient backend code can be written for specific object
+ files.
+ * lderror.c, lderror.h, ldindr.c, ldindr.h, ldsym.c, ldsym.h,
+ ldwarn.c, ldwarn.h, relax.c, relax.h: Removed.
+ * ldctor.c, ldctor.h: Complete rewrite.
+ * ldwrite.c, ldwrite.h: Complete rewrite.
+ * ld.h (strip_symbols_type, strip_symbols): Removed. Use
+ link_info.strip instead. Changed all uses.
+ (discard_locals_type, discard_locals): Removed. Use
+ link_info.discard instead. Changed all uses.
+ (ld_config_type): Removed relocateable_output field; use
+ link_info.relocateable instead; changed all uses. Added stats
+ field.
+ (set_asymbol_chain, get_asymbol_chain, get_loader_symbol,
+ set_loader_symbol): Removed.
+ * ldexp.h (node_class): Added etree_rel.
+ (etree_type): Added rel field.
+ * ldexp.c (exp_print_token): Bracketed table initialization.
+ (exp_relop): New function.
+ (fold_name): Use linker hash table rather than ldsym functions.
+ (exp_fold_tree): Likewise. Also, handle etree_rel case.
+ (exp_print_tree): Handle etree_rel.
+ * ldgram.y (strip_symbols, discard_locals): Removed.
+ (OPTION_stats, OPTION_no_keep_memory): New tokens. Handle them.
+ (REL): New token. Does not appear in grammar, but needed for
+ expression code.
+ (file): Don't call lang_final; it's called by main anyhow.
+ * ldlex.l: Accept -stats and -no-keep-memory options.
+ * ldlang.h (fill_type): Make unsigned int, not unsigned short.
+ * ldlang.c: Consistently use fill_type for fill argument.
+ (lang_init_script_file, script_file): Removed.
+ (create_object_symbols): Removed. Use
+ link_info.create_object_symbols_section instead. Changed all
+ uses.
+ (lang_add_keepsyms_file): Removed.
+ (lookup_name): Call bfd_link_add_symbols instead of
+ ldmain_open_file_read_symbol.
+ (wild): Don't iterate over script_file.
+ (open_output): Create link hash table.
+ (lang_place_undefineds): Rewrote.
+ (lang_size_sections): Handle relaxing (doesn't work yet).
+ (lang_relocate_globals): Removed.
+ (lang_finish): Use link hash table rather than ldsym functions.
+ (lang_common): Rewrote.
+ (lang_one_common): New function.
+ (ldlang_add_file): Add file to link_info.input_bfds list. Set
+ usrdata.
+ (create_symbol): Removed.
+ (lang_process): Don't call lang_init_script_file. Call
+ ldctor_build_sets rather than find_constructors. Don't call
+ lang_relocate_globals.
+ (lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of): Rewrote.
+ (lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of): Rewrote.
+ * ldmain.c (had_y): Removed.
+ (lprefix, lprefix_len): Removed; use link_info fields instead.
+ Changed all uses.
+ (multiple_def_count, commons_pending, undefined_global_sym_count,
+ total_symbols_seen, total_files_seen): Removed.
+ (link_callbacks, link_info): New variables.
+ (main): Initialize link_info. Don't call init_bfd_error_vector or
+ ldsym_init. Don't set now unused variables. Handle -stats.
+ (get_emulation): Removed obsolete and nonfunctional GNU960 code.
+ (add_ysym): Rewrote.
+ (read_entry_symbols, refize, enter_global_ref, enter_file_symbols,
+ search_library, gnu960_check_format, decode_library_subfile,
+ linear_library, symdef_library, clear_syms, subfile_wanted_p):
+ Removed.
+ (add_keepsyms_file, add_archive_element, multiple_definition,
+ multiple_common, add_to_set, warning_callback, undefined_symbol,
+ reloc_overflow, reloc_dangerous, unattached_reloc, notice_ysym):
+ New functions.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Accept a string for %T, not a symbol. Don't
+ require symbols for %C; look them up instead.
+ * emultempl/hppaosf.em: Pass link_info to
+ hppa_look_for_stubs_in_section.
+ * Makefile.in: Rebuilt dependencies.
+ (CFILES): Removed lderror.c, ldindr.c, ldsym.c, ldwarn.c, and
+ relax.c.
+ (HFILES): Removed lderror.h, ldindr.h, ldsym.h, ldwarn.h, and
+ relax.h.
+ (EMULATION_OFILES): Depend on bfdlink.h, ldmain.h, ldexp.h,
+ ldlang.h and ldctor.h.
+
+ * Makefile.in (ldlex.c): Don't depend on ldgram.h. Remove
+ declarations of free and malloc from flex output. Change malloc
+ to ldmalloc in flex output.
+
+Thu Dec 16 21:19:57 1993 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ * ldmain.c (lprefix): Change default from a char to a string
+ with only one character.
+ (lprefix_len): Set default to one.
+
+ * ldmain.h (lprefix_len): Declare.
+
+ * ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Use strncmp rather than a character
+ comparison for lprefix.
+
+ * emultmpl/m88kbcs.em (before_parse): Set lprefix and lprefix_len
+ correctly.
+
+ * emultmpl/hppaosf.em: Include ldexp.h.
+ (before_parse): Set lprefix and lprefix_len correctly.
+
+Tue Dec 14 17:19:03 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.h: Don't declare yywrap if it is a macro.
+ * ldlex.l: Include sysdep.h.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_for_each_statement_worker,
+ lang_for_each_statement): Forgot to use PARAMS.
+
+Mon Dec 13 14:30:03 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Added .PHONY targets where appropriate. Added some
+ comments. Also:
+ (gcclibdir, version): Removed unused variables.
+ (DEP): New variable, set to mkdep.
+ (ALL_CFLAGS): New variable. Used in .c.o target.
+ (CFILES, HFILES, GENERATED_CFILES, GENERATED_HFILES): New
+ variables.
+ (HEADERS, MANSOURCES, LDCSOURCES, GENERATED_SOURCES,
+ GENERATED_HEADERS, LDSOURCES, BFD_SOURCES, SOURCES): Removed
+ mostly obsolete variables. Adjusted remaining uses.
+ (DEF_EMUL): Removed variable.
+ (ldmain.o): Handle undefined EMUL error correctly.
+ (ldemul-list.h): Depend on config.status rather than Makefile.
+ Create via temporary file.
+ (ver960.c, roll, make): Removed obsolete targets.
+ (.dep, .dep1, dep.sed, dep, dep-in): New targets. Used to rebuild
+ dependencies.
+ * dep-in.sed: New file, used when rebuilding dependencies.
+
+Sat Dec 11 14:43:44 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+ Made many changes to eliminate gcc warnings. Made various
+ cosmetic changes, declared various things in header files, removed
+ various extern declarations from .c files. No substantive
+ changes.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Ifdef out final call to
+ lang_size_sections again (reverting change of Nove 2), since it
+ breaks the Sun4 linker.
+
+Thu Dec 2 16:31:47 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in (alpha-*-netware*): New target; use alpha.
+
+Wed Dec 1 14:04:20 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Group targets by CPU. Merge some m68k target
+ entries with different CPU specs that use the same ld_target
+ values.
+
+ * configure.in: Add sparc*-*-coff.
+ * config/coff-sparc.mt, emulparams/coff_sparc.sh: New files.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em_coff_sparc.o.
+ (em_coff_sparc.c): Add dependencies and build rules.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (errno, sys_nerr, sys_errlist): Don't declare.
+
+Wed Dec 1 12:19:55 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y (OPTION_call_shared, OPTION_non_shared, OPTION_Oval):
+ New tokens.
+ (command_line_option): Accept and ignore them (for now).
+ * ldlex.l (<COMMAND>): Handle -non_shared, -call_shared, and -On
+ where n is a number.
+
+Mon Nov 22 14:14:29 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (subfile_wanted_p): If merging a common symbol which is
+ not in bfd_com_section, create the section in the BFD so that it
+ can be placed in the right output section.
+
+Fri Nov 19 14:12:39 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in (mips*-sgi-irix5*): New target. Use mipsb-elf32.
+ * emulparams/elf32mipsb.sh (DATA_ADDR): Define.
+ (OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS): Define for .reginfo.
+ (EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS): Define for _DYNAMIC_LINK.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Use EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS when not relocating.
+ Move OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS after all the other readonly
+ sections. Don't use DATA_ADDR twice.
+
+ * ldmain.c (enter_file_symbols): Removed duplicate tests of p. If
+ p is in a common section, make sure the BFD has a section of that
+ name.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_common): Add newline to error message.
+
+Thu Nov 11 15:54:41 1993 Stan Shebs (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/m68klynx.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Define to use a
+ Lynx-specific script instead of m68kcoff.
+ (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Define as "coff-m68k-lynx".
+ (ENTRY): Define as __main.
+ (TEXT_START_ADDR): Define as 0.
+ (PAGE_SIZE): Define as 0x1000.
+ * emulparams/i386lynx.sh, emulparams/sparclynx.sh: Fix comment.
+ * scripttempl/m68klynx.sc: New file.
+
+Mon Nov 8 12:00:16 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (get_emulation): Ignore -mips1, -mips2 and -mips3
+ arguments rather than treating them as emulation names.
+
+Fri Nov 5 09:02:52 1993 D. V. Henkel-Wallace (gumby@blues.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Support x86 unixware and netware plus generic netware.
+
+Fri Nov 5 21:47:55 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * emulparams/i386mach.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR, NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR):
+ Correct values (?).
+
+Wed Nov 3 15:10:15 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@rover.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (distclean): Don't delete dvi or info files.
+ (ld.info): Update dependency list.
+ (ld.dvi): Ditto. Extend TEXINPUTS to get bfdsumm.texi.
+
+Wed Nov 3 12:07:39 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_add_output): Take new arg, FROM_SCRIPT.
+ Set output_filename instead of creating a new node.
+ (open_output): Don't set output_filename.
+ (lang_final): Create the new node here.
+ * ldlang.c, ldlang.h, ldgram.y, mri.c: pass FROM_SCRIPT.
+
+Tue Nov 2 15:45:51 1993 Jeffrey A. Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ From Pete Hoogenboom (hoogen@cs.utah.edu):
+
+ * scripttempl/hppaosf.sc: (___stack_zero, etext, _etext,
+ edata, _edata, end): Add definitions of these symbols.
+ (__end): Remove definition of this symbol.
+ (__data_start): Move definition of this symbol.
+
+ * emultempl/hppaosf.em: Various fixes and support for linker stub
+ generation.
+ (hppaosf_finish, hppaosf_search_for_padding_statements,
+ hppaosf_create_output_section_statements): New functions in
+ support of linker stub generation.
+ (ld_hppaosf_emulation): Redefine to include new
+ emulation-specific routines.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Re-enable last call lang_size_sections.
+ Pass abs_output_section rather than NULL to avoid invalidating
+ absolute symbols.
+
+Thu Oct 28 21:16:42 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em_i386mach.o.
+ (em_i386mach.c): New rule.
+ * configure.in (i[34]86-*-mach*): New case.
+ * config/i386-mach.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/i386mach.sh: New file.
+
+Fri Oct 29 14:55:05 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.h (flag_is_*): Removed macros.
+ * ldmain.c (enter_global_ref), ldsym.c (write_file_locals):
+ Consistently check the BFD symbol flags directly, rather than
+ using file_is_* macros.
+
+Thu Oct 28 19:08:42 1993 Stan Shebs (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in (sparc*-*-lynxos*): New target.
+ * Makefile.in: Add rule for em_sparclynx.c.
+ (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add Lynx emulations.
+ * config/sparc-lynx.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/sparclynx.sh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/sparccoff.sc: New file.
+
+Thu Oct 28 13:50:25 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Add dependency for $(EMULATION_OFILES).
+
+Mon Oct 25 16:09:24 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * relax.c (write_relax): Check return value of bfd_seclet_link.
+
+Mon Oct 25 09:31:21 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (delete_output_file_on_failure): New variable.
+ (open_output): Set it after bfd open succeeds.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Test it.
+
+ Changes from Peter Hoogenboom, hoogen@cs.utah.edu:
+
+ * ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Set the BSF_FILE flag for object
+ symbols.
+
+ * ldemul.c: Support was added to allow emulation-specific
+ processing to occur. This support was added primarily for linker
+ stub generation in the elf32-hppa gld.
+ (ldemul_finish, ldemul_create_output_section_statements): New
+ functions.
+ * ldemul.h: Support was added to allow emulation-specific
+ processing to occur. (As described above.) Added finish and
+ create_output_section_statements fields to
+ ld_emulation_xfer_struct structure.
+ * ldlang.c: Add calls to emulation-specific routines.
+ (lang_process): Add call to
+ ldemul_create_output_section_statements function.
+ (lang_process): Add call to a emulation-specific routine (and
+ some processing after the call).
+
+Fri Oct 22 20:54:13 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: mips*- instead of mips-, mips*el changes
+
+Tue Oct 19 15:46:28 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in (alpha-*-osf*): New target; use alpha.mt.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_alpha.o.
+ (em_alpha.c): New target; use alpha.sh and alpha.sc.
+ * config/alphaosf.mh (NATIVE_LIB_DIRS, HOSTING_CRT0): Define.
+ * config/alpha.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/alpha.sh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/alpha.sc: New file.
+
+Fri Oct 15 02:20:04 1993 Doug Evans (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections, lang_common): ALIGN_N can't handle
+ types of different sizes (eg: 64 and 32 bits), so coerce.
+ * ld.h (ALIGN_N): Add warning about usage.
+
+Wed Oct 13 16:02:39 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (enter_global_ref): Just ignore any weak symbol for
+ which we already have a definition, rather than checking in
+ several different places whether the symbol is weak.
+
+Tue Oct 12 17:30:51 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in (mips-*-elf*): New target; use mipsb-elf32.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Only use OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS and
+ OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS if relocating. Shell variables are not
+ expanded within them.
+ * config/mipsb-elf32.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/elf32mipb.sh: New file.
+ * Makefile.in (em_elf32mipb.c): New target.
+
+Thu Sep 30 17:00:36 1993 Rob Savoye (rob@darkstar.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y: In input_list, change lang_input_file_is_file_enum to
+ lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum so objects brought in using
+ INPUT() do a path lookup.
+
+Tue Sep 28 13:31:23 1993 Stan Shebs (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Change Lynx ld_target to be {i386,m68k}-lynx
+ instead of {i386,m68k}-coff.
+ * Makefile.in (em_i386lynx.c, em_m68klynx.c): New targets.
+ * config/i386-lynx.mt: New file.
+ * config/m68k-lynx.mt: New file.
+ * emulparams/i386lynx.sh: New file.
+ * emulparams/m68klynx.sh: New file.
+
+ * scripttempl/i386coff.sc: Make ENTRY get its value from ${ENTRY},
+ but defaulting to _start.
+
+ * ldemul.c, ldfile.c, ldlang.c, ldmain.c, ldmisc.c, ldmisc.h,
+ ldsym.c, ldwarn.c: Rename info to info_msg, to avoid conflict with
+ LynxOS libc.
+
+Thu Sep 23 14:51:03 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/solaris2.mh: New file. Define HOSTING_CRT0 and
+ HOSTING_LIBS for testing.
+
+Fri Sep 17 17:52:24 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ Finish up support for i386-sysv4 (without shared libraries):
+ * ld.h (flag_is_weak): Define.
+ * ldlang.c (print_symbol): Mention whether symbol is weak.
+ (print_input_section): Print weak symbols as globals.
+ * ldmain.c (refize): Do not zero out BSF_WEAK flag.
+ (enter_global_ref): Do not warn if a weak symbol redefines a
+ global symbol. Do not let a weak symbol redefine a common symbol.
+ (enter_file_symbols): Treat weak symbols as global symbols.
+ (subfile_wanted_p): Do not pull in an object file from a archive
+ just to resolve an undefined weak symbol.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Don't needlessly malloc space after a fatal
+ error; the error might be that malloc has run out of space.
+ * ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Treat weak symbols as global.
+ * configure.in (i[34]86-*-sysv4*, i[34]86-*-elf*): New targets;
+ use i386-elf.
+ * config/i386v4.mh: New file; set NATIVE_LIB_DIRS to /usr/ccs/lib.
+ * config/i386-elf.mt: New file; set EMUL to elf_i386.
+ * emulparams/elf_i386.sh: New file.
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Use ${NOP} as filler (defaults to 0).
+ * Makefile.in (NATIVE_LIB_DIRS): Define to be empty.
+ (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em_elf_i386.o.
+ (GENSCRIPTS): Pass NATIVE_LIB_DIRS as sixth argument.
+ (em_elf_i386.c): New target, like other em_*.c targets.
+ ($(LD_PROG)): Pass $(CFLAGS) to $(CC).
+ * genscripts.sh: Accept NATIVE_LIB_DIRS as sixth argument. If
+ nonempty, and configured for native, add it to LIB_PATH.
+
+Fri Sep 17 13:07:39 1993 Stan Shebs (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/{h8300.sc,h8500.sc,i386coff.sc,m68kcoff.sc,sh.sc}:
+ Added statements to pass stab and stabstr sections through and
+ mark them as NOLOAD, which makes GDB happier.
+
+Wed Sep 15 16:02:29 1993 Stan Shebs (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Accept m68k-lynx-lynxos config.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Use $(SHELL) to run genscripts.sh.
+
+Sun Sep 12 16:04:40 1993 Doug Evans (dje@cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/coff-h8300.mt: Add EMUL=h8300h.
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Call set_scripts_dir after argv has been processed.
+
+Fri Sep 10 09:36:29 1993 Jeffrey Wheat (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Changed CXX back to g++.
+
+Fri Sep 10 09:34:29 1993 Jeffrey Wheat (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Fixed RUNTEST* CXX CXXFLAGS macros and check rule.
+
+Fri Sep 10 07:26:57 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (TAGS): Use shell wildcards.
+
+Tue Sep 7 18:04:54 1993 Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: add TEXINPUTS variable and use it in ld.dvi target
+
+Fri Sep 3 16:46:41 1993 Roland H. Pesch (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.texinfo: re-enable included config file; conditionalize doc
+ for -oformat to interact properly with SingleFormat doc config
+ var; rename @up/@down to @raisesections/@lowersections.
+
+Wed Aug 25 16:29:56 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: recognize m88110.
+
+Tue Aug 24 18:49:40 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ From Peter Hoogenboom <hoogen@shafer.cs.utah.edu>:
+ * emultempl/hppaosf.em (ld_hppaosf_emulation): Correct name for PA
+ ELF emulation is "elf32-hppa" not "elf-big".
+ (hppaosf_before_parse): Remove unneeded processing of environment
+ variables.
+ * scripttempl/hppaosf.sc: Include .hppa_linker_stubs sections in
+ .text segment of output file.
+ * emulparams/hppaosf.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Use elf32-hppa.
+
+Tue Aug 24 16:17:00 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.h: define BYTE_SIZE, SHORT_SIZE, and LONG_SIZE which are no
+ longer in bfd.h.
+
+ * ldlang.c, ld.h: updated copyright.
+
+Tue Aug 17 15:22:03 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (open_output, lang_check): Check return value of
+ bfd_set_arch_mach.
+
+Tue Aug 17 07:02:19 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/h8500.sc: Start all sections in a different segment.
+ * scripttempl/z8ksim.sc: Handle constructors
+
+Thu Aug 12 16:05:37 1993 Jeffrey Wheat (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: revert earlier changes back to execute runtest
+ with make check. cdtest and bootstrap now function as they
+ did within the Makefile.
+
+Thu Aug 12 10:20:05 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Update dependencies.
+
+ * configure.in: Set EMULATION_OFILES in Makefile based on
+ --with-targets option.
+
+Thu Aug 12 08:52:29 1993 Jeffrey Wheat (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: check targets reimplemented to old way.
+
+Wed Aug 11 08:26:11 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/i386v.mh, config/irix4.mh: Use gcc
+ -print-libgcc-file-name rather than $(libdir)/libgcc.a.
+ * config/i386sco.mh: New file; copy of i386v.mh to correspond to
+ bfd/configure.host change.
+
+Mon Aug 9 14:25:35 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Handle .line and .debug* sections.
+
+ * ldlex.l: Use bfd_scan_vma, not strtoul.
+
+Fri Aug 6 08:57:39 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldexp.c, ldfile.c, ldlang.c, lexsup.c, ldmain.c, ldemul.c:
+ Remove inital caps in some error messages, change "can't" to
+ "cannot", add missing colons.
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Print "%%" as a single %.
+ For '%' followed by unrecognized character, print them both
+ verbatim instead of expecting a char * arg.
+ For '%C', don't put the function name in parens.
+
+ * ldexp.c (invalid): Pass "%%", not "% ".
+
+Fri Aug 6 14:31:22 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/mips.sc: Always define _ftext, _fdata, _fbss.
+ (BSS_VAR): Removed; now always define _fbss.
+ * emulparams/mipsidt.sh, emulparams/mipsidtl.sh (BSS_VAR):
+ Removed.
+
+Thu Aug 5 15:55:19 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: z8k-coff is the same as z8k-sim
+
+Wed Aug 4 21:00:18 1993 Jeffrey Wheat (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+ * testsuite/lib/ld.exp: new file
+ * testsuite/config/unix-ld.exp: new file
+ * testsuite/ld.bootstrap/bootstrap.exp: new file
+ * Makefile.in: add dejagnu support for make check
+
+Wed Aug 4 17:52:32 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l (comment): Add missing newline in message.
+ * ldindr.c (add_indirect): Ditto.
+ * ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Ditto.
+
+Tue Aug 3 10:57:41 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y, ldlex.l, mri.c, ldwrite.c: Change multiple commons
+ into externs.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (multiple_warn): New function.
+ * ldmisc.h: Declare it.
+ * ldmain.c (enter_global_ref): Call it.
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type): Add warn_common.
+ * ldlex.l, ldgram.y: Set it with -warn-common option.
+ * ldver.c (help): Document it.
+
+Mon Aug 2 12:04:36 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Add hooks for .sdata, .sbss, and
+ target-specific sections, and for changing data section vma.
+
+Mon Jul 26 14:00:02 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y (OPTION_Qy, OPTION_Y, OPTION_dn, OPTION_YP): New
+ terminals, for Solaris.
+ (dirlist_ptr): New static variable.
+ (command_line_option): Accept new options.
+
+ * ldlex.l: Accept command-line options "-Qy", "-dn", "-Y", and
+ "-YP,...".
+
+ * config/sun4sol2.mt: Pass emulation name without ".sh".
+
+ * emulparams/elf32_sparc.c: Renamed from elf32-sparc.c.
+ * config/sun4sol2.mt (em_elf32_sparc.c): Adjusted accordingly.
+
+Fri Jul 23 13:51:09 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Add support for .init, .fini, .ctors,
+ .dtors, .data1, .rodata1 sections, instead of combining them into
+ other sections. For `-r', set all section start addresses to
+ zero.
+
+ * emulparams/elf32-sparc.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR,
+ NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Value should be 0x10100.
+ (MAXPAGESIZE): Renamed from PAGE_SIZE.
+
+Wed Jul 21 14:28:42 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * genscripts.sh: If this is the default emulation, set
+ COMPILE_IN.
+ * emultempl/*.em: Use it to determine whether to compile in the
+ scripts.
+
+ * Makefile.in (GENSCRIPTS): Pass the default emulation name to
+ genscripts.sh. Pass the current emulation name without ".sh" on
+ the end.
+ * genscripts.sh: Take an default emulation arg.
+ Use the current emulation name as EMULATION_NAME.
+ Make default lib path for cross-compiling ':', not null.
+ * emulparams/*.sh: Don't set EMULATION_NAME.
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_get_script): Take isfile arg.
+ Pass it to emulation's get_script function.
+ * ldemul.h: Adjust get_script prototypes.
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_find_command_file): Renamed from find_a_name.
+ No longer static.
+ * ldfile.h: Declare it.
+ * ldgram.y: Accept a script on the command line again,
+ for parsing compiled-in scripts.
+ * ldmain.c (main): If ld script is a file, parse it as a -T
+ option, otherwise parse it directly.
+ * emultempl/*.em (*get_script): Return the scripts themselves if
+ this is the default emulation; otherwise return their file names.
+ * emultempl/m88kbcs.em: New file, to take m88kbcs #ifdef out of
+ generic.em.
+ * emulparams/m88kbcs.sh: Use it.
+
+ * ld.h (ld_config_type::unix_relocate): Remove unused element.
+
+Tue Jul 20 12:01:49 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Delete em_i386linux.o (for which
+ there's no change log entry yet, tsk tsk) from the list of
+ emulations compiled in until Mark gets around to checking in
+ emulparams/i386linux.sh.
+ (ldemul-list.h): Depend on Makefile, so if EMULATION_OFILES is
+ changed, this file gets updated.
+
+Fri Jul 16 14:14:32 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y (OPTION_Lfile): New token.
+ (command_line_option): Accept OPTION_L NAME (whitespace after -L).
+ * ldlex.l (<COMMAND>): Accept -L without FILENAME.
+
+Fri Jul 16 13:44:26 1993 Doug Evans (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: h8/300h support needs own .mt file.
+ config/coff-h8300h.mt: New file.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:44:35 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c: Don't include sys/stat.h; it already got included
+ somewhere along the way.
+
+Thu Jul 15 14:43:34 1993 Doug Evans (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Add h8300h support.
+ emulparams/h8300h.sh: New file.
+ scripttempl/h8300h.sc: New file.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:44:35 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_open_file): In error message, use the name the
+ user gave (e.g., "-lc"), rather than the base file name.
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Don't assign an int to an enum.
+
+ * ldmain.[ch]: Remove initial Q_ from function names.
+ * ldexp.c, ldindr.c, ldlang.c: Change callers.
+
+ * ldfile.c, ldmain.c, ldgram.y: Rename option_v to trace_file_tries.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Move loading of default script from
+ here to main. Add a "/" to start of script name to prevent
+ finding it in "." first.
+
+ * ldmain.c (set_scripts_dir): Don't look in "." first.
+
+ * ldgram.y, ldlang.c, ldsym.c: Remove traces of unused var
+ option_longmap.
+
+Thu Jul 15 10:55:59 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (em_m88kbcs.c): Correct dependency.
+ * scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc: It's ARCH, not arch. Removed TARGET
+ statement. Changed OUTPUT_FORMAT to use ${OUTPUT_FORMAT}.
+ * emulparams/m88kbcs.sh: It's coff-m88kbcs, not m88kbcs.
+
+Wed Jul 14 21:42:53 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldfile.c (ldlang_open_file, ldfile_open_command_file),
+ main.c (main): Print the errno string in the error message.
+
+Tue Jul 13 20:00:30 1993 Doug Evans (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Accept h8300h for target cpu.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Have demangle remove leading underscore if
+ present (demangle is smart enough to know whether to do it or not).
+
+Mon Jul 12 11:45:48 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (set_scripts_dir): Check . and <ld bin dir>/../lib for
+ ldscripts, as well as <ld bin dir> and SCRIPTDIR.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Use sizeof instead of magic constant.
+
+ * ldmain.c (get_emulation, check_for_scripts_dir,
+ set_scripts_dir): New functions.
+ (main): Call them.
+
+Mon Jul 12 10:57:03 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/elf.sc: Include .init, .fini, .rodata sections.
+ Create symbol "end" instead of "__end". Comment out some parts
+ that may not be needed (yet) for elf.
+
+ * configure.in: Accept sparc-elf and sparc-solaris2 configs.
+
+Thu Jul 8 15:33:32 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Include $(OTHER_EMULATIONS).
+
+ * ldmisc.h (einfo, minfo, info): Don't bother with PARAMS macro
+ when no prototype is being supplied.
+ (ldmalloc, ldrealloc): Size argument is now size_t.
+
+ * ldmisc.c (finfo): New function, accepts FILE* argument.
+ (vfinfo, case 'v'): New format character; displays bfd_vma in hex
+ without leading zeros.
+ (vfinfo, cases 'R' and 'C'): Use finfo(%v) when displaying a
+ bfd_vma value, instead of fprintf(%x) which won't hold a long long
+ value.
+ (concat, buystring): String lengths are size_t.
+ (ldmalloc, ldrealloc, xrealloc): Size argument is now size_t.
+
+ * ldlang.c (new_statement): Size argument is now size_t. Added
+ forward declaration with prototype.
+
+Thu Jul 8 10:53:47 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y (OPTION_v): Don't turn on verbose output.
+
+Wed Jul 7 17:10:45 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l: Get rid of local typedef for bfd_vma! Get it from
+ bfd.h instead.
+
+Wed Jul 7 11:33:12 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Don't install as $(tooldir)/bin/gld;
+ collect2 doesn't look for gld any more anyhow.
+
+Mon Jul 5 14:29:48 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_relocate_globals): Skip indirect symbols, which
+ now have a non NULL srefs_chain.
+
+ * config/hp300hpux.mt: Use emulation hp3hpux rather than
+ hp300hpux, since the latter does not exist.
+
+Fri Jul 2 18:06:05 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * genscripts.sh: Put the scripts in the ldscripts directory, not
+ emulations.
+ * configure.in (ldscripts): Make, instead of emulations.
+ * Makefile.in (scriptdir): Take off the "ld" part.
+ (install, clean, distclean): Use ldscripts, not emulations.
+ In tests, don't pass -Lemulations.
+ Don't pass tooldir/lib to genscripts.sh.
+ * genscripts.sh: Don't take tooldir/lib arg.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Add "ldscripts/" to the name of the
+ default script file.
+
+Fri Jul 2 17:13:35 1993 Doug Evans (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+ * scripttempl/h8300.sc: Add .tors section for constructor/destructors.
+
+Thu Jul 1 16:38:45 1993 Doug Evans (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/coff-h8300.mt: EMUL=h8300hms -> h8300.
+
+Wed Jun 30 15:45:55 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (.y.c): skip default .y.c rules. gnu make can now
+ run in parallel without colliding on yacc's static file names.
+ Without the stub rule, make will try to start two yacc's
+ concurrently which fails because of yacc's static file names.
+
+Tue Jun 29 12:20:36 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (subfile_wanted_p): Don't dump core if there are no
+ symbols.
+
+Mon Jun 28 12:22:11 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * genscripts.sh (LIB_PATH): Only add /usr/local/lib if it's
+ different from libdir.
+
+ * Makefile.in (scriptdir): Base on tooldir, not datadir.
+
+Sat Jun 26 12:03:57 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c (help): New function.
+ * ldver.h: Declare it.
+ * ldlex.l, ldgram.y: Recognize new options --help and --version.
+
+Mon Jun 21 20:39:48 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Don't need ../include any more.
+
+Mon Jun 21 16:38:35 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l, ldgram.y: Support new -oformat option.
+ Remove attempt at supporting script fragments on the command line.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_add_output_format): Take new arg, FROM_SCRIPT.
+ * mri.c (mri_format), ldgram.y: Change callers.
+ * ldlang.h: Change prototype.
+
+Thu Jun 17 16:53:56 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: canonicalize install.sh; for use within
+ this directory (and subdirs)
+
+Thu Jun 17 14:33:09 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y: Tweak grammar to make reporting of invalid options work.
+
+ * Makefile.in (.cc.o): Restore .SUFFIXES entry for .cc
+ and .cc.o rule.
+
+Wed Jun 16 11:45:32 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_open_command): Don't try .ld extension.
+ It wasn't documented (or likely used) and wastes time.
+ (try_open): If EXTEN is empty, don't try it.
+
+ * ldctor.c, lderror.c, ldexp.c, ldfile.c, ldindr.c, ldlang.c,
+ ldlex.l, ldmain.c, ldmisc.c, ldsym.c, ldver.c, ldwarn.c,
+ ldwrite.c, lexsup.c, mri.c, relax.c: Replace DEFUN macro calls
+ with normal function declarations.
+
+ * Move *.em to emultempl/*.em. Move *.sh to emulparams/*.sh.
+ Move *.sc-sh to scripttempl/*.sc.
+ * {emultempl,emulparams,scripttempl}/README: New files.
+ * sh.em, st2000.em, z8ksim.em, h8300hms.em, h8500hms.em: Files
+ removed, replaced with generic.em.
+ * h8300.sh, h8500.sh, h8300.sc, h8500.sc: Renamed from
+ h8[35]00hms.s[ch]. Change their contents to omit the "hms".
+
+ * *.em (*_get_script): Return script name instead of script contents.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): Change caller.
+
+ * ldlex.l, ldgram.y: Recognize -m option.
+ Check for input files after *all* options in grammar.
+ * ldmain.c (main): Check for -m options. Add default directory
+ for -m.
+
+ * mkscript.c: File removed.
+ * genscripts.sh: Take two more parameters, tooldirlib and libdir,
+ to add to the default LIB_PATH.
+ Look for input files in the new subdirectories.
+ Create the scripts in emulations subdirectory and don't filter
+ them through mkscript.
+ * configure.in: Make the emulations subdirectory.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Account for all of the above changes.
+ Remove unused .SUFFIXES. Get libgcc.a path with gcc
+ -print-libgcc-file-name instead of $(libdir)/libgcc.a.
+ Put CFLAGS last in the compilation rules.
+ Add -I../bfd to INCLUDES so sysdep.h is found.
+
+Tue Jun 15 23:04:46 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Look in ../include, not ../bfd.
+
+ * aout.sc-sh: Add SHLIB_PATH like STACKZERO. Make STACKZERO
+ dependent on RELOCATING, not RELOCATION.
+ * hp3hpux.sh (SHLIB_PATH): Define it.
+
+Mon Jun 14 19:06:15 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldfile.c (try_open): If opening without the extension fails,
+ try with the extension even if -v or -V was given.
+ had_script is imported (from ldgram.y), not exported.
+
+Mon Jun 14 16:26:10 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: remove parentdir support, use INSTALL_XFORM
+
+Thu Jun 10 14:00:06 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Don't lose the old flag bits.
+ * ldgram.y (statement_list_opt): New nonterminal, either empty or
+ statement_list.
+ (section): Use statement_list_opt, not statement_list.
+ * m68kcoff.sc-sh: Gather constructors and destructors and define
+ __CTOR_LIST__ and __DTOR_LIST__ appropriately.
+ * sa29200.sc-sh: Gather constructors and destructors and define
+ ___CTOR_LIST__ and ___DTOR_LIST__ appropriately.
+
+Mon Jun 7 12:53:28 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Add -I../bfd for sysdep.h and bfd.h.
+ * configure.in: No longer need to configure to get sysdep.h.
+
+Fri Jun 4 16:18:24 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: remove install:all and install-info:info
+ dependencies (these cause some spurious rebuilds at 'make install'
+ time)
+
+Fri Jun 4 08:50:14 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in (mips-idt-ecoffl*): New target; use mips-idtl.
+ (mips-idt-ecoff*): Added trailing '*'.
+ * config/mips-idtl.mt: New file; use EMUL of mipsidtl.
+ * mipsidtl.sh: New file; like mipsidt.sh, but little endian.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_mipsidtl.o.
+
+ * config/sun3.mh (HOSTING_LIBS, HOSTING_EMU): Removed obsolete and
+ incorrect definitions.
+
+Tue Jun 1 14:56:10 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Write BSF_CONSTRUCTOR
+ symbols, unless stripping.
+
+Tue May 25 15:34:25 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: configure looks for ####, so remove lines with many
+ '#' characters.
+ * config/irix4.mh, config/i386v.mh: New files; set HOSTING_CRT0
+ and HOSTING_LIBS correctly so that ``make check'' will work.
+
+Thu May 20 13:56:16 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * mips.sc-sh: Define _etext, _edata, and _end, in addition
+ to etext, edata, and end. Needed for IRIX 4.0.5F.
+ Patch from mwp@iconix.oz.au (Michael Paddon).
+
+ * Version 2.2.1 released.
+
+Thu May 20 11:42:06 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * mipsbsd.sc-sh: Renamed from aout-mipsbsd.sc-sh.
+ * mipsbsd.sh (EMULATION_NAME): Use new file name.
+
+Tue May 18 17:10:24 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (LDDISTSTUFF): Remove ld.mm since we can't build it
+ properly right now.
+
+ * Version 2.2 released.
+
+Mon May 17 15:37:28 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c (ldversion): Bump version number to 2.2.
+
+Mon May 17 12:44:31 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+ * NEWS: New file.
+
+Fri May 14 11:26:24 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * mips.sc-sh: Don't define BSS_VAR unless relocating.
+
+Wed May 12 13:33:29 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (mkscript.o, mkscript): Build mkscript via
+ mkscript.o, rather than directly from mkscript.c.
+
+Tue May 4 21:58:56 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Look for ${target_makefile_frag} relative to
+ ${srcdir}, not relative to build directory.
+
+ * hppaosf.em, hppaosf.sc-sh, hppaosf.sh: New files.
+ * configure.in: Recognize hppa*-hp-osf.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Include hppaosf emulation.
+ (em_hppaosf.c): Build it.
+ * config/hppaosf.mh, hppaosf.mt: New files.
+
+ * ld.h (ALIGN_N): Renamed from ALIGN, because that conflicted with
+ some system header files. All uses changed.
+
+ * configure.in: Recognize i386-aix configurations as i386-coff
+ targets.
+
+ * configure.in: Recognize m68*-*-hpux.
+ * aout.sc-sh: If STACKZERO and RELOCATING are both defined, output
+ the value of STACKZERO.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Include hp300-hpux emulation.
+ (em_hp3hpux.c): Build it.
+ * hp3hpux.sh, config/hp300hpux.mt: New files.
+
+Tue May 4 12:37:35 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * mips.sc-sh: Put constructors in the .data section.
+ * Makefile.in (cdtest): Added dependency on ld.new.
+
+Mon May 3 19:43:39 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Change definition of $(tooldir) to match FSF.
+ * vax.sh, config/vax.mt, configure.in, Makefile.in:
+ Support VAX Ultrix and BSD.
+
+Mon Apr 26 18:35:47 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * sh.em, sh.sh, sh.sc-sh: New files supporting Hitachi SH.
+
+Wed Apr 14 21:01:51 1993 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.h (struct memory_region): Change `length' and
+ `old_length' fields to bfd_size_type. Eliminate use of bfd_offset.
+ * ldlang.c, mri.c: Corresponding changes, plus lint.
+
+Thu Apr 8 22:08:18 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: For all i386 targets, accept i486 as well.
+
+Mon Apr 5 17:33:39 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (wild_doit): Preserve all flags for a
+ SEC_SHARED_LIBRARY section.
+ (size_input_section): Consider any SEC_HAS_CONTENTS section when
+ computing largest_section.
+
+Fri Apr 2 14:33:52 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_output_section_statement_lookup): Initialize all
+ fields of newly created structure.
+
+Wed Mar 31 18:19:15 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (g_switch_value): New variable.
+ * ldgram.y (OPTION_G, OPTION_Gval): New tokens.
+ (command_line_option): Accept -G and set g_switch_value.
+ * ldlex.l (COMMAND): Accept -G.
+ * ldlang.c (open_output): Call bfd_set_gp_size on new BFD.
+
+Tue Mar 30 09:40:25 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ Support for linking and loading at different places:
+
+ * ldlex.l: Add "AT" keyword.
+ * ldgram.y: Cleanup, and parse AT.
+ * ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Print output address
+ of section in map. (lang_size_sections): Fill sections' lma with
+ load address.
+ * ldlang.h (lang_output_section_statement_type): Add load_base
+ information.
+
+ * ldindr.c (add_indirect): Keep more information in the alias
+ symbol chain.
+ * ldlang.c (wild_doit): Don't inherit NEVER_LOAD section
+ attribute from an input section.
+ * ldmain.c (Q_enter_file_symbols): Common section is NEVER_LOAD by
+ default. (Q_enter_file_symbos): Indirect symbols now are known by
+ their section, not a special symbol flag.
+ * ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Indirect symbols aren't local.
+ (write_file_globals): Write the mapping for an indirect symbol.
+ * relax.c (build_it): When forced to write a NEVER_LOAD section,
+ fill it with zeros.
+
+Tue Mar 23 13:24:10 1993 Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.texinfo: changes for q1
+
+Tue Mar 23 00:13:29 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: add dvi target, define & use TEXI2DVI, add installcheck
+
+Mon Mar 8 20:30:35 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: rename HOST_CC to CC_FOR_BUILD
+
+Thu Mar 4 12:44:33 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * mips.sc-sh: Added variables which may be overridden by a
+ specific emulation.
+ * mipsidt.sh: New file; emulation for IDT MIPS board.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_mipsidt.o.
+ (em_mipsidt.c): New target. Uses mipsidt.sh and mips.sc-sh.
+ * config/mips-idt.mt: New file; sets EMUL to mipsidt.
+ * configure.in (mips-idt-ecoff): New target; uses mips-idt.
+
+Sat Feb 27 00:00:14 1993 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+ * aout-mipsbsd.sc-sh, mipsbsd.sh: New files from Ralph Campbell,
+ ralphc@pyramid.com.
+ * i386bsd.sh, config/i386bsd.mt: New files.
+ * configure.in, Makefile.in: Added support for mipsbsd and 386bsd.
+
+Thu Feb 25 15:33:10 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * mri.c: Add extern declaration of strdup.
+ * ldsym.c (KEEP macro): Add spaces around '=' for the
+ sake of old (e.g. PCC) compilers.
+
+Wed Feb 24 19:49:31 1993 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c: Bump to version 2.1.
+
+Fri Feb 12 08:09:11 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y: allow section types without address expressions.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_relocate_globals): avoid possible hang with
+ undefined but unreferenced symbols.
+ * relax.c (relax_section): don't complain if the script file isn't
+ relaxable but -relax is set
+
+Thu Feb 18 17:58:45 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: go32 is the 3rd part of the triple, not the 2nd
+
+Wed Feb 3 09:05:56 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * mipsbig.sh: New file. Big endian MIPS emulation.
+ * config/mips-big.mt: New file. Use mipsbig emulation.
+ * configure.in (mips-sgi-irix*): Use target mips-big.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_mipsbig.o.
+ (em_mipsbig.c): New target. Uses mipsbig.sh.
+
+Tue Feb 2 11:32:27 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * mips.sc-sh: Put .scommon sections into .sbss section.
+
+ * ldmain.c (subfile_wanted_p): Preserve section of common symbols,
+ rather than always putting them in bfd_com_section.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_common): If a common symbol is not in
+ bfd_com_section, put in a section of the same name, rather than
+ always putting it in section COMMON.
+
+Fri Jan 29 09:57:58 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (subfile_wanted_p): If we already have a common
+ definition of a symbol, don't necessarily pull in an object file
+ that provides a non-common definition.
+
+ * ldlex.l (COMMAND): Accept -EB and -EL command line arguments,
+ returning OPTION_EB and OPTION_EL. gcc passes these to a MIPS
+ linker.
+ * ldgram.y (OPTION_EB, OPTION_EL): New tokens.
+ (command_line_option): Accept and ignore OPTION_EB and OPTION_EL.
+
+Thu Jan 28 15:12:04 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Remove $(tooldir)/bin/gld before creating
+ the link to it.
+
+Tue Jan 26 11:49:50 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c, ldsym.c: Use new bfd_is_com_section macro rather than
+ checking for equality to bfd_com_section.
+
+Fri Jan 22 14:22:44 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * mips.sc-sh: New file. Ultrix, and hopefully other MIPS ECOFF
+ targets, linker script.
+ * mipslit.sh: New file. Little endian MIPS emulation.
+ * config/mips-lit.mt: New file. Use mipslit emulation.
+ * configure.in (mips-dec-ultrix*): Use target mips-lit.
+ * Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_mipslit.o.
+ (em_mipslit.c): New target. Uses mipslit.sh.
+
+Thu Jan 14 15:30:27 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Install ld as both $(tooldir)/bin/ld and
+ $(tooldir)/bin/gld, so that gcc can find it with or without
+ collect2.
+
+Mon Jan 11 18:50:07 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldwrite.c: Removed perform_relocation, copy_and_relocate, and
+ write_norel. All linking is now done via write_relax. Call
+ ldsym_write before calling write_relax.
+ * relax.c: Added copyright.
+ (write_relax): Renamed from write_relaxnorel. Added relocateable
+ argument. seclet_dump renamed to bfd_seclet_link.
+ * relax.h: Added copyright.
+
+Mon Jan 11 15:41:56 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (decode_library_subfile): Patch from
+ hoogen@shafer.cs.utah.edu, don't reread library symbol tables.
+
+Fri Jan 8 18:04:33 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/vxworks960.mt renamed to config/i960.mt
+
+ * configure.in: sparc-aout emulates a sun4, as does
+ sparc*-vxworks, i960-nindy uses gld960 emulation
+
+Fri Jan 8 14:39:07 1993 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ Fix support for NOLOAD, add INCLUDE
+ * ldfile.c (ldfile_open_command_file): pass file name to
+ lex_push_file.
+ * ldlex.l, ldgram.y: tidy up, parse INCLUDE and NOLOAD
+ * ldlang.c (wild_doit): make output sections inherit NEVER_LOAD
+ attribute.
+
+Thu Jan 7 10:22:19 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, config.h: no more default emulation. Make the lack
+ of emulation a compile time error
+
+Wed Jan 6 01:08:37 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: recognise all sparclite variants, not just 'sparclite'
+
+Mon Dec 28 11:15:35 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * m68kcoff.sc-sh: define _end as well as end, for consistency with
+ aout.sc-sh.
+
+ * configure.in: accept *-ericsson-ose for any m68k CPU.
+
+ * ldwrite.c (write_rel): don't always set SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag
+ for each output section.
+
+Mon Dec 21 16:06:59 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldexp.c, ldlang.c, ldmain.c, ldsym.c, ldwarn.c: Use new
+ macro bfd_asymbol_bfd as appropriate.
+ * Makefile.in: Un-duplicate ldlex.c dependency.
+ * condigure.in: Replace my_host case table by sourcing
+ ../bfd/configure.host. Allow std-host as the default.
+ * ldmisc.c: Change logic for C++ name demangling: There is
+ no initial '_' to remove from stab-derived function names.
+
+Sun Dec 13 16:31:26 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_init_script_file): don't attach the output file
+ sections to the script file.
+
+Wed Dec 9 08:38:05 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+ * ldlang.c (wild): run expansion loop over command line bfd too.
+ (lang_ini_script_file): initialize more parts of the command line
+ bfd.
+ * ldlex.l: fix DEFINED start states.
+
+Mon Dec 7 08:43:41 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+ -y support
+ * ld.texinfo: new doc.
+ * ldgram.y, ldlex.l: understand -y<symbol>
+ * ldmain.c (Q_enter_file_symbols): if had -y, lookup symbol and
+ print info. (add_ysym): new function.
+ * ldsym.h: (ldsym_type): new define SYM_Y.
+
+Sat Nov 21 03:15:27 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldctor.h, lderror.h, ldexp.h, ldfile.h, ldindr.h, ldlang.c,
+ ldlang.h, ldlex.h, ldmain.h, ldmisc.h, ldsym.h, ldver.h, ldwarn.h,
+ ldwrite.h, relax.h: Replace all uses of EXFUN and PROTO ansi-glue
+ macros with PARAMS. Recreational cleanup. Update copyrights.
+
+Tue Nov 10 00:23:37 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: pass down the bfd source directory for includes
+
+Thu Nov 5 15:41:55 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): don't change size and address for
+ SEC_SHARED_LIBRARY sections rather than for SEC_NEVER_LOAD
+ sections.
+
+Thu Nov 5 11:33:57 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * relax.c (build_it): re-enable the processing of data_statements
+ in scripts, makes counted contructor lists work again.
+
+Thu Nov 5 05:43:01 1992 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldemul.h: Remove uses of SDEF and PROTO macros (use PARAMS).
+
+Tue Oct 20 10:56:06 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * m68kcoff.sc-sh: don't use initial underscores for etext, edata
+ and end.
+
+Mon Oct 19 09:45:38 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Support for i386-sysv.
+ configure.in: check for i386-*-sysv* and i386-*-sco*.
+ i386coff.sc-sh: rewrote to support SVR3 by default.
+ ldctor.c (find_constructors): preserve stat_ptr.
+ ldlang.c (wild_doit): initialize vma and size of new output
+ section to corresponding input section. This is required for
+ shared library support.
+ (lang_size_sections): don't modify vma and size of sections which
+ are never loaded (for shared libraries).
+ ldwrite.c (copy_and_relocate): copy the contents of any section
+ which has contents, not just sections which are loaded (for shared
+ libraries).
+
+Thu Oct 15 15:20:26 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (size_input_section): count the sizes of all sections
+ we allocate.
+
+Thu Oct 8 09:05:25 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmisc.c (demangle,vfinfo): use the new underscore in bfd to
+ to demangle symbols better
+
+Tue Oct 6 13:08:54 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_finish): don't warn if -e start symbol does not
+ exist when linking with -r.
+
+Mon Oct 5 14:07:37 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * aout.sc-sh, m68kcoff.sc-sh: set __bss_start to the start of the
+ .bss segment.
+
+Mon Oct 5 08:55:14 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (linear_library): don't even think about processing
+ an object file if it's already been done
+
+Thu Oct 1 23:14:59 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: the hp9000/300 config file is now hp300
+
+Wed Sep 30 07:34:09 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/z8ksim.mt: new file
+
+Fri Sep 25 13:49:52 1992 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kyriath.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (ldexp.o, ldctor.o, ldlang.o, ldmain.o, ldwrite.o,
+ lexsup.o, mri.o, relax.o): Indicate dependence on ldgram.h.
+
+ * ld.h (strip_symbols_type): Add value STRIP_SOME.
+ * ldgram.y (OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE): New terminal token.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_add_keepsyms_file): New function.
+ * ldlex.l: Handle "-retain-symbols-file".
+ * ldsym.c (keepsyms_file, kept_syms): New vars.
+ (process_keepsyms): New functihon; reads file, marks symbols for
+ saving.
+ (write_file_locals): File symbols should always be kept.
+ (ldsym_write): Warn about "-retain-symbols-file" overriding "-S"
+ and "-s". Process retain-symbols file before setting symtab.
+ * ldsym.h (SYM_KEEP): New flag for ldsym_type flags.
+ (keepsyms_file, kept_syms): Declare them.
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Non-fatal errors should still cause non-zero
+ exit status even with -r.
+
+Fri Sep 25 11:08:01 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ Added initial support for the z8k
+ * z8ksim.em, z8ksim.sc-sh, z8ksim.sh: new files
+ * configure.in, Makefile.in: modified to reflect above
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_check): when linking conflicting architectures,
+ make the output file reflect at least one of the bad inputs.
+
+Tue Sep 15 15:35:38 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): if $(tooldir) exists, install ld in
+ $(tooldir)/bin.
+
+Fri Sep 11 10:24:22 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, configure.in: modified to support i386-coff
+ * i386coff.sh: new file
+
+Wed Sep 9 11:52:58 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, m68kcoff.sh, m68kcoff.sc-sh, config/m68k-coff.mt:
+ added m68k-coff emulation mode, stolen from a29k emulation.
+ Almost certainly wrong, but perhaps better than sun3.
+
+Thu Sep 3 14:19:30 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, Makefile.dos, generic.em, genscripts.sh,
+ gld960.em, h8300hms.em, h8300xray.em, lnk960.em, st2000.em,
+ vanilla.em: Rename all (generated) ld__*.c files to em_.c.
+ This is one character shorter, and lets people build on
+ SVR3 system. (ld__h8300xray.[co] was the killer there;
+ h8300xray.sc-sh is also overlong, but seems harmless.)
+ Based on a patch from Jonathan Ryshpan <hitachi!amito!jon>.
+ * Makefile.in (clean): Fix typo mostclean -> mostlyclean.
+ * configure.in: Add host isc.
+
+ * ldver.c: Call it version 2.0.
+
+Wed Sep 2 00:21:33 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c: Bump to version 0.98.
+ * TODO: New file.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Added mostlyclean, distclean, realclean rules.
+
+Tue Sep 1 23:42:16 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmisc.c (xrealloc): New (needed by ../libiberty/cplus.dem.c).
+ * ldlex.l: Moved comment() to end, since some compilers
+ otherwise have problems with input() used before it is defined.
+
+Tue Sep 1 17:45:51 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: added Solaris 2 and Irix 4 host support.
+
+Mon Aug 31 19:27:11 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: remove -S flag from the FLEX definition
+
+ * configure.in: rewrote, using new style case statement. use
+ m68k.mt for m68k-aout systems
+
+Sun Aug 30 21:38:53 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: map "ld" through program_transform_name when
+ installing.
+
+Sun Aug 30 18:12:13 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * cplus-dem.c: Removed. Use the version in libiberty now.
+ * ldmisc.c: Use new libiberty version of cplus_demangle().
+
+Thu Aug 27 16:38:42 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gld960.em (gld960_choose_target): default to little endian, not
+ big endian.
+
+Wed Aug 26 17:28:51 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): don't pass null pointers when
+ abs_output_section is what is required.
+ * ldwrite.c (ldwrite): use malloc to allocate the largest space
+ used, and pass that down.
+ * relax.c,relax.h (write_relaxnorel): use the passed malloc area rather
+ than alloca.
+
+Mon Aug 24 14:42:06 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in, config/ose68.mt: renamed OSE to ose.
+
+Thu Aug 20 19:55:22 1992 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Reorder check for common or
+ undefined symbols so that it works.
+
+Tue Aug 18 13:41:36 1992 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: accept all m68K family members.
+
+ * Makefile.in: always create installation directories.
+
+Thu Aug 13 11:49:34 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l: now parses comment correctly, added ~ to acceptable
+ chars in filenames
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_unop): pass down abs_output_section - now can have
+ unary -ve constants.
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_finish): warn when an entry symbol supplied on
+ the command line can't be found.
+
+Fri Aug 7 12:31:10 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.h: add new field "loadable" to output_section_statement.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_output_section_statement_lookup): initilize new
+ field. (wild_doit): if new field is not set, then stop output
+ section from being loadable.
+ (lang_enter_output_section_statement): set the field from the
+ NOLOAD keyword
+ * ldgram.y: new synax for NOLOAD. Removes a shift/reduce too.
+ * h8300hms.sc-sh, h8300hms.em: get -r right.
+
+Thu Aug 6 18:35:21 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldint.texinfo: New internals manual (beginnings thereof).
+ * PORTING: Removed, merged into ldint.texinfo.
+
+Tue Aug 4 21:12:29 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * cdtest-main.cc, cdtest-func.cc, cdtest-foo.h, cdtest-foo.cc,
+ cdtest.exp: A test program (copied from libg++/test-install)
+ that tests that constructor and destructors are handled
+ corrrectly.
+
+Mon Aug 3 14:58:19 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): install from ld.new, renaming during the
+ copy, or else the next 'make install' needs to re-link ld.
+
+Mon Jul 20 03:37:06 1992 D. V. Henkel-Wallace (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: generalise hp recognition (from sef).
+
+Sat Jul 18 14:46:04 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: recognize bsd and hpux hppa configurations.
+ error messages echo to stderr, not stdout
+
+Fri Jul 17 22:06:11 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.dos, gld.1, ld.texinfo, ldemul.c, ldfile.c, ldlang.c,
+ ldmisc.c: removed rcsid's.
+
+Tue Jul 14 08:34:34 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (lang_map): print changes in sizes due to relaxing
+ (size_input_section): maintain the delta information.
+ * ldlang.h: add new field to struct to contain delta info.
+ * relax.c (relax_section): complain if input not relaxable.
+ * ldlex.l : add '_', ',' and '$' to chars which can appear at the
+ start of a filename
+
+Mon Jul 13 17:33:00 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c(main): prevent -r and -relax from being on at the same
+ time.
+
+Wed Jul 1 17:51:19 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (Q_enter_global_ref), ldindr.c (add_indirect): fix for
+ aliasing problems
+
+
+Thu Jun 18 09:38:56 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * h8300hms.em, h8300hms.sc-sh: do the right thing for -r
+ * ldexp.c: lint
+ * ldlang.c(open_output): set the target arch and machine as soon
+ as we can. (lang_size_sections): use new macros for setting vma
+ * ldwrite.c: lint
+
+Mon Jun 15 08:47:43 1992 Michael Tiemann (tiemann@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in (my_target): Accept m680?0 for wrs as vxworks68.
+ Also deleted an unreachable path to wrs.
+
+Wed May 27 23:24:19 1992 Michael Tiemann (tiemann@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): use -d test for $tooldir before
+ installing ld there so that $tooldir can be inherited from
+ top-level Makefile.
+
+Wed May 27 16:56:48 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c: Two non-substantial changes for the sake of
+ the old Portable C Compiler.
+
+Wed May 27 15:15:58 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y, ldlex.l: parse ABSOLUTE
+ * ldexp.c: add support for ABSOLUTE
+
+Wed May 27 13:07:20 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Added default definitions for HOSTING_CRT0,
+ HOSTING_LIBS, and HOSTING_EMU, based on those in config/*.mh.
+ * config/*.mh: Miscellaneous clean-up: Removed definitions
+ of YACC (since it is not longer used in the Makefile).
+ Remove HOSTING_* definitions that are subsumed by the
+ ones added to Makefile.in. Removed most definitions of CC.
+ * config/{sparc,news,hp300bsd,decstation}.mh: Removed;
+ These are no longer needed.
+
+Fri May 22 13:47:19 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Use srcdir instead of VPATH in ldgram/ldlex
+ rules, since these are used when building a distribution.
+ * Makefile.in (ldlex.c): Don't re-direct output, since that
+ leaves a bogus output files if it fails.
+
+ * config/sparc.mh: Fix HOSTING_LIBS so it has a chance of working.
+ * ldlex.c: Fix some unnecessary flex-specific-isms.
+
+Fri May 8 11:49:43 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y: move spurious semicolon
+ * ldexp.h: fix prototype
+
+Thu May 7 17:01:12 1992 Roland H. Pesch (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.texinfo: references to linker now say "ld" not "gld".
+
+Wed May 6 13:26:19 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ changed calling convention for Q_enter_global_ref
+ * ldexp.c, ldlang.c, ldmain.c: reflect this
+ * ldver.c: bump version to 1.97.1
+ * ldindr.c (add_indirect): when an edict declaring an indirect
+ symbol is found, make sure that any ideas about the symbol being
+ common are changed if it now known to be defined.
+ * ldmain.c (linear_library): complain once if archive isn't
+ ranlibbed.
+ * ldlang.h, ldlang.c: make room for and initialize the complain
+ once field.
+
+Wed May 6 11:07:35 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: use flex & bison from ../ if they exist.
+
+Tue May 5 17:47:33 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * relax.c (build_it): don't allocate space in the output file for
+ stuff if -R flag applys to it.
+ * ldfile.c: merge in VMS filename support
+ * ldmain.c (main): take out ./ from library path, and close file
+ before unlinking. Make multiple defs of a symbol create an
+ unexecable file.
+ * ldmisc.c: fatal errosrs delete output file
+
+Tue May 5 14:05:05 1992 Per Bothner (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c: Increase version number to 1.97, for consistency
+ with ../binutils.
+
+Tue May 5 12:12:24 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: FLEX -> LEX.
+
+ * ld.texinfo: {} -> @{@}.
+
+Mon May 4 17:52:41 1992 Roland H. Pesch (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ld.texinfo: describe alternate, MRI-compatible linker scripts
+ (and associated change in -c option, now used for these scripts)
+
+Mon May 4 16:10:10 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c: Bumped version to 1.96 - new release, resync with the
+ bfd too #.
+ * ldexp.c, ldlang.c: now build memory shape tree in obstacks
+ rather than with raw malloc, makes it easier to track where memory
+ is going.
+ * ldsym.h, ldsym.c: create obstack for all global symbols too.
+ * ldwrite.c (ldwrite): moved malloc so only used when needed.
+ * sa29200-sc.sh: added support for .lit, data1 and data2 sections.
+
+
+Fri May 1 18:17:52 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/sparc.mh: use ../gcc/libgcc.a on check if it exists.
+
+ * Makefile.in: use bootstrap for check.
+
+Fri May 1 13:03:41 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y, ldlex.c, mri.c: added more compatible words; BASE, ALIAS and
+ PUBLIC.
+ * Makefile.in: now use flex, not lex
+ * ldlex.l, ldlang.c, ldctor.c: lint
+
+Wed Apr 22 12:48:42 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l: added CMDFILENAMECHAR state so that you can lex
+ different sorts of filenames on the command line than in a script.
+
+Mon Apr 20 22:37:04 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: rework CFLAGS so that they can be passed on the
+ make command line. Remove MINUS_G. Default CFLAGS to -g.
+
+Fri Apr 17 08:57:17 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * relax.c: added handling for new "padding" seclet type, used to
+ fill out gaps between section.
+ * ldgram.y, ldlex.l: now -defsym on the command line is done
+ properly.
+
+Wed Apr 15 21:20:07 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: the tooldir copy of ld goes directly in tooldir.
+
+Wed Apr 15 16:09:33 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * mri.c, ldgram.y, ldlex.l: added support for minimal strange link
+ scripts.
+
+Thu Apr 9 05:52:02 1992 Ken Raeburn (Raeburn@Cygnus.COM)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Install second copy in $(tooldir)/bin
+ without $(program_prefix), since that's what gcc expects.
+
+Sat Apr 4 17:44:06 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l, ldgram.y, ldlex.h: Rewrote lexer. Now it's much nicer.
+ * h8300*: fix bit rot and add support for h8300xray target
+ * go32.sh: target emulation for go32.
+
+Mon Mar 16 14:53:29 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gld960.em, i960.sc-sh. Fix i960 bit rot
+
+Fri Mar 13 19:47:22 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: install man page.
+
+Fri Mar 13 08:23:59 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/mt-<foo> renamed to <foo>.mt
+ * config/mh-<foo> renamed to <foo>.mt
+ * configure.in changed to reflect this
+ * genscripts.sh now make .xbn files rather than .xN files
+
+Sat Mar 7 03:40:40 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.h: fix decl of ldversion.
+
+Fri Mar 6 22:00:35 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: added check target.
+
+Fri Mar 6 06:59:04 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (Q_enter_file_symbols): now aliases work again
+
+Thu Mar 5 21:39:29 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: added clean-info target.
+
+Thu Mar 5 16:55:56 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldexp.c (exp_print_tree): don't try and follow null pointers
+ around.
+ * ldgram.y: remove 11 shift reduce errors
+
+Tue Mar 3 15:46:39 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: added tooldir and program_prefix.
+
+Fri Feb 28 08:17:45 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlang.c (size_input_section): don't move absolute sections
+ around!
+
+
+Thu Feb 27 09:20:41 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+ * cplus-dem.c: yet another copy of this - maybe it should go into
+ libiberty ?
+ * ldgram.y: now -V and -v have different actions
+ * ldver.c: if -V, prints list of emulations compiled in
+ * ldmisc.c: support for cplus demangling
+
+
+Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
+ -subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers. Forced
+ copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
+
+Thu Feb 20 17:43:46 1992 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Change mkscript rule into one for ./mkscript
+ (for the sake of makes that don't realize they're the same).
+ * PORTING: Add more details.
+ * genscripts.sh: Add more tailorability of DATA_ALIGNMENT.
+
+Mon Feb 17 12:04:36 1992 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, and new files hp300bsd.sh, config/mh-hp300bsd,
+ config/mt-hp300bsd: New port to hp300 running BSD.
+
+Sat Feb 15 13:59:54 1992 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ Major rewrite of how ld is configured. The major idea
+ is to use shell scripts to generate everything.
+ * generic.em replaces ldtemplate.
+ * Other *.em files replace various *.c files.
+ A *.em file is a shell script that generates the corresponding
+ ld__*.c file that implements an emulation. This is usually
+ a straight 'cat' of a here-document, possibly with substitutions.
+ * Script files (*.sc) are places by *.sc-sh scripts.
+ Again, these are simple shell scripts that 'cat'
+ here-documents, usually with some substitutions.
+ The output a *.sc-sh is a script file.
+ * Each emulation is defined by a short shell script with
+ extension *.sh that specifies the emulation-specific
+ parameters (such as the name of the *.sh-sc and *.em
+ files to use).
+ * genscript.sh is the master shell script used to generate
+ an emulation. It is passed various argument, including
+ the name a the emulation-speciic *.sh file that it
+ "sources" to set variables to emulation-specifc parameters.
+ * config/mt-foo: Changed EMUL=GLDFOO_EMULATION_NAME
+ to EMUL=foo. (The GLDFOO_EMULATION_NAMEs have bee removed.)
+ * config/mh-foo: Rename LDEMULATION names as appropriate
+ (usually 'gldfoo' -> plain 'foo').
+ * ldwrite.c: Fixed a typo in a comment.
+ * Makefile.in: Major changes. Removed some the sed
+ magic to converts scripts, since that is now handled
+ by genscripts.sh and the *.sc-sh scipt generators.
+ * config.h: Remove a bunch of macros defining emulations
+ and targets. This becomes one less file to edit when
+ adding emulations or targets.
+ * ldemul.h (struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add
+ emulation_name and target_name fields.
+ * ldemul.c, ldemul.h: Define some default functions used
+ by most emulations (and remove from the *.em scripts).
+ * ldemul.c (ldemul_choose_target): Search the new
+ ld_emulations array using a loop (instead of a hardwired
+ nested if statement).
+ Define the ld_emulation from the automatically-geenrated
+ ldemul-list.h. This means you no longer have to edit ldemul.c
+ to add a new emulation.
+ * ldmain.c: Replace {GLD,LNK}960_EMULATION_NAME by
+ their expansions, since the former no longer exist.
+ * PORTING: A very rough first draft of a porting guide.
+
+ * ldgram.y, ldlex.l, lexsup.c: Changes to allow an assignment
+ to be terminated by a new-line (instead of requiring a semicolon).
+
+Mon Feb 10 16:21:02 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldexp.c, ldlang.c: added new idea "abs_output_section", removes
+ tests for NULL pointers all over the place.
+ * ldlang.c (lang_process): remember to relocate global symbols
+ *after* relaxing has done it stuff.
+
+Thu Feb 6 11:40:15 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/mt-coff-h8300: use EMUL like everything else
+ * ldlang.c: (print_padding_statement): print the right address.
+ * Makefile.in, config.h, ldemul.c: renamed h8300hds to h8300hms
+
+
+Tue Feb 4 15:28:01 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l: Put pack -noinhibit-exec and -sort-common
+ * ldlang.c (print_data_statement): print the right address.
+
+Thu Jan 30 17:51:53 1992 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: The rule for testing ld by re-linking itself
+ via an intermediate -r link was moved to the ld1 rule
+ instead of the ld2 rule. This allows ld2 and ld3 to be identical,
+ which allows the bootstrap rule to work.
+ * ldctor.c (find_constructors): Don't create a constructor
+ list if it is already defined (as would happen if ld is
+ invoked by collect).
+
+Wed Jan 29 08:35:39 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * config/mh-sparc.h: now uses libgcc.a
+ * ldmain.c: quit using exit
+ * *sc: use *(COMMON) rather than [COMMON]
+ * ldlex.l, lexsup.c: much thinking moved from .l and put into .c,
+ to allow preprocessing of .l file.
+ * Makefile.in: New ldlex.l mangling
+ * ldexp.c (fold_binary): perform expressions with % and / in
+ integer.
+ * ldfile.c (open_a): open archives on VMS in a special way
+
+
+Tue Jan 28 10:18:16 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldgram.y: map -M behave in the same way as -Map (sets file name
+ to be "-".
+ * ldsym.c, ldlang.c: remember that size of a section is dependent on
+ whether or not relaxing has been done.
+ * ldmain.c: don't open a map file if it doesn't have a name
+ * relax.c: all the brains have moved into bfd.
+ * ldwrite.c: ammend comment
+
+Fri Jan 24 14:23:46 1992 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: added relax, also made three stage go through a
+ partial link stage.
+ * relax.c : added
+ * config.h: if GNU960 defined, then default emulation mode is
+ GLD960
+ * ldexp.h, ldexp.c: map to file hooks
+ * ldlang.c: map to file hooks
+ * ldgram.y: added -Map -relax
+ * ldlex.l: added -relax, -Map
+ * ldmain.c: open map file
+ * ldmisc.c: support for map file
+ * ldwrite.c: new relax magic
+
+Thu Dec 19 18:49:51 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, config/tm-*.h: Clean up make output, only
+ pass DEFAULT_EMULATION to ldmain.c.
+
+Wed Dec 18 15:02:47 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c: Bump to version 1.94.
+
+Tue Dec 10 04:07:23 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir.
+
+Mon Dec 9 16:26:43 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Pass -y to bison. (Again;
+ accidentally deleted by Rich.)
+ * news.sc, ldgld68k.sc: Define __end as well as _end.
+
+Sat Dec 7 17:19:26 1991 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldindr.h: added to contain prototypes of ldindr.c
+ * ldfile.c: include ctype.h
+ * ldmain.c: include the requried prototype headers
+ * ldwrite.c: get_reloc_upper_bound has been renamed
+ bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound
+
+Fri Dec 6 23:29:26 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: punt "fundamental" mode because it breaks my emacs
+ macros. install using INSTALL_PROGRAM and INSTALL_DATA. remove
+ spaces following hyphens, bsd make can't cope. added
+ standards.text support and made it look like all the other
+ makefiles.
+
+ * configure.in: configure now runs entirely in objdir so make file
+ existence checks against ${srcdir}. Mark this directory as
+ target dependent.
+
+Thu Dec 5 22:46:16 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away. Added copyrights
+ and shift gpl to v2. Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
+ and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
+
+Wed Dec 4 23:36:55 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c: Bumped version to 1.93.
+ * Makefile.in: Pass -y to bison.
+
+Mon Nov 25 18:28:40 1991 Steve Chamberlain (sac at cygnus.com)
+
+ * config.h: h8 is now coff, not ieee
+ * h8300hds.sc: reflect the same
+
+Thu Nov 14 19:55:09 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c (ldversion()): Update to 1.92.
+ * ldctor.c: There are two places constructor sets
+ can be defined. One of them checked for an existing
+ duplicate, the other didn't. Unfortunately, the latter
+ was called after the former ...
+ So, factor out code for inserting a new element into
+ constructor_name_list (after checking for a duplicate)
+ into a new function add_constructor_name, and call
+ it from both aforementioned places (ldlang_add_constructor
+ and ldlang_check_for_constructors).
+
+Wed Nov 13 15:17:43 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Rename .c files generated from ldtemplate
+ to have names starting with ld__. This helps 'make clean'.
+
+Tue Nov 12 18:36:50 1991 Steve Chamberlain (sac at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Take out the version number for install
+ * m88kbcs.sc: put in contructor blocks.
+
+Mon Nov 11 18:47:33 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmisc.c, ldmisc.h: Re-write info() to take a filename
+ parameter, a format, and an arg pointer, and rename it to
+ vfinfo(). Write info() in terms of new vfinfo().
+ New einfo() is the same as info(), except it writes to stderr.
+ * ldemul.c, ldexp.c, ldlang.c, ldlnk960.c, ldmain.c, ldwrite.c,
+ ldmisc.c: Replace "error" calls to info() by new einfo().
+
+Mon Nov 11 09:57:32 1991 Steve Chamberlain (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldlex.l ldgram.y: made -V option do same as -v
+ * Makefile.in: Added $(MINUS_G) flag so debugging can be
+ turned off
+
+Sun Nov 3 16:37:37 1991 Steve Chamberlain (steve at cygnus.com)
+ i386 aout changes from Bob Kukura
+ * Makefile.in, config.h: added i386aout support
+ * configure.in: fixed /h-{myhost} typo
+ * ldgram.y: -MM now gives more boring map.
+ * ldlang.c: now does D_PAGED flag the right way.
+ * ldsym.c: -MM flags does the right thing.
+
+Sun Nov 3 15:00:03 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Fixed typo. Also, a fix for hp300bsd.
+ * ldlang.c (init_os): Compensate for BFD change,
+ where bfd_make_section now returns NULL for a duplicate
+ section request, instead of the old section.
+
+Thu Oct 17 15:27:13 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldver.c: Bump to version 1.91 (consistent with binutils).
+
+Wed Oct 16 12:27:08 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, config.h, ld.h, ldemul.c, ldexp.c, ldexp.h,
+ ldgram.y, ldlex.l, ldlnk960.c, ldmain.c, ldmisc.c, ldmisc.h,
+ ldsym.c, ldsym.h, ldtemplate, ldvanilla.c, ldver.c, ldver.h,
+ ldwarn.c, ldwarn.h, ldwrite.c, ldwrite.h, mkscript.c:
+ Add or update copyright notices.
+
+Mon Oct 14 23:55:27 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * README: New file.
+ * Makefile.in: Changed installation directory name scheme
+ to be consistent with gcc. Also changed 'install'.
+
+Mon Oct 14 17:30:02 1991 Roland H. Pesch (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: new targets ld.mm, ld.me
+
+Mon Oct 14 17:27:24 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in, ldtemplate: Need to use separate scripts
+ for -n and -N options. Yet more complication.
+
+Fri Oct 11 22:40:46 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Avoid using $< in explicit Make rules (it doesn't
+ work). Add some lines to avoid Sun Make VPATH bugs.
+
+Fri Oct 11 16:42:22 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * news.sc: Add alignment for data segment.
+ * ldtemplate: Add (yet another) script to get for -n or -N
+ options. (These need different alignment than ZMAGIC files.)
+ * Makefile.in: Add stuff for new foo.xn scripts.
+ These are generated by replacing "ALIGN(0x...00)" by ".".
+
+Fri Oct 11 15:43:04 1991 Roland H. Pesch (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: new targets ld.ms, ld-index.ms
+ ld.texinfo: remove tabs, other cleanups for texi2roff
+
+Fri Oct 11 13:51:54 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldmain.c (main): Make config.magic_demand_paged be true
+ by default. Don't the WP_TEXT and D_PAGED flags of
+ output_bfd here; it's too late, so set it when output_bfd
+ is created (in ldlang.c). Also fix setting of EXEC_P flag
+ * ldlang.c (ldlang_open_output): Set output_bfd->flags here.
+ * ldlang.c: Remove some duplicate extern declarations.
+ * ldgram.y: Fixes to -N and -n options.
+ * Makefile.in: Recognize upper case letters in sed script
+ to remove assignments from script files.
+ * ldtemplate: Don't assukme that -N or -n options
+ imply use of -r script.
+ * mkscript.c: Tweaking to correctly handle \n and \\ in input.
+
+Fri Oct 11 10:29:27 1991 Steve Chamberlain (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldtemplate: include bfd.h before sysdep.h.
+
+Fri Oct 11 04:24:45 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+ Restructure configuration scheme for bfd, binutils, ld.
+
+ * include/sys/h-*.h: Move to bfd/hosts/h-*.h.
+ * configure.in: Revise to symlink sysdep.h to ../bfd/hosts/h-xxx.h.
+ Change some config names to match other dirs.
+ * *.c: Include bfd.h before sysdep.h, so ansidecl and PROTO()
+ get defined first.
+ * config/: Rename some config files to match up h-*.h names.
+ Remove all the HOST_SYS definitions from the config files.
+
+Tue Oct 8 16:00:57 1991 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+ * ldexp.h, ldlang.h: Change enum boolean -> enum bfd_boolean.
+ * ldtemplate: Remove ldfile_add_library_path calls;
+ just use the SEARCH_DIR commands in the script files.
+ * Makefile.in: Add LIB_PATH macro, which if set is used to replace
+ the SEARCH_DIR commands in the scripts (using ugly sed magic).
+ This is primarily intended for cross-linking, where you would
+ place libaries in a different place than native libraries.
+ Also, emulations made from ldtemplate now use $(srcdir).
+ * ldglda29k.sc: Change SEARCH_DIR commands to a conventional
+ form; people can use the Makefile's LIB_PATH to override.
+
+Tue Oct 8 14:51:21 1991 Roland H. Pesch (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: fix target ld.dvi, add target ld.info
+ ld.texinfo: make info filename ld.info
+
+Fri Oct 4 21:51:58 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Avoid using $< in non-suffix rules (breaks on Sun
+ Make).
+ * ldfile.c, ldlang.c, ldmain.c, ldwrite.c: Cope with renames of a
+ few BFD types & enums.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: change-log
+left-margin: 8
+fill-column: 74
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/ld/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d327206
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1074 @@
+# Makefile for the GNU linker ld (version 2)
+# Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU ld.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+objdir = .
+
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+prefix = @prefix@
+
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+tooldir = $(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias)
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+# We put the scripts in the directory $(scriptdir)/ldscripts.
+# We can't put the scripts in $(datadir) because the SEARCH_DIR
+# directives need to be different for native and cross linkers.
+scriptdir = $(tooldir)/lib
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = `cd $(srcdir); pwd`/../install.sh -c
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_XFORM = $(INSTALL) -t='$(program_transform_name)'
+INSTALL_XFORM1 = $(INSTALL_XFORM) -b=.1
+
+AR = ar
+AR_FLAGS = qv
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+HLDFLAGS = @HLDFLAGS@
+HLDENV = @HLDENV@
+RPATH_ENVVAR = @RPATH_ENVVAR@
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+RANLIB = ranlib
+BISON = bison -y
+LEX = `if [ -f ../flex/flex ] ; then echo ../flex/flex ; else echo flex ; fi`
+
+EMUL = @EMUL@
+EMULATION_OFILES = @EMULATION_OFILES@
+
+# Search path to override the default search path for -lfoo libraries.
+# If LIB_PATH is empty, the ones in the script (if any) are left alone.
+# (The default is usually /lib:/usr/lib:/usr/local/lib, unless building
+# a cross-linker, in which case the default is empty. See genscripts.sh.)
+# Otherwise, they are replaced with the ones given in LIB_PATH,
+# which may have the form: LIB_PATH=/lib:/usr/local/lib
+LIB_PATH =
+
+BASEDIR = $(srcdir)/..
+BFDDIR = $(BASEDIR)/bfd
+INCDIR = $(BASEDIR)/include
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../bfd -I$(BFDDIR) -I$(INCDIR)
+DEP = mkdep
+
+# What version of the manual to build
+DOCVER = gen
+
+# Where to find texinfo.tex to format docn with TeX
+TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../texinfo
+
+# Where to find other docs needed to format with TeX
+TEXINPUTS = $(TEXIDIR):$(BFDDIR)/doc:$(srcdir)
+
+# Whether to get roff to put indexing entries on stderr
+TEXI2OPT =
+# You neeed this to generate ld-index.ms (or .mm or .me)
+# TEXI2OPT = -i
+
+TEXI2ROFF=texi2roff
+
+# Which roff program to use to generate index for texi2roff'd doc
+ROFF = groff
+
+#stuff for self hosting (can be overridden in config file).
+HOSTING_CRT0 = @HOSTING_CRT0@
+HOSTING_LIBS = @HOSTING_LIBS@
+HOSTING_EMU = -m $(EMUL)
+
+# These were used by `make check-cdtest'
+#
+#CXX = `if [ -f ../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+# echo ../gcc/xgcc -B../gcc/; \
+# else echo gcc; \
+# fi`
+#CXXFLAGS = -fgnu-linker
+#
+# FIX_ME: using ../gcc/xgcc breaks the cdtest.
+#CXX = g++
+
+# Setup the testing framework, if you have one
+EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; \
+ then echo $$r/../expect/expect ; \
+ else echo expect ; fi`
+
+RUNTEST = `if [ -f $${srcroot}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; \
+ then echo $${srcroot}/../dejagnu/runtest ; \
+ else echo runtest ; fi`
+
+RUNTESTFLAGS =
+
+CC_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+ if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+ if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
+ echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+ else \
+ echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \
+ echo $(CC); \
+ else \
+ echo gcc | sed '$(program_transform_name)'; \
+ fi; \
+ fi`
+
+CXX = gcc
+CXX_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+ if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+ if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
+ echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+ else \
+ echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \
+ echo $(CXX); \
+ else \
+ echo gcc | sed '$(program_transform_name)'; \
+ fi; \
+ fi`
+
+# go directly to ld.new in case this ld isn't capable of
+# linking native object on this host. It can be renamed on
+# install.
+LD_PROG = ld.new
+
+all: $(LD_PROG)
+.PHONY: all
+
+LINTFLAGS = $(INCLUDES) $(EXTRA_DEF)
+
+# The .cc suffix was used by `make check-cdtest'.
+
+.SUFFIXES: .y $(SUFFIXES) .cc
+
+# Suppress smart makes who think they know how to automake Yacc files
+.y.c:
+
+# This rule was used for the check-cdtest target.
+#.cc.o:
+# $(CXX) -c -I$(srcdir) $(CXXFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $<
+
+ALL_CFLAGS = -D_GNU_SOURCE $(INCLUDES) @HDEFINES@ $(CFLAGS)
+.c.o:
+ $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+
+BFDDEP = ../bfd/libbfd.a
+BFDLIB = @BFDLIB@
+LIBIBERTY = ../libiberty/libiberty.a
+
+ALL_EMULATIONS = \
+ ea29k.o \
+ eaixppc.o \
+ eaixrs6.o \
+ ealpha.o \
+ earmaoutb.o \
+ earmaoutl.o \
+ earmcoff.o \
+ earmpe.o \
+ ecoff_sparc.o \
+ edelta68.o \
+ eebmon29k.o \
+ eelf32_sparc.o \
+ eelf32b4300.o \
+ eelf32bmip.o \
+ eelf32ebmip.o \
+ eelf32elmip.o \
+ eelf32l4300.o \
+ eelf32lmip.o \
+ eelf32lppc.o \
+ eelf32ppc.o \
+ eelf64_sparc.o \
+ eelf_i386.o \
+ egld960.o \
+ egld960coff.o \
+ ego32.o \
+ eh8300.o \
+ eh8300h.o \
+ eh8300s.o \
+ eh8500.o \
+ eh8500b.o \
+ eh8500c.o \
+ eh8500m.o \
+ eh8500s.o \
+ ehp300bsd.o \
+ ehp3hpux.o \
+ ehppaelf.o \
+ ei386aout.o \
+ ei386bsd.o \
+ ei386coff.o \
+ ei386go32.o \
+ ei386linux.o \
+ ei386lynx.o \
+ ei386mach.o \
+ ei386moss.o \
+ ei386msdos.o \
+ ei386nbsd.o \
+ ei386nw.o \
+ ei386pe.o \
+ elnk960.o \
+ em68k4knbsd.o \
+ em68kaout.o \
+ em68kaux.o \
+ em68kcoff.o \
+ em68kelf.o \
+ em68klinux.o \
+ em68klynx.o \
+ em68knbsd.o \
+ em68kpsos.o \
+ em88kbcs.o \
+ emipsbig.o \
+ emipsbsd.o \
+ emipsidt.o \
+ emipsidtl.o \
+ emipslit.o \
+ emipslnews.o \
+ enews.o \
+ ens32knbsd.o \
+ epc532macha.o \
+ eppcmacos.o \
+ eppcnw.o \
+ eppcpe.o \
+ eriscix.o \
+ esa29200.o \
+ esh.o \
+ eshelf.o \
+ eshlelf.o \
+ eshl.o \
+ esparcaout.o \
+ esparclinux.o \
+ esparclynx.o \
+ esparcnbsd.o \
+ est2000.o \
+ esun3.o \
+ esun4.o \
+ evanilla.o \
+ evax.o \
+ evsta.o \
+ ew65.o \
+ ez8001.o \
+ ez8002.o
+
+ALL_64_EMULATIONS = \
+ eelf64alpha.o
+
+CFILES = ldctor.c ldemul.c ldexp.c ldfile.c ldlang.c \
+ ldmain.c ldmisc.c ldver.c ldwrite.c lexsup.c \
+ mri.c ldcref.c
+
+HFILES = config.h ld.h ldctor.h ldemul.h ldexp.h ldfile.h \
+ ldlang.h ldlex.h ldmain.h ldmisc.h ldver.h \
+ ldwrite.h mri.h
+
+GENERATED_CFILES = ldgram.c ldlex.c
+GENERATED_HFILES = ldgram.h ldemul-list.h
+
+OFILES = ldgram.o ldlex.o lexsup.o ldlang.o mri.o ldctor.o ldmain.o \
+ ldwrite.o ldexp.o ldemul.o ldver.o ldmisc.o \
+ ldfile.o ldcref.o ${EMULATION_OFILES}
+
+LINTSOURCES = $(CFILES) $(GENERATED_CFILES) e*.c
+
+STAGESTUFF = *.o ldscripts/* e*.c
+
+info: ld.info
+.PHONY: info
+
+ldgram.c: ldgram.y
+ $(BISON) $(BISONFLAGS) -d $(srcdir)/ldgram.y
+ mv -f y.tab.c ldgram.c
+ mv -f y.tab.h ldgram.h
+
+# Separate from ldgram.c so that a parallel make doesn't try to build
+# both ldgram.c and ldgram.h simultaneously.
+ldgram.h: ldgram.c
+
+ldmain.o: ldmain.c config.status
+ $(CC) -c -DDEFAULT_EMULATION='"$(EMUL)"' -DSCRIPTDIR='"$(scriptdir)"' -DTARGET='"@target@"' $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+
+ldemul-list.h: Makefile
+ (echo "/* This file is automatically generated. DO NOT EDIT! */";\
+ for f in `echo " " ${EMULATION_OFILES} "" \
+ | sed -e 's/ e/ ld/g' -e 's/ ld/ /g' -e 's/[.]o//g'`; do \
+ echo "extern ld_emulation_xfer_type ld_$${f}_emulation;"; \
+ done;\
+ echo "";\
+ echo "#define EMULATION_LIST \\";\
+ for f in `echo " " ${EMULATION_OFILES} "" \
+ | sed -e 's/ e/ ld/g' -e 's/ ld/ /g' -e 's/[.]o//g'`; do \
+ echo " &ld_$${f}_emulation, \\"; \
+ done;\
+ echo " 0") >ldemul-tmp.h
+ mv ldemul-tmp.h ldemul-list.h
+
+ldlex.c: ldlex.l
+ $(LEX) $(srcdir)/ldlex.l
+ -sed -e '/^int.*free();/d' \
+ -e '/^char.*malloc();/d' \
+ -e 's/malloc/xmalloc/g' \
+ < lex.yy.c > ldlex.c.new
+ -rm lex.yy.c
+ mv ldlex.c.new ./ldlex.c
+
+# These all start with e so 'make clean' can find them.
+
+GENSCRIPTS = $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/genscripts.sh ${srcdir} ${libdir} @host@ @target@ @target_alias@ ${EMUL} "@NATIVE_LIB_DIRS@"
+GEN_DEPENDS = $(srcdir)/genscripts.sh $(srcdir)/emultempl/stringify.sed
+@TDIRS@
+
+ea29k.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/a29k.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/a29k.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} a29k "$(tdir_a29k)"
+eaixppc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/aixppc.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/aix.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aix.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} aixppc "$(tdir_aixppc)"
+eaixrs6.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/aixrs6.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/aix.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aix.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} aixrs6 "$(tdir_aixrs6)"
+ealpha.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/alpha.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/alpha.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} alpha "$(tdir_alpha)"
+earmaoutb.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/armaoutb.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/armaout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} armaoutb "$(tdir_armaoutb)"
+earmaoutl.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/armaoutl.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/armaout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} armaoutl "$(tdir_armaoutl)"
+earmcoff.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/armcoff.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/armcoff.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} armcoff "$(tdir_armcoff)"
+earmpe.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/armpe.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/pe.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/pe.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} armpe "$(tdir_armpe)"
+ecoff_sparc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/coff_sparc.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sparccoff.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} coff_sparc "$(tdir_coff_sparc)"
+ed10velf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/d10velf.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfd10v.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} d10velf "$(tdir_d10v)"
+edelta68.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/delta68.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/delta68.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} delta68 "$(tdir_delta68)"
+eebmon29k.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/ebmon29k.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/ebmon29k.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} ebmon29k "$(tdir_ebmon29k)"
+em32relf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m32relf.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m32relf "$(tdir_m32r)"
+eelf32_sparc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32_sparc.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32_sparc "$(tdir_elf32_sparc)"
+eelf32b4300.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32b4300 "$(tdir_elf32b4300)"
+eelf32bmip.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32bmip.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfmips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32bmip "$(tdir_elf32bmip)"
+eelf32ebmip.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32ebmip.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfmips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32ebmip "$(tdir_elf32ebmip)"
+eelf32elmip.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32elmip.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfmips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32elmip "$(tdir_elf32elmip)"
+eelf32l4300.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32l4300 "$(tdir_elf32l4300)"
+eelf32lmip.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32lmip.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfmips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32lmip "$(tdir_elf32lmip)"
+eelf32lppc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32lppc.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfppc.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32lppc "$(tdir_elf32lppc)"
+eelf32ppc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32ppc.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfppc.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf32ppc "$(tdir_elf32ppc)"
+eelf64alpha.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf64alpha "$(tdir_elf64alpha)"
+eelf64_sparc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf64_sparc.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf64_sparc "$(tdir_elf64_sparc)"
+eelf_i386.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf_i386.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} elf_i386 "$(tdir_elf_i386)"
+egld960.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/gld960.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/gld960.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i960.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} gld960 "$(tdir_gld960)"
+egld960coff.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/gld960coff.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/gld960c.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i960.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} gld960coff "$(tdir_gld960coff)"
+ego32.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/go32.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} go32 "$(tdir_go32)"
+eh8300.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8300.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8300.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} h8300 "$(tdir_h8300)"
+eh8300h.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8300h.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8300h.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} h8300h "$(tdir_h8300h)"
+eh8300s.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8300s.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8300s.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} h8300s "$(tdir_h8300s)"
+eh8500.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} h8500 "$(tdir_h8500)"
+eh8500b.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500b.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500b.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} h8500b "$(tdir_h8500b)"
+eh8500c.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500c.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500c.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} h8500c "$(tdir_h8500c)"
+eh8500m.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500m.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500m.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} h8500m "$(tdir_h8500m)"
+eh8500s.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500s.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500s.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} h8500s "$(tdir_h8500s)"
+ehp300bsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/hp300bsd.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} hp300bsd "$(tdir_hp300bsd)"
+ehp3hpux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/hp3hpux.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} hp3hpux "$(tdir_hp3hpux)"
+ehppaelf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/hppaelf.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/hppaelf.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/hppaelf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} hppaelf "$(tdir_hppaelf)"
+ei386aout.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386aout.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386aout "$(tdir_i386aout)"
+ei386bsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386bsd.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386bsd "$(tdir_i386bsd)"
+ei386coff.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386coff.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i386coff.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386coff "$(tdir_i386coff)"
+ei386go32.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386go32.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i386go32.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386go32 "$(tdir_i386go32)"
+ei386linux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386linux.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/linux.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386linux "$(tdir_i386linux)"
+ei386lynx.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386lynx.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i386lynx.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386lynx "$(tdir_i386lynx)"
+ei386mach.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386mach.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386mach "$(tdir_i386mach)"
+ei386moss.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386moss.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386moss "$(tdir_i386moss)"
+ei386msdos.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386msdos.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i386msdos.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386msdos "$(tdir_i386msdos)"
+ei386nbsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386nbsd "$(tdir_i386nbsd)"
+ei386nw.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386nw.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/nw.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386nw "$(tdir_i386nw)"
+ei386pe.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386pe.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/pe.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/pe.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} i386pe "$(tdir_i386pe)"
+elnk960.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/lnk960.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/lnk960.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i960.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} lnk960 "$(tdir_lnk960)"
+em68k4knbsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68k4knbsd.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68k4knbsd "$(tdir_m68k4knbsd)"
+em68kaout.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kaout.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68kaout "$(tdir_m68kaout)"
+em68kaux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kaux.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/m68kaux.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68kaux "$(tdir_m68kaux)"
+em68kcoff.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kcoff.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68kcoff "$(tdir_m68kcoff)"
+em68kelf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kelf.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68kelf "$(tdir_m68kelf)"
+em68klinux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68klinux.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/linux.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68klinux "$(tdir_m68klinux)"
+em68klynx.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68klynx.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/m68klynx.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68klynx "$(tdir_m68klynx)"
+em68knbsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68knbsd.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68knbsd "$(tdir_m68knbsd)"
+em68kpsos.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kpsos.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/psos.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m68kpsos "$(tdir_m68kpsos)"
+em88kbcs.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m88kbcs.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} m88kbcs "$(tdir_m88kbcs)"
+emipsbig.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipsbig.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} mipsbig
+emipsbsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipsbsd.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mipsbsd.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} mipsbsd
+emipsidt.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipsidt.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/mipsecoff.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} mipsidt "$(tdir_mipsidt)"
+emipsidtl.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipsidtl.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/mipsecoff.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} mipsidtl "$(tdir_mipsidtl)"
+emipslit.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipslit.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} mipslit "$(tdir_mipslit)"
+emipslnews.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipslnews.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} mipslnews
+emn10300.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mn10300.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} mn10300 "$(tdir_mn10300)"
+emn10200.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mn10200.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} mn10200 "$(tdir_mn10200)"
+enews.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/news.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} news "$(tdir_news)"
+ens32knbsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/ns32knbsd.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} ns32knbsd "$(tdir_ns32knbsd)"
+epc532macha.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/pc532macha.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} pc532macha "$(tdir_pc532macha)"
+eppcmacos.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/ppcmacos.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/aix.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aix.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} ppcmacos "$(tdir_ppcmacos)"
+eppcnw.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/ppcnw.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/nw.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} ppcnw "$(tdir_ppcnw)"
+eppcpe.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/ppcpe.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/pe.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/ppcpe.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} ppcpe "$(tdir_ppcpe)"
+eriscix.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/riscix.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} riscix "$(tdir_riscix)"
+esa29200.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sa29200.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sa29200.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} sa29200 "$(tdir_sa29200)"
+esh.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sh.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sh.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} sh "$(tdir_sh)"
+eshelf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/shelf.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} shelf "$(tdir_shelf)"
+eshlelf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/shlelf.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} shlelf "$(tdir_shlelf)"
+eshl.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/shl.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sh.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} shl "$(tdir_shl)"
+esparcaout.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sparcaout.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} sparcaout "$(tdir_sparcaout)"
+esparclinux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sparclinux.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/linux.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} sparclinux "$(tdir_sparclinux)"
+esparclynx.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sparclynx.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sparclynx.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} sparclynx "$(tdir_sparclynx)"
+esparcnbsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sparcnbsd.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} sparcnbsd "$(tdir_sparcnbsd)"
+est2000.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/st2000.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/st2000.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} st2000 "$(tdir_st2000)"
+esun3.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sun3.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/sunos.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} sun3 "$(tdir_sun3)"
+esun4.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sun4.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/sunos.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} sun4 "$(tdir_sun4)"
+evanilla.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/vanilla.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/vanilla.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/vanilla.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} vanilla "$(tdir_vanilla)"
+evax.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/vax.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} vax "$(tdir_vax)"
+evsta.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/vsta.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} vsta "$(tdir_vsta)"
+ew65.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/w65.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/w65.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} w65 "$(tdir_w65)"
+ez8001.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/z8001.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/z8000.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} z8001 "$(tdir_z8001)"
+ez8002.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/z8002.sh \
+ $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/z8000.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+ ${GENSCRIPTS} z8002 "$(tdir_z8002)"
+
+$(LD_PROG): $(OFILES) $(BFDDEP) $(LIBIBERTY)
+ $(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(LD_PROG) $(OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+# The generated emulation files mostly have the same dependencies.
+$(EMULATION_OFILES): ../bfd/bfd.h sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+ ld.h ldmain.h ldemul.h ldfile.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h \
+ ldctor.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldgram.h
+
+# These targets are for the dejagnu testsuites. The file site.exp
+# contains global variables that all the testsuites will use.
+
+site.exp: ./config.status Makefile
+ @echo "Making a new config file..."
+ @rm -f ./tmp?
+ @touch site.exp
+ @mv site.exp site.bak
+ @echo "## variables are automatically generated by make ##" > ./tmp0
+ @echo "# Do not edit here. If you wish to override these" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "# values, add them to the last section" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "# HOST AND TARGET INFO" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set host_os @host_os@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set host_alias @host_alias@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set host_cpu @host_cpu@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set host_vendor @host_vendor@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set target_os @target_os@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set target_alias @target_alias@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set target_cpu @target_cpu@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set target_vendor @target_vendor@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set host_triplet @host@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set target_triplet @target@" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "# DIRECTORY INFO" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set objdir `pwd`" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "# LD DEPENDENCIES" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set OFILES \"$(OFILES)\"" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set BFDLIB \"$(BFDLIB)\"" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set LIBIBERTY \"$(LIBIBERTY)\"" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set HOSTING_EMU \"$(HOSTING_EMU)\"" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set HOSTING_CRT0 \"$(HOSTING_CRT0)\"" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "set HOSTING_LIBS \"$(HOSTING_LIBS)\"" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "" >> ./tmp0
+ @echo "## Variables generated by configure. Do Not Edit ##" >> ./tmp0
+ @cat ./tmp0 > site.exp
+ @cat site.bak | sed \
+ -e '1,/^## Variables generated by.*##/ d' >> site.exp
+ -@rm -f ./tmp?
+
+check: site.exp
+ r=`pwd`; export r; \
+ srcroot=`cd ${srcdir}; pwd` ; export srcroot ; \
+ EXPECT=${EXPECT} ; export EXPECT ; \
+ $(RPATH_ENVVAR)=$$r/../bfd:$$r/../opcodes:$$$(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+ export $(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+ if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then \
+ TCL_LIBRARY=$${srcroot}/../tcl/library ; \
+ export TCL_LIBRARY ; \
+ else true ; fi ; \
+ $(RUNTEST) --tool ld --srcdir $(srcdir)/testsuite $(RUNTESTFLAGS) \
+ CC="$(CC_FOR_TARGET)" CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS)" \
+ CXX="$(CXX_FOR_TARGET)" CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS)" \
+ CC_FOR_HOST="$(CC)" CFLAGS_FOR_HOST="$(CFLAGS)"
+
+installcheck:
+.PHONY: check installcheck
+
+# Rules for testing by relinking ld itself.
+# A similar test is in the testsuite. This target is for ease of use
+# when porting ld.
+
+ld-partial.o: ld.new
+ ./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld-partial.o -r $(OFILES)
+ld1: ld-partial.o
+ ./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld1 $(HOSTING_CRT0) ld-partial.o $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+
+ld1-full: ld.new
+ ./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld1-full $(HOSTING_CRT0) $(OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+
+ld2: ld1
+ ./ld1 $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld2 $(HOSTING_CRT0) $(OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+
+ld3: ld2
+ ./ld2 $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld3 $(HOSTING_CRT0) $(OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+
+bootstrap: ld3
+ cmp ld2 ld3
+
+.PHONY: bootstrap
+
+# A test program for C++ constructors and destructors.
+# This test is now in the testsuite.
+#
+#cdtest: cdtest-main.o cdtest-bar.o cdtest-foo.o ld.new
+# ./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o cdtest $(HOSTING_CRT0) \
+# cdtest-main.o cdtest-bar.o cdtest-foo.o $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+#
+#cdtest.out: cdtest
+# ./cdtest > cdtest.tmp
+# mv cdtest.tmp cdtest.out
+#
+#cdtest-ur.o: cdtest-main.o cdtest-bar.o cdtest-foo.o ld.new
+# ./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o cdtest-ur.o -Ur cdtest-main.o \
+# cdtest-bar.o cdtest-foo.o
+#
+#cdtest-ur: cdtest-ur.o
+# ./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o cdtest-ur $(HOSTING_CRT0) cdtest-ur.o \
+# $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+#
+#cdtest-ur.out: cdtest-ur
+# ./cdtest-ur > cdtest-ur.tmp
+# mv cdtest-ur.tmp cdtest-ur.out
+#
+#check-cdtest: cdtest.out cdtest-ur.out $(srcdir)/cdtest.exp
+# diff $(srcdir)/cdtest.exp cdtest.out
+# diff $(srcdir)/cdtest.exp cdtest-ur.out
+#
+#.PHONY: check-cdtest
+
+# END OF CHECK TARGETS
+
+# DOCUMENTATION TARGETS
+# Manual configuration file; not usually attached to normal configuration,
+# because almost all configs use "gen" version of manual.
+# Set DOCVER above to change.
+configdoc.texi: ${DOCVER}-doc.texi
+ ln -s ${srcdir}/${DOCVER}-doc.texi ./configdoc.texi || \
+ ln ${srcdir}/${DOCVER}-doc.texi ./configdoc.texi || \
+ cp ${srcdir}/${DOCVER}-doc.texi ./configdoc.texi
+
+# TeX output
+dvi: ld.dvi
+ld.dvi: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo configdoc.texi $(BFDDIR)/doc/bfdsumm.texi
+ TEXINPUTS=$(BFDDIR)/doc:$$TEXINPUTS MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I$(BFDDIR)/doc -I$(srcdir)' \
+ $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+
+ldint.dvi: $(srcdir)/ldint.texinfo
+ $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/ldint.texinfo
+
+# info file for online browsing
+ld.info: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo configdoc.texi $(BFDDIR)/doc/bfdsumm.texi
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(BFDDIR)/doc -I$(srcdir) -o ld.info $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+
+ldint.info: $(srcdir)/ldint.texinfo
+ $(MAKEINFO) -o ldint.info $(srcdir)/ldint.texinfo
+
+.PHONY: dvi
+
+#separate targets for "ms", "me", and "mm" forms of roff doc
+# Try to use a recent texi2roff. v2 was put on prep in jan91.
+# If you want an index, see texi2roff doc for postprocessing
+# and add -i to texi2roff invocations below.
+# Workarounds for texi2roff-2 (probably fixed in later texi2roff's, delete
+# correspondint -e lines when later texi2roff's are current)
+# + @ifinfo's deleted explicitly due to texi2roff-2 bug w nested constructs.
+# + @c's deleted explicitly because texi2roff sees texinfo commands in them
+# + @ (that's at-BLANK) not recognized by texi2roff, turned into blank
+# + @alphaenumerate is ridiculously new, turned into @enumerate
+
+ld.ms: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+ sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+ -e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+ -e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+ -e '/^@c/d' \
+ -e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+ -e 's/@ / /g' \
+ -e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+ -e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+ $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo | \
+ $(TEXI2ROFF) $(TEXI2OPT) -ms | \
+ sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+ >>ld.ms
+
+# index for roff output
+ld-index.ms: ld.ms
+ $(ROFF) -ms ld.ms 2>&1 1>/dev/null | \
+ sed -e '/: warning:/d' | \
+ texi2index >ld-index.ms
+
+# roff output (-mm)
+ld.mm: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+ sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+ -e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+ -e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+ -e '/^@c/d' \
+ -e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+ -e '/@noindent/d' \
+ -e 's/@ / /g' \
+ -e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+ -e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+ $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo | \
+ $(TEXI2ROFF) $(TEXI2OPT) -mm | \
+ sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+ >ld.mm
+
+# index for roff output
+ld-index.mm: ld.mm
+ $(ROFF) -mm ld.mm 2>&1 1>/dev/null | \
+ sed -e '/: warning:/d' | \
+ texi2index >ld-index.mm
+
+# roff output (-me)
+ld.me: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+ sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+ -e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+ -e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+ -e '/^@c/d' \
+ -e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+ -e 's/@ / /g' \
+ -e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+ -e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+ $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo | \
+ $(TEXI2ROFF) $(TEXI2OPT) -me | \
+ sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+ >>ld.me
+
+# index for roff output
+ld-index.me: ld.me
+ $(ROFF) -me ld.me 2>&1 1>/dev/null | \
+ sed -e '/: warning:/d' | \
+ texi2index >ld-index.me
+
+stage1: force
+ -mkdir stage1
+ -mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) $(LD_PROG) stage1
+ -(cd stage1 ; ln -s $(LD_PROG) ld)
+
+stage2: force
+ -mkdir stage2
+ -mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) $(LD_PROG) stage2
+ -(cd stage2 ; ln -s $(LD_PROG) ld)
+
+stage3: force
+ -mkdir stage3
+ -mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) $(LD_PROG) stage3
+ -(cd stage3 ; ln -s $(LD_PROG) ld)
+
+against = stage2
+
+comparison: force
+ for i in $(STAGESTUFF) $(LD_PROG) ; do cmp $$i $(against)/$$i ; done
+
+de-stage1: force
+ -(cd stage1 ; mv -f * ..)
+ -rm ld
+ -rmdir stage1
+
+de-stage2: force
+ -(cd stage2 ; mv -f * ..)
+ -rm ld
+ -rmdir stage2
+
+de-stage3: force
+ -(cd stage3 ; mv -f * ..)
+ -rm ld
+ -rmdir stage3
+
+.PHONY: stage1 stage2 stage3 comparison de-stage1 de-stage2 de-stage3
+
+# Stuff that should be included in a distribution:
+LDDISTSTUFF = ldgram.c ldgram.h ldlex.c
+diststuff: $(LDDISTSTUFF) info
+
+mostlyclean:
+ -rm -f $(STAGESTUFF) ld.?? ld.??? ldlex.[qp]
+ -rm -f ld ld1 ld2 ld3 *.o y.output cdtest cdtest.out cdtest.tmp
+ -rm -f cdtest-ur cdtest-ur.out cdtest-ur.tmp crtbegin.o crtend.o
+ -rm -f ldemul-list.h
+ -rm -fr tmpdir
+clean: mostlyclean
+ -rm -f $(LD_PROG)
+distclean: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile config.status TAGS site.exp site.bak config.cache
+ -rm -f config.h stamp-h config.log
+ -rm -rf ldscripts
+maintainer-clean realclean: clean distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+ -rm -f $(GENERATED_CFILES) $(GENERATED_HFILES)
+ -rm -f $(LDDISTSTUFF) *.info* configdoc.texi
+
+.PHONY: diststuff mostlyclean clean distclean realclean
+
+lintlog:$(LINTSOURCES) Makefile
+ $(LINT) -abhxzn $(LINTFLAGS) $(LINTSOURCES) \
+| grep -v "pointer casts may be troublesome" \
+| grep -v "possible pointer alignment problem" \
+| grep -v "ignore" \
+| grep -v "conversion from long may lose accuracy" \
+| grep -v "warning: constant argument to NOT" \
+| grep -v "enumeration type clash, operator CAST" \
+| grep -v "warning: constant in conditional context"\
+| grep -v "archive\.c"
+
+
+TAGS:
+ etags -t $(srcdir)/*.[chly] *.[chly]
+
+
+install:
+ $(INSTALL_XFORM) ld.new $(bindir)/ld
+ $(INSTALL_XFORM1) $(srcdir)/ld.1 $(man1dir)/ld.1
+ for f in ldscripts/*; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(scriptdir)/$$f ; \
+ done
+ test -d $(tooldir) || mkdir $(tooldir)
+ test -d $(tooldir)/bin || mkdir $(tooldir)/bin
+ -n=`echo ld | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+ rm -f $(tooldir)/bin/ld; \
+ ln $(bindir)/$$n $(tooldir)/bin/ld >/dev/null 2>/dev/null \
+ || $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ld.new $(tooldir)/bin/ld
+
+install-info: ld.info
+ if [ -r ld.info ]; then \
+ dir=. ; \
+ else \
+ dir=$(srcdir) ; \
+ fi ; \
+ for i in `cd $$dir ; echo ld.info*` ; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$i $(infodir)/$$i ; \
+ done
+
+clean-info:
+ -rm -rf *.info*
+
+.PHONY: install install-info clean-info
+
+# Targets to rebuild dependencies in this Makefile.
+# Have to get rid of .dep1 here so that "$?" later includes all of $(CFILES).
+.dep: dep.sed $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(GENERATED_CFILES) $(GENERATED_HFILES) config.h
+ rm -f .dep1
+ $(MAKE) DEP=$(DEP) .dep1
+ sed -f dep.sed <.dep1 >.dep
+
+# This rule really wants a mkdep that runs "gcc -MM".
+.dep1: $(CFILES) $(GENERATED_CFILES)
+ rm -f .dep2
+ echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep2
+ $(DEP) -f .dep2 $(ALL_CFLAGS) $?
+ $(srcdir)/../move-if-change .dep2 .dep1
+
+dep.sed: dep-in.sed config.status
+ sed <$(srcdir)/dep-in.sed >dep.sed \
+ -e 's!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!' \
+ -e 's!@SRCDIR@!$(srcdir)!'
+
+dep: .dep
+ sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < Makefile > tmp-Makefile
+ cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile
+ $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile Makefile
+
+dep-in: .dep
+ sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < $(srcdir)/Makefile.in > tmp-Makefile.in
+ cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile.in
+ $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+
+.PHONY: dep dep-in
+
+# Dummy target to force execution of dependent targets.
+#
+force:
+
+.PHONY: force
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+ CONFIG_FILES=Makefile CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.h: stamp-h ; @true
+stamp-h: config.in config.status
+ CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h:config.in $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.status: configure configure.host configure.tgt
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+# What appears below is generated by a hacked mkdep using gcc -MM.
+
+# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.
+# DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER THIS LINE, IT WILL GO AWAY.
+
+ldctor.o: ldctor.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+ ld.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldmisc.h ldgram.h ldmain.h ldctor.h
+ldemul.o: ldemul.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h ld.h ldemul.h \
+ ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldfile.h ldmain.h ldemul-list.h
+ldexp.o: ldexp.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+ ld.h ldmain.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldgram.h ldlang.h
+ldfile.o: ldfile.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+ ld.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldfile.h ldmain.h ldgram.h \
+ ldlex.h ldemul.h
+ldlang.o: ldlang.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+ $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h ld.h ldmain.h \
+ ldgram.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldemul.h ldlex.h ldmisc.h \
+ ldctor.h ldfile.h $(INCDIR)/fnmatch.h
+ldmain.o: ldmain.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+ $(INCDIR)/progress.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h ld.h ldmain.h \
+ ldmisc.h ldwrite.h ldgram.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldemul.h \
+ ldlex.h ldfile.h ldctor.h
+ldmisc.o: ldmisc.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+ $(INCDIR)/demangle.h ld.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h \
+ ldgram.h ldlex.h ldmain.h ldfile.h
+ldver.o: ldver.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h ld.h ldver.h \
+ ldemul.h ldmain.h
+ldwrite.o: ldwrite.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+ $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h ld.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldwrite.h \
+ ldmisc.h ldgram.h ldmain.h
+lexsup.o: lexsup.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+ $(INCDIR)/getopt.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h ld.h ldmain.h \
+ ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldgram.h ldlex.h ldfile.h \
+ ldver.h ldemul.h
+mri.o: mri.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h sysdep.h \
+ config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h ld.h ldexp.h ldlang.h \
+ ldmisc.h mri.h ldgram.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+ldcref.o: ldcref.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+ $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h ld.h ldmain.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h \
+ ldlang.h
+ldgram.o: ldgram.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+ sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+ ld.h ldexp.h ldver.h ldlang.h ldemul.h ldfile.h ldmisc.h \
+ ldmain.h mri.h ldlex.h
+ldlex.o: ldlex.c ../bfd/bfd.h sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+ ld.h ldgram.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldfile.h ldlex.h \
+ ldmain.h
+
+# IF YOU PUT ANYTHING HERE IT WILL GO AWAY
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/NEWS b/contrib/binutils/ld/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2449c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+-*- text -*-
+
+Changes in version 2.8:
+
+* Linker scripts may now contain shell wildcard characters for file and section
+ names.
+
+* The linker now supports symbol versions in ELF.
+
+* The NOCROSSREFS command was added to the linker script language.
+
+* The LOADADDR expression was added to the linker script language.
+
+* MAX and MIN functions were added to the linker script language.
+
+* The OVERLAY construct was added to the linker script language.
+
+* New option --warn-section-align to warn when the address of an output section
+ changes due to alignment of an input section.
+
+* New options --filter/-F and --auxiliary/-f.
+
+Changes in version 2.7:
+
+* New option --cref to print out a cross reference table.
+
+* New option --wrap SYMBOL.
+
+* New option --no-whole-archive, to turn off the effect of --whole-archive.
+
+* Input sections assigned to the output section /DISCARD/ in the linker script
+ are not included in the output file.
+
+* The SunOS and ELF linkers now merge stabs debugging information which uses
+ the N_BINCL and N_EINCL stab types. This reduces the amount of debugging
+ information generated.
+
+Changes in version 2.6:
+
+* When an ELF section name is representable as a C identifier (this is not true
+of most ELF section names), the linker will automatically define symbols
+__start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME, where SECNAME is the section name, at the
+beginning and the end of the section. This is used by glibc.
+
+* When an ELF section named .gnu.warning is encountered in an input file, the
+contents of the section are displayed as an error message, and the section is
+not copied into the output file. This is used by glibc.
+
+* When an ELF section named .gnu.warning.SYMBOL is encountered in an input
+file, and the symbol SYMBOL is referenced by some object file, the contents of
+the section are displayed as an error message. The section is not copied into
+the output file, unless doing a relocateable or shared link. This is used by
+glibc.
+
+* New options -split-by-reloc and -split-by-file.
+
+* The linker now supports linking PIC compiled code on SPARC SunOS. It can
+also create SPARC SunOS shared libraries, and, like the native SunOS linker,
+will do so whenever there is an undefined symbol in the link and neither the -e
+nor the -r option was used.
+
+* The -rpath option may be used on SunOS to set the list of directories to be
+searched at run time. This overrides the default of building the list from the
+-L options.
+
+* The COFF linker now combines debugging information for structs, unions, and
+enums, so that even if the same type is defined in multiple input files it will
+only be defined once in the output file. The --traditional-format switch will
+prevent this optimization.
+
+Changes in version 2.5:
+
+* The linker now supports linking against SunOS shared libraries. It still can
+not link SunOS PIC (Position Independent Code) files, so it can not be used to
+generate shared libaries.
+
+* The linker now supports linking against ELF shared libraries for the i386
+(UnixWare) and SPARC (Solaris). It can also link ELF PIC files, and can be
+used to generate shared libraries. Shared library generation is not well
+tested; please report any problems encountered. The linker is now enabled for
+Solaris again.
+
+* Eric Youngdale has contributed Linux support code, including linking against
+Linux a.out shared libraries. The linker produces Linux QMAGIC binaries.
+
+* The ELF backend has been converted to the new linker code. To use the new
+ELF linker, each particular target requires a relocation function. So far,
+this function has been written for i386 (UnixWare), SPARC (Solaris) MIPS (Irix
+5), and HPPA ELF targets.
+
+* The -( (--start-group) and -) (--end-group) options have been added to
+support searching a group of archives as though they were a single archive.
+This can also be used in a linker script, as GROUP ( files ).
+
+* When a file is named on the command line, and the linker does not recognize
+it as an object file, the linker will now treat the file as a linker script
+file. A linker script named in this way augments, but does not replace, the
+default linker script.
+
+* The -warn-once option was added. It causes the linker to only warn once per
+undefined symbol, rather than once per reference.
+
+* The COFF backend has been converted to the new linker code. As with ELF, to
+use the new linker, each particular target requires a relocation function. So
+far, this function has been written for the i386, m68k, a29k and SH targets.
+
+* The -V flag was made a synonym for -v, for SVR4 compatibility. The old -V
+behaviour is available via --verbose.
+
+Changes in version 2.4:
+
+* New linker code, by Steve Chamberlain and Ian Taylor. For a.out and ecoff
+ formats (so far), this should result in considerable savings in time
+ and memory used while linking; slightly poorer performance than
+ before for formats not converted yet.
+
+* Command-line parsing is no longer done with flex. This means
+ oddball characters in filenames won't get treated as argument
+ separators.
+
+* HP-PA ELF support, by Jeff Law. (No SOM support yet.)
+
+* Mach i386 support, by David Mackenzie.
+
+* Irix 4 shared libraries are now supported (Irix 5 uses ELF, and ELF shared
+ libraries are not yet supported).
+
+* COFF shared libraries (as on SCO) should work as well.
+
+* The linker is disabled for Solaris. (Actually, it was in 2.3 also, I just
+ forgot to note it.) Some of their C library routines don't work when
+ statically linked, and the GNU linker doesn't support dynamic linking yet.
+
+Changes in version 2.3:
+
+* Weak symbols are now supported.
+
+* ELF support has been added. The linker has been bootstrapped on
+ UnixWare and Solaris.
+
+* Alpha OSF/1 support has been added (non dynamic linking only).
+
+Changes in version 2.2:
+
+* The `bfd' library has been updated to reduce a.out-format string
+ table size. The effect of this is that files linked from many input
+ files with duplicate symbols (`-g' debugging records, or identical
+ static symbols) should be much smaller.
+
+Changes in version 2.1:
+
+* The ld -ySYMBOL flag (to trace references to SYMBOL) is now implemented.
+
+* There is now support for writing ECOFF files, so ld and the
+ other utilities should work on Risc/Ultrix and Irix.
+
+
+Local variables:
+fill-column: 79
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/README b/contrib/binutils/ld/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4efa989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/README
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+This is a BETA release of a completely rewritten GNU linker.
+It is distributed with other "binary utilities" which should
+be in ../binutils. See ../binutils/README for more general notes,
+including where to send bug reports.
+
+There are many new features of the linker:
+
+* The linker uses a Binary File Descriptor library (../bfd)
+ that it uses to read and write object files. This helps
+ insulate the linker itself from the format of object files.
+
+* The linker support a number of different object file
+ formats. It can even handle multiple formats at once:
+ Read two input formats and write a third.
+
+* The linker can be configured for cross-linking.
+
+* The linker contains a control language.
+
+* There is a user manual (ld.texinfo), as well as the
+ beginnings of an internals manual (ldint.texinfo).
+
+Installation
+============
+
+See ../binutils/README.
+
+If you want to make a cross-linker, you may want to specify
+a different search path of -lfoo libraries than the default.
+You can do this by setting the LIB_PATH variable in ./Makefile.
+
+To build just the linker, make the target all-ld.
+
+Porting to a new target
+=======================
+
+See the ldint.texinfo manual.
+
+Reporting bugs etc
+===========================
+See ../binutils/README.
+
+Known problems
+==============
+
+HP/UX 9.01 has a shell bug that causes the linker scripts to be
+generated incorrectly. The symptom of this appears to be "fatal error
+- scanner input buffer overflow" error messages. There are various
+workarounds to this:
+ * Build and install bash, and build with "make SHELL=bash".
+ * Update to a version of HP/UX with a working shell (e.g., 9.05).
+ * Replace "(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc)" in
+ genscripts.sh with "sh ${srcdir}..." (no parens) and make sure the
+ emulparams script used exports any shell variables it sets.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/TODO b/contrib/binutils/ld/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31cd98b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Volunteers to tackle some of the following would be welcome:
+
+Support the "traditional" BSD -A flag (incremental loading).
+(There is a -A flag in ld now, but it is used to specify the
+architecture. That should probably be changed.)
+
+Support for dynamic loading (a la dld, but bfd-based) would be nice.
+
+Avoid re-open (and re-seeking) output bfd and archives.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/acconfig.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/acconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6034cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/acconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+
+/* Whether strstr must be declared even if <string.h> is included. */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Whether free must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included. */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+
+/* Whether sbrk must be declared even if <unistd.h> is included. */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+
+/* Whether getenv must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included. */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+@TOP@
+
+/* Do we need to use the b modifier when opening binary files? */
+#undef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/aclocal.m4 b/contrib/binutils/ld/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7adc004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sinclude(../bfd/aclocal.m4)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/config.in b/contrib/binutils/ld/config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4313165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* config.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
+
+/* Whether strstr must be declared even if <string.h> is included. */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Whether free must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included. */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+
+/* Whether sbrk must be declared even if <unistd.h> is included. */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+
+/* Whether getenv must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included. */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+
+/* Do we need to use the b modifier when opening binary files? */
+#undef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+/* Define if you have the sbrk function. */
+#undef HAVE_SBRK
+
+/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configdoc.texi b/contrib/binutils/ld/configdoc.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a36727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configdoc.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+@c ------------------------------ CONFIGURATION VARS:
+@c 1. Inclusiveness of this manual
+@set GENERIC
+
+@c 2. Specific target machines
+@set H8300
+@set I960
+
+@c 3. Properties of this configuration
+@clear SingleFormat
+@set UsesEnvVars
+@c ------------------------------ end CONFIGURATION VARS
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configure b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f0d151e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,1884 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-targets alternative target configurations"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-shared build shared BFD library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-64-bit-bfd 64-bit support (on hosts with narrower word sizes)"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+ if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+ ac_prev=
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+ *) ac_optarg= ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+ case "$ac_option" in
+
+ -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+ ac_prev=bindir ;;
+ -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+ bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+ ac_prev=build ;;
+ -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+ build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+ ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+ -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+ cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+ ac_prev=datadir ;;
+ -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+ | --da=*)
+ datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -disable-* | --disable-*)
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+ -enable-* | --enable-*)
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ *=*) ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+ | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+ ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+ -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+ exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+ with_gas=yes ;;
+
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+ # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+ cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+ --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE
+ --help print this message
+ --no-create do not create output files
+ --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
+ --version print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+ --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+ [$ac_default_prefix]
+ --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+ [same as prefix]
+ --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+ --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+ --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+ --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+ [PREFIX/share]
+ --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+ --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+ [PREFIX/com]
+ --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+ --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+ --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+ --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+ --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+ --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+ --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+ --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+ --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+ --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+ run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+ cat << EOF
+Host type:
+ --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+ --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed]
+ --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+ --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+ --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+ --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+ --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+ --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR
+ --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+ if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+ echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+
+ -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+ ac_prev=host ;;
+ -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+ host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+ ac_prev=includedir ;;
+ -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+ includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+ ac_prev=infodir ;;
+ -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+ infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+ ac_prev=libdir ;;
+ -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+ libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+ | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+ ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+ -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+ libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+ ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+ -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+ localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+ ac_prev=mandir ;;
+ -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+ mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+ # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+ with_fp=no ;;
+
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c)
+ no_create=yes ;;
+
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+ no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+ -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+ ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+ -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+ oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+ ac_prev=prefix ;;
+ -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+ prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+ ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+ -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+ program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+ ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+ -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+ program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+ | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+ ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+ -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+ program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ silent=yes ;;
+
+ -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+ ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+ -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+ | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+ sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+ | --sha | --sh)
+ ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+ -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+ | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+ sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -site | --site | --sit)
+ ac_prev=site ;;
+ -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+ site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+ ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+ -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+ srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+ ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+ -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+ sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+ ac_prev=target ;;
+ -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+ target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+ verbose=yes ;;
+
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+ echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+ exit 0 ;;
+
+ -with-* | --with-*)
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ *=*) ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -without-* | --without-*)
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+ --x)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+ with_x=yes ;;
+
+ -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+ ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+ -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+ x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+ ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+ -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+ x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+ echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+ fi
+ if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ nonopt="$ac_option"
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+ exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+ exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+ case "$ac_arg" in
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+ *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+ ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=ldmain.c
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+ # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+ ac_prog=$0
+ ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+ srcdir=$ac_confdir
+ if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ srcdir=..
+ fi
+else
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ else
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+ if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+ CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+ else
+ CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+ fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+ if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+ echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+ . "$ac_site_file"
+ fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+ echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+ . $cache_file
+else
+ echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+ > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+ # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+ if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+ ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t=' '
+ else
+ ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-targets or --disable-targets was given.
+if test "${enable_targets+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_targets"
+ case "${enableval}" in
+ yes | "") { echo "configure: error: enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all'" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ ;;
+ no) enable_targets= ;;
+ *) enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_shared"
+ case "${enableval}" in
+ yes) shared=true ;;
+ no) shared=false ;;
+ *bfd*) shared=true ;;
+ *) shared=false ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-64-bit-bfd or --disable-64-bit-bfd was given.
+if test "${enable_64_bit_bfd+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_64_bit_bfd"
+ case "${enableval}" in
+ yes) want64=true ;;
+ no) want64=false ;;
+ *) { echo "configure: error: bad value ${enableval} for 64-bit-bfd option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+else
+ want64=false
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in `cd $srcdir/..; pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+ break
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in `cd $srcdir/..; pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+
+# Do some error checking and defaulting for the host and target type.
+# The inputs are:
+# configure --host=HOST --target=TARGET --build=BUILD NONOPT
+#
+# The rules are:
+# 1. You are not allowed to specify --host, --target, and nonopt at the
+# same time.
+# 2. Host defaults to nonopt.
+# 3. If nonopt is not specified, then host defaults to the current host,
+# as determined by config.guess.
+# 4. Target and build default to nonopt.
+# 5. If nonopt is not specified, then target and build default to host.
+
+# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
+# will get canonicalized.
+case $host---$target---$nonopt in
+NONE---*---* | *---NONE---* | *---*---NONE) ;;
+*) { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+if $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:610: checking host system type" >&5
+
+host_alias=$host
+case "$host_alias" in
+NONE)
+ case $nonopt in
+ NONE)
+ if host_alias=`$ac_config_guess`; then :
+ else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi ;;
+ *) host_alias=$nonopt ;;
+ esac ;;
+esac
+
+host=`$ac_config_sub $host_alias`
+host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking target system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:631: checking target system type" >&5
+
+target_alias=$target
+case "$target_alias" in
+NONE)
+ case $nonopt in
+ NONE) target_alias=$host_alias ;;
+ *) target_alias=$nonopt ;;
+ esac ;;
+esac
+
+target=`$ac_config_sub $target_alias`
+target_cpu=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$target" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:649: checking build system type" >&5
+
+build_alias=$build
+case "$build_alias" in
+NONE)
+ case $nonopt in
+ NONE) build_alias=$host_alias ;;
+ *) build_alias=$nonopt ;;
+ esac ;;
+esac
+
+build=`$ac_config_sub $build_alias`
+build_cpu=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$build" 1>&6
+
+test "$host_alias" != "$target_alias" &&
+ test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
+ NONENONEs,x,x, &&
+ program_prefix=${target_alias}-
+
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+ { echo "configure: error: Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+if test -z "$host" ; then
+ { echo "configure: error: Unrecognized host system type; please check config.sub." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then
+ program_transform_name=
+else
+ # Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes.
+ cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed
+s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g
+EOF_SED
+ program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`"
+ rm -f conftestsed
+fi
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+ program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+ program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name"
+
+# sed with no file args requires a program.
+test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x,"
+
+
+# host-specific stuff:
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:702: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:731: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ ac_prog_rejected=no
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+ ac_prog_rejected=yes
+ continue
+ fi
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+ # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+ set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+ shift
+ if test $# -gt 0; then
+ # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+ # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+ # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+ shift
+ set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+ shift
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+ fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:779: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 789 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:793: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+ # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+ if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+ else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+ fi
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+ { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:813: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:818: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:827: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+ GCC=yes
+ ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+ ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS=
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:842: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+ if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+ CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+ elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+ CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+ else
+ CFLAGS="-O2"
+ fi
+else
+ GCC=
+ test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:880: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+ case "$ac_dir/" in
+ /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+ *)
+ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+ for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+ if test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
+ # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+ :
+ else
+ ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+ break 2
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+ else
+ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a
+ # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+ # removed, or if the path is relative.
+ INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+. ${srcdir}/configure.host
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# For most hosts we can use a simple definition to pick up the BFD and
+# opcodes libraries. However, if we are building shared libraries, we
+# need to handle some hosts specially.
+BFDLIB='-L../bfd -lbfd'
+case "${host}" in
+*-*-sunos*)
+ # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+ # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+ if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+ BFDLIB='-L../bfd -l`echo bfd | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+ fi
+ ;;
+alpha*-*-osf*)
+ # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+ # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+ # LIB.a files. That means that if there is an installed
+ # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+ # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+ # than the newly built libbfd. To avoid this, we must explicitly
+ # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+ if test "${shared}" != "true"; then
+ BFDLIB='../bfd/libbfd.a'
+ fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:968: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+ CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+ # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+ CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+ # not just through cpp.
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 983 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:989: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1000 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1006: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+ CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+for ac_hdr in string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1032: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1037 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1042: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_func in sbrk
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1071: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1076 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1099: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+ac_header_dirent=no
+for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1128: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1133 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+int main() {
+DIR *dirp = 0;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1141: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_dirent_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix.
+if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then
+echo $ac_n "checking for opendir in -ldir""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1166: checking for opendir in -ldir" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo dir'_'opendir | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-ldir $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1174 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char opendir();
+
+int main() {
+opendir()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1185: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ LIBS="$LIBS -ldir"
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+else
+echo $ac_n "checking for opendir in -lx""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1207: checking for opendir in -lx" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo x'_'opendir | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lx $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1215 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char opendir();
+
+int main() {
+opendir()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1226: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lx"
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+case "${host}" in
+i[345]86-*-msdos* | i[345]86-*-go32* | *-*-cygwin32 | *-*-windows)
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_BINARY_FOPEN 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether strstr must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1259: checking whether strstr must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1264 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) strstr
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1285: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr=no
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr = yes; then
+ bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo strstr | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether free must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1307: checking whether free must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_free'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1312 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) free
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1333: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ bfd_cv_decl_needed_free=no
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ bfd_cv_decl_needed_free=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_free" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_free = yes; then
+ bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo free | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether sbrk must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1355: checking whether sbrk must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1360 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) sbrk
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1381: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk=no
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk = yes; then
+ bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo sbrk | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether getenv must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1403: checking whether getenv must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1408 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) getenv
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1429: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv=no
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv = yes; then
+ bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo getenv | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+
+# target-specific stuff:
+
+all_targets=
+EMUL=
+all_emuls=
+TDIRS=
+
+for targ_alias in `echo $target_alias $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+do
+ if test "$targ_alias" = "all"; then
+ all_targets=true
+ else
+ # Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+ result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ_alias 2>/dev/null`
+ if test -n "$result"; then
+ targ=$result
+ else
+ targ=$targ_alias
+ fi
+
+ . ${srcdir}/configure.tgt
+
+ if test "$targ" = "$target"; then
+ EMUL=$targ_emul
+ fi
+
+ for i in $targ_emul $targ_extra_emuls; do
+ case " $all_emuls " in
+ *" e${i}.o "*) ;;
+ *)
+ all_emuls="$all_emuls e${i}.o"
+ eval result=\$tdir_$i
+ test -z "$result" && result=$targ_alias
+ TDIRS="$TDIRS\\
+tdir_$i=$result"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+done
+
+
+
+
+if test x${all_targets} = xtrue; then
+ if test x${want64} = xtrue; then
+ EMULATION_OFILES='$(ALL_EMULATIONS) $(ALL_64_EMULATIONS)'
+ else
+ EMULATION_OFILES='$(ALL_EMULATIONS)'
+ fi
+else
+ EMULATION_OFILES=$all_emuls
+fi
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+ case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in
+ *ac_space=\ *)
+ # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+ # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+ sed -n \
+ -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+ -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+ sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+ ;;
+ esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+ :
+else
+ if test -w $cache_file; then
+ echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+ cat confcache > $cache_file
+ else
+ echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+ ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+ case "\$ac_option" in
+ -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+ echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+ exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+ echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+ echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile config.h:config.in" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@host@%$host%g
+s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g
+s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g
+s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g
+s%@host_os@%$host_os%g
+s%@target@%$target%g
+s%@target_alias@%$target_alias%g
+s%@target_cpu@%$target_cpu%g
+s%@target_vendor@%$target_vendor%g
+s%@target_os@%$target_os%g
+s%@build@%$build%g
+s%@build_alias@%$build_alias%g
+s%@build_cpu@%$build_cpu%g
+s%@build_vendor@%$build_vendor%g
+s%@build_os@%$build_os%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@HLDFLAGS@%$HLDFLAGS%g
+s%@HLDENV@%$HLDENV%g
+s%@RPATH_ENVVAR@%$RPATH_ENVVAR%g
+s%@HDEFINES@%$HDEFINES%g
+s%@HOSTING_CRT0@%$HOSTING_CRT0%g
+s%@HOSTING_LIBS@%$HOSTING_LIBS%g
+s%@NATIVE_LIB_DIRS@%$NATIVE_LIB_DIRS%g
+s%@BFDLIB@%$BFDLIB%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@EMUL@%$EMUL%g
+s%@TDIRS@%$TDIRS%g
+s%@EMULATION_OFILES@%$EMULATION_OFILES%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+ if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+ sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+ else
+ sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+ fi
+ if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+ ac_more_lines=false
+ rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+ else
+ if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+ else
+ ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+ fi
+ ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+ ac_beg=$ac_end
+ ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+ # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
+ ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ # The file is in a subdirectory.
+ test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+ fi
+
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+ else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+ /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+ top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+
+ case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+ [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+ *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+ esac
+
+ echo creating "$ac_file"
+ rm -f "$ac_file"
+ configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+ *) ac_comsub= ;;
+ esac
+
+ ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+ sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)'
+ac_dB='\([ ][ ]*\)[^ ]*%\1#\2'
+ac_dC='\3'
+ac_dD='%g'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)'
+ac_uB='\([ ]\)%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD='\4%g'
+# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_eA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)'
+ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_eC=' '
+ac_eD='%g'
+
+if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+ CONFIG_HEADERS="config.h:config.in"
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+fi
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+ esac
+
+ echo creating $ac_file
+
+ rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
+ ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+ cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes
+# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h. And first:
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.vals
+cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF
+s/[\\&%]/\\&/g
+s%[\\$`]%\\&%g
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp
+s%ac_d%ac_u%gp
+s%ac_u%ac_e%gp
+EOF
+sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals
+rm -f conftest.hdr
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments. This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF
+s%^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on
+# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too.
+
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while :
+do
+ ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals`
+ # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems.
+ if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi
+ # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag.
+ echo ' cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+ sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+ echo 'CEOF
+ sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
+ rm -f conftest.in
+ mv conftest.out conftest.in
+' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+ sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail
+ rm -f conftest.vals
+ mv conftest.tail conftest.vals
+done
+rm -f conftest.vals
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+ rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
+ echo "/* $ac_file. Generated automatically by configure. */" > conftest.h
+ cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
+ rm -f conftest.in
+ if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
+ rm -f conftest.h
+ else
+ # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
+ ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ # The file is in a subdirectory.
+ test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+ fi
+ rm -f $ac_file
+ mv conftest.h $ac_file
+ fi
+fi; done
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.host b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.host
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f71858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.host
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+# This is the linker host specific file. This is invoked by the
+# autoconf generated configure script. Putting it in a separate shell
+# file lets us skip running autoconf when modifying host specific
+# information.
+
+# This file sets the following shell variables:
+# HDEFINES host specific compiler flags
+# HOSTING_CRT0 crt0.o file used for bootstrapping
+# HOSTING_LIBS libraries used for bootstrapping
+# NATIVE_LIB_DIRS library directories to search on this host
+# HLDFLAGS link flags to use on this host
+# HLDENV environment variable to set when linking for the host
+# RPATH_ENVVAR environment variable used to find shared libraries
+
+HDEFINES=
+HOSTING_CRT0=/lib/crt0.o
+HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc'
+NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=
+
+case "${host}" in
+
+alpha-*-linux*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+ ;;
+
+alpha-*-*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/ccs/lib/crt0.o
+ NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/usr/ccs/lib
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-bsd* | i[3456]86-*-freebsd* | i[3456]86-*-netbsd*)
+ # The new BSD `make' has a bug: it doesn't pass empty arguments in
+ # shell commands. So we need to make this value non-empty in order
+ # for the genscripts.sh call to work. There's nothing magic about
+ # the value `/lib'; it's just a dummy.
+ NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/lib
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-sysv4*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='/usr/ccs/lib/crt1.o /usr/ccs/lib/crti.o /usr/ccs/lib/values-Xa.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` /usr/ccs/lib/crtn.o'
+ NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/usr/ccs/lib
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-sequent-ptx* | i[3456]86-sequent-sysv*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt0.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi`'
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-sysv*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt1.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; fi` /lib/crtn.o'
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-solaris*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='`if [ -f ../gcc/crt1.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crt1.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crt1.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crti.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crti.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crti.o; fi` /usr/ccs/lib/values-Xa.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crtn.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtn.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtn.o; fi`'
+ NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/usr/ccs/lib
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-sco* | i[3456]86-*-isc*)
+ # In some configurations gcc does not use crtbegin.o and crtend.o.
+ # In that case gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o will simply print
+ # crtbegin.o. We create dummy crtbegin.o and crtend.o files to
+ # handle this.
+ echo "int dummy_crtbegin () { return 0; }" > crtbegin.c
+ ${CC} -c crtbegin.c -o crtbegin.o
+ rm -f crtbegin.c
+ echo "int dummy_crteng () { return 0; }" > crtend.c
+ ${CC} -c crtend.c -o crtend.o
+ rm -f crtend.c
+ HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt1.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` /lib/crtn.o'
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-linux*aout* | i[3456]86-*-linuxoldld)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-linux*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='-dynamic-linker /lib/ld-linux.so.1 /usr/lib/crt1.o /usr/lib/crti.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; elif [ -f /usr/lib/crtbegin.o ]; then echo /usr/lib/crtbegin.o; else gcc --print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; elif [ -f /usr/lib/crtend.o ]; then echo /usr/lib/crtend.o; else gcc --print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` /usr/lib/crtn.o'
+ ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-lynxos*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/lib/init1.o
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc -lm /lib/initn.o'
+ ;;
+
+mips*-dec-bsd*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+ ;;
+
+mips*-sgi-irix4*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt1.o
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc /usr/lib/crtn.o'
+ ;;
+
+mips*-sgi-irix[56]*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt1.o
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc /usr/lib/crtn.o'
+ ;;
+
+m68*-*-linux*aout*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+ ;;
+
+m68*-*-linux*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='-dynamic-linker /lib/ld-linux.so.1 /usr/lib/crt1.o /usr/lib/crti.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; elif [ -f /usr/lib/crtbegin.o ]; then echo /usr/lib/crtbegin.o; else gcc --print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; elif [ -f /usr/lib/crtend.o ]; then echo /usr/lib/crtend.o; else gcc --print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` /usr/lib/crtn.o'
+ ;;
+
+m68*-*-lynxos*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0=/lib/init1.o
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc -lm /lib/initn.o'
+ ;;
+
+m68*-motorola-sysv)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='`if [ -f ../gcc/crt0.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crt0.o; elif [ -f \`gcc -print-file-name=\`crt0.o ]; then echo \`gcc -print-file-name=\`crt0.o; else echo /lib/crt0.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc881 `if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi`'
+ ;;
+
+m68*-sun-*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='/usr/lib/crt0.o /usr/lib/Fcrt1.o -L/usr/lib/fsoft.o'
+ ;;
+
+m88*-*-dgux*)
+ HDEFINES=-D__using_DGUX
+ HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt0.o -X'
+ HOSTING_LIBS=/usr/sde/m88kbcs/lib/libc.a
+ ;;
+
+m88*-motorola-sysv3)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt0.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi`'
+ ;;
+
+romp-*-*)
+ HDEFINES=-DNO_VARARGS
+ ;;
+
+sparc*-*-solaris2*)
+ HOSTING_CRT0='`if [ -f ../gcc/crt1.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crt1.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crt1.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crti.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crti.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crti.o; fi` /usr/ccs/lib/values-Xa.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+ HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crtn.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtn.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtn.o; fi`'
+ NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/usr/ccs/lib
+ ;;
+
+esac
+
+HLDFLAGS=
+HLDENV=
+RPATH_ENVVAR=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+# If we have shared libraries, try to set rpath reasonably.
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+ case "${host}" in
+ *-*-hpux*)
+ HLDFLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,$(libdir)'
+ RPATH_ENVVAR=SHLIB_PATH
+ ;;
+ *-*-irix[56]*)
+ HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+ ;;
+ *-*-linux*aout*)
+ ;;
+ *-*-linux*)
+ HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+ ;;
+ *-*-solaris*)
+ HLDFLAGS='-R $(libdir)'
+ ;;
+ *-*-sysv4*)
+ HLDENV='if test -z "$${LD_RUN_PATH}"; then LD_RUN_PATH=$(libdir); else LD_RUN_PATH=$${LD_RUN_PATH}:$(libdir); fi; export LD_RUN_PATH;'
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# On SunOS, if the linker supports the -rpath option, use it to
+# prevent ../bfd and ../opcodes from being included in the run time
+# search path.
+case "${host}" in
+ *-*-sunos*)
+ echo 'main () { }' > conftest.c
+ ${CC} -o conftest -Wl,-rpath= conftest.c >/dev/null 2>conftest.t
+ if grep 'unrecognized' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+ elif grep 'No such file' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+ elif grep 'do not mix' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+ elif test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+ HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath=$(libdir)'
+ else
+ HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath='
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.t conftest.c conftest
+ ;;
+esac
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3646e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script
+dnl
+AC_PREREG(2.5)
+AC_INIT(ldmain.c)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(targets,
+[ --enable-targets alternative target configurations],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+ yes | "") AC_ERROR(enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all')
+ ;;
+ no) enable_targets= ;;
+ *) enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+[ --enable-shared build shared BFD library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+ yes) shared=true ;;
+ no) shared=false ;;
+ *bfd*) shared=true ;;
+ *) shared=false ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(64-bit-bfd,
+[ --enable-64-bit-bfd 64-bit support (on hosts with narrower word sizes)],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+ yes) want64=true ;;
+ no) want64=false ;;
+ *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} for 64-bit-bfd option) ;;
+esac],[want64=false])dnl
+
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`)
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub.)
+fi
+if test -z "$host" ; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Unrecognized host system type; please check config.sub.)
+fi
+AC_ARG_PROGRAM
+
+# host-specific stuff:
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+. ${srcdir}/configure.host
+
+AC_SUBST(HLDFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(HLDENV)
+AC_SUBST(RPATH_ENVVAR)
+AC_SUBST(HDEFINES)
+AC_SUBST(HOSTING_CRT0)
+AC_SUBST(HOSTING_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(NATIVE_LIB_DIRS)
+
+# For most hosts we can use a simple definition to pick up the BFD and
+# opcodes libraries. However, if we are building shared libraries, we
+# need to handle some hosts specially.
+BFDLIB='-L../bfd -lbfd'
+case "${host}" in
+*-*-sunos*)
+ # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+ # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+ if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+ BFDLIB='-L../bfd -l`echo bfd | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+ fi
+ ;;
+alpha*-*-osf*)
+ # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+ # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+ # LIB.a files. That means that if there is an installed
+ # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+ # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+ # than the newly built libbfd. To avoid this, we must explicitly
+ # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+ if test "${shared}" != "true"; then
+ BFDLIB='../bfd/libbfd.a'
+ fi
+ ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST(BFDLIB)
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(sbrk)
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+
+BFD_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(strstr)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(free)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(sbrk)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(getenv)
+
+# target-specific stuff:
+
+all_targets=
+EMUL=
+all_emuls=
+TDIRS=
+
+for targ_alias in `echo $target_alias $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+do
+ if test "$targ_alias" = "all"; then
+ all_targets=true
+ else
+ # Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+ result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ_alias 2>/dev/null`
+ if test -n "$result"; then
+ targ=$result
+ else
+ targ=$targ_alias
+ fi
+
+ . ${srcdir}/configure.tgt
+
+ if test "$targ" = "$target"; then
+ EMUL=$targ_emul
+ fi
+
+ for i in $targ_emul $targ_extra_emuls; do
+ case " $all_emuls " in
+ *" e${i}.o "*) ;;
+ *)
+ all_emuls="$all_emuls e${i}.o"
+ eval result=\$tdir_$i
+ test -z "$result" && result=$targ_alias
+ TDIRS="$TDIRS\\
+tdir_$i=$result"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+done
+
+AC_SUBST(EMUL)
+AC_SUBST(TDIRS)
+
+dnl FIXME: We will build a 64 bit BFD for a 64 bit host or a 64 bit
+dnl target, and in those cases we should also build the 64 bit
+dnl emulations.
+if test x${all_targets} = xtrue; then
+ if test x${want64} = xtrue; then
+ EMULATION_OFILES='$(ALL_EMULATIONS) $(ALL_64_EMULATIONS)'
+ else
+ EMULATION_OFILES='$(ALL_EMULATIONS)'
+ fi
+else
+ EMULATION_OFILES=$all_emuls
+fi
+AC_SUBST(EMULATION_OFILES)
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile,
+[case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac])
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.tgt b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.tgt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9539e1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.tgt
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# This is the linker target specific file. This is invoked by the
+# autoconf generated configure script. Putting it in a separate shell
+# file lets us skip running autoconf when modifying target specific
+# information.
+
+# This file switches on the shell variable ${targ}, and sets the
+# following shell variables:
+# targ_emul name of linker emulation to use
+# targ_extra_emuls additional linker emulations to provide
+
+targ_extra_emuls=
+
+case "${targ}" in
+arm-*-pe) targ_emul=armpe ;;
+d10v-*-*) targ_emul=d10velf ;;
+sparc64-*-aout*) targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+sparc64-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf64_sparc ;;
+sparc-sun-sunos4*) targ_emul=sun4 ;;
+sparclite*-*-coff) targ_emul=coff_sparc ;;
+sparclite*-fujitsu-*) targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+sparc*-*-aout) targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+sparc*-*-coff) targ_emul=coff_sparc ;;
+sparc*-*-elf) targ_emul=elf32_sparc ;;
+sparc*-*-sysv4*) targ_emul=elf32_sparc ;;
+sparc*-*-linux*aout*) targ_emul=sparclinux
+ targ_extra_emuls="elf32_sparc sun4"
+ tdir_elf32_sparc=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/aout//'`
+ tdir_sun4=sparc-sun-sunos4
+ ;;
+sparc*-*-linux*) targ_emul=elf32_sparc
+ targ_extra_emuls="sparclinux sun4"
+ tdir_sparclinux=${targ_alias}aout
+ tdir_sun4=sparc-sun-sunos4
+ ;;
+sparc*-*-lynxos*) targ_emul=sparclynx ;;
+sparc*-*-netbsd*) targ_emul=sparcnbsd ;;
+sparc*-*-solaris2*) targ_emul=elf32_sparc ;;
+sparc*-wrs-vxworks*) targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+sparc*-*-rtems*) targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+i960-wrs-vxworks5.0*) targ_emul=gld960 ;;
+i960-wrs-vxworks5*) targ_emul=gld960coff ;;
+i960-wrs-vxworks*) targ_emul=gld960 ;;
+i960-*-coff) targ_emul=gld960coff ;;
+i960-intel-nindy) targ_emul=gld960 ;;
+i960-*-rtems*) targ_emul=gld960coff ;;
+m32r-*-*) targ_emul=m32relf ;;
+m68*-sun-sunos[34]*) targ_emul=sun3 ;;
+m68*-wrs-vxworks*) targ_emul=sun3 ;;
+m68*-ericsson-ose) targ_emul=sun3 ;;
+m68*-apple-aux*) targ_emul=m68kaux ;;
+*-tandem-none) targ_emul=st2000 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-vsta) targ_emul=vsta ;;
+i[3456]86-go32-rtems*) targ_emul=i386go32 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-go32) targ_emul=i386go32 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-aix*) targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-sco*) targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-isc*) targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-lynxos*) targ_emul=i386lynx ;;
+i[3456]86-*-coff) targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-rtems*) targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-bsd) targ_emul=i386bsd ;;
+i[3456]86-*-bsd386) targ_emul=i386bsd ;;
+i[3456]86-*-bsdi*) targ_emul=i386bsd ;;
+i[3456]86-*-aout) targ_emul=i386aout ;;
+i[3456]86-*-linux*aout*) targ_emul=i386linux
+ targ_extra_emuls=elf_i386
+ tdir_elf_i386=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/aout//'`
+ ;;
+i[3456]86-*-linuxoldld) targ_emul=i386linux; targ_extra_emuls=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-linux*) targ_emul=elf_i386
+ targ_extra_emuls=i386linux
+ tdir_i386linux=${targ_alias}aout
+ ;;
+i[3456]86-*-sysv4*) targ_emul=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-unixware) targ_emul=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-netbsd*) targ_emul=i386nbsd ;;
+i[3456]86-*-netware) targ_emul=i386nw ;;
+i[3456]86-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-freebsdelf*) targ_emul=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-sysv*) targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-ptx*) targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-mach*) targ_emul=i386mach ;;
+i[3456]86-*-gnu*) targ_emul=elf_i386; targ_extra_emuls=i386mach ;;
+i[3456]86-*-msdos*) targ_emul=i386msdos; targ_extra_emuls=i386aout ;;
+i[3456]86-*-moss*) targ_emul=i386moss; targ_extra_emuls=i386msdos ;;
+i[3456]86-*-winnt) targ_emul=i386pe ;;
+i[3456]86-*-pe) targ_emul=i386pe ;;
+i[3456]86-*-cygwin32) targ_emul=i386pe ;;
+m8*-*-*) targ_emul=m88kbcs ;;
+a29k-*-udi) targ_emul=sa29200 ;;
+a29k-*-ebmon) targ_emul=ebmon29k ;;
+a29k-*-*) targ_emul=a29k ;;
+# arm-*-riscix*) targ_emul=riscix ;;
+arm-*-aout | armel-*-aout) targ_emul=armaoutl ;;
+armeb-*-aout) targ_emul=armaoutb ;;
+arm-*-coff) targ_emul=armcoff ;;
+h8300-*-hms) targ_emul=h8300; targ_extra_emuls="h8300h h8300s"
+ ;;
+h8500-*-hms) targ_emul=h8500
+ targ_extra_emuls="h8500s h8500b h8500m h8500c"
+ ;;
+sh-*-elf*) targ_emul=shelf
+ targ_extra_emuls="shlelf sh shl"
+ ;;
+sh-*-*) targ_emul=sh; targ_extra_emuls=shl ;;
+m68k-sony-*) targ_emul=news ;;
+m68k-hp-bsd*) targ_emul=hp300bsd ;;
+m68*-motorola-sysv*) targ_emul=delta68 ;;
+m68*-*-aout) targ_emul=m68kaout ;;
+m68*-*-coff) targ_emul=m68kcoff ;;
+m68*-*-elf) targ_emul=m68kelf ;;
+m68*-*-hpux*) targ_emul=hp3hpux ;;
+m68k-*-linux*aout*) targ_emul=m68klinux
+ targ_extra_emuls=m68kelf
+ tdir_m68kelf=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/aout//'`
+ ;;
+m68k-*-linux*) targ_emul=m68kelf
+ targ_extra_emuls=m68klinux
+ tdir_m68klinux=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/linux/linuxaout/'`
+ ;;
+m68*-*-lynxos*) targ_emul=m68klynx ;;
+m68*-hp*-netbsd*) targ_emul=m68k4knbsd ;;
+m68*-*-netbsd*) targ_emul=m68knbsd ;;
+m68*-*-psos*) targ_emul=m68kpsos ;;
+m68*-*-rtems*) targ_emul=m68kcoff ;;
+hppa*-*-*elf*) targ_emul=hppaelf ;;
+hppa*-*-lites*) targ_emul=hppaelf ;;
+hppa*-*-rtems*) targ_emul=hppaelf ;;
+vax-dec-ultrix* | vax-dec-bsd*) targ_emul=vax ;;
+mips*-dec-ultrix*) targ_emul=mipslit ;;
+mips*-dec-osf*) targ_emul=mipslit ;;
+mips*-sgi-irix[56]*) targ_emul=elf32bmip ;;
+mips*-sgi-irix*) targ_emul=mipsbig ;;
+mips*el-*-ecoff*) targ_emul=mipsidtl ;;
+mips*-*-ecoff*) targ_emul=mipsidt ;;
+mips*-dec-bsd*) targ_emul=mipsbsd ;;
+mips*-dec-netbsd*) targ_emul=elf32lmip ;;
+mips*-*-bsd*) targ_emul=mipsbig ;;
+mips*vr4300el-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf32l4300 ;;
+mips*vr4300-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf32b4300 ;;
+mips*vr4100el-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf32l4300 ;;
+mips*vr4100-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf32b4300 ;;
+mips*vr5000el-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf32l4300 ;;
+mips*vr5000-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf32b4300 ;;
+mips*el-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf32elmip ;;
+mips*-*-elf*) targ_emul=elf32ebmip ;;
+mips*-*-rtems*) targ_emul=elf32ebmip ;;
+mips*el-*-linux*) targ_emul=elf32lmip
+ targ_extra_emuls="elf32bmip mipslit mipsbig"
+ ;;
+mips*-*-linux*) targ_emul=elf32bmip
+ targ_extra_emuls="elf32lmip mipsbig mipslit"
+ ;;
+mips*-*-lnews*) targ_emul=mipslnews ;;
+mn10200-*-*) targ_emul=mn10200 ;;
+mn10300-*-*) targ_emul=mn10300 ;;
+alpha-*-linuxecoff*) targ_emul=alpha targ_extra_emuls=elf64alpha
+ tdir_elf64alpha=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/ecoff//'`
+ ;;
+alpha-*-linux*) targ_emul=elf64alpha targ_extra_emuls=alpha
+ tdir_alpha=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/linux/linuxecoff/'`
+ ;;
+alpha-*-osf*) targ_emul=alpha ;;
+alpha-*-gnu*) targ_emul=elf64alpha ;;
+alpha-*-netware*) targ_emul=alpha ;;
+z8k-*-coff) targ_emul=z8002; targ_extra_emuls=z8001 ;;
+ns32k-pc532-mach* | ns32k-pc532-ux*) targ_emul=pc532macha ;;
+ns32k-pc532-netbsd* | ns32k-pc532-lites*) targ_emul=ns32knbsd ;;
+powerpc-*-elf* | powerpc-*-eabi* | powerpc-*-linux* | powerpc-*-sysv*)
+ targ_emul=elf32ppc ;;
+powerpcle-*-elf* | powerpcle-*-eabi* | powerpcle-*-solaris* | powerpcle-*-sysv*) targ_emul=elf32lppc ;;
+powerpc-*-rtems*) targ_emul=elf32ppc ;;
+powerpc-*-macos*) targ_emul=ppcmacos ;;
+powerpc-*-netware*) targ_emul=ppcnw ;;
+powerpcle-*-pe) targ_emul=ppcpe ;;
+powerpcle-*-winnt*) targ_emul=ppcpe ;;
+powerpcle-*-cygwin32) targ_emul=ppcpe ;;
+powerpc-*-aix*) targ_emul=aixppc ;;
+powerpc-*-beos*) targ_emul=aixppc ;;
+rs6000-*-aix*) targ_emul=aixrs6 ;;
+w65-*-*) targ_emul=w65 ;;
+*-*-aout) targ_emul=${target_cpu}-${target_vendor} ;;
+*-*-coff) targ_emul=${target_cpu}-${target_vendor} ;;
+*-*-netware) targ_emul=${target_cpu}-nw ;;
+*-*-ieee*) targ_emul=vanilla ;;
+
+*)
+ echo 2>&1 "*** ld does not support target ${targ}"
+ echo 2>&1 "*** see ld/configure.tgt for supported targets"
+ exit 1
+
+esac
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/dep-in.sed b/contrib/binutils/ld/dep-in.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c80eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/dep-in.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+:loop
+/\\$/N
+/\\$/b loop
+
+s!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!g
+s!@SRCDIR@/!!g
+s!\.\./bfd/hosts/[^ ]*\.h ! !g
+
+s/\\\n */ /g
+
+s/ *$//
+s/ */ /g
+/:$/d
+
+s/\(.\{50\}[^ ]*\) /\1 \\\
+ /g
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/README b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3d6d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/README
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+The files in this directory are read by genscripts.sh as shell commands.
+They set parameters for the emulations.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/alpha.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/alpha.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..141923f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/alpha.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=alpha
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="ecoff-littlealpha"
+ARCH=alpha
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..147ec2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elfmips
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-bigmips"
+BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-bigmips"
+LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-littlemips"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0xa0020000
+DATA_ADDR=.
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x40000
+OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS='.reginfo : { *(.reginfo) }'
+OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS='
+ _gp = ALIGN(16) + 0x7ff0;
+'
+OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS='
+ .lit8 : { *(.lit8) }
+ .lit4 : { *(.lit4) }
+'
+TEXT_START_SYMBOLS='_ftext = . ;'
+DATA_START_SYMBOLS='_fdata = . ;'
+OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS='_fbss = .;'
+EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS='_DYNAMIC_LINK = 0;'
+OTHER_SECTIONS='
+ .gptab.sdata : { *(.gptab.data) *(.gptab.sdata) }
+ .gptab.sbss : { *(.gptab.bss) *(.gptab.sbss) }
+'
+ARCH=mips
+MACHINE=4000
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+DYNAMIC_LINK=false
+EMBEDDED=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdf31b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elfmips
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-littlemips"
+BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-bigmips"
+LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-littlemips"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0xa0020000
+DATA_ADDR=.
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x40000
+OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS='.reginfo : { *(.reginfo) }'
+OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS='
+ _gp = ALIGN(16) + 0x7ff0;
+'
+OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS='
+ .lit8 : { *(.lit8) }
+ .lit4 : { *(.lit4) }
+'
+TEXT_START_SYMBOLS='_ftext = . ;'
+DATA_START_SYMBOLS='_fdata = . ;'
+OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS='_fbss = .;'
+EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS='_DYNAMIC_LINK = 0;'
+OTHER_SECTIONS='
+ .gptab.sdata : { *(.gptab.data) *(.gptab.sdata) }
+ .gptab.sbss : { *(.gptab.bss) *(.gptab.sbss) }
+'
+ARCH=mips
+MACHINE=4000
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+DYNAMIC_LINK=false
+EMBEDDED=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afa21f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+ENTRY=__start
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+ELFSIZE=64
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf64-alpha"
+TEXT_START_ADDR="0x120000000"
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x100000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR="0x120000000"
+ARCH=alpha
+MACHINE=
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+DATA_PLT=
+NOP=0x47ff041f
+
+OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS='.reginfo : { *(.reginfo) }'
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dff567b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08048000
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x1000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08048000
+ARCH=i386
+MACHINE=
+NOP=0x9090
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386aout.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386aout.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc9e554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386aout.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386"
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000
+ARCH=i386
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386bsd.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386bsd.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0c0e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386bsd.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386-bsd"
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000
+ARCH=i386
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386coff.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386coff.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3417b7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386coff.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=i386coff
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000000
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000000
+ARCH=i386
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386linux.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386linux.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a416422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386linux.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386-linux"
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1020
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0
+ARCH=i386
+TEMPLATE_NAME=linux
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386moss.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386moss.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5e0e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386moss.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x00002000
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x1000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x00002000
+ARCH=i386
+MACHINE=
+NOP=0x9090
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9e6a38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1020
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386-netbsd"
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+ARCH=i386
+EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS='__DYNAMIC = 0;'
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nw.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nw.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e70ed67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nw.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=nw
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08000000
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x1000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08000000
+ARCH=i386
+NOP=0x9090
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386pe.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386pe.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1249064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386pe.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+ARCH=i386
+SCRIPT_NAME=pe
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="pei-i386"
+TEMPLATE_NAME=pe
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/sh.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/sh.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38844fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/sh.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=sh
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-sh"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x8000
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=128
+ARCH=sh
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shelf.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shelf.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..95db587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shelf.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-sh"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000
+MAXPAGESIZE=128
+ARCH=sh
+MACHINE=
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+EMBEDDED=yes
+
+# These are for compatibility with the COFF toolchain.
+ENTRY=start
+CTOR_START='___ctors = .;'
+CTOR_END='___ctors_end = .;'
+DTOR_START='___dtors = .;'
+DTOR_END='___dtors_end = .;'
+OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS='.stack 0x30000 : { _stack = .; *(.stack) }'
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shl.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shl.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..360aac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shl.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=sh
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-shl"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x8000
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=128
+ARCH=sh
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shlelf.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shlelf.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bb27f86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shlelf.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-shl"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000
+MAXPAGESIZE=128
+ARCH=sh
+MACHINE=
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+EMBEDDED=yes
+
+# These are for compatibility with the COFF toolchain.
+ENTRY=start
+CTOR_START='___ctors = .;'
+CTOR_END='___ctors_end = .;'
+DTOR_START='___dtors = .;'
+DTOR_END='___dtors_end = .;'
+OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS='.stack 0x30000 : { _stack = .; *(.stack) }'
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vanilla.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vanilla.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8a3b72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vanilla.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=vanilla
+TEXT_START_ADDR=??
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=??
+ARCH=unknown
+TEMPLATE_NAME=vanilla
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vsta.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vsta.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc6249b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vsta.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1020
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+SEGMENT_SIZE=0x400000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x0
+ARCH=i386
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8001.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8001.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63645c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8001.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=z8000
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-z8k"
+OUTPUT_ARCH="z8001"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x0
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=128
+ARCH=z8k
+BIG=1
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8002.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8002.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..299b5f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8002.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=z8000
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-z8k"
+OUTPUT_ARCH="z8002"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x0
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=128
+ARCH=z8002
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/README b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30ec0ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/README
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+The files in this directory are sourced by genscripts.sh, after
+setting some variables to substitute in, to produce
+C source files that contain jump tables for each emulation.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/elf32.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/elf32.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f02775e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/elf32.em
@@ -0,0 +1,1011 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+# This file is now misnamed, because it supports both 32 bit and 64 bit
+# ELF emulations.
+test -z "${ELFSIZE}" && ELFSIZE=32
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* This file is is generated by a shell script. DO NOT EDIT! */
+
+/* ${ELFSIZE} bit ELF emulation code for ${EMULATION_NAME}
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
+ ELF support by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#define TARGET_IS_${EMULATION_NAME}
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive
+ PARAMS ((const char *, search_dirs_type *, lang_input_statement_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed
+ PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed
+ PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed
+ PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed PARAMS ((const char *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_statement_assignment
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment PARAMS ((etree_type *));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan
+ PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *, asection *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+static char *gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse()
+{
+ ldfile_output_architecture = bfd_arch_`echo ${ARCH} | sed -e 's/:.*//'`;
+ config.dynamic_link = ${DYNAMIC_LINK-true};
+}
+
+/* Try to open a dynamic archive. This is where we know that ELF
+ dynamic libraries have an extension of .so. */
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry)
+ const char *arch;
+ search_dirs_type *search;
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+ const char *filename;
+ char *string;
+
+ if (! entry->is_archive)
+ return false;
+
+ filename = entry->filename;
+
+ string = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (search->name)
+ + strlen (filename)
+ + strlen (arch)
+ + sizeof "/lib.so");
+
+ sprintf (string, "%s/lib%s%s.so", search->name, filename, arch);
+
+ if (! ldfile_try_open_bfd (string, entry))
+ {
+ free (string);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ entry->filename = string;
+
+ /* We have found a dynamic object to include in the link. The ELF
+ backend linker will create a DT_NEEDED entry in the .dynamic
+ section naming this file. If this file includes a DT_SONAME
+ entry, it will be used. Otherwise, the ELF linker will just use
+ the name of the file. For an archive found by searching, like
+ this one, the DT_NEEDED entry should consist of just the name of
+ the file, without the path information used to find it. Note
+ that we only need to do this if we have a dynamic object; an
+ archive will never be referenced by a DT_NEEDED entry.
+
+ FIXME: This approach--using bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name--is not
+ very pretty. I haven't been able to think of anything that is
+ pretty, though. */
+ if (bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object)
+ && (entry->the_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+ {
+ char *needed_name;
+
+ ASSERT (entry->is_archive && entry->search_dirs_flag);
+ needed_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (filename)
+ + strlen (arch)
+ + sizeof "lib.so");
+ sprintf (needed_name, "lib%s%s.so", filename, arch);
+ bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (entry->the_bfd, needed_name);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+EOF
+if [ "x${host}" = "x${target}" ] ; then
+ if [ "x${DEFAULT_EMULATION}" = "x${EMULATION_NAME}" ] ; then
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+/* For a native linker, check the file /etc/ld.so.conf for directories
+ in which we may find shared libraries. /etc/ld.so.conf is really
+ only meaningful on Linux, but we check it on other systems anyhow. */
+
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_ld_so_conf PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_ld_so_conf (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ static boolean initialized;
+ static char *ld_so_conf;
+
+ if (! initialized)
+ {
+ FILE *f;
+
+ f = fopen ("/etc/ld.so.conf", FOPEN_RT);
+ if (f != NULL)
+ {
+ char *b;
+ size_t len, alloc;
+ int c;
+
+ len = 0;
+ alloc = 100;
+ b = (char *) xmalloc (alloc);
+
+ while ((c = getc (f)) != EOF)
+ {
+ if (len + 1 >= alloc)
+ {
+ alloc *= 2;
+ b = (char *) xrealloc (b, alloc);
+ }
+ if (c != ':'
+ && c != ' '
+ && c != '\t'
+ && c != '\n'
+ && c != ',')
+ {
+ b[len] = c;
+ ++len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (len > 0 && b[len - 1] != ':')
+ {
+ b[len] = ':';
+ ++len;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (len > 0 && b[len - 1] == ':')
+ --len;
+
+ if (len > 0)
+ b[len] = '\0';
+ else
+ {
+ free (b);
+ b = NULL;
+ }
+
+ fclose (f);
+
+ ld_so_conf = b;
+ }
+
+ initialized = true;
+ }
+
+ if (ld_so_conf == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ return gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (ld_so_conf, name);
+}
+
+EOF
+ fi
+fi
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+/* These variables are required to pass information back and forth
+ between after_open and check_needed and stat_needed. */
+
+static struct bfd_link_needed_list *global_needed;
+static struct stat global_stat;
+static boolean global_found;
+
+/* This is called after all the input files have been opened. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ()
+{
+ struct bfd_link_needed_list *needed, *l;
+
+ /* We only need to worry about this when doing a final link. */
+ if (link_info.relocateable || link_info.shared)
+ return;
+
+ /* Get the list of files which appear in DT_NEEDED entries in
+ dynamic objects included in the link (often there will be none).
+ For each such file, we want to track down the corresponding
+ library, and include the symbol table in the link. This is what
+ the runtime dynamic linker will do. Tracking the files down here
+ permits one dynamic object to include another without requiring
+ special action by the person doing the link. Note that the
+ needed list can actually grow while we are stepping through this
+ loop. */
+ needed = bfd_elf_get_needed_list (output_bfd, &link_info);
+ for (l = needed; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_needed_list *ll;
+ const char *lib_path;
+ size_t len;
+ search_dirs_type *search;
+
+ /* If we've already seen this file, skip it. */
+ for (ll = needed; ll != l; ll = ll->next)
+ if (strcmp (ll->name, l->name) == 0)
+ break;
+ if (ll != l)
+ continue;
+
+ /* See if this file was included in the link explicitly. */
+ global_needed = l;
+ global_found = false;
+ lang_for_each_input_file (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed);
+ if (global_found)
+ continue;
+
+ /* We need to find this file and include the symbol table. We
+ want to search for the file in the same way that the dynamic
+ linker will search. That means that we want to use
+ rpath_link, rpath, then the environment variable
+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH (native only), then the linker script
+ LIB_SEARCH_DIRS. We do not search using the -L arguments. */
+ if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (command_line.rpath_link,
+ l->name))
+ continue;
+ if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (command_line.rpath, l->name))
+ continue;
+ if (command_line.rpath_link == NULL
+ && command_line.rpath == NULL)
+ {
+ lib_path = (const char *) getenv ("LD_RUN_PATH");
+ if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (lib_path, l->name))
+ continue;
+ }
+EOF
+if [ "x${host}" = "x${target}" ] ; then
+ if [ "x${DEFAULT_EMULATION}" = "x${EMULATION_NAME}" ] ; then
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+ lib_path = (const char *) getenv ("LD_LIBRARY_PATH");
+ if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (lib_path, l->name))
+ continue;
+EOF
+ fi
+fi
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+ len = strlen (l->name);
+ for (search = search_head; search != NULL; search = search->next)
+ {
+ char *filename;
+
+ if (search->cmdline)
+ continue;
+ filename = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (search->name) + len + 2);
+ sprintf (filename, "%s/%s", search->name, l->name);
+ if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed (filename))
+ break;
+ free (filename);
+ }
+ if (search != NULL)
+ continue;
+EOF
+if [ "x${host}" = "x${target}" ] ; then
+ if [ "x${DEFAULT_EMULATION}" = "x${EMULATION_NAME}" ] ; then
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+ if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_ld_so_conf (l->name))
+ continue;
+EOF
+ fi
+fi
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+ einfo ("%P: warning: %s, needed by %B, not found (try using --rpath)\n",
+ l->name, l->by);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Search for a needed file in a path. */
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (path, name)
+ const char *path;
+ const char *name;
+{
+ const char *s;
+ size_t len;
+
+ if (path == NULL || *path == '\0')
+ return false;
+ len = strlen (name);
+ while (1)
+ {
+ char *filename, *sset;
+
+ s = strchr (path, ':');
+ if (s == NULL)
+ s = path + strlen (path);
+
+ filename = (char *) xmalloc (s - path + len + 2);
+ if (s == path)
+ sset = filename;
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (filename, path, s - path);
+ filename[s - path] = '/';
+ sset = filename + (s - path) + 1;
+ }
+ strcpy (sset, name);
+
+ if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed (filename))
+ return true;
+
+ free (filename);
+
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ path = s + 1;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* This function is called for each possible name for a dynamic object
+ named by a DT_NEEDED entry. */
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ bfd *abfd;
+
+ abfd = bfd_openr (name, bfd_get_target (output_bfd));
+ if (abfd == NULL)
+ return false;
+ if (! bfd_check_format (abfd, bfd_object))
+ {
+ (void) bfd_close (abfd);
+ return false;
+ }
+ if ((bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & DYNAMIC) == 0)
+ {
+ (void) bfd_close (abfd);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* We've found a dynamic object matching the DT_NEEDED entry. */
+
+ /* We have already checked that there is no other input file of the
+ same name. We must now check again that we are not including the
+ same file twice. We need to do this because on many systems
+ libc.so is a symlink to, e.g., libc.so.1. The SONAME entry will
+ reference libc.so.1. If we have already included libc.so, we
+ don't want to include libc.so.1 if they are the same file, and we
+ can only check that using stat. */
+
+ if (bfd_stat (abfd, &global_stat) != 0)
+ einfo ("%F%P:%B: bfd_stat failed: %E\n", abfd);
+ global_found = false;
+ lang_for_each_input_file (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed);
+ if (global_found)
+ {
+ /* Return true to indicate that we found the file, even though
+ we aren't going to do anything with it. */
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /* Tell the ELF backend that don't want the output file to have a
+ DT_NEEDED entry for this file. */
+ bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, "");
+
+ /* Add this file into the symbol table. */
+ if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (abfd, &link_info))
+ einfo ("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n", abfd);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* See if an input file matches a DT_NEEDED entry by name. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed (s)
+ lang_input_statement_type *s;
+{
+ if (global_found)
+ return;
+
+ if (s->filename != NULL
+ && strcmp (s->filename, global_needed->name) == 0)
+ {
+ global_found = true;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (s->the_bfd != NULL)
+ {
+ const char *soname;
+
+ soname = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (s->the_bfd);
+ if (soname != NULL
+ && strcmp (soname, global_needed->name) == 0)
+ {
+ global_found = true;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (s->search_dirs_flag
+ && s->filename != NULL
+ && strchr (global_needed->name, '/') == NULL)
+ {
+ const char *f;
+
+ f = strrchr (s->filename, '/');
+ if (f != NULL
+ && strcmp (f + 1, global_needed->name) == 0)
+ {
+ global_found = true;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* See if an input file matches a DT_NEEDED entry by running stat on
+ the file. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed (s)
+ lang_input_statement_type *s;
+{
+ struct stat st;
+ const char *suffix;
+ const char *soname;
+ const char *f;
+
+ if (global_found)
+ return;
+ if (s->the_bfd == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (bfd_stat (s->the_bfd, &st) != 0)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P:%B: bfd_stat failed: %E\n", s->the_bfd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (st.st_dev == global_stat.st_dev
+ && st.st_ino == global_stat.st_ino)
+ {
+ global_found = true;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* We issue a warning if it looks like we are including two
+ different versions of the same shared library. For example,
+ there may be a problem if -lc picks up libc.so.6 but some other
+ shared library has a DT_NEEDED entry of libc.so.5. This is a
+ hueristic test, and it will only work if the name looks like
+ NAME.so.VERSION. FIXME: Depending on file names is error-prone.
+ If we really want to issue warnings about mixing version numbers
+ of shared libraries, we need to find a better way. */
+
+ if (strchr (global_needed->name, '/') != NULL)
+ return;
+ suffix = strstr (global_needed->name, ".so.");
+ if (suffix == NULL)
+ return;
+ suffix += sizeof ".so." - 1;
+
+ soname = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (s->the_bfd);
+ if (soname == NULL)
+ soname = s->filename;
+
+ f = strrchr (soname, '/');
+ if (f != NULL)
+ ++f;
+ else
+ f = soname;
+
+ if (strncmp (f, global_needed->name, suffix - global_needed->name) == 0)
+ einfo ("%P: warning: %s, needed by %B, may conflict with %s\n",
+ global_needed->name, global_needed->by, f);
+}
+
+/* This is called after the sections have been attached to output
+ sections, but before any sizes or addresses have been set. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
+{
+ const char *rpath;
+ asection *sinterp;
+
+ /* If we are going to make any variable assignments, we need to let
+ the ELF backend know about them in case the variables are
+ referred to by dynamic objects. */
+ lang_for_each_statement (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_statement_assignment);
+
+ /* Let the ELF backend work out the sizes of any sections required
+ by dynamic linking. */
+ rpath = command_line.rpath;
+ if (rpath == NULL)
+ rpath = (const char *) getenv ("LD_RUN_PATH");
+ if (! (bfd_elf${ELFSIZE}_size_dynamic_sections
+ (output_bfd, command_line.soname, rpath,
+ command_line.export_dynamic, command_line.filter_shlib,
+ (const char * const *) command_line.auxiliary_filters,
+ &link_info, &sinterp, lang_elf_version_info)))
+ einfo ("%P%F: failed to set dynamic section sizes: %E\n");
+
+ /* Let the user override the dynamic linker we are using. */
+ if (command_line.interpreter != NULL
+ && sinterp != NULL)
+ {
+ sinterp->contents = (bfd_byte *) command_line.interpreter;
+ sinterp->_raw_size = strlen (command_line.interpreter) + 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Look for any sections named .gnu.warning. As a GNU extensions,
+ we treat such sections as containing warning messages. We print
+ out the warning message, and then zero out the section size so
+ that it does not get copied into the output file. */
+
+ {
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_size_type sz;
+ char *msg;
+ boolean ret;
+
+ if (is->just_syms_flag)
+ continue;
+
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".gnu.warning");
+ if (s == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ sz = bfd_section_size (is->the_bfd, s);
+ msg = xmalloc ((size_t) sz + 1);
+ if (! bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, s, msg, (file_ptr) 0, sz))
+ einfo ("%F%B: Can't read contents of section .gnu.warning: %E\n",
+ is->the_bfd);
+ msg[sz] = '\0';
+ ret = link_info.callbacks->warning (&link_info, msg,
+ (const char *) NULL,
+ is->the_bfd, (asection *) NULL,
+ (bfd_vma) 0);
+ ASSERT (ret);
+ free (msg);
+
+ /* Clobber the section size, so that we don't waste copying the
+ warning into the output file. */
+ s->_raw_size = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined (TARGET_IS_elf32bmip) || defined (TARGET_IS_elf32lmip)
+ /* For MIPS ELF the .reginfo section requires special handling.
+ Each input section is 24 bytes, and the final output section must
+ also be 24 bytes. We handle this by clobbering all but the first
+ input section size to 0. The .reginfo section is handled
+ specially by the backend code anyhow. */
+ {
+ boolean found = false;
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+
+ if (is->just_syms_flag)
+ continue;
+
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".reginfo");
+ if (s == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ if (! found)
+ {
+ found = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ s->_raw_size = 0;
+ s->_cooked_size = 0;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* This is called by the before_allocation routine via
+ lang_for_each_statement. It locates any assignment statements, and
+ tells the ELF backend about them, in case they are assignments to
+ symbols which are referred to by dynamic objects. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_statement_assignment (s)
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+ if (s->header.type == lang_assignment_statement_enum)
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (s->assignment_statement.exp);
+}
+
+/* Look through an expression for an assignment statement. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp)
+ etree_type *exp;
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ switch (exp->type.node_class)
+ {
+ case etree_provide:
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, exp->assign.dst,
+ false, false, false);
+ if (h == NULL)
+ break;
+
+ /* We call record_link_assignment even if the symbol is defined.
+ This is because if it is defined by a dynamic object, we
+ actually want to use the value defined by the linker script,
+ not the value from the dynamic object (because we are setting
+ symbols like etext). If the symbol is defined by a regular
+ object, then, as it happens, calling record_link_assignment
+ will do no harm. */
+
+ /* Fall through. */
+ case etree_assign:
+ if (strcmp (exp->assign.dst, ".") != 0)
+ {
+ if (! (bfd_elf${ELFSIZE}_record_link_assignment
+ (output_bfd, &link_info, exp->assign.dst,
+ exp->type.node_class == etree_provide ? true : false)))
+ einfo ("%P%F: failed to record assignment to %s: %E\n",
+ exp->assign.dst);
+ }
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->assign.src);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_binary:
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->binary.lhs);
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->binary.rhs);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_trinary:
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->trinary.cond);
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->trinary.lhs);
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->trinary.rhs);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_unary:
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->unary.child);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Place an orphan section. We use this to put random SHF_ALLOC
+ sections in the right segment. */
+
+static asection *hold_section;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_use;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_text;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_rodata;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_data;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_bss;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_rel;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_interp;
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
+ lang_input_statement_type *file;
+ asection *s;
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *place;
+ asection *snew, **pps;
+ lang_statement_list_type *old;
+ lang_statement_list_type add;
+ etree_type *address;
+ const char *secname, *ps;
+ const char *outsecname;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Look through the script to see where to place this section. */
+ hold_section = s;
+ hold_use = NULL;
+ lang_for_each_statement (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section);
+
+ if (hold_use != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We have already placed a section with this name. */
+ wild_doit (&hold_use->children, s, hold_use, file);
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ secname = bfd_get_section_name (s->owner, s);
+
+ /* If this is a final link, then always put .gnu.warning.SYMBOL
+ sections into the .text section to get them out of the way. */
+ if (! link_info.shared
+ && ! link_info.relocateable
+ && strncmp (secname, ".gnu.warning.", sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1) == 0
+ && hold_text != NULL)
+ {
+ wild_doit (&hold_text->children, s, hold_text, file);
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /* Decide which segment the section should go in based on the
+ section name and section flags. We put loadable .note sections
+ right after the .interp section, so that the PT_NOTE segment is
+ stored right after the program headers where the OS can read it
+ in the first page. */
+ place = NULL;
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
+ && strncmp (secname, ".note", 4) == 0
+ && hold_interp != NULL)
+ place = hold_interp;
+ else if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
+ && hold_bss != NULL)
+ place = hold_bss;
+ else if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
+ && hold_data != NULL)
+ place = hold_data;
+ else if (strncmp (secname, ".rel", 4) == 0
+ && hold_rel != NULL)
+ place = hold_rel;
+ else if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
+ && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
+ && hold_rodata != NULL)
+ place = hold_rodata;
+ else if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
+ && hold_text != NULL)
+ place = hold_text;
+ if (place == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Choose a unique name for the section. This will be needed if the
+ same section name appears in the input file with different
+ loadable or allocateable characteristics. */
+ outsecname = secname;
+ if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outsecname) != NULL)
+ {
+ unsigned int len;
+ char *newname;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ len = strlen (outsecname);
+ newname = xmalloc (len + 5);
+ strcpy (newname, outsecname);
+ i = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ sprintf (newname + len, "%d", i);
+ ++i;
+ }
+ while (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, newname) != NULL);
+
+ outsecname = newname;
+ }
+
+ /* Create the section in the output file, and put it in the right
+ place. This shuffling is to make the output file look neater. */
+ snew = bfd_make_section (output_bfd, outsecname);
+ if (snew == NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section called %s\n",
+ output_bfd->xvec->name, outsecname);
+ if (place->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ for (pps = &output_bfd->sections; *pps != snew; pps = &(*pps)->next)
+ ;
+ *pps = snew->next;
+ snew->next = place->bfd_section->next;
+ place->bfd_section->next = snew;
+ }
+
+ /* Start building a list of statements for this section. */
+ old = stat_ptr;
+ stat_ptr = &add;
+ lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
+
+ /* If the name of the section is representable in C, then create
+ symbols to mark the start and the end of the section. */
+ for (ps = outsecname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
+ if (! isalnum (*ps) && *ps != '_')
+ break;
+ if (*ps == '\0' && config.build_constructors)
+ {
+ char *symname;
+
+ symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - outsecname + sizeof "__start_");
+ sprintf (symname, "__start_%s", outsecname);
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', symname,
+ exp_unop (ALIGN_K,
+ exp_intop ((bfd_vma) 1
+ << s->alignment_power))));
+ }
+
+ if (! link_info.relocateable)
+ address = NULL;
+ else
+ address = exp_intop ((bfd_vma) 0);
+
+ lang_enter_output_section_statement (outsecname, address, 0,
+ (bfd_vma) 0,
+ (etree_type *) NULL,
+ (etree_type *) NULL,
+ (etree_type *) NULL);
+
+ os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (outsecname);
+ wild_doit (&os->children, s, os, file);
+
+ lang_leave_output_section_statement
+ ((bfd_vma) 0, "*default*", (struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *) NULL);
+ stat_ptr = &add;
+
+ if (*ps == '\0' && config.build_constructors)
+ {
+ char *symname;
+
+ symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - outsecname + sizeof "__stop_");
+ sprintf (symname, "__stop_%s", outsecname);
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', symname,
+ exp_nameop (NAME, ".")));
+ }
+
+ /* Now stick the new statement list right after PLACE. */
+ *add.tail = place->header.next;
+ place->header.next = add.head;
+
+ stat_ptr = old;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section (s)
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ if (s->header.type != lang_output_section_statement_enum)
+ return;
+
+ os = &s->output_section_statement;
+
+ if (strcmp (os->name, hold_section->name) == 0
+ && ((hold_section->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC))
+ == (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC))))
+ hold_use = os;
+
+ if (strcmp (os->name, ".text") == 0)
+ hold_text = os;
+ else if (strcmp (os->name, ".rodata") == 0)
+ hold_rodata = os;
+ else if (strcmp (os->name, ".data") == 0)
+ hold_data = os;
+ else if (strcmp (os->name, ".bss") == 0)
+ hold_bss = os;
+ else if (hold_rel == NULL
+ && os->bfd_section != NULL
+ && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+ && strncmp (os->name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
+ hold_rel = os;
+ else if (strcmp (os->name, ".interp") == 0)
+ hold_interp = os;
+}
+
+static char *
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script(isfile)
+ int *isfile;
+EOF
+
+if test -n "$COMPILE_IN"
+then
+# Scripts compiled in.
+
+# sed commands to quote an ld script as a C string.
+sc='s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/$/\\n\\/
+1s/^/"/
+$s/$/n"/
+'
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{
+ *isfile = 0;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu`;
+ else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr`;
+ else if (!config.text_read_only)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn`;
+ else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn`;
+ else if (link_info.shared)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xs`;
+ else
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x`;
+}
+EOF
+
+else
+# Scripts read from the filesystem.
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{
+ *isfile = 1;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
+ else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
+ else if (!config.text_read_only)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
+ else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn";
+ else if (link_info.shared)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xs";
+ else
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x";
+}
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation =
+{
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse,
+ syslib_default,
+ hll_default,
+ after_parse_default,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open,
+ after_allocation_default,
+ set_output_arch_default,
+ ldemul_default_target,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script,
+ "${EMULATION_NAME}",
+ "${OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/generic.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/generic.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c0c8eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/generic.em
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* This file is is generated by a shell script. DO NOT EDIT! */
+
+/* emulate the original gld for the given ${EMULATION_NAME}
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Steve Chamberlain steve@cygnus.com
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#define TARGET_IS_${EMULATION_NAME}
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+static char *gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse()
+{
+#ifndef TARGET_ /* I.e., if not generic. */
+ ldfile_set_output_arch ("`echo ${ARCH}`");
+#endif /* not TARGET_ */
+}
+
+static char *
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script(isfile)
+ int *isfile;
+EOF
+
+if test -n "$COMPILE_IN"
+then
+# Scripts compiled in.
+
+# sed commands to quote an ld script as a C string.
+sc="-f ${srcdir}/emultempl/stringify.sed"
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{
+ *isfile = 0;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+ return
+EOF
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo ' ; else if (link_info.relocateable == true) return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo ' ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo ' ; else if (!config.magic_demand_paged) return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo ' ; else return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '; }' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+
+else
+# Scripts read from the filesystem.
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{
+ *isfile = 1;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
+ else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
+ else if (!config.text_read_only)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
+ else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn";
+ else
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x";
+}
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation =
+{
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse,
+ syslib_default,
+ hll_default,
+ after_parse_default,
+ after_open_default,
+ after_allocation_default,
+ set_output_arch_default,
+ ldemul_default_target,
+ before_allocation_default,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script,
+ "${EMULATION_NAME}",
+ "${OUTPUT_FORMAT}"
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/linux.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/linux.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6860c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/linux.em
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* This file is is generated by a shell script. DO NOT EDIT! */
+
+/* Linux a.out emulation code for ${EMULATION_NAME}
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
+ Linux support by Eric Youngdale <ericy@cais.cais.com>
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#define TARGET_IS_${EMULATION_NAME}
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive
+ PARAMS ((const char *, search_dirs_type *, lang_input_statement_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_address_statement
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements
+ PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+static char *gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse()
+{
+ ldfile_output_architecture = bfd_arch_${ARCH};
+ config.dynamic_link = true;
+}
+
+/* Try to open a dynamic archive. This is where we know that Linux
+ dynamic libraries have an extension of .sa. */
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry)
+ const char *arch;
+ search_dirs_type *search;
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+ char *string;
+
+ if (! entry->is_archive)
+ return false;
+
+ string = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (search->name)
+ + strlen (entry->filename)
+ + strlen (arch)
+ + sizeof "/lib.sa");
+
+ sprintf (string, "%s/lib%s%s.sa", search->name, entry->filename, arch);
+
+ if (! ldfile_try_open_bfd (string, entry))
+ {
+ free (string);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ entry->filename = string;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called by the create_output_section_statements routine via
+ lang_for_each_statement. It locates any address assignment to
+ .text, and modifies it to include the size of the headers. This
+ causes -Ttext to mean the starting address of the header, rather
+ than the starting address of .text, which is compatible with other
+ Linux tools. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_address_statement (s)
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+ if (s->header.type == lang_address_statement_enum
+ && strcmp (s->address_statement.section_name, ".text") == 0)
+ {
+ ASSERT (s->address_statement.address->type.node_class == etree_value);
+ s->address_statement.address->value.value += 0x20;
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is called before opening the input BFD's. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements ()
+{
+ lang_for_each_statement (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_address_statement);
+}
+
+/* This is called after the sections have been attached to output
+ sections, but before any sizes or addresses have been set. */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
+{
+ if (link_info.relocateable)
+ return;
+
+ /* Let the backend work out the sizes of any sections required by
+ dynamic linking. */
+ if (! bfd_${EMULATION_NAME}_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, &link_info))
+ einfo ("%P%F: failed to set dynamic section sizes: %E\n");
+}
+
+static char *
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script(isfile)
+ int *isfile;
+EOF
+
+if test -n "$COMPILE_IN"
+then
+# Scripts compiled in.
+
+# sed commands to quote an ld script as a C string.
+sc='s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/$/\\n\\/
+1s/^/"/
+$s/$/n"/
+'
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{
+ *isfile = 0;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu`;
+ else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr`;
+ else if (!config.text_read_only)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn`;
+ else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn`;
+ else
+ return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x`;
+}
+EOF
+
+else
+# Scripts read from the filesystem.
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{
+ *isfile = 1;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
+ else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
+ else if (!config.text_read_only)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
+ else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn";
+ else
+ return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x";
+}
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation =
+{
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse,
+ syslib_default,
+ hll_default,
+ after_parse_default,
+ after_open_default,
+ after_allocation_default,
+ set_output_arch_default,
+ ldemul_default_target,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script,
+ "${EMULATION_NAME}",
+ "${OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+ NULL,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements,
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/pe.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/pe.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f0913e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/pe.em
@@ -0,0 +1,743 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+ Copyright 1995, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* For WINDOWS_NT */
+/* The original file generated returned different default scripts depending
+ on whether certain switches were set, but these switches pertain to the
+ Linux system and that particular version of coff. In the NT case, we
+ only determine if the subsystem is console or windows in order to select
+ the correct entry point by default. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "../bfd/libcoff.h"
+
+#define TARGET_IS_${EMULATION_NAME}
+
+static void gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan
+ PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *, asection *));
+static char *gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script PARAMS ((int *));
+static int gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args PARAMS ((int, char **));
+
+#if 0 /* argument to qsort so don't prototype */
+static int sort_by_file_name PARAMS ((void *, void *));
+static int sort_by_section_name PARAMS ((void *, void *));
+#endif
+static lang_statement_union_type **sort_sections_1
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type **, lang_statement_union_type *, int,
+ int (*)()));
+static void sort_sections PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+
+static struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr pe;
+static int dll;
+
+extern const char *output_filename;
+
+static void
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse()
+{
+ output_filename = "a.exe";
+ ldfile_output_architecture = bfd_arch_${ARCH};
+}
+
+/* PE format extra command line options. */
+
+/* Used for setting flags in the PE header. */
+#define OPTION_BASE_FILE (300 + 1)
+#define OPTION_DLL (OPTION_BASE_FILE + 1)
+#define OPTION_FILE_ALIGNMENT (OPTION_DLL + 1)
+#define OPTION_IMAGE_BASE (OPTION_FILE_ALIGNMENT + 1)
+#define OPTION_MAJOR_IMAGE_VERSION (OPTION_IMAGE_BASE + 1)
+#define OPTION_MAJOR_OS_VERSION (OPTION_MAJOR_IMAGE_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_MAJOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION (OPTION_MAJOR_OS_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_MINOR_IMAGE_VERSION (OPTION_MAJOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_MINOR_OS_VERSION (OPTION_MINOR_IMAGE_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_MINOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION (OPTION_MINOR_OS_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_SECTION_ALIGNMENT (OPTION_MINOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_STACK (OPTION_SECTION_ALIGNMENT + 1)
+#define OPTION_SUBSYSTEM (OPTION_STACK + 1)
+#define OPTION_HEAP (OPTION_SUBSYSTEM + 1)
+
+static struct option longopts[] = {
+ /* PE options */
+ {"base-file", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_BASE_FILE},
+ {"dll", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DLL},
+ {"file-alignment", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_FILE_ALIGNMENT},
+ {"heap", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_HEAP},
+ {"image-base", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_IMAGE_BASE},
+ {"major-image-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MAJOR_IMAGE_VERSION},
+ {"major-os-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MAJOR_OS_VERSION},
+ {"major-subsystem-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MAJOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION},
+ {"minor-image-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MINOR_IMAGE_VERSION},
+ {"minor-os-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MINOR_OS_VERSION},
+ {"minor-subsystem-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MINOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION},
+ {"section-alignment", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_SECTION_ALIGNMENT},
+ {"stack", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_STACK},
+ {"subsystem", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_SUBSYSTEM},
+ {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
+ };
+
+
+/* PE/WIN32; added routines to get the subsystem type, heap and/or stack
+ parameters which may be input from the command line */
+
+typedef struct {
+ void *ptr;
+ int size;
+ int value;
+ char *symbol;
+ int inited;
+} definfo;
+
+#define D(field,symbol,def) {&pe.field,sizeof(pe.field), def, symbol,0}
+
+static definfo init[] =
+{
+ /* imagebase must be first */
+#define IMAGEBASEOFF 0
+ D(ImageBase,"__image_base__", NT_EXE_IMAGE_BASE),
+#define DLLOFF 1
+ {&dll, sizeof(dll), 0, "__dll__"},
+ D(SectionAlignment,"__section_alignment__", PE_DEF_SECTION_ALIGNMENT),
+ D(FileAlignment,"__file_alignment__", PE_DEF_FILE_ALIGNMENT),
+ D(MajorOperatingSystemVersion,"__major_os_version__", 4),
+ D(MinorOperatingSystemVersion,"__minor_os_version__", 0),
+ D(MajorImageVersion,"__major_image_version__", 1),
+ D(MinorImageVersion,"__minor_image_version__", 0),
+ D(MajorSubsystemVersion,"__major_subsystem_version__", 4),
+ D(MinorSubsystemVersion,"__minor_subsystem_version__", 0),
+ D(Subsystem,"__subsystem__", 3),
+ D(SizeOfStackReserve,"__size_of_stack_reserve__", 0x2000000),
+ D(SizeOfStackCommit,"__size_of_stack_commit__", 0x1000),
+ D(SizeOfHeapReserve,"__size_of_heap_reserve__", 0x100000),
+ D(SizeOfHeapCommit,"__size_of_heap_commit__", 0x1000),
+ D(LoaderFlags,"__loader_flags__", 0x0),
+ { NULL, 0, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+
+static void
+set_pe_name (name, val)
+ char *name;
+ long val;
+{
+ int i;
+ /* Find the name and set it. */
+ for (i = 0; init[i].ptr; i++)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (name, init[i].symbol) == 0)
+ {
+ init[i].value = val;
+ init[i].inited = 1;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ abort();
+}
+
+
+static void
+set_pe_subsystem ()
+{
+ const char *sver;
+ int len;
+ int i;
+ static const struct
+ {
+ const char *name;
+ const int value;
+ const char *entry;
+ }
+ v[] =
+ {
+ { "native", 1, "_NtProcessStartup" },
+ { "windows", 2, "_WinMainCRTStartup" },
+ { "console", 3, "_mainCRTStartup" },
+#if 0
+ /* The Microsoft linker does not recognize this. */
+ { "os2", 5, "" },
+#endif
+ { "posix", 7, "___PosixProcessStartup"},
+ { 0, 0, 0 }
+ };
+
+ sver = strchr (optarg, ':');
+ if (sver == NULL)
+ len = strlen (optarg);
+ else
+ {
+ char *end;
+
+ len = sver - optarg;
+ set_pe_name ("__major_subsystem_version__",
+ strtoul (sver + 1, &end, 0));
+ if (*end == '.')
+ set_pe_name ("__minor_subsystem_version__",
+ strtoul (end + 1, &end, 0));
+ if (*end != '\0')
+ einfo ("%P: warning: bad version number in -subsystem option\n");
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; v[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp (optarg, v[i].name, len) == 0
+ && v[i].name[len] == '\0')
+ {
+ set_pe_name ("__subsystem__", v[i].value);
+
+ /* If the subsystem is windows, we use a different entry
+ point. We also register the entry point as an undefined
+ symbol. The reason we do this is so that the user
+ doesn't have to because they would have to use the -u
+ switch if they were specifying an entry point other than
+ _mainCRTStartup. Specifically, if creating a windows
+ application, entry point _WinMainCRTStartup must be
+ specified. What I have found for non console
+ applications (entry not _mainCRTStartup) is that the .obj
+ that contains mainCRTStartup is brought in since it is
+ the first encountered in libc.lib and it has other
+ symbols in it which will be pulled in by the link
+ process. To avoid this, adding -u with the entry point
+ name specified forces the correct .obj to be used. We
+ can avoid making the user do this by always adding the
+ entry point name as an undefined symbol. */
+ lang_add_entry (v[i].entry, 1);
+ ldlang_add_undef (v[i].entry);
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ einfo ("%P%F: invalid subsystem type %s\n", optarg);
+}
+
+
+
+static void
+set_pe_value (name)
+ char *name;
+
+{
+ char *end;
+ set_pe_name (name, strtoul (optarg, &end, 0));
+ if (end == optarg)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%F: invalid hex number for PE parameter '%s'\n", optarg);
+ }
+
+ optarg = end;
+}
+
+static void
+set_pe_stack_heap (resname, comname)
+ char *resname;
+ char *comname;
+{
+ set_pe_value (resname);
+ if (*optarg == ',')
+ {
+ optarg++;
+ set_pe_value (comname);
+ }
+ else if (*optarg)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%F: strange hex info for PE parameter '%s'\n", optarg);
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args(argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ int longind;
+ int optc;
+ int prevoptind = optind;
+ int prevopterr = opterr;
+ int wanterror;
+ static int lastoptind = -1;
+
+ if (lastoptind != optind)
+ opterr = 0;
+ wanterror = opterr;
+
+ lastoptind = optind;
+
+ optc = getopt_long_only (argc, argv, "-", longopts, &longind);
+ opterr = prevopterr;
+
+ switch (optc)
+ {
+ default:
+ if (wanterror)
+ xexit (1);
+ optind = prevoptind;
+ return 0;
+
+ case OPTION_BASE_FILE:
+ link_info.base_file = (PTR) fopen (optarg, FOPEN_WB);
+ if (link_info.base_file == NULL)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't open base file %s\n",
+ program_name, optarg);
+ xexit (1);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* PE options */
+ case OPTION_HEAP:
+ set_pe_stack_heap ("__size_of_heap_reserve__", "__size_of_heap_commit__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_STACK:
+ set_pe_stack_heap ("__size_of_stack_reserve__", "__size_of_stack_commit__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_SUBSYSTEM:
+ set_pe_subsystem ();
+ break;
+ case OPTION_MAJOR_OS_VERSION:
+ set_pe_value ("__major_os_version__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_MINOR_OS_VERSION:
+ set_pe_value ("__minor_os_version__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_MAJOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION:
+ set_pe_value ("__major_subsystem_version__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_MINOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION:
+ set_pe_value ("__minor_subsystem_version__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_MAJOR_IMAGE_VERSION:
+ set_pe_value ("__major_image_version__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_MINOR_IMAGE_VERSION:
+ set_pe_value ("__minor_image_version__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_FILE_ALIGNMENT:
+ set_pe_value ("__file_alignment__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_SECTION_ALIGNMENT:
+ set_pe_value ("__section_alignment__");
+ break;
+ case OPTION_DLL:
+ set_pe_name ("__dll__", 1);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_IMAGE_BASE:
+ set_pe_value ("__image_base__");
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static void
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols()
+{
+ /* Run through and invent symbols for all the
+ names and insert the defaults. */
+ int j;
+ lang_statement_list_type *save;
+
+ if (!init[IMAGEBASEOFF].inited)
+ init[IMAGEBASEOFF].value = init[DLLOFF].value
+ ? NT_DLL_IMAGE_BASE : NT_EXE_IMAGE_BASE;
+
+ /* Glue the assignments into the abs section */
+ save = stat_ptr;
+
+ stat_ptr = &(abs_output_section->children);
+
+ for (j = 0; init[j].ptr; j++)
+ {
+ long val = init[j].value;
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=' ,init[j].symbol, exp_intop (val)));
+ if (init[j].size == sizeof(short))
+ *(short *)init[j].ptr = val;
+ else if (init[j].size == sizeof(int))
+ *(int *)init[j].ptr = val;
+ else if (init[j].size == sizeof(long))
+ *(long *)init[j].ptr = val;
+ /* This might be a long long or other special type. */
+ else if (init[j].size == sizeof(bfd_vma))
+ *(bfd_vma *)init[j].ptr = val;
+ else abort();
+ }
+ /* Restore the pointer. */
+ stat_ptr = save;
+
+ if (pe.FileAlignment >
+ pe.SectionAlignment)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P: warning, file alignment > section alignment.\n");
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open()
+{
+ /* Pass the wacky PE command line options into the output bfd.
+ FIXME: This should be done via a function, rather than by
+ including an internal BFD header. */
+ if (!coff_data(output_bfd)->pe)
+ {
+ einfo ("%F%P: PE operations on non PE file.\n");
+ }
+
+ pe_data(output_bfd)->pe_opthdr = pe;
+ pe_data(output_bfd)->dll = init[DLLOFF].value;
+
+}
+
+/* Callback functions for qsort in sort_sections. */
+
+static int
+sort_by_file_name (a, b)
+ void *a;
+ void *b;
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type **ra = a;
+ lang_statement_union_type **rb = b;
+ int i;
+
+ i = strcmp ((*ra)->input_section.ifile->the_bfd->my_archive->filename,
+ (*rb)->input_section.ifile->the_bfd->my_archive->filename);
+ if (i != 0)
+ return i;
+
+ return strcmp ((*ra)->input_section.ifile->filename,
+ (*rb)->input_section.ifile->filename);
+}
+
+static int
+sort_by_section_name (a, b)
+ void *a;
+ void *b;
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type **ra = a;
+ lang_statement_union_type **rb = b;
+ return strcmp ((*ra)->input_section.section->name,
+ (*rb)->input_section.section->name);
+}
+
+/* Subroutine of sort_sections to a contiguous subset of a list of sections.
+ NEXT_AFTER is the element after the last one to sort.
+ The result is a pointer to the last element's "next" pointer. */
+
+static lang_statement_union_type **
+sort_sections_1 (startptr, next_after, count, sort_func)
+ lang_statement_union_type **startptr,*next_after;
+ int count;
+ int (*sort_func) ();
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type **vec;
+ lang_statement_union_type *p;
+ int i;
+ lang_statement_union_type **ret;
+
+ if (count == 0)
+ return startptr;
+
+ vec = ((lang_statement_union_type **)
+ xmalloc (count * sizeof (lang_statement_union_type *)));
+
+ for (p = *startptr, i = 0; i < count; i++, p = p->next)
+ vec[i] = p;
+
+ qsort (vec, count, sizeof (vec[0]), sort_func);
+
+ /* Fill in the next pointers again. */
+ *startptr = vec[0];
+ for (i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
+ vec[i]->header.next = vec[i + 1];
+ vec[i]->header.next = next_after;
+ ret = &vec[i]->header.next;
+ free (vec);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Sort the .idata\$foo input sections of archives into filename order.
+ The reason is so dlltool can arrange to have the pe dll import information
+ generated correctly - the head of the list goes into dh.o, the tail into
+ dt.o, and the guts into ds[nnnn].o. Note that this is only needed for the
+ .idata section.
+ FIXME: This may no longer be necessary with grouped sections. Instead of
+ sorting on dh.o, ds[nnnn].o, dt.o, one could, for example, have dh.o use
+ .idata\$4h, have ds[nnnn].o use .idata\$4s[nnnn], and have dt.o use .idata\$4t.
+ This would have to be elaborated upon to handle multiple dll's
+ [assuming such an eloboration is possible of course].
+
+ We also sort sections in '\$' wild statements. These are created by the
+ place_orphans routine to implement grouped sections. */
+
+static void
+sort_sections (s)
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+ for (; s ; s = s->next)
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ sort_sections (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type **p = &s->wild_statement.children.head;
+
+ /* Is this the .idata section? */
+ if (s->wild_statement.section_name != NULL
+ && strncmp (s->wild_statement.section_name, ".idata", 6) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Sort the children. We want to sort any objects in
+ the same archive. In order to handle the case of
+ including a single archive multiple times, we sort
+ all the children by archive name and then by object
+ name. After sorting them, we re-thread the pointer
+ chain. */
+
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type *start = *p;
+ if (start->header.type != lang_input_section_enum
+ || !start->input_section.ifile->the_bfd->my_archive)
+ p = &(start->header.next);
+ else
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type *end;
+ int count;
+
+ for (end = start, count = 0;
+ end && end->header.type == lang_input_section_enum;
+ end = end->next)
+ count++;
+
+ p = sort_sections_1 (p, end, count, sort_by_file_name);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a collection of grouped sections, sort them.
+ The linker script must explicitly mention "*(.foo\$)".
+ Don't sort them if \$ is not the last character (not sure if
+ this is really useful, but it allows explicitly mentioning
+ some \$ sections and letting the linker handle the rest). */
+ if (s->wild_statement.section_name != NULL)
+ {
+ char *q = strchr (s->wild_statement.section_name, '\$');
+
+ if (q && q[1] == 0)
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type *end;
+ int count;
+
+ for (end = *p, count = 0; end; end = end->next)
+ {
+ if (end->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
+ abort ();
+ count++;
+ }
+ (void) sort_sections_1 (p, end, count, sort_by_section_name);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation()
+{
+ extern lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr;
+
+#ifdef TARGET_IS_ppcpe
+ /* Here we rummage through the found bfds to collect toc information */
+ {
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
+ {
+ if (!ppc_process_before_allocation(is->the_bfd, &link_info))
+ {
+ einfo("Errors encountered processing file %s", is->filename);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We have seen it all. Allocate it, and carry on */
+ ppc_allocate_toc_section (&link_info);
+#endif
+
+ sort_sections (stat_ptr->head);
+}
+
+/* Place an orphan section. We use this to put sections with a '\$' in them
+ into the right place. Any section with a '\$' in them (e.g. .text\$foo)
+ gets mapped to the output section with everything from the '\$' on stripped
+ (e.g. .text).
+ See the Microsoft Portable Executable and Common Object File Format
+ Specification 4.1, section 4.2, Grouped Sections. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
+ lang_input_statement_type *file;
+ asection *s;
+{
+ const char *secname;
+ char *output_secname, *ps;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+ lang_statement_union_type *l;
+
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Don't process grouped sections unless doing a final link.
+ If they're marked as COMDAT sections, we don't want .text\$foo to
+ end up in .text and then have .text disappear because it's marked
+ link-once-discard. */
+ if (link_info.relocateable)
+ return false;
+
+ secname = bfd_get_section_name (s->owner, s);
+
+ /* Everything from the '\$' on gets deleted so don't allow '\$' as the
+ first character. */
+ if (*secname == '\$')
+ einfo ("%P%F: section %s has '\$' as first character\n", secname);
+ if (strchr (secname + 1, '\$') == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Look up the output section. The Microsoft specs say sections names in
+ image files never contain a '\$'. Fortunately, lang_..._lookup creates
+ the section if it doesn't exist. */
+ output_secname = buystring (secname);
+ ps = strchr (output_secname + 1, '\$');
+ *ps = 0;
+ os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_secname);
+
+ /* Find the '\$' wild statement for this section. We currently require the
+ linker script to explicitly mention "*(.foo\$)".
+ FIXME: ppcpe.sc has .CRT\$foo in the .rdata section. According to the
+ Microsoft docs this isn't correct so it's not (currently) handled. */
+
+ ps[0] = '\$';
+ ps[1] = 0;
+ for (l = os->children.head; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ if (l->header.type == lang_wild_statement_enum
+ && strcmp (l->wild_statement.section_name, output_secname) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ ps[0] = 0;
+ if (l == NULL)
+#if 1
+ einfo ("%P%F: *(%s\$) missing from linker script\n", output_secname);
+#else /* FIXME: This block is untried. It exists to convey the intent,
+ should one decide to not require *(.foo\$) to appear in the linker
+ script. */
+ {
+ lang_wild_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_wild_statement,
+ &os->children);
+ new->section_name = xmalloc (strlen (output_secname) + 2);
+ sprintf (new->section_name, "%s\$", output_secname);
+ new->filename = NULL;
+ lang_list_init (&new->children);
+ l = new;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Link the input section in and we're done for now.
+ The sections still have to be sorted, but that has to wait until
+ all such sections have been processed by us. The sorting is done by
+ sort_sections. */
+ wild_doit (&l->wild_statement.children, s, os, file);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static char *
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script(isfile)
+ int *isfile;
+EOF
+# Scripts compiled in.
+# sed commands to quote an ld script as a C string.
+sc="-f ${srcdir}/emultempl/stringify.sed"
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{
+ *isfile = 0;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+ return
+EOF
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo ' ; else if (link_info.relocateable == true) return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo ' ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo ' ; else if (!config.magic_demand_paged) return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo ' ; else return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '; }' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation =
+{
+ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse,
+ syslib_default,
+ hll_default,
+ after_parse_default,
+ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open,
+ after_allocation_default,
+ set_output_arch_default,
+ ldemul_default_target,
+ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation,
+ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script,
+ "${EMULATION_NAME}",
+ "${OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+ NULL, /* finish */
+ NULL, /* create output section statements */
+ NULL, /* open dynamic archive */
+ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan,
+ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols,
+ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/stringify.sed b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/stringify.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a526d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/stringify.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/$/\\n\\/
+1 s/^/"/
+$ s/$/n"/
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/vanilla.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/vanilla.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04e36fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/vanilla.em
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* A vanilla emulation with no defaults
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Steve Chamberlain steve@cygnus.com
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+
+static void vanilla_before_parse()
+{
+}
+
+static void
+vanilla_set_output_arch()
+{
+ /* Set the output architecture and machine if possible */
+ unsigned long machine = 0;
+ bfd_set_arch_mach(output_bfd, ldfile_output_architecture, machine);
+}
+
+static char *
+vanilla_get_script(isfile)
+ int *isfile;
+{
+ *isfile = 0;
+ return "";
+}
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_vanilla_emulation =
+{
+ vanilla_before_parse,
+ syslib_default,
+ hll_default,
+ after_parse_default,
+ after_open_default,
+ after_allocation_default,
+ vanilla_set_output_arch,
+ ldemul_default_target,
+ before_allocation_default,
+ vanilla_get_script,
+ "vanilla",
+ "a.out-sunos-big"
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/gen-doc.texi b/contrib/binutils/ld/gen-doc.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a36727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/gen-doc.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+@c ------------------------------ CONFIGURATION VARS:
+@c 1. Inclusiveness of this manual
+@set GENERIC
+
+@c 2. Specific target machines
+@set H8300
+@set I960
+
+@c 3. Properties of this configuration
+@clear SingleFormat
+@set UsesEnvVars
+@c ------------------------------ end CONFIGURATION VARS
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/genscripts.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/genscripts.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..eea5401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/genscripts.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# genscripts.sh - generate the ld-emulation-target specific files
+#
+# Usage: genscripts.sh srcdir libdir host target target_alias \
+# default_emulation native_lib_dirs this_emulation tool_dir
+#
+# Sample usage:
+# genscripts.sh /djm/ld-devo/devo/ld /usr/local/lib sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3 \
+# sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3 sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3 sun4 "" sun3 sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3
+# produces sun3.x sun3.xbn sun3.xn sun3.xr sun3.xu em_sun3.c
+
+srcdir=$1
+libdir=$2
+host=$3
+target=$4
+target_alias=$5
+DEFAULT_EMULATION=$6
+NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=$7
+EMULATION_NAME=$8
+tool_lib=`echo ${libdir} | sed -e 's|/lib$||'`/${9-$target_alias}/lib
+
+# Include the emulation-specific parameters:
+. ${srcdir}/emulparams/${EMULATION_NAME}.sh
+
+if test -d ldscripts; then
+ true
+else
+ mkdir ldscripts
+fi
+
+# Set the library search path, for libraries named by -lfoo.
+# If LIB_PATH is defined (e.g., by Makefile) and non-empty, it is used.
+# Otherwise, the default is set here.
+#
+# The format is the usual list of colon-separated directories.
+# To force a logically empty LIB_PATH, do LIBPATH=":".
+
+if [ "x${LIB_PATH}" = "x" ] ; then
+ if [ "x${host}" = "x${target}" ] ; then
+ if [ "x${DEFAULT_EMULATION}" = "x${EMULATION_NAME}" ] ; then
+ # Native.
+ LIB_PATH=/lib:/usr/lib
+ if [ -n "${NATIVE_LIB_DIRS}" ]; then
+ LIB_PATH=${LIB_PATH}:${NATIVE_LIB_DIRS}
+ fi
+ if [ "${libdir}" != /usr/lib ]; then
+ LIB_PATH=${LIB_PATH}:${libdir}
+ fi
+ if [ "${libdir}" != /usr/local/lib ] ; then
+ LIB_PATH=${LIB_PATH}:/usr/local/lib
+ fi
+ else
+ # Native, but not default emulation.
+ LIB_PATH=
+ fi
+ else
+ # Cross.
+ LIB_PATH=
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Always search $(tooldir)/lib, aka /usr/local/TARGET/lib.
+LIB_PATH=${LIB_PATH}:${tool_lib}
+
+LIB_SEARCH_DIRS=`echo ${LIB_PATH} | tr ':' ' ' | sed -e 's/\([^ ][^ ]*\)/SEARCH_DIR(\1);/g'`
+
+# Generate 5 or 6 script files from a master script template in
+# ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sh. Which one of the 5 or 6
+# script files is actually used depends on command line options given
+# to ld. (SCRIPT_NAME was set in the emulparams_file.)
+#
+# A .x script file is the default script.
+# A .xr script is for linking without relocation (-r flag).
+# A .xu script is like .xr, but *do* create constructors (-Ur flag).
+# A .xn script is for linking with -n flag (mix text and data on same page).
+# A .xbn script is for linking with -N flag (mix text and data on same page).
+# A .xs script is for generating a shared library with the --shared
+# flag; it is only generated if $GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT is set by the
+# emulation parameters.
+
+SEGMENT_SIZE=${SEGMENT_SIZE-${TARGET_PAGE_SIZE}}
+
+# Determine DATA_ALIGNMENT for the 5 variants, using
+# values specified in the emulparams/<emulation>.sh file or default.
+
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_-${DATA_ALIGNMENT-ALIGN(${SEGMENT_SIZE})}}"
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_n="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_n-${DATA_ALIGNMENT_}}"
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_N="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_N-${DATA_ALIGNMENT-.}}"
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_r="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_r-${DATA_ALIGNMENT-}}"
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_u="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_u-${DATA_ALIGNMENT_r}}"
+
+LD_FLAG=r
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_r}
+DEFAULT_DATA_ALIGNMENT="ALIGN(${SEGMENT_SIZE})"
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+ ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr
+
+LD_FLAG=u
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_u}
+CONSTRUCTING=" "
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+ ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu
+
+LD_FLAG=
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_}
+RELOCATING=" "
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+ ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x
+
+LD_FLAG=n
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_n}
+TEXT_START_ADDR=${NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR-${TEXT_START_ADDR}}
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+ ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn
+
+LD_FLAG=N
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_N}
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+ ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn
+
+if test -n "$GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT"; then
+ LD_FLAG=shared
+ DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_s-${DATA_ALIGNMENT_}}
+ CREATE_SHLIB=" "
+ # Note that TEXT_START_ADDR is set to NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR.
+ (. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+ ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xs
+fi
+
+test "$DEFAULT_EMULATION" = "$EMULATION_NAME" && COMPILE_IN=true
+
+# Generate e${EMULATION_NAME}.c.
+. ${srcdir}/emultempl/${TEMPLATE_NAME-generic}.em
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/h8-doc.texi b/contrib/binutils/ld/h8-doc.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3c62a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/h8-doc.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+@c ------------------------------ CONFIGURATION VARS:
+@c 1. Inclusiveness of this manual
+@clear GENERIC
+
+@c 2. Specific target machines
+@set H8300
+@set Hitachi
+@clear I960
+
+@c 3. Properties of this configuration
+@set SingleFormat
+@clear UsesEnvVars
+@c ------------------------------ end CONFIGURATION VARS
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.1 b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..610f046
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.1
@@ -0,0 +1,1072 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH ld 1 "17 August 1992" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+ld \- the GNU linker
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B ld
+.RB "[\|" \-o "
+.I output\c
+\&\|] \c
+.I objfile\c
+\&.\|.\|.
+.br
+.RB "[\|" \-A\c
+.I architecture\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
+.I input-format\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-Bstatic "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-Bdynamic "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-Bsymbolic "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-c\ "\c
+.I commandfile\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-\-cref "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-d | \-dc | \-dp\c
+\|]
+.br
+.RB "[\|" "\-defsym\ "\c
+.I symbol\c
+\& = \c
+.I expression\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-e\ "\c
+.I entry\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-embedded\-relocs "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-E "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-export\-dynamic "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-f\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-auxiliary\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-F\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-filter\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-format\ "\c
+.I input-format\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-g "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-G
+.I size\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-h\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-soname\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-i "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-l\c
+.I ar\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-L\c
+.I searchdir\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-M "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-Map
+.I mapfile\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-m
+.I emulation\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-n | \-N "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-noinhibit-exec "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-no\-keep\-memory "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-oformat\ "\c
+.I output-format\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-R\ "\c
+.I filename\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-relax "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-r | \-Ur "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-rpath\ "\c
+.I directory\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-rpath\-link\ "\c
+.I directory\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-S "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-s "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-shared "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-sort\-common "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-split\-by\-reloc\ "\c
+.I count\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-split\-by\-file "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-T\ "\c
+.I commandfile\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-Ttext\ "\c
+.I textorg\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-Tdata\ "\c
+.I dataorg\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-Tbss\ "\c
+.I bssorg\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-t "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-u\ "\c
+.I sym\c
+\&]
+.RB "[\|" \-V "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-v "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-verbose "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-common "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-constructors "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-multiple\-gp "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-once "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-section\-align "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-whole\-archive "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-no\-whole\-archive "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-wrap\ "\c
+.I symbol\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-X "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-x "\|]"
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& combines a number of object and archive files, relocates
+their data and ties up symbol references. Often the last step in
+building a new compiled program to run is a call to \c
+.B ld\c
+\&.
+
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& accepts Linker Command Language files
+to provide explicit and total control over the linking process.
+This man page does not describe the command language; see the `\|\c
+.B ld\c
+\|' entry in `\|\c
+.B info\c
+\|', or the manual
+.I
+ld: the GNU linker
+\&, for full details on the command language and on other aspects of
+the GNU linker.
+
+This version of \c
+.B ld\c
+\& uses the general purpose BFD libraries
+to operate on object files. This allows \c
+.B ld\c
+\& to read, combine, and
+write object files in many different formats\(em\&for example, COFF or
+\c
+.B a.out\c
+\&. Different formats may be linked together to produce any
+available kind of object file. You can use `\|\c
+.B objdump \-i\c
+\|' to get a list of formats supported on various architectures; see
+.BR objdump ( 1 ).
+
+Aside from its flexibility, the GNU linker is more helpful than other
+linkers in providing diagnostic information. Many linkers abandon
+execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible,
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors
+(or, in some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error).
+
+The GNU linker \c
+.B ld\c
+\& is meant to cover a broad range of situations,
+and to be as compatible as possible with other linkers. As a result,
+you have many choices to control its behavior through the command line,
+and through environment variables.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+The plethora of command-line options may seem intimidating, but in
+actual practice few of them are used in any particular context.
+For instance, a frequent use of \c
+.B ld\c
+\& is to link standard Unix
+object files on a standard, supported Unix system. On such a system, to
+link a file \c
+.B hello.o\c
+\&:
+.sp
+.br
+$\ ld\ \-o\ output\ /lib/crt0.o\ hello.o\ \-lc
+.br
+.sp
+This tells \c
+.B ld\c
+\& to produce a file called \c
+.B output\c
+\& as the
+result of linking the file \c
+.B /lib/crt0.o\c
+\& with \c
+.B hello.o\c
+\& and
+the library \c
+.B libc.a\c
+\& which will come from the standard search
+directories.
+
+The command-line options to \c
+.B ld\c
+\& may be specified in any order, and
+may be repeated at will. For the most part, repeating an option with a
+different argument will either have no further effect, or override prior
+occurrences (those further to the left on the command line) of an
+option.
+
+The exceptions\(em\&which may meaningfully be used more than once\(em\&are
+\c
+.B \-A\c
+\&, \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& (or its synonym \c
+.B \-format\c
+\&), \c
+.B \-defsym\c
+\&,
+\c
+.B \-L\c
+\&, \c
+.B \-l\c
+\&, \c
+.B \-R\c
+\&, and \c
+.B \-u\c
+\&.
+
+The list of object files to be linked together, shown as \c
+.I objfile\c
+\&,
+may follow, precede, or be mixed in with command-line options; save that
+an \c
+.I objfile\c
+\& argument may not be placed between an option flag and
+its argument.
+
+Usually the linker is invoked with at least one object file, but other
+forms of binary input files can also be specified with \c
+.B \-l\c
+\&,
+\c
+.B \-R\c
+\&, and the script command language. If \c
+.I no\c
+\& binary input
+files at all are specified, the linker does not produce any output, and
+issues the message `\|\c
+.B No input files\c
+\|'.
+
+Option arguments must either follow the option letter without intervening
+whitespace, or be given as separate arguments immediately following the
+option that requires them.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-A" "architecture"
+In the current release of \c
+.B ld\c
+\&, this option is useful only for the
+Intel 960 family of architectures. In that \c
+.B ld\c
+\& configuration, the
+\c
+.I architecture\c
+\& argument is one of the two-letter names identifying
+members of the 960 family; the option specifies the desired output
+target, and warns of any incompatible instructions in the input files.
+It also modifies the linker's search strategy for archive libraries, to
+support the use of libraries specific to each particular
+architecture, by including in the search loop names suffixed with the
+string identifying the architecture.
+
+For example, if your \c
+.B ld\c
+\& command line included `\|\c
+.B \-ACA\c
+\|' as
+well as `\|\c
+.B \-ltry\c
+\|', the linker would look (in its built-in search
+paths, and in any paths you specify with \c
+.B \-L\c
+\&) for a library with
+the names
+.sp
+.br
+try
+.br
+libtry.a
+.br
+tryca
+.br
+libtryca.a
+.br
+.sp
+
+The first two possibilities would be considered in any event; the last
+two are due to the use of `\|\c
+.B \-ACA\c
+\|'.
+
+Future releases of \c
+.B ld\c
+\& may support similar functionality for
+other architecture families.
+
+You can meaningfully use \c
+.B \-A\c
+\& more than once on a command line, if
+an architecture family allows combination of target architectures; each
+use will add another pair of name variants to search for when \c
+.B \-l
+specifies a library.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-b " "input-format"
+Specify the binary format for input object files that follow this option
+on the command line. You don't usually need to specify this, as
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& is configured to expect as a default input format the most
+usual format on each machine. \c
+.I input-format\c
+\& is a text string, the
+name of a particular format supported by the BFD libraries.
+\c
+.B \-format \c
+.I input-format\c
+\&\c
+\& has the same effect, as does the script command
+.BR TARGET .
+
+You may want to use this option if you are linking files with an unusual
+binary format. You can also use \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& to switch formats explicitly (when
+linking object files of different formats), by including
+\c
+.B \-b \c
+.I input-format\c
+\&\c
+\& before each group of object files in a
+particular format.
+
+The default format is taken from the environment variable
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\&. You can also define the input
+format from a script, using the command \c
+.B TARGET\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-Bstatic
+Do not link against shared libraries. This is only meaningful on
+platforms for which shared libraries are supported.
+
+.TP
+.B \-Bdynamic
+Link against dynamic libraries. This is only meaningful on platforms
+for which shared libraries are supported. This option is normally the
+default on such platforms.
+
+.TP
+.B \-Bsymbolic
+When creating a shared library, bind references to global symbols to
+the definition within the shared library, if any. Normally, it is
+possible for a program linked against a shared library to override the
+definition within the shared library. This option is only meaningful
+on ELF platforms which support shared libraries.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-c " "commandfile"
+Directs \c
+.B ld\c
+\& to read link commands from the file
+\c
+.I commandfile\c
+\&. These commands will completely override \c
+.B ld\c
+\&'s
+default link format (rather than adding to it); \c
+.I commandfile\c
+\& must
+specify everything necessary to describe the target format.
+
+
+You may also include a script of link commands directly in the command
+line by bracketing it between `\|\c
+.B {\c
+\|' and `\|\c
+.B }\c
+\|' characters.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-cref
+Output a cross reference table. If a linker map file is being
+generated, the cross reference table is printed to the map file.
+Otherwise, it is printed on the standard output.
+
+.TP
+.B \-d
+.TP
+.B \-dc
+.TP
+.B \-dp
+These three options are equivalent; multiple forms are supported for
+compatibility with other linkers. Use any of them to make \c
+.B ld
+assign space to common symbols even if a relocatable output file is
+specified (\c
+.B \-r\c
+\&). The script command
+\c
+.B FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION\c
+\& has the same effect.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-defsym " "symbol" "\fR = \fP" expression
+Create a global symbol in the output file, containing the absolute
+address given by \c
+.I expression\c
+\&. You may use this option as many
+times as necessary to define multiple symbols in the command line. A
+limited form of arithmetic is supported for the \c
+.I expression\c
+\& in this
+context: you may give a hexadecimal constant or the name of an existing
+symbol, or use \c
+.B +\c
+\& and \c
+.B \-\c
+\& to add or subtract hexadecimal
+constants or symbols. If you need more elaborate expressions, consider
+using the linker command language from a script.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-e " "entry"\c
+\&
+Use \c
+.I entry\c
+\& as the explicit symbol for beginning execution of your
+program, rather than the default entry point. for a
+discussion of defaults and other ways of specifying the
+entry point.
+
+.TP
+.B \-embedded\-relocs
+This option is only meaningful when linking MIPS embedded PIC code,
+generated by the
+.B \-membedded\-pic
+option to the GNU compiler and assembler. It causes the linker to
+create a table which may be used at runtime to relocate any data which
+was statically initialized to pointer values. See the code in
+testsuite/ld-empic for details.
+
+.TP
+.B \-E
+.TP
+.B \-export\-dynamic
+When creating an ELF file, add all symbols to the dynamic symbol table.
+Normally, the dynamic symbol table contains only symbols which are used
+by a dynamic object. This option is needed for some uses of
+.I dlopen.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-f " "name"
+.TP
+.BI "--auxiliary " "name"
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_AUXILIARY field
+to the specified name. This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol
+table of the shared object should be used as an auxiliary filter on the
+symbol table of the shared object
+.I name.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-F " "name"
+.TP
+.BI "--filter " "name"
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_FILTER field to
+the specified name. This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol table
+of the shared object should be used as a filter on the symbol table of
+the shared object
+.I name.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-format " "input\-format"
+Synonym for \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& \c
+.I input\-format\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-g
+Accepted, but ignored; provided for compatibility with other tools.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-G " "size"\c
+Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP register
+to
+.I size
+under MIPS ECOFF. Ignored for other object file formats.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-h " "name"
+.TP
+.BI "-soname " "name"
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_SONAME field to
+the specified name. When an executable is linked with a shared object
+which has a DT_SONAME field, then when the executable is run the dynamic
+linker will attempt to load the shared object specified by the DT_SONAME
+field rather than the using the file name given to the linker.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Print a summary of the command-line options on the standard output and exit.
+This option and
+.B \-\-version
+begin with two dashes instead of one
+for compatibility with other GNU programs. The other options start with
+only one dash for compatibility with other linkers.
+
+.TP
+.B \-i
+Perform an incremental link (same as option \c
+.B \-r\c
+\&).
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-l" "ar"\c
+\&
+Add an archive file \c
+.I ar\c
+\& to the list of files to link. This
+option may be used any number of times. \c
+.B ld\c
+\& will search its
+path-list for occurrences of \c
+.B lib\c
+.I ar\c
+\&.a\c
+\& for every \c
+.I ar
+specified.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-L" "searchdir"
+This command adds path \c
+.I searchdir\c
+\& to the list of paths that
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& will search for archive libraries. You may use this option
+any number of times.
+
+The default set of paths searched (without being specified with
+\c
+.B \-L\c
+\&) depends on what emulation mode \c
+.B ld\c
+\& is using, and in
+some cases also on how it was configured. The
+paths can also be specified in a link script with the \c
+.B SEARCH_DIR
+command.
+
+.TP
+.B \-M
+Print (to the standard output file) a link map\(em\&diagnostic information
+about where symbols are mapped by \c
+.B ld\c
+\&, and information on global
+common storage allocation.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-Map " "mapfile"\c
+Print to the file
+.I mapfile
+a link map\(em\&diagnostic information
+about where symbols are mapped by \c
+.B ld\c
+\&, and information on global
+common storage allocation.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-m " "emulation"\c
+Emulate the
+.I emulation
+linker. You can list the available emulations with the
+.I \-\-verbose
+or
+.I \-V
+options. This option overrides the compiled-in default, which is the
+system for which you configured
+.BR ld .
+
+.TP
+.B \-N
+specifies readable and writable \c
+.B text\c
+\& and \c
+.B data\c
+\& sections. If
+the output format supports Unix style magic numbers, the output is
+marked as \c
+.B OMAGIC\c
+\&.
+
+When you use the `\|\c
+.B \-N\c
+\&\|' option, the linker does not page-align the
+data segment.
+
+.TP
+.B \-n
+sets the text segment to be read only, and \c
+.B NMAGIC\c
+\& is written
+if possible.
+
+.TP
+.B \-noinhibit\-exec
+Normally, the linker will not produce an output file if it encounters
+errors during the link process. With this flag, you can specify that
+you wish the output file retained even after non-fatal errors.
+
+.TP
+.B \-no\-keep\-memory
+The linker normally optimizes for speed over memory usage by caching
+the symbol tables of input files in memory. This option tells the
+linker to instead optimize for memory usage, by rereading the symbol
+tables as necessary. This may be required if the linker runs out of
+memory space while linking a large executable.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-o " "output"
+.I output\c
+\& is a name for the program produced by \c
+.B ld\c
+\&; if this
+option is not specified, the name `\|\c
+.B a.out\c
+\|' is used by default. The
+script command \c
+.B OUTPUT\c
+\& can also specify the output file name.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-oformat " "output\-format"
+Specify the binary format for the output object file.
+You don't usually need to specify this, as
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& is configured to produce as a default output format the most
+usual format on each machine. \c
+.I output-format\c
+\& is a text string, the
+name of a particular format supported by the BFD libraries.
+The script command
+.B OUTPUT_FORMAT
+can also specify the output format, but this option overrides it.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-R " "filename"
+Read symbol names and their addresses from \c
+.I filename\c
+\&, but do not
+relocate it or include it in the output. This allows your output file
+to refer symbolically to absolute locations of memory defined in other
+programs.
+
+.TP
+.B \-relax
+An option with machine dependent effects. Currently this option is only
+supported on the H8/300.
+
+On some platforms, use this option to perform global optimizations that
+become possible when the linker resolves addressing in your program, such
+as relaxing address modes and synthesizing new instructions in the
+output object file.
+
+On platforms where this is not supported, `\|\c
+.B \-relax\c
+\&\|' is accepted, but has no effect.
+
+.TP
+.B \-r
+Generates relocatable output\(em\&i.e., generate an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to \c
+.B ld\c
+\&. This is often called \c
+.I partial
+linking\c
+\&. As a side effect, in environments that support standard Unix
+magic numbers, this option also sets the output file's magic number to
+\c
+.B OMAGIC\c
+\&.
+If this option is not specified, an absolute file is produced. When
+linking C++ programs, this option \c
+.I will not\c
+\& resolve references to
+constructors; \c
+.B \-Ur\c
+\& is an alternative.
+
+This option does the same as \c
+.B \-i\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-rpath\ \fIdirectory
+Add a directory to the runtime library search path. This is used when
+linking an ELF executable with shared objects. All
+.B \-rpath
+arguments are concatenated and passed to the runtime linker, which uses
+them to locate shared objects at runtime. The
+.B \-rpath
+option is also used when locating shared objects which are needed by
+shared objects explicitly included in the link; see the description of
+the
+.B \-rpath\-link
+option. If
+.B \-rpath
+is not used when linking an ELF executable, the contents of the
+environment variable
+.B LD_RUN_PATH
+will be used if it is defined.
+
+The
+.B \-rpath
+option may also be used on SunOS. By default, on SunOS, the linker
+will form a runtime search patch out of all the
+.B \-L
+options it is given. If a
+.B \-rpath
+option is used, the runtime search path will be formed exclusively
+using the
+.B \-rpath
+options, ignoring
+the
+.B \-L
+options. This can be useful when using gcc, which adds many
+.B \-L
+options which may be on NFS mounted filesystems.
+
+.TP
+.B \-rpath\-link\ \fIdirectory
+When using ELF or SunOS, one shared library may require another. This
+happens when an
+.B ld\ \-shared
+link includes a shared library as one of the input files.
+
+When the linker encounters such a dependency when doing a non-shared,
+non-relocateable link, it will automatically try to locate the required
+shared library and include it in the link, if it is not included
+explicitly. In such a case, the
+.B \-rpath\-link
+option specifies the first set of directories to search. The
+.B \-rpath\-link
+option may specify a sequence of directory names either by specifying
+a list of names separated by colons, or by appearing multiple times.
+
+If the required shared library is not found, the linker will issue a
+warning and continue with the link.
+
+.TP
+.B \-S
+Omits debugger symbol information (but not all symbols) from the output file.
+
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Omits all symbol information from the output file.
+
+.TP
+.B \-shared
+Create a shared library. This is currently only supported on ELF and
+SunOS platforms (on SunOS it is not required, as the linker will
+automatically create a shared library when there are undefined symbols
+and the
+.B \-e
+option is not used).
+
+.TP
+.B \-sort\-common
+Normally, when
+.B ld
+places the global common symbols in the appropriate output sections,
+it sorts them by size. First come all the one byte symbols, then all
+the two bytes, then all the four bytes, and then everything else.
+This is to prevent gaps between symbols due to
+alignment constraints. This option disables that sorting.
+
+.TP
+.B \-split\-by\-reloc\ \fIcount
+Trys to creates extra sections in the output file so that no single
+output section in the file contains more than
+.I count
+relocations.
+This is useful when generating huge relocatable for downloading into
+certain real time kernels with the COFF object file format; since COFF
+cannot represent more than 65535 relocations in a single section.
+Note that this will fail to work with object file formats which do not
+support arbitrary sections. The linker will not split up individual
+input sections for redistribution, so if a single input section
+contains more than
+.I count
+relocations one output section will contain that many relocations.
+
+.TP
+.B \-split\-by\-file
+Similar to
+.B \-split\-by\-reloc
+but creates a new output section for each input file.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-Tbss " "org"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-Tdata " "org"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-Ttext " "org"\c
+Use \c
+.I org\c
+\& as the starting address for\(em\&respectively\(em\&the
+\c
+.B bss\c
+\&, \c
+.B data\c
+\&, or the \c
+.B text\c
+\& segment of the output file.
+\c
+.I textorg\c
+\& must be a hexadecimal integer.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-T " "commandfile"
+Equivalent to \c
+.B \-c \c
+.I commandfile\c
+\&\c
+\&; supported for compatibility with
+other tools.
+
+.TP
+.B \-t
+Prints names of input files as \c
+.B ld\c
+\& processes them.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-u " "sym"
+Forces \c
+.I sym\c
+\& to be entered in the output file as an undefined symbol.
+This may, for example, trigger linking of additional modules from
+standard libraries. \c
+.B \-u\c
+\& may be repeated with different option
+arguments to enter additional undefined symbols.
+
+.TP
+.B \-Ur
+For anything other than C++ programs, this option is equivalent to
+\c
+.B \-r\c
+\&: it generates relocatable output\(em\&i.e., an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to \c
+.B ld\c
+\&. When linking C++ programs, \c
+.B \-Ur
+.I will\c
+\& resolve references to constructors, unlike \c
+.B \-r\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-verbose
+Display the version number for \c
+.B ld
+and list the supported emulations.
+Display which input files can and can not be opened.
+
+.TP
+.B \-v, \-V
+Display the version number for \c
+.B ld\c
+\&.
+The
+.B \-V
+option also lists the supported emulations.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Display the version number for \c
+.B ld
+and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-common
+Warn when a common symbol is combined with another common symbol or with
+a symbol definition. Unix linkers allow this somewhat sloppy practice,
+but linkers on some other operating systems do not. This option allows
+you to find potential problems from combining global symbols.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-constructors
+Warn if any global constructors are used. This is only useful for a
+few object file formats. For formats like COFF or ELF, the linker can
+not detect the use of global constructors.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-multiple\-gp
+Warn if the output file requires multiple global-pointer values. This
+option is only meaningful for certain processors, such as the Alpha.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-once
+Only warn once for each undefined symbol, rather than once per module
+which refers to it.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-section\-align
+Warn if the address of an output section is changed because of
+alignment. Typically, the alignment will be set by an input section.
+The address will only be changed if it not explicitly specified; that
+is, if the SECTIONS command does not specify a start address for the
+section.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-whole\-archive
+For each archive mentioned on the command line after the
+.B \-\-whole\-archive
+option, include every object file in the archive in the link, rather
+than searching the archive for the required object files. This is
+normally used to turn an archive file into a shared library, forcing
+every object to be included in the resulting shared library.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-whole\-archive
+Turn off the effect of the
+.B \-\-whole\-archive
+option for archives which appear later on the command line.
+
+.TP
+.BI "--wrap " "symbol"
+Use a wrapper function for
+.I symbol.
+Any undefined reference to
+.I symbol
+will be resolved to
+.BI "__wrap_" "symbol".
+Any undefined reference to
+.BI "__real_" "symbol"
+will be resolved to
+.I symbol.
+
+.TP
+.B \-X
+Delete all temporary local symbols. For most targets, this is all local
+symbols whose names begin with `\|\c
+.B L\c
+\|'.
+
+.TP
+.B \-x
+Delete all local symbols.
+
+.PP
+
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+\c
+You can change the behavior of
+.B ld\c
+\& with the environment variable \c
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\&.
+
+\c
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\& determines the input-file object format if you don't
+use \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& (or its synonym \c
+.B \-format\c
+\&). Its value should be one
+of the BFD names for an input format. If there is no
+\c
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\& in the environment, \c
+.B ld\c
+\& uses the natural format
+of the host. If \c
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\& is set to \c
+.B default\c
+\& then BFD attempts to discover the
+input format by examining binary input files; this method often
+succeeds, but there are potential ambiguities, since there is no method
+of ensuring that the magic number used to flag object-file formats is
+unique. However, the configuration procedure for BFD on each system
+places the conventional format for that system first in the search-list,
+so ambiguities are resolved in favor of convention.
+
+.PP
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+
+.BR objdump ( 1 )
+.br
+.br
+.RB "`\|" ld "\|' and `\|" binutils "\|'"
+entries in
+.B info\c
+.br
+.I
+ld: the GNU linker\c
+, Steve Chamberlain and Roland Pesch;
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+, Roland H. Pesch.
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d504a2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.h
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* ld.h -- general linker header file
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+ 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef LD_H
+#define LD_H
+
+/* Look in this environment name for the linker to pretend to be */
+#define EMULATION_ENVIRON "LDEMULATION"
+/* If in there look for the strings: */
+
+/* Look in this variable for a target format */
+#define TARGET_ENVIRON "GNUTARGET"
+
+/* Input sections which are put in a section of this name are actually
+ discarded. */
+#define DISCARD_SECTION_NAME "/DISCARD/"
+
+/* Extra information we hold on sections */
+typedef struct user_section_struct
+{
+ /* Pointer to the section where this data will go */
+ struct lang_input_statement_struct *file;
+} section_userdata_type;
+
+
+#define get_userdata(x) ((x)->userdata)
+
+#define BYTE_SIZE (1)
+#define SHORT_SIZE (2)
+#define LONG_SIZE (4)
+#define QUAD_SIZE (8)
+
+/* ALIGN macro changed to ALIGN_N to avoid */
+/* conflict in /usr/include/machine/machparam.h */
+/* WARNING: If THIS is a 64 bit address and BOUNDARY is a 32 bit int,
+ you must coerce boundary to the same type as THIS.
+ ??? Is there a portable way to avoid this. */
+#define ALIGN_N(this, boundary) \
+ ((( (this) + ((boundary) -1)) & (~((boundary)-1))))
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ /* 1 => assign space to common symbols even if `relocatable_output'. */
+ boolean force_common_definition;
+ boolean relax;
+
+ /* Name of runtime interpreter to invoke. */
+ char *interpreter;
+
+ /* Name to give runtime libary from the -soname argument. */
+ char *soname;
+
+ /* Runtime library search path from the -rpath argument. */
+ char *rpath;
+
+ /* Link time runtime library search path from the -rpath-link
+ argument. */
+ char *rpath_link;
+
+ /* Big or little endian as set on command line. */
+ enum { ENDIAN_UNSET = 0, ENDIAN_BIG, ENDIAN_LITTLE } endian;
+
+ /* If true, export all symbols in the dynamic symbol table of an ELF
+ executable. */
+ boolean export_dynamic;
+
+ /* If true, build MIPS embedded PIC relocation tables in the output
+ file. */
+ boolean embedded_relocs;
+
+ /* If true, force generation of a file with a .exe file. */
+ boolean force_exe_suffix;
+
+ /* If true, generate a cross reference report. */
+ boolean cref;
+
+ /* Name of shared object whose symbol table should be filtered with
+ this shared object. From the --filter option. */
+ char *filter_shlib;
+
+ /* Name of shared object for whose symbol table this shared object
+ is an auxiliary filter. From the --auxiliary option. */
+ char **auxiliary_filters;
+} args_type;
+
+extern args_type command_line;
+
+typedef int token_code_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ bfd_size_type specified_data_size;
+ boolean magic_demand_paged;
+ boolean make_executable;
+
+ /* If true, doing a dynamic link. */
+ boolean dynamic_link;
+
+ /* If true, build constructors. */
+ boolean build_constructors;
+
+ /* If true, warn about any constructors. */
+ boolean warn_constructors;
+
+ /* If true, warn about merging common symbols with others. */
+ boolean warn_common;
+
+ /* If true, only warn once about a particular undefined symbol. */
+ boolean warn_once;
+
+ /* If true, warn if multiple global-pointers are needed (Alpha
+ only). */
+ boolean warn_multiple_gp;
+
+ /* If true, warn if the starting address of an output section
+ changes due to the alignment of an input section. */
+ boolean warn_section_align;
+
+ boolean sort_common;
+
+ boolean text_read_only;
+
+ char *map_filename;
+ FILE *map_file;
+
+ boolean stats;
+
+ int split_by_reloc;
+ boolean split_by_file;
+} ld_config_type;
+
+extern ld_config_type config;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ lang_first_phase_enum,
+ lang_allocating_phase_enum,
+ lang_final_phase_enum
+} lang_phase_type;
+
+extern boolean had_script;
+extern boolean force_make_executable;
+
+/* Non-zero if we are processing a --defsym from the command line. */
+extern int parsing_defsym;
+
+extern int yyparse PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern void add_cref PARAMS ((const char *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+extern void output_cref PARAMS ((FILE *));
+extern void check_nocrossrefs PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.texinfo b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.texinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a5d17a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.texinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,3620 @@
+\input texinfo
+@setfilename ld.info
+@syncodeindex ky cp
+@include configdoc.texi
+@c (configdoc.texi is generated by the Makefile)
+
+@c @smallbook
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Ld: (ld). The GNU linker.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the @sc{gnu} linker LD.
+
+Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+@finalout
+@setchapternewpage odd
+@settitle Using LD, the GNU linker
+@titlepage
+@title Using ld
+@subtitle The GNU linker
+@sp 1
+@subtitle @code{ld} version 2
+@subtitle January 1994
+@author Steve Chamberlain
+@author Cygnus Support
+@page
+
+@tex
+{\parskip=0pt
+\hfill Cygnus Support\par
+\hfill steve\@cygnus.com, doc\@cygnus.com\par
+\hfill {\it Using LD, the GNU linker}\par
+\hfill Edited by Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey\@cygnus.com)\par
+}
+\global\parindent=0pt % Steve likes it this way.
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end titlepage
+@end iftex
+@c FIXME: Talk about importance of *order* of args, cmds to linker!
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top
+@top Using ld
+This file documents the @sc{gnu} linker ld.
+
+@menu
+* Overview:: Overview
+* Invocation:: Invocation
+* Commands:: Command Language
+@ifset GENERIC
+* Machine Dependent:: Machine Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset H8300
+* H8/300:: ld and the H8/300
+@end ifset
+@ifset Hitachi
+* Hitachi:: ld and other Hitachi micros
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+* i960:: ld and the Intel 960 family
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+* BFD:: BFD
+@end ifclear
+@c Following blank line required for remaining bug in makeinfo conds/menus
+
+* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
+* MRI:: MRI Compatible Script Files
+* Index:: Index
+@end menu
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Overview
+@chapter Overview
+
+@cindex @sc{gnu} linker
+@cindex what is this?
+@code{ld} combines a number of object and archive files, relocates
+their data and ties up symbol references. Usually the last step in
+compiling a program is to run @code{ld}.
+
+@code{ld} accepts Linker Command Language files written in
+a superset of AT&T's Link Editor Command Language syntax,
+to provide explicit and total control over the linking process.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+This version of @code{ld} uses the general purpose BFD libraries
+to operate on object files. This allows @code{ld} to read, combine, and
+write object files in many different formats---for example, COFF or
+@code{a.out}. Different formats may be linked together to produce any
+available kind of object file. @xref{BFD}, for more information.
+@end ifclear
+
+Aside from its flexibility, the @sc{gnu} linker is more helpful than other
+linkers in providing diagnostic information. Many linkers abandon
+execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible,
+@code{ld} continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors
+(or, in some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error).
+
+@node Invocation
+@chapter Invocation
+
+The @sc{gnu} linker @code{ld} is meant to cover a broad range of situations,
+and to be as compatible as possible with other linkers. As a result,
+you have many choices to control its behavior.
+
+@ifset UsesEnvVars
+@menu
+* Options:: Command Line Options
+* Environment:: Environment Variables
+@end menu
+
+@node Options
+@section Command Line Options
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex command line
+@cindex options
+The linker supports a plethora of command-line options, but in actual
+practice few of them are used in any particular context.
+@cindex standard Unix system
+For instance, a frequent use of @code{ld} is to link standard Unix
+object files on a standard, supported Unix system. On such a system, to
+link a file @code{hello.o}:
+
+@smallexample
+ld -o @var{output} /lib/crt0.o hello.o -lc
+@end smallexample
+
+This tells @code{ld} to produce a file called @var{output} as the
+result of linking the file @code{/lib/crt0.o} with @code{hello.o} and
+the library @code{libc.a}, which will come from the standard search
+directories. (See the discussion of the @samp{-l} option below.)
+
+The command-line options to @code{ld} may be specified in any order, and
+may be repeated at will. Repeating most options with a different
+argument will either have no further effect, or override prior
+occurrences (those further to the left on the command line) of that
+option. Options which may be meaningfully specified more than once are
+noted in the descriptions below.
+
+@cindex object files
+Non-option arguments are objects files which are to be linked together.
+They may follow, precede, or be mixed in with command-line options,
+except that an object file argument may not be placed between an option
+and its argument.
+
+Usually the linker is invoked with at least one object file, but you can
+specify other forms of binary input files using @samp{-l}, @samp{-R},
+and the script command language. If @emph{no} binary input files at all
+are specified, the linker does not produce any output, and issues the
+message @samp{No input files}.
+
+If the linker can not recognize the format of an object file, it will
+assume that it is a linker script. A script specified in this way
+augments the main linker script used for the link (either the default
+linker script or the one specified by using @samp{-T}). This feature
+permits the linker to link against a file which appears to be an object
+or an archive, but actually merely defines some symbol values, or uses
+@code{INPUT} or @code{GROUP} to load other objects. Note that
+specifying a script in this way should only be used to augment the main
+linker script; if you want to use some command that logically can only
+appear once, such as the @code{SECTIONS} or @code{MEMORY} command, you
+must replace the default linker script using the @samp{-T} option.
+@xref{Commands}.
+
+For options whose names are a single letter,
+option arguments must either follow the option letter without intervening
+whitespace, or be given as separate arguments immediately following the
+option that requires them.
+
+For options whose names are multiple letters, either one dash or two can
+precede the option name; for example, @samp{--oformat} and
+@samp{--oformat} are equivalent. Arguments to multiple-letter options
+must either be separated from the option name by an equals sign, or be
+given as separate arguments immediately following the option that
+requires them. For example, @samp{--oformat srec} and
+@samp{--oformat=srec} are equivalent. Unique abbreviations of the names
+of multiple-letter options are accepted.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex -a@var{keyword}
+@item -a@var{keyword}
+This option is supported for HP/UX compatibility. The @var{keyword}
+argument must be one of the strings @samp{archive}, @samp{shared}, or
+@samp{default}. @samp{-aarchive} is functionally equivalent to
+@samp{-Bstatic}, and the other two keywords are functionally equivalent
+to @samp{-Bdynamic}. This option may be used any number of times.
+
+@ifset I960
+@cindex architectures
+@kindex -A@var{arch}
+@item -A@var{architecture}
+@kindex --architecture=@var{arch}
+@itemx --architecture=@var{architecture}
+In the current release of @code{ld}, this option is useful only for the
+Intel 960 family of architectures. In that @code{ld} configuration, the
+@var{architecture} argument identifies the particular architecture in
+the 960 family, enabling some safeguards and modifying the
+archive-library search path. @xref{i960,,@code{ld} and the Intel 960
+family}, for details.
+
+Future releases of @code{ld} may support similar functionality for
+other architecture families.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@cindex binary input format
+@kindex -b @var{format}
+@kindex --format=@var{format}
+@cindex input format
+@cindex input format
+@item -b @var{input-format}
+@itemx --format=@var{input-format}
+@code{ld} may be configured to support more than one kind of object
+file. If your @code{ld} is configured this way, you can use the
+@samp{-b} option to specify the binary format for input object files
+that follow this option on the command line. Even when @code{ld} is
+configured to support alternative object formats, you don't usually need
+to specify this, as @code{ld} should be configured to expect as a
+default input format the most usual format on each machine.
+@var{input-format} is a text string, the name of a particular format
+supported by the BFD libraries. (You can list the available binary
+formats with @samp{objdump -i}.)
+@xref{BFD}.
+
+You may want to use this option if you are linking files with an unusual
+binary format. You can also use @samp{-b} to switch formats explicitly (when
+linking object files of different formats), by including
+@samp{-b @var{input-format}} before each group of object files in a
+particular format.
+
+The default format is taken from the environment variable
+@code{GNUTARGET}.
+@ifset UsesEnvVars
+@xref{Environment}.
+@end ifset
+You can also define the input
+format from a script, using the command @code{TARGET}; see @ref{Option
+Commands}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@kindex -c @var{MRI-cmdfile}
+@kindex --mri-script=@var{MRI-cmdfile}
+@cindex compatibility, MRI
+@item -c @var{MRI-commandfile}
+@itemx --mri-script=@var{MRI-commandfile}
+For compatibility with linkers produced by MRI, @code{ld} accepts script
+files written in an alternate, restricted command language, described in
+@ref{MRI,,MRI Compatible Script Files}. Introduce MRI script files with
+the option @samp{-c}; use the @samp{-T} option to run linker
+scripts written in the general-purpose @code{ld} scripting language.
+If @var{MRI-cmdfile} does not exist, @code{ld} looks for it in the directories
+specified by any @samp{-L} options.
+
+@cindex common allocation
+@kindex -d
+@kindex -dc
+@kindex -dp
+@item -d
+@itemx -dc
+@itemx -dp
+These three options are equivalent; multiple forms are supported for
+compatibility with other linkers. They
+assign space to common symbols even if a relocatable output file is
+specified (with @samp{-r}). The script command
+@code{FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION} has the same effect. @xref{Option
+Commands}.
+
+@cindex entry point, from command line
+@kindex -e @var{entry}
+@kindex --entry=@var{entry}
+@item -e @var{entry}
+@itemx --entry=@var{entry}
+Use @var{entry} as the explicit symbol for beginning execution of your
+program, rather than the default entry point. @xref{Entry Point}, for a
+discussion of defaults and other ways of specifying the
+entry point.
+
+@cindex dynamic symbol table
+@kindex -E
+@kindex --export-dynamic
+@item -E
+@itemx --export-dynamic
+When creating a dynamically linked executable, add all symbols to the
+dynamic symbol table. Normally, the dynamic symbol table contains only
+symbols which are used by a dynamic object. This option is needed for
+some uses of @code{dlopen}.
+
+@kindex -f
+@kindex --auxiliary
+@item -f
+@itemx --auxiliary @var{name}
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_AUXILIARY field
+to the specified name. This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol
+table of the shared object should be used as an auxiliary filter on the
+symbol table of the shared object @var{name}.
+
+If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you
+run the program, the dynamic linker will see the DT_AUXILIARY field. If
+the dynamic linker resolves any symbols from the filter object, it will
+first check whether there is a definition in the shared object
+@var{name}. If there is one, it will be used instead of the definition
+in the filter object. The shared object @var{name} need not exist.
+Thus the shared object @var{name} may be used to provide an alternative
+implementation of certain functions, perhaps for debugging or for
+machine specific performance.
+
+This option may be specified more than once. The DT_AUXILIARY entries
+will be created in the order in which they appear on the command line.
+
+@kindex -F
+@kindex --filter
+@item -F @var{name}
+@itemx --filter @var{name}
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_FILTER field to
+the specified name. This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol table
+of the shared object which is being created should be used as a filter
+on the symbol table of the shared object @var{name}.
+
+If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you
+run the program, the dynamic linker will see the DT_FILTER field. The
+dynamic linker will resolve symbols according to the symbol table of the
+filter object as usual, but it will actually link to the definitions
+found in the shared object @var{name}. Thus the filter object can be
+used to select a subset of the symbols provided by the object
+@var{name}.
+
+Some older linkers used the @code{-F} option throughout a compilation
+toolchain for specifying object-file format for both input and output
+object files. The @sc{gnu} linker uses other mechanisms for this
+purpose: the @code{-b}, @code{--format}, @code{--oformat} options, the
+@code{TARGET} command in linker scripts, and the @code{GNUTARGET}
+environment variable. The @sc{gnu} linker will ignore the @code{-F}
+option when not creating an ELF shared object.
+
+@kindex --force-exe-suffix
+@item --force-exe-suffix
+Make sure that an output file has a .exe suffix.
+
+If a successfully built fully linked output file does not have a
+@code{.exe} or @code{.dll} suffix, this option forces the linker to copy
+the output file to one of the same name with a @code{.exe} suffix. This
+option is useful when using unmodified Unix makefiles on a Microsoft
+Windows host, since some versions of Windows won't run an image unless
+it ends in a @code{.exe} suffix.
+
+@kindex -g
+@item -g
+Ignored. Provided for compatibility with other tools.
+
+@kindex -G
+@kindex --gpsize
+@cindex object size
+@item -G@var{value}
+@itemx --gpsize=@var{value}
+Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP register to
+@var{size}. This is only meaningful for object file formats such as
+MIPS ECOFF which supports putting large and small objects into different
+sections. This is ignored for other object file formats.
+
+@cindex runtime library name
+@kindex -h@var{name}
+@kindex -soname=@var{name}
+@item -h@var{name}
+@itemx -soname=@var{name}
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_SONAME field to
+the specified name. When an executable is linked with a shared object
+which has a DT_SONAME field, then when the executable is run the dynamic
+linker will attempt to load the shared object specified by the DT_SONAME
+field rather than the using the file name given to the linker.
+
+@kindex -i
+@cindex incremental link
+@item -i
+Perform an incremental link (same as option @samp{-r}).
+
+@cindex archive files, from cmd line
+@kindex -l@var{archive}
+@kindex --library=@var{archive}
+@item -l@var{archive}
+@itemx --library=@var{archive}
+Add archive file @var{archive} to the list of files to link. This
+option may be used any number of times. @code{ld} will search its
+path-list for occurrences of @code{lib@var{archive}.a} for every
+@var{archive} specified.
+
+On systems which support shared libraries, @code{ld} may also search for
+libraries with extensions other than @code{.a}. Specifically, on ELF
+and SunOS systems, @code{ld} will search a directory for a library with
+an extension of @code{.so} before searching for one with an extension of
+@code{.a}. By convention, a @code{.so} extension indicates a shared
+library.
+
+The linker will search an archive only once, at the location where it is
+specified on the command line. If the archive defines a symbol which
+was undefined in some object which appeared before the archive on the
+command line, the linker will include the appropriate file(s) from the
+archive. However, an undefined symbol in an object appearing later on
+the command line will not cause the linker to search the archive again.
+
+See the @code{-(} option for a way to force the linker to search
+archives multiple times.
+
+You may list the same archive multiple times on the command line.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+This type of archive searching is standard for Unix linkers. However,
+if you are using @code{ld} on AIX, note that it is different from the
+behaviour of the AIX linker.
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex search directory, from cmd line
+@kindex -L@var{dir}
+@kindex --library-path=@var{dir}
+@item -L@var{searchdir}
+@itemx --library-path=@var{searchdir}
+Add path @var{searchdir} to the list of paths that @code{ld} will search
+for archive libraries and @code{ld} control scripts. You may use this
+option any number of times. The directories are searched in the order
+in which they are specified on the command line. Directories specified
+on the command line are searched before the default directories. All
+@code{-L} options apply to all @code{-l} options, regardless of the
+order in which the options appear.
+
+@ifset UsesEnvVars
+The default set of paths searched (without being specified with
+@samp{-L}) depends on which emulation mode @code{ld} is using, and in
+some cases also on how it was configured. @xref{Environment}.
+@end ifset
+
+The paths can also be specified in a link script with the
+@code{SEARCH_DIR} command. Directories specified this way are searched
+at the point in which the linker script appears in the command line.
+
+@cindex emulation
+@kindex -m @var{emulation}
+@item -m@var{emulation}
+Emulate the @var{emulation} linker. You can list the available
+emulations with the @samp{--verbose} or @samp{-V} options. The default
+depends on how your @code{ld} was configured.
+
+@cindex link map
+@kindex -M
+@kindex --print-map
+@item -M
+@itemx --print-map
+Print (to the standard output) a link map---diagnostic information about
+where symbols are mapped by @code{ld}, and information on global common
+storage allocation.
+
+@kindex -n
+@cindex read-only text
+@cindex NMAGIC
+@kindex --nmagic
+@item -n
+@itemx --nmagic
+Set the text segment to be read only, and mark the output as
+@code{NMAGIC} if possible.
+
+@kindex -N
+@kindex --omagic
+@cindex read/write from cmd line
+@cindex OMAGIC
+@item -N
+@itemx --omagic
+Set the text and data sections to be readable and writable. Also, do
+not page-align the data segment. If the output format supports Unix
+style magic numbers, mark the output as @code{OMAGIC}.
+
+@kindex -o @var{output}
+@kindex --output=@var{output}
+@cindex naming the output file
+@item -o @var{output}
+@itemx --output=@var{output}
+Use @var{output} as the name for the program produced by @code{ld}; if this
+option is not specified, the name @file{a.out} is used by default. The
+script command @code{OUTPUT} can also specify the output file name.
+
+@cindex partial link
+@cindex relocatable output
+@kindex -r
+@kindex --relocateable
+@item -r
+@itemx --relocateable
+Generate relocatable output---i.e., generate an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to @code{ld}. This is often called @dfn{partial
+linking}. As a side effect, in environments that support standard Unix
+magic numbers, this option also sets the output file's magic number to
+@code{OMAGIC}.
+@c ; see @code{-N}.
+If this option is not specified, an absolute file is produced. When
+linking C++ programs, this option @emph{will not} resolve references to
+constructors; to do that, use @samp{-Ur}.
+
+This option does the same thing as @samp{-i}.
+
+@kindex -R @var{file}
+@kindex --just-symbols=@var{file}
+@cindex symbol-only input
+@item -R @var{filename}
+@itemx --just-symbols=@var{filename}
+Read symbol names and their addresses from @var{filename}, but do not
+relocate it or include it in the output. This allows your output file
+to refer symbolically to absolute locations of memory defined in other
+programs. You may use this option more than once.
+
+For compatibility with other ELF linkers, if the @code{-R} option is
+followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as
+the @code{-rpath} option.
+
+@kindex -s
+@kindex --strip-all
+@cindex strip all symbols
+@item -s
+@itemx --strip-all
+Omit all symbol information from the output file.
+
+@kindex -S
+@kindex --strip-debug
+@cindex strip debugger symbols
+@item -S
+@itemx --strip-debug
+Omit debugger symbol information (but not all symbols) from the output file.
+
+@kindex -t
+@kindex --trace
+@cindex input files, displaying
+@item -t
+@itemx --trace
+Print the names of the input files as @code{ld} processes them.
+
+@kindex -T @var{script}
+@kindex --script=@var{script}
+@cindex script files
+@item -T @var{commandfile}
+@itemx --script=@var{commandfile}
+Read link commands from the file @var{commandfile}. These commands
+replace @code{ld}'s default link script (rather than adding to it), so
+@var{commandfile} must specify everything necessary to describe the
+target format. You must use this option if you want to use a command
+which can only appear once in a linker script, such as the
+@code{SECTIONS} or @code{MEMORY} command. @xref{Commands}. If
+@var{commandfile} does not exist, @code{ld} looks for it in the
+directories specified by any preceding @samp{-L} options. Multiple
+@samp{-T} options accumulate.
+
+@kindex -u @var{symbol}
+@kindex --undefined=@var{symbol}
+@cindex undefined symbol
+@item -u @var{symbol}
+@itemx --undefined=@var{symbol}
+Force @var{symbol} to be entered in the output file as an undefined symbol.
+Doing this may, for example, trigger linking of additional modules from
+standard libraries. @samp{-u} may be repeated with different option
+arguments to enter additional undefined symbols.
+@c Nice idea, but no such command: This option is equivalent
+@c to the @code{EXTERN} linker command.
+
+@kindex -v
+@kindex -V
+@kindex --version
+@cindex version
+@item -v
+@itemx --version
+@itemx -V
+Display the version number for @code{ld}. The @code{-V} option also
+lists the supported emulations.
+
+@kindex -x
+@kindex --discard-all
+@cindex deleting local symbols
+@item -x
+@itemx --discard-all
+Delete all local symbols.
+
+@kindex -X
+@kindex --discard-locals
+@cindex local symbols, deleting
+@cindex L, deleting symbols beginning
+@item -X
+@itemx --discard-locals
+Delete all temporary local symbols. For most targets, this is all local
+symbols whose names begin with @samp{L}.
+
+@kindex -y @var{symbol}
+@kindex --trace-symbol=@var{symbol}
+@cindex symbol tracing
+@item -y @var{symbol}
+@itemx --trace-symbol=@var{symbol}
+Print the name of each linked file in which @var{symbol} appears. This
+option may be given any number of times. On many systems it is necessary
+to prepend an underscore.
+
+This option is useful when you have an undefined symbol in your link but
+don't know where the reference is coming from.
+
+@kindex -Y @var{path}
+@item -Y @var{path}
+Add @var{path} to the default library search path. This option exists
+for Solaris compatibility.
+
+@kindex -z @var{keyword}
+@item -z @var{keyword}
+This option is ignored for Solaris compatibility.
+
+@kindex -(
+@cindex groups of archives
+@item -( @var{archives} -)
+@itemx --start-group @var{archives} --end-group
+The @var{archives} should be a list of archive files. They may be
+either explicit file names, or @samp{-l} options.
+
+The specified archives are searched repeatedly until no new undefined
+references are created. Normally, an archive is searched only once in
+the order that it is specified on the command line. If a symbol in that
+archive is needed to resolve an undefined symbol referred to by an
+object in an archive that appears later on the command line, the linker
+would not be able to resolve that reference. By grouping the archives,
+they all be searched repeatedly until all possible references are
+resolved.
+
+Using this option has a significant performance cost. It is best to use
+it only when there are unavoidable circular references between two or
+more archives.
+
+@kindex -assert @var{keyword}
+@item -assert @var{keyword}
+This option is ignored for SunOS compatibility.
+
+@kindex -Bdynamic
+@kindex -dy
+@kindex -call_shared
+@item -Bdynamic
+@itemx -dy
+@itemx -call_shared
+Link against dynamic libraries. This is only meaningful on platforms
+for which shared libraries are supported. This option is normally the
+default on such platforms. The different variants of this option are
+for compatibility with various systems. You may use this option
+multiple times on the command line: it affects library searching for
+@code{-l} options which follow it.
+
+@kindex -Bstatic
+@kindex -dn
+@kindex -non_shared
+@kindex -static
+@item -Bstatic
+@itemx -dn
+@itemx -non_shared
+@itemx -static
+Do not link against shared libraries. This is only meaningful on
+platforms for which shared libraries are supported. The different
+variants of this option are for compatibility with various systems. You
+may use this option multiple times on the command line: it affects
+library searching for @code{-l} options which follow it.
+
+@kindex -Bsymbolic
+@item -Bsymbolic
+When creating a shared library, bind references to global symbols to the
+definition within the shared library, if any. Normally, it is possible
+for a program linked against a shared library to override the definition
+within the shared library. This option is only meaningful on ELF
+platforms which support shared libraries.
+
+@cindex cross reference table
+@kindex --cref
+@item --cref
+Output a cross reference table. If a linker map file is being
+generated, the cross reference table is printed to the map file.
+Otherwise, it is printed on the standard output.
+
+The format of the table is intentionally simple, so that it may be
+easily processed by a script if necessary. The symbols are printed out,
+sorted by name. For each symbol, a list of file names is given. If the
+symbol is defined, the first file listed is the location of the
+definition. The remaining files contain references to the symbol.
+
+@cindex symbols, from command line
+@kindex --defsym @var{symbol}=@var{exp}
+@item --defsym @var{symbol}=@var{expression}
+Create a global symbol in the output file, containing the absolute
+address given by @var{expression}. You may use this option as many
+times as necessary to define multiple symbols in the command line. A
+limited form of arithmetic is supported for the @var{expression} in this
+context: you may give a hexadecimal constant or the name of an existing
+symbol, or use @code{+} and @code{-} to add or subtract hexadecimal
+constants or symbols. If you need more elaborate expressions, consider
+using the linker command language from a script (@pxref{Assignment, ,
+Assignment: Symbol Definitions}). @emph{Note:} there should be no
+white space between @var{symbol}, the equals sign (``@key{=}''), and
+@var{expression}.
+
+@cindex dynamic linker, from command line
+@kindex --dynamic-linker @var{file}
+@item --dynamic-linker @var{file}
+Set the name of the dynamic linker. This is only meaningful when
+generating dynamically linked ELF executables. The default dynamic
+linker is normally correct; don't use this unless you know what you are
+doing.
+
+@cindex big-endian objects
+@cindex endianness
+@kindex -EB
+@item -EB
+Link big-endian objects. This affects the default output format.
+
+@cindex little-endian objects
+@kindex -EL
+@item -EL
+Link little-endian objects. This affects the default output format.
+
+@cindex MIPS embedded PIC code
+@kindex --embedded-relocs
+@item --embedded-relocs
+This option is only meaningful when linking MIPS embedded PIC code,
+generated by the -membedded-pic option to the @sc{gnu} compiler and
+assembler. It causes the linker to create a table which may be used at
+runtime to relocate any data which was statically initialized to pointer
+values. See the code in testsuite/ld-empic for details.
+
+@cindex help
+@cindex usage
+@kindex --help
+@item --help
+Print a summary of the command-line options on the standard output and exit.
+
+@cindex link map
+@kindex -Map
+@item -Map @var{mapfile}
+Print to the file @var{mapfile} a link map---diagnostic information
+about where symbols are mapped by @code{ld}, and information on global
+common storage allocation.
+
+@cindex memory usage
+@kindex --no-keep-memory
+@item --no-keep-memory
+@code{ld} normally optimizes for speed over memory usage by caching the
+symbol tables of input files in memory. This option tells @code{ld} to
+instead optimize for memory usage, by rereading the symbol tables as
+necessary. This may be required if @code{ld} runs out of memory space
+while linking a large executable.
+
+@kindex --no-whole-archive
+@item --no-whole-archive
+Turn off the effect of the @code{--whole-archive} option for subsequent
+archive files.
+
+@cindex output file after errors
+@kindex --noinhibit-exec
+@item --noinhibit-exec
+Retain the executable output file whenever it is still usable.
+Normally, the linker will not produce an output file if it encounters
+errors during the link process; it exits without writing an output file
+when it issues any error whatsoever.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@kindex --oformat
+@item --oformat @var{output-format}
+@code{ld} may be configured to support more than one kind of object
+file. If your @code{ld} is configured this way, you can use the
+@samp{--oformat} option to specify the binary format for the output
+object file. Even when @code{ld} is configured to support alternative
+object formats, you don't usually need to specify this, as @code{ld}
+should be configured to produce as a default output format the most
+usual format on each machine. @var{output-format} is a text string, the
+name of a particular format supported by the BFD libraries. (You can
+list the available binary formats with @samp{objdump -i}.) The script
+command @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT} can also specify the output format, but
+this option overrides it. @xref{BFD}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@kindex -qmagic
+@item -qmagic
+This option is ignored for Linux compatibility.
+
+@kindex -Qy
+@item -Qy
+This option is ignored for SVR4 compatibility.
+
+@kindex --relax
+@cindex synthesizing linker
+@cindex relaxing addressing modes
+@item --relax
+An option with machine dependent effects.
+@ifset GENERIC
+This option is only supported on a few targets.
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8300
+@xref{H8/300,,@code{ld} and the H8/300}.
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+@xref{i960,, @code{ld} and the Intel 960 family}.
+@end ifset
+
+On some platforms, the @samp{--relax} option performs global
+optimizations that become possible when the linker resolves addressing
+in the program, such as relaxing address modes and synthesizing new
+instructions in the output object file.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+On platforms where this is not supported, @samp{--relax} is accepted,
+but ignored.
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex retaining specified symbols
+@cindex stripping all but some symbols
+@cindex symbols, retaining selectively
+@item --retain-symbols-file @var{filename}
+Retain @emph{only} the symbols listed in the file @var{filename},
+discarding all others. @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one
+symbol name per line. This option is especially useful in environments
+@ifset GENERIC
+(such as VxWorks)
+@end ifset
+where a large global symbol table is accumulated gradually, to conserve
+run-time memory.
+
+@samp{--retain-symbols-file} does @emph{not} discard undefined symbols,
+or symbols needed for relocations.
+
+You may only specify @samp{--retain-symbols-file} once in the command
+line. It overrides @samp{-s} and @samp{-S}.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@item -rpath @var{dir}
+@cindex runtime library search path
+@kindex -rpath
+Add a directory to the runtime library search path. This is used when
+linking an ELF executable with shared objects. All @code{-rpath}
+arguments are concatenated and passed to the runtime linker, which uses
+them to locate shared objects at runtime. The @code{-rpath} option is
+also used when locating shared objects which are needed by shared
+objects explicitly included in the link; see the description of the
+@code{-rpath-link} option. If @code{-rpath} is not used when linking an
+ELF executable, the contents of the environment variable
+@code{LD_RUN_PATH} will be used if it is defined.
+
+The @code{-rpath} option may also be used on SunOS. By default, on
+SunOS, the linker will form a runtime search patch out of all the
+@code{-L} options it is given. If a @code{-rpath} option is used, the
+runtime search path will be formed exclusively using the @code{-rpath}
+options, ignoring the @code{-L} options. This can be useful when using
+gcc, which adds many @code{-L} options which may be on NFS mounted
+filesystems.
+
+For compatibility with other ELF linkers, if the @code{-R} option is
+followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as
+the @code{-rpath} option.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@cindex link-time runtime library search path
+@kindex -rpath-link
+@item -rpath-link @var{DIR}
+When using ELF or SunOS, one shared library may require another. This
+happens when an @code{ld -shared} link includes a shared library as one
+of the input files.
+
+When the linker encounters such a dependency when doing a non-shared,
+non-relocateable link, it will automatically try to locate the required
+shared library and include it in the link, if it is not included
+explicitly. In such a case, the @code{-rpath-link} option
+specifies the first set of directories to search. The
+@code{-rpath-link} option may specify a sequence of directory names
+either by specifying a list of names separated by colons, or by
+appearing multiple times.
+
+The linker uses the following search paths to locate required shared
+libraries.
+@enumerate
+@item
+Any directories specified by @code{-rpath-link} options.
+@item
+Any directories specified by @code{-rpath} options. The difference
+between @code{-rpath} and @code{-rpath-link} is that directories
+specified by @code{-rpath} options are included in the executable and
+used at runtime, whereas the @code{-rpath-link} option is only effective
+at link time.
+@item
+On an ELF system, if the @code{-rpath} and @code{rpath-link} options
+were not used, search the contents of the environment variable
+@code{LD_RUN_PATH}.
+@item
+On SunOS, if the @code{-rpath} option was not used, search any
+directories specified using @code{-L} options.
+@item
+For a native linker, the contents of the environment variable
+@code{LD_LIBRARY_PATH}.
+@item
+The default directories, normally @file{/lib} and @file{/usr/lib}.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the required shared library is not found, the linker will issue a
+warning and continue with the link.
+@end ifset
+
+@kindex -shared
+@kindex -Bshareable
+@item -shared
+@itemx -Bshareable
+@cindex shared libraries
+Create a shared library. This is currently only supported on ELF, XCOFF
+and SunOS platforms. On SunOS, the linker will automatically create a
+shared library if the @code{-e} option is not used and there are
+undefined symbols in the link.
+
+@item --sort-common
+@kindex --sort-common
+This option tells @code{ld} to sort the common symbols by size when it
+places them in the appropriate output sections. First come all the one
+byte symbols, then all the two bytes, then all the four bytes, and then
+everything else. This is to prevent gaps between symbols due to
+alignment constraints.
+
+@kindex --split-by-file
+@item --split-by-file
+Similar to @code{--split-by-reloc} but creates a new output section for
+each input file.
+
+@kindex --split-by-reloc
+@item --split-by-reloc @var{count}
+Trys to creates extra sections in the output file so that no single
+output section in the file contains more than @var{count} relocations.
+This is useful when generating huge relocatable for downloading into
+certain real time kernels with the COFF object file format; since COFF
+cannot represent more than 65535 relocations in a single section. Note
+that this will fail to work with object file formats which do not
+support arbitrary sections. The linker will not split up individual
+input sections for redistribution, so if a single input section contains
+more than @var{count} relocations one output section will contain that
+many relocations.
+
+@kindex --stats
+@item --stats
+Compute and display statistics about the operation of the linker, such
+as execution time and memory usage.
+
+@kindex --traditional-format
+@cindex traditional format
+@item --traditional-format
+For some targets, the output of @code{ld} is different in some ways from
+the output of some existing linker. This switch requests @code{ld} to
+use the traditional format instead.
+
+@cindex dbx
+For example, on SunOS, @code{ld} combines duplicate entries in the
+symbol string table. This can reduce the size of an output file with
+full debugging information by over 30 percent. Unfortunately, the SunOS
+@code{dbx} program can not read the resulting program (@code{gdb} has no
+trouble). The @samp{--traditional-format} switch tells @code{ld} to not
+combine duplicate entries.
+
+@kindex -Tbss @var{org}
+@kindex -Tdata @var{org}
+@kindex -Ttext @var{org}
+@cindex segment origins, cmd line
+@item -Tbss @var{org}
+@itemx -Tdata @var{org}
+@itemx -Ttext @var{org}
+Use @var{org} as the starting address for---respectively---the
+@code{bss}, @code{data}, or the @code{text} segment of the output file.
+@var{org} must be a single hexadecimal integer;
+for compatibility with other linkers, you may omit the leading
+@samp{0x} usually associated with hexadecimal values.
+
+@kindex -Ur
+@cindex constructors
+@item -Ur
+For anything other than C++ programs, this option is equivalent to
+@samp{-r}: it generates relocatable output---i.e., an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to @code{ld}. When linking C++ programs, @samp{-Ur}
+@emph{does} resolve references to constructors, unlike @samp{-r}.
+It does not work to use @samp{-Ur} on files that were themselves linked
+with @samp{-Ur}; once the constructor table has been built, it cannot
+be added to. Use @samp{-Ur} only for the last partial link, and
+@samp{-r} for the others.
+
+@kindex --verbose
+@cindex verbose
+@item --verbose
+Display the version number for @code{ld} and list the linker emulations
+supported. Display which input files can and cannot be opened. Display
+the linker script if using a default builtin script.
+
+@kindex --version-script=@var{version-scriptfile}
+@cindex version script, symbol versions
+@itemx --version-script=@var{version-scriptfile}
+Specify the name of a version script to the linker. This is typically
+used when creating shared libraries to specify additional information
+about the version heirarchy for the library being created. This option
+is only meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries.
+@xref{Version Script}.
+
+@kindex --warn-comon
+@cindex warnings, on combining symbols
+@cindex combining symbols, warnings on
+@item --warn-common
+Warn when a common symbol is combined with another common symbol or with
+a symbol definition. Unix linkers allow this somewhat sloppy practice,
+but linkers on some other operating systems do not. This option allows
+you to find potential problems from combining global symbols.
+Unfortunately, some C libraries use this practice, so you may get some
+warnings about symbols in the libraries as well as in your programs.
+
+There are three kinds of global symbols, illustrated here by C examples:
+
+@table @samp
+@item int i = 1;
+A definition, which goes in the initialized data section of the output
+file.
+
+@item extern int i;
+An undefined reference, which does not allocate space.
+There must be either a definition or a common symbol for the
+variable somewhere.
+
+@item int i;
+A common symbol. If there are only (one or more) common symbols for a
+variable, it goes in the uninitialized data area of the output file.
+The linker merges multiple common symbols for the same variable into a
+single symbol. If they are of different sizes, it picks the largest
+size. The linker turns a common symbol into a declaration, if there is
+a definition of the same variable.
+@end table
+
+The @samp{--warn-common} option can produce five kinds of warnings.
+Each warning consists of a pair of lines: the first describes the symbol
+just encountered, and the second describes the previous symbol
+encountered with the same name. One or both of the two symbols will be
+a common symbol.
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Turning a common symbol into a reference, because there is already a
+definition for the symbol.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: common of `@var{symbol}'
+ overridden by definition
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: defined here
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+Turning a common symbol into a reference, because a later definition for
+the symbol is encountered. This is the same as the previous case,
+except that the symbols are encountered in a different order.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: definition of `@var{symbol}'
+ overriding common
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: common is here
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+Merging a common symbol with a previous same-sized common symbol.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: multiple common
+ of `@var{symbol}'
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: previous common is here
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+Merging a common symbol with a previous larger common symbol.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: common of `@var{symbol}'
+ overridden by larger common
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: larger common is here
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+Merging a common symbol with a previous smaller common symbol. This is
+the same as the previous case, except that the symbols are
+encountered in a different order.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: common of `@var{symbol}'
+ overriding smaller common
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: smaller common is here
+@end smallexample
+@end enumerate
+
+@kindex --warn-constructors
+@item --warn-constructors
+Warn if any global constructors are used. This is only useful for a few
+object file formats. For formats like COFF or ELF, the linker can not
+detect the use of global constructors.
+
+@kindex --warn-multiple-gp
+@item --warn-multiple-gp
+Warn if multiple global pointer values are required in the output file.
+This is only meaningful for certain processors, such as the Alpha.
+Specifically, some processors put large-valued constants in a special
+section. A special register (the global pointer) points into the middle
+of this section, so that constants can be loaded efficiently via a
+base-register relative addressing mode. Since the offset in
+base-register relative mode is fixed and relatively small (e.g., 16
+bits), this limits the maximum size of the constant pool. Thus, in
+large programs, it is often necessary to use multiple global pointer
+values in order to be able to address all possible constants. This
+option causes a warning to be issued whenever this case occurs.
+
+@kindex --warn-once
+@cindex warnings, on undefined symbols
+@cindex undefined symbols, warnings on
+@item --warn-once
+Only warn once for each undefined symbol, rather than once per module
+which refers to it.
+
+@kindex --warn-section-align
+@cindex warnings, on section alignment
+@cindex section alignment, warnings on
+@item --warn-section-align
+Warn if the address of an output section is changed because of
+alignment. Typically, the alignment will be set by an input section.
+The address will only be changed if it not explicitly specified; that
+is, if the @code{SECTIONS} command does not specify a start address for
+the section (@pxref{SECTIONS}).
+
+@kindex --whole-archive
+@cindex including an entire archive
+@item --whole-archive
+For each archive mentioned on the command line after the
+@code{--whole-archive} option, include every object file in the archive
+in the link, rather than searching the archive for the required object
+files. This is normally used to turn an archive file into a shared
+library, forcing every object to be included in the resulting shared
+library. This option may be used more than once.
+
+@kindex --wrap
+@item --wrap @var{symbol}
+Use a wrapper function for @var{symbol}. Any undefined reference to
+@var{symbol} will be resolved to @code{__wrap_@var{symbol}}. Any
+undefined reference to @code{__real_@var{symbol}} will be resolved to
+@var{symbol}.
+
+This can be used to provide a wrapper for a system function. The
+wrapper function should be called @code{__wrap_@var{symbol}}. If it
+wishes to call the system function, it should call
+@code{__real_@var{symbol}}.
+
+Here is a trivial example:
+
+@smallexample
+void *
+__wrap_malloc (int c)
+@{
+ printf ("malloc called with %ld\n", c);
+ return __real_malloc (c);
+@}
+@end smallexample
+
+If you link other code with this file using @code{--wrap malloc}, then
+all calls to @code{malloc} will call the function @code{__wrap_malloc}
+instead. The call to @code{__real_malloc} in @code{__wrap_malloc} will
+call the real @code{malloc} function.
+
+You may wish to provide a @code{__real_malloc} function as well, so that
+links without the @code{--wrap} option will succeed. If you do this,
+you should not put the definition of @code{__real_malloc} in the same
+file as @code{__wrap_malloc}; if you do, the assembler may resolve the
+call before the linker has a chance to wrap it to @code{malloc}.
+
+@end table
+
+@ifset UsesEnvVars
+@node Environment
+@section Environment Variables
+
+You can change the behavior of @code{ld} with the environment
+variable @code{GNUTARGET}.
+
+@kindex GNUTARGET
+@cindex default input format
+@code{GNUTARGET} determines the input-file object format if you don't
+use @samp{-b} (or its synonym @samp{--format}). Its value should be one
+of the BFD names for an input format (@pxref{BFD}). If there is no
+@code{GNUTARGET} in the environment, @code{ld} uses the natural format
+of the target. If @code{GNUTARGET} is set to @code{default} then BFD
+attempts to discover the input format by examining binary input files;
+this method often succeeds, but there are potential ambiguities, since
+there is no method of ensuring that the magic number used to specify
+object-file formats is unique. However, the configuration procedure for
+BFD on each system places the conventional format for that system first
+in the search-list, so ambiguities are resolved in favor of convention.
+@end ifset
+
+@node Commands
+@chapter Command Language
+
+@cindex command files
+The command language provides explicit control over the link process,
+allowing complete specification of the mapping between the linker's
+input files and its output. It controls:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+input files
+@item
+file formats
+@item
+output file layout
+@item
+addresses of sections
+@item
+placement of common blocks
+@end itemize
+
+You may supply a command file (also known as a linker script) to the
+linker either explicitly through the @samp{-T} option, or implicitly as
+an ordinary file. Normally you should use the @samp{-T} option. An
+implicit linker script should only be used when you want to augment,
+rather than replace, the default linker script; typically an implicit
+linker script would consist only of @code{INPUT} or @code{GROUP}
+commands.
+
+If the linker opens a file which it cannot recognize as a supported
+object or archive format, nor as a linker script, it reports an error.
+
+@menu
+* Scripts:: Linker Scripts
+* Expressions:: Expressions
+* MEMORY:: MEMORY Command
+* SECTIONS:: SECTIONS Command
+* PHDRS:: PHDRS Command
+* Entry Point:: The Entry Point
+* Version Script:: Version Script
+* Option Commands:: Option Commands
+@end menu
+
+@node Scripts
+@section Linker Scripts
+The @code{ld} command language is a collection of statements; some are
+simple keywords setting a particular option, some are used to select and
+group input files or name output files; and two statement
+types have a fundamental and pervasive impact on the linking process.
+
+@cindex fundamental script commands
+@cindex commands, fundamental
+@cindex output file layout
+@cindex layout of output file
+The most fundamental command of the @code{ld} command language is the
+@code{SECTIONS} command (@pxref{SECTIONS}). Every meaningful command
+script must have a @code{SECTIONS} command: it specifies a
+``picture'' of the output file's layout, in varying degrees of detail.
+No other command is required in all cases.
+
+The @code{MEMORY} command complements @code{SECTIONS} by describing the
+available memory in the target architecture. This command is optional;
+if you don't use a @code{MEMORY} command, @code{ld} assumes sufficient
+memory is available in a contiguous block for all output.
+@xref{MEMORY}.
+
+@cindex comments
+You may include comments in linker scripts just as in C: delimited
+by @samp{/*} and @samp{*/}. As in C, comments are syntactically
+equivalent to whitespace.
+
+@node Expressions
+@section Expressions
+@cindex expression syntax
+@cindex arithmetic
+Many useful commands involve arithmetic expressions. The syntax for
+expressions in the command language is identical to that of C
+expressions, with the following features:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+All expressions evaluated as integers and
+are of ``long'' or ``unsigned long'' type.
+@item
+All constants are integers.
+@item
+All of the C arithmetic operators are provided.
+@item
+You may reference, define, and create global variables.
+@item
+You may call special purpose built-in functions.
+@end itemize
+
+@menu
+* Integers:: Integers
+* Symbols:: Symbol Names
+* Location Counter:: The Location Counter
+* Operators:: Operators
+* Evaluation:: Evaluation
+* Assignment:: Assignment: Defining Symbols
+* Arithmetic Functions:: Built-In Functions
+* Semicolons:: Semicolon Usage
+@end menu
+
+@node Integers
+@subsection Integers
+@cindex integer notation
+@cindex octal integers
+An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
+digits (@samp{01234567}).
+@smallexample
+_as_octal = 0157255;
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex decimal integers
+A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
+more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
+@smallexample
+_as_decimal = 57005;
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex hexadecimal integers
+@kindex 0x
+A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
+more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
+@smallexample
+_as_hex = 0xdead;
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex negative integers
+To write a negative integer, use
+the prefix operator @samp{-} (@pxref{Operators}).
+@smallexample
+_as_neg = -57005;
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex scaled integers
+@cindex K and M integer suffixes
+@cindex M and K integer suffixes
+@cindex suffixes for integers
+@cindex integer suffixes
+Additionally the suffixes @code{K} and @code{M} may be used to scale a
+constant by
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@ifinfo
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@code{1024} or @code{1024*1024}
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@end ifinfo
+@tex
+${\rm 1024}$ or ${\rm 1024}^2$
+@end tex
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+respectively. For example, the following all refer to the same quantity:
+
+@smallexample
+ _fourk_1 = 4K;
+ _fourk_2 = 4096;
+ _fourk_3 = 0x1000;
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Symbols
+@subsection Symbol Names
+@cindex symbol names
+@cindex names
+@cindex quoted symbol names
+@kindex "
+Unless quoted, symbol names start with a letter, underscore, or point
+and may include any letters, underscores, digits, points,
+and hyphens. Unquoted symbol names must not conflict with any
+keywords. You can specify a symbol which contains odd characters or has
+the same name as a keyword, by surrounding the symbol name in double quotes:
+@smallexample
+ "SECTION" = 9;
+ "with a space" = "also with a space" + 10;
+@end smallexample
+
+Since symbols can contain many non-alphabetic characters, it is safest
+to delimit symbols with spaces. For example, @samp{A-B} is one symbol,
+whereas @samp{A - B} is an expression involving subtraction.
+
+@node Location Counter
+@subsection The Location Counter
+@kindex .
+@cindex dot
+@cindex location counter
+@cindex current output location
+The special linker variable @dfn{dot} @samp{.} always contains the
+current output location counter. Since the @code{.} always refers to
+a location in an output section, it must always appear in an
+expression within a @code{SECTIONS} command. The @code{.} symbol
+may appear anywhere that an ordinary symbol is allowed in an
+expression, but its assignments have a side effect. Assigning a value
+to the @code{.} symbol will cause the location counter to be moved.
+@cindex holes
+This may be used to create holes in the output section. The location
+counter may never be moved backwards.
+@smallexample
+SECTIONS
+@{
+ output :
+ @{
+ file1(.text)
+ . = . + 1000;
+ file2(.text)
+ . += 1000;
+ file3(.text)
+ @} = 0x1234;
+@}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+In the previous example, @code{file1} is located at the beginning of the
+output section, then there is a 1000 byte gap. Then @code{file2}
+appears, also with a 1000 byte gap following before @code{file3} is
+loaded. The notation @samp{= 0x1234} specifies what data to write in
+the gaps (@pxref{Section Options}).
+
+@iftex
+@vfill
+@end iftex
+
+@need 2000
+@node Operators
+@subsection Operators
+@cindex Operators for arithmetic
+@cindex arithmetic operators
+@cindex precedence in expressions
+The linker recognizes the standard C set of arithmetic operators, with
+the standard bindings and precedence levels:
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@ifinfo
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@smallexample
+precedence associativity Operators Notes
+(highest)
+1 left ! - ~ (1)
+2 left * / %
+3 left + -
+4 left >> <<
+5 left == != > < <= >=
+6 left &
+7 left |
+8 left &&
+9 left ||
+10 right ? :
+11 right &= += -= *= /= (2)
+(lowest)
+@end smallexample
+Notes:
+(1) Prefix operators
+(2) @xref{Assignment}.
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@end ifinfo
+@tex
+\vskip \baselineskip
+%"lispnarrowing" is the extra indent used generally for smallexample
+\hskip\lispnarrowing\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+\hrule
+\halign
+{\vrule#&\strut\hfil\ #\ \hfil&\vrule#&\strut\hfil\ #\ \hfil&\vrule#&\strut\hfil\ {\tt #}\ \hfil&\vrule#\cr
+height2pt&\omit&&\omit&&\omit&\cr
+&Precedence&& Associativity &&{\rm Operators}&\cr
+height2pt&\omit&&\omit&&\omit&\cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+height2pt&\omit&&\omit&&\omit&\cr
+&highest&&&&&\cr
+% '176 is tilde, '~' in tt font
+&1&&left&&\qquad- \char'176\ !\qquad\dag&\cr
+&2&&left&&* / \%&\cr
+&3&&left&&+ -&\cr
+&4&&left&&>> <<&\cr
+&5&&left&&== != > < <= >=&\cr
+&6&&left&&\&&\cr
+&7&&left&&|&\cr
+&8&&left&&{\&\&}&\cr
+&9&&left&&||&\cr
+&10&&right&&? :&\cr
+&11&&right&&\qquad\&= += -= *= /=\qquad\ddag&\cr
+&lowest&&&&&\cr
+height2pt&\omit&&\omit&&\omit&\cr}
+\hrule}
+@end tex
+@iftex
+{
+@obeylines@parskip=0pt@parindent=0pt
+@dag@quad Prefix operators.
+@ddag@quad @xref{Assignment}.
+}
+@end iftex
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+
+@node Evaluation
+@subsection Evaluation
+
+@cindex lazy evaluation
+@cindex expression evaluation order
+The linker uses ``lazy evaluation'' for expressions; it only calculates
+an expression when absolutely necessary. The linker needs the value of
+the start address, and the lengths of memory regions, in order to do any
+linking at all; these values are computed as soon as possible when the
+linker reads in the command file. However, other values (such as symbol
+values) are not known or needed until after storage allocation. Such
+values are evaluated later, when other information (such as the sizes of
+output sections) is available for use in the symbol assignment
+expression.
+
+@node Assignment
+@subsection Assignment: Defining Symbols
+@cindex assignment in scripts
+@cindex symbol definition, scripts
+@cindex variables, defining
+You may create global symbols, and assign values (addresses) to global
+symbols, using any of the C assignment operators:
+
+@table @code
+@item @var{symbol} = @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} &= @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} += @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} -= @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} *= @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} /= @var{expression} ;
+@end table
+
+Two things distinguish assignment from other operators in @code{ld}
+expressions.
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Assignment may only be used at the root of an expression;
+@samp{a=b+3;} is allowed, but @samp{a+b=3;} is an error.
+
+@kindex ;
+@cindex semicolon
+@item
+You must place a trailing semicolon (``@key{;}'') at the end of an
+assignment statement.
+@end itemize
+
+Assignment statements may appear:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+as commands in their own right in an @code{ld} script; or
+@item
+as independent statements within a @code{SECTIONS} command; or
+@item
+as part of the contents of a section definition in a
+@code{SECTIONS} command.
+@end itemize
+
+The first two cases are equivalent in effect---both define a symbol with
+an absolute address. The last case defines a symbol whose address is
+relative to a particular section (@pxref{SECTIONS}).
+
+@cindex absolute and relocatable symbols
+@cindex relocatable and absolute symbols
+@cindex symbols, relocatable and absolute
+When a linker expression is evaluated and assigned to a variable, it is
+given either an absolute or a relocatable type. An absolute expression
+type is one in which the symbol contains the value that it will have in
+the output file; a relocatable expression type is one in which the
+value is expressed as a fixed offset from the base of a section.
+
+The type of the expression is controlled by its position in the script
+file. A symbol assigned within a section definition is created relative
+to the base of the section; a symbol assigned in any other place is
+created as an absolute symbol. Since a symbol created within a
+section definition is relative to the base of the section, it
+will remain relocatable if relocatable output is requested. A symbol
+may be created with an absolute value even when assigned to within a
+section definition by using the absolute assignment function
+@code{ABSOLUTE}. For example, to create an absolute symbol whose address
+is the last byte of an output section named @code{.data}:
+@smallexample
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+ .data :
+ @{
+ *(.data)
+ _edata = ABSOLUTE(.) ;
+ @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end smallexample
+
+The linker tries to put off the evaluation of an assignment until all
+the terms in the source expression are known (@pxref{Evaluation}). For
+instance, the sizes of sections cannot be known until after allocation,
+so assignments dependent upon these are not performed until after
+allocation. Some expressions, such as those depending upon the location
+counter @dfn{dot}, @samp{.} must be evaluated during allocation. If the
+result of an expression is required, but the value is not available,
+then an error results. For example, a script like the following
+@smallexample
+SECTIONS @{ @dots{}
+ text 9+this_isnt_constant :
+ @{ @dots{}
+ @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end smallexample
+@kindex Non constant expression
+@noindent
+will cause the error message ``@code{Non constant expression for initial
+address}''.
+
+@cindex provide
+In some cases, it is desirable for a linker script to define a symbol
+only if it is referenced, and only if it is not defined by any object
+included in the link. For example, traditional linkers defined the
+symbol @samp{etext}. However, ANSI C requires that the user be able to
+use @samp{etext} as a function name without encountering an error.
+The @code{PROVIDE} keyword may be used to define a symbol, such as
+@samp{etext}, only if it is referenced but not defined. The syntax is
+@code{PROVIDE(@var{symbol} = @var{expression})}.
+
+@node Arithmetic Functions
+@subsection Arithmetic Functions
+@cindex functions in expression language
+The command language includes a number of built-in
+functions for use in link script expressions.
+@table @code
+@kindex ABSOLUTE(@var{exp})
+@cindex expression, absolute
+@item ABSOLUTE(@var{exp})
+Return the absolute (non-relocatable, as opposed to non-negative) value
+of the expression @var{exp}. Primarily useful to assign an absolute
+value to a symbol within a section definition, where symbol values are
+normally section-relative.
+
+@kindex ADDR(@var{section})
+@cindex section address
+@item ADDR(@var{section})
+Return the absolute address of the named @var{section}. Your script must
+previously have defined the location of that section. In the following
+example, @code{symbol_1} and @code{symbol_2} are assigned identical
+values:
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+ .output1 :
+ @{
+ start_of_output_1 = ABSOLUTE(.);
+ @dots{}
+ @}
+ .output :
+ @{
+ symbol_1 = ADDR(.output1);
+ symbol_2 = start_of_output_1;
+ @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex LOADADDR(@var{section})
+@cindex section load address
+@item LOADADDR(@var{section})
+Return the absolute load address of the named @var{section}. This is
+normally the same as @code{ADDR}, but it may be different if the
+@code{AT} keyword is used in the section definition (@pxref{Section
+Options}).
+
+@kindex ALIGN(@var{exp})
+@cindex rounding up location counter
+@item ALIGN(@var{exp})
+Return the result of the current location counter (@code{.}) aligned to
+the next @var{exp} boundary. @var{exp} must be an expression whose
+value is a power of two. This is equivalent to
+@smallexample
+(. + @var{exp} - 1) & ~(@var{exp} - 1)
+@end smallexample
+
+@code{ALIGN} doesn't change the value of the location counter---it just
+does arithmetic on it. As an example, to align the output @code{.data}
+section to the next @code{0x2000} byte boundary after the preceding
+section and to set a variable within the section to the next
+@code{0x8000} boundary after the input sections:
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+ .data ALIGN(0x2000): @{
+ *(.data)
+ variable = ALIGN(0x8000);
+ @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+The first use of @code{ALIGN} in this example specifies the location of
+a section because it is used as the optional @var{start} attribute of a
+section definition (@pxref{Section Options}). The second use simply
+defines the value of a variable.
+
+The built-in @code{NEXT} is closely related to @code{ALIGN}.
+
+@kindex DEFINED(@var{symbol})
+@cindex symbol defaults
+@item DEFINED(@var{symbol})
+Return 1 if @var{symbol} is in the linker global symbol table and is
+defined, otherwise return 0. You can use this function to provide default
+values for symbols. For example, the following command-file fragment shows how
+to set a global symbol @code{begin} to the first location in the
+@code{.text} section---but if a symbol called @code{begin} already
+existed, its value is preserved:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+ .text : @{
+ begin = DEFINED(begin) ? begin : . ;
+ @dots{}
+ @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex NEXT(@var{exp})
+@cindex unallocated address, next
+@item NEXT(@var{exp})
+Return the next unallocated address that is a multiple of @var{exp}.
+This function is closely related to @code{ALIGN(@var{exp})}; unless you
+use the @code{MEMORY} command to define discontinuous memory for the
+output file, the two functions are equivalent.
+
+@kindex SIZEOF(@var{section})
+@cindex section size
+@item SIZEOF(@var{section})
+Return the size in bytes of the named @var{section}, if that section has
+been allocated. In the following example, @code{symbol_1} and
+@code{symbol_2} are assigned identical values:
+@c What does it return if the section hasn't been allocated? 0?
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+ .output @{
+ .start = . ;
+ @dots{}
+ .end = . ;
+ @}
+ symbol_1 = .end - .start ;
+ symbol_2 = SIZEOF(.output);
+@dots{} @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex SIZEOF_HEADERS
+@cindex header size
+@kindex sizeof_headers
+@item SIZEOF_HEADERS
+@itemx sizeof_headers
+Return the size in bytes of the output file's headers. You can use this number
+as the start address of the first section, if you choose, to facilitate
+paging.
+
+@kindex MAX
+@item MAX(@var{exp1}, @var{exp2})
+Returns the maximum of @var{exp1} and @var{exp2}.
+
+@kindex MIN
+@item MIN(@var{exp1}, @var{exp2})
+Returns the minimum of @var{exp1} and @var{exp2}.
+
+@end table
+
+@node Semicolons
+@subsection Semicolons
+
+Semicolons (``@key{;}'') are required in the following places. In all
+other places they can appear for aesthetic reasons but are otherwise ignored.
+
+@table @code
+@item Assignment
+Semicolons must appear at the end of assignment expressions.
+@xref{Assignment}
+
+@item PHDRS
+Semicolons must appear at the end of a @code{PHDRS} statement.
+@xref{PHDRS}
+@end table
+
+@node MEMORY
+@section Memory Layout
+@kindex MEMORY
+@cindex regions of memory
+@cindex discontinuous memory
+@cindex allocating memory
+The linker's default configuration permits allocation of all available memory.
+You can override this configuration by using the @code{MEMORY} command. The
+@code{MEMORY} command describes the location and size of blocks of
+memory in the target. By using it carefully, you can describe which
+memory regions may be used by the linker, and which memory regions it
+must avoid. The linker does not shuffle sections to fit into the
+available regions, but does move the requested sections into the correct
+regions and issue errors when the regions become too full.
+
+A command file may contain at most one use of the @code{MEMORY}
+command; however, you can define as many blocks of memory within it as
+you wish. The syntax is:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+MEMORY
+ @{
+ @var{name} (@var{attr}) : ORIGIN = @var{origin}, LENGTH = @var{len}
+ @dots{}
+ @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+@table @code
+@cindex naming memory regions
+@item @var{name}
+is a name used internally by the linker to refer to the region. Any
+symbol name may be used. The region names are stored in a separate
+name space, and will not conflict with symbols, file names or section
+names. Use distinct names to specify multiple regions.
+
+@cindex memory region attributes
+@item (@var{attr})
+is an optional list of attributes, permitted for compatibility with the
+AT&T linker but not used by @code{ld} beyond checking that the
+attribute list is valid. Valid attribute lists must be made up of the
+characters ``@code{LIRWX}''. If you omit the attribute list, you may
+omit the parentheses around it as well.
+
+@kindex ORIGIN =
+@kindex o =
+@kindex org =
+@item @var{origin}
+is the start address of the region in physical memory. It is
+an expression that must evaluate to a constant before
+memory allocation is performed. The keyword @code{ORIGIN} may be
+abbreviated to @code{org} or @code{o} (but not, for example, @samp{ORG}).
+
+@kindex LENGTH =
+@kindex len =
+@kindex l =
+@item @var{len}
+is the size in bytes of the region (an expression).
+The keyword @code{LENGTH} may be abbreviated to @code{len} or @code{l}.
+@end table
+
+For example, to specify that memory has two regions available for
+allocation---one starting at 0 for 256 kilobytes, and the other
+starting at @code{0x40000000} for four megabytes:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+MEMORY
+ @{
+ rom : ORIGIN = 0, LENGTH = 256K
+ ram : org = 0x40000000, l = 4M
+ @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+Once you have defined a region of memory named @var{mem}, you can direct
+specific output sections there by using a command ending in
+@samp{>@var{mem}} within the @code{SECTIONS} command (@pxref{Section
+Options}). If the combined output sections directed to a region are too
+big for the region, the linker will issue an error message.
+
+@node SECTIONS
+@section Specifying Output Sections
+
+@kindex SECTIONS
+The @code{SECTIONS} command controls exactly where input sections are
+placed into output sections, their order in the output file, and to
+which output sections they are allocated.
+
+You may use at most one @code{SECTIONS} command in a script file,
+but you can have as many statements within it as you wish. Statements
+within the @code{SECTIONS} command can do one of three things:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+define the entry point;
+
+@item
+assign a value to a symbol;
+
+@item
+describe the placement of a named output section, and which input
+sections go into it.
+@end itemize
+
+You can also use the first two operations---defining the entry point and
+defining symbols---outside the @code{SECTIONS} command: @pxref{Entry
+Point}, and @ref{Assignment}. They are permitted here as well for
+your convenience in reading the script, so that symbols and the entry
+point can be defined at meaningful points in your output-file layout.
+
+If you do not use a @code{SECTIONS} command, the linker places each input
+section into an identically named output section in the order that the
+sections are first encountered in the input files. If all input sections
+are present in the first file, for example, the order of sections in the
+output file will match the order in the first input file.
+
+@menu
+* Section Definition:: Section Definitions
+* Section Placement:: Section Placement
+* Section Data Expressions:: Section Data Expressions
+* Section Options:: Optional Section Attributes
+* Overlays:: Overlays
+@end menu
+
+@node Section Definition
+@subsection Section Definitions
+@cindex section definition
+The most frequently used statement in the @code{SECTIONS} command is
+the @dfn{section definition}, which specifies the
+properties of an output section: its location, alignment, contents,
+fill pattern, and target memory region. Most of
+these specifications are optional; the simplest form of a section
+definition is
+@smallexample
+SECTIONS @{ @dots{}
+ @var{secname} : @{
+ @var{contents}
+ @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end smallexample
+@cindex naming output sections
+@noindent
+@var{secname} is the name of the output section, and @var{contents} a
+specification of what goes there---for example, a list of input files or
+sections of input files (@pxref{Section Placement}). As you might
+assume, the whitespace shown is optional. You do need the colon
+@samp{:} and the braces @samp{@{@}}, however.
+
+@var{secname} must meet the constraints of your output format. In
+formats which only support a limited number of sections, such as
+@code{a.out}, the name must be one of the names supported by the format
+(@code{a.out}, for example, allows only @code{.text}, @code{.data} or
+@code{.bss}). If the output format supports any number of sections, but
+with numbers and not names (as is the case for Oasys), the name should be
+supplied as a quoted numeric string. A section name may consist of any
+sequence of characters, but any name which does not conform to the standard
+@code{ld} symbol name syntax must be quoted.
+@xref{Symbols, , Symbol Names}.
+
+The special @var{secname} @samp{/DISCARD/} may be used to discard input
+sections. Any sections which are assigned to an output section named
+@samp{/DISCARD/} are not included in the final link output.
+
+The linker will not create output sections which do not have any
+contents. This is for convenience when referring to input sections that
+may or may not exist. For example,
+@smallexample
+.foo @{ *(.foo) @}
+@end smallexample
+will only create a @samp{.foo} section in the output file if there is a
+@samp{.foo} section in at least one input file.
+
+@node Section Placement
+@subsection Section Placement
+
+@cindex contents of a section
+In a section definition, you can specify the contents of an output
+section by listing particular input files, by listing particular
+input-file sections, or by a combination of the two. You can also place
+arbitrary data in the section, and define symbols relative to the
+beginning of the section.
+
+The @var{contents} of a section definition may include any of the
+following kinds of statement. You can include as many of these as you
+like in a single section definition, separated from one another by
+whitespace.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex @var{filename}
+@cindex input files, section defn
+@cindex files, including in output sections
+@item @var{filename}
+You may simply name a particular input file to be placed in the current
+output section; @emph{all} sections from that file are placed in the
+current section definition. If the file name has already been mentioned
+in another section definition, with an explicit section name list, then
+only those sections which have not yet been allocated are used.
+
+To specify a list of particular files by name:
+@smallexample
+.data : @{ afile.o bfile.o cfile.o @}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+The example also illustrates that multiple statements can be included in
+the contents of a section definition, since each file name is a separate
+statement.
+
+@kindex @var{filename}(@var{section})
+@cindex files and sections, section defn
+@item @var{filename}( @var{section} )
+@itemx @var{filename}( @var{section} , @var{section}, @dots{} )
+@itemx @var{filename}( @var{section} @var{section} @dots{} )
+You can name one or more sections from your input files, for
+insertion in the current output section. If you wish to specify a list
+of input-file sections inside the parentheses, you may separate the
+section names by either commas or whitespace.
+
+@cindex input sections to output section
+@kindex *(@var{section})
+@item * (@var{section})
+@itemx * (@var{section}, @var{section}, @dots{})
+@itemx * (@var{section} @var{section} @dots{})
+Instead of explicitly naming particular input files in a link control
+script, you can refer to @emph{all} files from the @code{ld} command
+line: use @samp{*} instead of a particular file name before the
+parenthesized input-file section list.
+
+If you have already explicitly included some files by name, @samp{*}
+refers to all @emph{remaining} files---those whose places in the output
+file have not yet been defined.
+
+For example, to copy sections @code{1} through @code{4} from an Oasys file
+into the @code{.text} section of an @code{a.out} file, and sections @code{13}
+and @code{14} into the @code{.data} section:
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+ .text :@{
+ *("1" "2" "3" "4")
+ @}
+
+ .data :@{
+ *("13" "14")
+ @}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex @code{[@var{section}@dots{}]}, not supported
+@samp{[ @var{section} @dots{} ]} used to be accepted as an alternate way
+to specify named sections from all unallocated input files. Because
+some operating systems (VMS) allow brackets in file names, that notation
+is no longer supported.
+
+@cindex uninitialized data
+@cindex commons in output
+@kindex *( COMMON )
+@item @var{filename}@code{( COMMON )}
+@itemx *( COMMON )
+Specify where in your output file to place uninitialized data
+with this notation. @code{*(COMMON)} by itself refers to all
+uninitialized data from all input files (so far as it is not yet
+allocated); @var{filename}@code{(COMMON)} refers to uninitialized data
+from a particular file. Both are special cases of the general
+mechanisms for specifying where to place input-file sections:
+@code{ld} permits you to refer to uninitialized data as if it
+were in an input-file section named @code{COMMON}, regardless of the
+input file's format.
+@end table
+
+In any place where you may use a specific file or section name, you may
+also use a wildcard pattern. The linker handles wildcards much as the
+Unix shell does. A @samp{*} character matches any number of characters.
+A @samp{?} character matches any single character. The sequence
+@samp{[@var{chars}]} will match a single instance of any of the
+@var{chars}; the @samp{-} character may be used to specify a range of
+characters, as in @samp{[a-z]} to match any lower case letter. A
+@samp{\} character may be used to quote the following character.
+
+When a file name is matched with a wildcard, the wildcard characters
+will not match a @samp{/} character (used to separate directory names on
+Unix). A pattern consisting of a single @samp{*} character is an
+exception; it will always match any file name. In a section name, the
+wildcard characters will match a @samp{/} character.
+
+Wildcards only match files which are explicitly specified on the command
+line. The linker does not search directories to expand wildcards.
+However, if you specify a simple file name---a name with no wildcard
+characters---in a linker script, and the file name is not also specified
+on the command line, the linker will attempt to open the file as though
+it appeared on the command line.
+
+In the following example, the command script arranges the output file
+into three consecutive sections, named @code{.text}, @code{.data}, and
+@code{.bss}, taking the input for each from the correspondingly named
+sections of all the input files:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+ .text : @{ *(.text) @}
+ .data : @{ *(.data) @}
+ .bss : @{ *(.bss) *(COMMON) @}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+The following example reads all of the sections from file @code{all.o}
+and places them at the start of output section @code{outputa} which
+starts at location @code{0x10000}. All of section @code{.input1} from
+file @code{foo.o} follows immediately, in the same output section. All
+of section @code{.input2} from @code{foo.o} goes into output section
+@code{outputb}, followed by section @code{.input1} from @code{foo1.o}.
+All of the remaining @code{.input1} and @code{.input2} sections from any
+files are written to output section @code{outputc}.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+ outputa 0x10000 :
+ @{
+ all.o
+ foo.o (.input1)
+ @}
+ outputb :
+ @{
+ foo.o (.input2)
+ foo1.o (.input1)
+ @}
+ outputc :
+ @{
+ *(.input1)
+ *(.input2)
+ @}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+This example shows how wildcard patterns might be used to partition
+files. All @code{.text} sections are placed in @code{.text}, and all
+@code{.bss} sections are placed in @code{.bss}. For all files beginning
+with an upper case character, the @code{.data} section is placed into
+@code{.DATA}; for all other files, the @code{.data} section is placed
+into @code{.data}.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+ .text : @{ *(.text) @}
+ .DATA : @{ [A-Z]*(.data) @}
+ .data : @{ *(.data) @}
+ .bss : @{ *(.bss) @}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Section Data Expressions
+@subsection Section Data Expressions
+
+@cindex expressions in a section
+The foregoing statements arrange, in your output file, data originating
+from your input files. You can also place data directly in an output
+section from the link command script. Most of these additional
+statements involve expressions (@pxref{Expressions}). Although these
+statements are shown separately here for ease of presentation, no such
+segregation is needed within a section definition in the @code{SECTIONS}
+command; you can intermix them freely with any of the statements we've
+just described.
+
+@table @code
+@cindex input filename symbols
+@cindex filename symbols
+@kindex CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+@item CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+Create a symbol for each input file
+in the current section, set to the address of the first byte of
+data written from that input file. For instance, with @code{a.out}
+files it is conventional to have a symbol for each input file. You can
+accomplish this by defining the output @code{.text} section as follows:
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+ .text 0x2020 :
+ @{
+ CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+ *(.text)
+ _etext = ALIGN(0x2000);
+ @}
+ @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If @code{sample.ld} is a file containing this script, and @code{a.o},
+@code{b.o}, @code{c.o}, and @code{d.o} are four input files with
+contents like the following---
+@smallexample
+@group
+/* a.c */
+
+afunction() @{ @}
+int adata=1;
+int abss;
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+@samp{ld -M -T sample.ld a.o b.o c.o d.o} would create a map like this,
+containing symbols matching the object file names:
+@smallexample
+00000000 A __DYNAMIC
+00004020 B _abss
+00004000 D _adata
+00002020 T _afunction
+00004024 B _bbss
+00004008 D _bdata
+00002038 T _bfunction
+00004028 B _cbss
+00004010 D _cdata
+00002050 T _cfunction
+0000402c B _dbss
+00004018 D _ddata
+00002068 T _dfunction
+00004020 D _edata
+00004030 B _end
+00004000 T _etext
+00002020 t a.o
+00002038 t b.o
+00002050 t c.o
+00002068 t d.o
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex @var{symbol} = @var{expression} ;
+@kindex @var{symbol} @var{f}= @var{expression} ;
+@item @var{symbol} = @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} @var{f}= @var{expression} ;
+@var{symbol} is any symbol name (@pxref{Symbols}). ``@var{f}=''
+refers to any of the operators @code{&= += -= *= /=} which combine
+arithmetic and assignment.
+
+@cindex assignment, in section defn
+When you assign a value to a symbol within a particular section
+definition, the value is relative to the beginning of the section
+(@pxref{Assignment}). If you write
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+ abs = 14 ;
+ @dots{}
+ .data : @{ @dots{} rel = 14 ; @dots{} @}
+ abs2 = 14 + ADDR(.data);
+ @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@c FIXME: Try above example!
+@noindent
+@code{abs} and @code{rel} do not have the same value; @code{rel} has the
+same value as @code{abs2}.
+
+@kindex BYTE(@var{expression})
+@kindex SHORT(@var{expression})
+@kindex LONG(@var{expression})
+@kindex QUAD(@var{expression})
+@cindex direct output
+@item BYTE(@var{expression})
+@itemx SHORT(@var{expression})
+@itemx LONG(@var{expression})
+@itemx QUAD(@var{expression})
+By including one of these four statements in a section definition, you
+can explicitly place one, two, four, or eight bytes (respectively) at
+the current address of that section. @code{QUAD} is only supported when
+using a 64 bit host or target.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+Multiple-byte quantities are represented in whatever byte order is
+appropriate for the output file format (@pxref{BFD}).
+@end ifclear
+
+@kindex FILL(@var{expression})
+@cindex holes, filling
+@cindex unspecified memory
+@item FILL(@var{expression})
+Specify the ``fill pattern'' for the current section. Any otherwise
+unspecified regions of memory within the section (for example, regions
+you skip over by assigning a new value to the location counter @samp{.})
+are filled with the two least significant bytes from the
+@var{expression} argument. A @code{FILL} statement covers memory
+locations @emph{after} the point it occurs in the section definition; by
+including more than one @code{FILL} statement, you can have different
+fill patterns in different parts of an output section.
+@end table
+
+@node Section Options
+@subsection Optional Section Attributes
+@cindex section defn, full syntax
+Here is the full syntax of a section definition, including all the
+optional portions:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+@dots{}
+@var{secname} @var{start} BLOCK(@var{align}) (NOLOAD) : AT ( @var{ldadr} )
+ @{ @var{contents} @} >@var{region} :@var{phdr} =@var{fill}
+@dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@var{secname} and @var{contents} are required. @xref{Section
+Definition}, and @ref{Section Placement}, for details on
+@var{contents}. The remaining elements---@var{start},
+@code{BLOCK(@var{align)}}, @code{(NOLOAD)}, @code{AT ( @var{ldadr} )},
+@code{>@var{region}}, @code{:@var{phdr}}, and @code{=@var{fill}}---are
+all optional.
+
+@table @code
+@cindex start address, section
+@cindex section start
+@cindex section address
+@item @var{start}
+You can force the output section to be loaded at a specified address by
+specifying @var{start} immediately following the section name.
+@var{start} can be represented as any expression. The following
+example generates section @var{output} at location
+@code{0x40000000}:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+ @dots{}
+ output 0x40000000: @{
+ @dots{}
+ @}
+ @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex BLOCK(@var{align})
+@cindex section alignment
+@cindex aligning sections
+@item BLOCK(@var{align})
+You can include @code{BLOCK()} specification to advance
+the location counter @code{.} prior to the beginning of the section, so
+that the section will begin at the specified alignment. @var{align} is
+an expression.
+
+@kindex NOLOAD
+@cindex prevent unnecessary loading
+@cindex loading, preventing
+@item (NOLOAD)
+Use @samp{(NOLOAD)} to prevent a section from being loaded into memory
+each time it is accessed. For example, in the script sample below, the
+@code{ROM} segment is addressed at memory location @samp{0} and does not
+need to be loaded into each object file:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+ ROM 0 (NOLOAD) : @{ @dots{} @}
+ @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex AT ( @var{ldadr} )
+@cindex specify load address
+@cindex load address, specifying
+@item AT ( @var{ldadr} )
+The expression @var{ldadr} that follows the @code{AT} keyword specifies
+the load address of the section. The default (if you do not use the
+@code{AT} keyword) is to make the load address the same as the
+relocation address. This feature is designed to make it easy to build a
+ROM image. For example, this @code{SECTIONS} definition creates two
+output sections: one called @samp{.text}, which starts at @code{0x1000},
+and one called @samp{.mdata}, which is loaded at the end of the
+@samp{.text} section even though its relocation address is
+@code{0x2000}. The symbol @code{_data} is defined with the value
+@code{0x2000}:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS
+ @{
+ .text 0x1000 : @{ *(.text) _etext = . ; @}
+ .mdata 0x2000 :
+ AT ( ADDR(.text) + SIZEOF ( .text ) )
+ @{ _data = . ; *(.data); _edata = . ; @}
+ .bss 0x3000 :
+ @{ _bstart = . ; *(.bss) *(COMMON) ; _bend = . ;@}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+The run-time initialization code (for C programs, usually @code{crt0})
+for use with a ROM generated this way has to include something like
+the following, to copy the initialized data from the ROM image to its runtime
+address:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+char *src = _etext;
+char *dst = _data;
+
+/* ROM has data at end of text; copy it. */
+while (dst < _edata) @{
+ *dst++ = *src++;
+@}
+
+/* Zero bss */
+for (dst = _bstart; dst< _bend; dst++)
+ *dst = 0;
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex >@var{region}
+@cindex section, assigning to memory region
+@cindex memory regions and sections
+@item >@var{region}
+Assign this section to a previously defined region of memory.
+@xref{MEMORY}.
+
+@kindex :@var{phdr}
+@cindex section, assigning to program header
+@cindex program headers and sections
+@item :@var{phdr}
+Assign this section to a segment described by a program header.
+@xref{PHDRS}. If a section is assigned to one or more segments, then
+all subsequent allocated sections will be assigned to those segments as
+well, unless they use an explicitly @code{:@var{phdr}} modifier. To
+prevent a section from being assigned to a segment when it would
+normally default to one, use @code{:NONE}.
+
+@kindex =@var{fill}
+@cindex section fill pattern
+@cindex fill pattern, entire section
+@item =@var{fill}
+Including @code{=@var{fill}} in a section definition specifies the
+initial fill value for that section. You may use any expression to
+specify @var{fill}. Any unallocated holes in the current output section
+when written to the output file will be filled with the two least
+significant bytes of the value, repeated as necessary. You can also
+change the fill value with a @code{FILL} statement in the @var{contents}
+of a section definition.
+
+@end table
+
+@node Overlays
+@subsection Overlays
+@kindex OVERLAY
+@cindex overlays
+
+The @code{OVERLAY} command provides an easy way to describe sections
+which are to be loaded as part of a single memory image but are to be
+run at the same memory address. At run time, some sort of overlay
+manager will copy the overlaid sections in and out of the runtime memory
+address as required, perhaps by simply manipulating addressing bits.
+This approach can be useful, for example, when a certain region of
+memory is faster than another.
+
+The @code{OVERLAY} command is used within a @code{SECTIONS} command. It
+appears as follows:
+@smallexample
+@group
+ OVERLAY @var{start} : [ NOCROSSREFS ] AT ( @var{ldaddr} )
+ @{
+ @var{secname1} @{ @var{contents} @} :@var{phdr} =@var{fill}
+ @var{secname2} @{ @var{contents} @} :@var{phdr} =@var{fill}
+ @dots{}
+ @} >@var{region} :@var{phdr} =@var{fill}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+Everything is optional except @code{OVERLAY} (a keyword), and each
+section must have a name (@var{secname1} and @var{secname2} above). The
+section definitions within the @code{OVERLAY} construct are identical to
+those within the general @code{SECTIONS} contruct (@pxref{SECTIONS}),
+except that no addresses and no memory regions may be defined for
+sections within an @code{OVERLAY}.
+
+The sections are all defined with the same starting address. The load
+addresses of the sections are arranged such that they are consecutive in
+memory starting at the load address used for the @code{OVERLAY} as a
+whole (as with normal section definitions, the load address is optional,
+and defaults to the start address; the start address is also optional,
+and defaults to @code{.}).
+
+If the @code{NOCROSSREFS} keyword is used, and there any references
+among the sections, the linker will report an error. Since the sections
+all run at the same address, it normally does not make sense for one
+section to refer directly to another. @xref{Option Commands,
+NOCROSSREFS}.
+
+For each section within the @code{OVERLAY}, the linker automatically
+defines two symbols. The symbol @code{__load_start_@var{secname}} is
+defined as the starting load address of the section. The symbol
+@code{__load_stop_@var{secname}} is defined as the final load address of
+the section. Any characters within @var{secname} which are not legal
+within C identifiers are removed. C (or assembler) code may use these
+symbols to move the overlaid sections around as necessary.
+
+At the end of the overlay, the value of @code{.} is set to the start
+address of the overlay plus the size of the largest section.
+
+Here is an example. Remember that this would appear inside a
+@code{SECTIONS} construct.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ OVERLAY 0x1000 : AT (0x4000)
+ @{
+ .text0 @{ o1/*.o(.text) @}
+ .text1 @{ o2/*.o(.text) @}
+ @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+This will define both @code{.text0} and @code{.text1} to start at
+address 0x1000. @code{.text0} will be loaded at address 0x4000, and
+@code{.text1} will be loaded immediately after @code{.text0}. The
+following symbols will be defined: @code{__load_start_text0},
+@code{__load_stop_text0}, @code{__load_start_text1},
+@code{__load_stop_text1}.
+
+C code to copy overlay @code{.text1} into the overlay area might look
+like the following.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ extern char __load_start_text1, __load_stop_text1;
+ memcpy ((char *) 0x1000, &__load_start_text1,
+ &__load_stop_text1 - &__load_start_text1);
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+Note that the @code{OVERLAY} command is just syntactic sugar, since
+everything it does can be done using the more basic commands. The above
+example could have been written identically as follows.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ .text0 0x1000 : AT (0x4000) @{ o1/*.o(.text) @}
+ __load_start_text0 = LOADADDR (.text0);
+ __load_stop_text0 = LOADADDR (.text0) + SIZEOF (.text0);
+ .text1 0x1000 : AT (0x4000 + SIZEOF (.text0)) @{ o2/*.o(.text) @}
+ __load_start_text1 = LOADADDR (.text1);
+ __load_stop_text1 = LOADADDR (.text1) + SIZEOF (.text1);
+ . = 0x1000 + MAX (SIZEOF (.text0), SIZEOF (.text1));
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@node PHDRS
+@section ELF Program Headers
+@kindex PHDRS
+@cindex program headers
+@cindex ELF program headers
+
+The ELF object file format uses @dfn{program headers}, which are read by
+the system loader and describe how the program should be loaded into
+memory. These program headers must be set correctly in order to run the
+program on a native ELF system. The linker will create reasonable
+program headers by default. However, in some cases, it is desirable to
+specify the program headers more precisely; the @code{PHDRS} command may
+be used for this purpose. When the @code{PHDRS} command is used, the
+linker will not generate any program headers itself.
+
+The @code{PHDRS} command is only meaningful when generating an ELF
+output file. It is ignored in other cases. This manual does not
+describe the details of how the system loader interprets program
+headers; for more information, see the ELF ABI. The program headers of
+an ELF file may be displayed using the @samp{-p} option of the
+@code{objdump} command.
+
+This is the syntax of the @code{PHDRS} command. The words @code{PHDRS},
+@code{FILEHDR}, @code{AT}, and @code{FLAGS} are keywords.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+PHDRS
+@{
+ @var{name} @var{type} [ FILEHDR ] [ PHDRS ] [ AT ( @var{address} ) ]
+ [ FLAGS ( @var{flags} ) ] ;
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+The @var{name} is used only for reference in the @code{SECTIONS} command
+of the linker script. It does not get put into the output file.
+
+Certain program header types describe segments of memory which are
+loaded from the file by the system loader. In the linker script, the
+contents of these segments are specified by directing allocated output
+sections to be placed in the segment. To do this, the command
+describing the output section in the @code{SECTIONS} command should use
+@samp{:@var{name}}, where @var{name} is the name of the program header
+as it appears in the @code{PHDRS} command. @xref{Section Options}.
+
+It is normal for certain sections to appear in more than one segment.
+This merely implies that one segment of memory contains another. This
+is specified by repeating @samp{:@var{name}}, using it once for each
+program header in which the section is to appear.
+
+If a section is placed in one or more segments using @samp{:@var{name}},
+then all subsequent allocated sections which do not specify
+@samp{:@var{name}} are placed in the same segments. This is for
+convenience, since generally a whole set of contiguous sections will be
+placed in a single segment. To prevent a section from being assigned to
+a segment when it would normally default to one, use @code{:NONE}.
+
+The @code{FILEHDR} and @code{PHDRS} keywords which may appear after the
+program header type also indicate contents of the segment of memory.
+The @code{FILEHDR} keyword means that the segment should include the ELF
+file header. The @code{PHDRS} keyword means that the segment should
+include the ELF program headers themselves.
+
+The @var{type} may be one of the following. The numbers indicate the
+value of the keyword.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{PT_NULL} (0)
+Indicates an unused program header.
+
+@item @code{PT_LOAD} (1)
+Indicates that this program header describes a segment to be loaded from
+the file.
+
+@item @code{PT_DYNAMIC} (2)
+Indicates a segment where dynamic linking information can be found.
+
+@item @code{PT_INTERP} (3)
+Indicates a segment where the name of the program interpreter may be
+found.
+
+@item @code{PT_NOTE} (4)
+Indicates a segment holding note information.
+
+@item @code{PT_SHLIB} (5)
+A reserved program header type, defined but not specified by the ELF
+ABI.
+
+@item @code{PT_PHDR} (6)
+Indicates a segment where the program headers may be found.
+
+@item @var{expression}
+An expression giving the numeric type of the program header. This may
+be used for types not defined above.
+@end table
+
+It is possible to specify that a segment should be loaded at a
+particular address in memory. This is done using an @code{AT}
+expression. This is identical to the @code{AT} command used in the
+@code{SECTIONS} command (@pxref{Section Options}). Using the @code{AT}
+command for a program header overrides any information in the
+@code{SECTIONS} command.
+
+Normally the segment flags are set based on the sections. The
+@code{FLAGS} keyword may be used to explicitly specify the segment
+flags. The value of @var{flags} must be an integer. It is used to
+set the @code{p_flags} field of the program header.
+
+Here is an example of the use of @code{PHDRS}. This shows a typical set
+of program headers used on a native ELF system.
+
+@example
+@group
+PHDRS
+@{
+ headers PT_PHDR PHDRS ;
+ interp PT_INTERP ;
+ text PT_LOAD FILEHDR PHDRS ;
+ data PT_LOAD ;
+ dynamic PT_DYNAMIC ;
+@}
+
+SECTIONS
+@{
+ . = SIZEOF_HEADERS;
+ .interp : @{ *(.interp) @} :text :interp
+ .text : @{ *(.text) @} :text
+ .rodata : @{ *(.rodata) @} /* defaults to :text */
+ @dots{}
+ . = . + 0x1000; /* move to a new page in memory */
+ .data : @{ *(.data) @} :data
+ .dynamic : @{ *(.dynamic) @} :data :dynamic
+ @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@node Entry Point
+@section The Entry Point
+@kindex ENTRY(@var{symbol})
+@cindex start of execution
+@cindex first instruction
+The linker command language includes a command specifically for
+defining the first executable instruction in an output file (its
+@dfn{entry point}). Its argument is a symbol name:
+@smallexample
+ENTRY(@var{symbol})
+@end smallexample
+
+Like symbol assignments, the @code{ENTRY} command may be placed either
+as an independent command in the command file, or among the section
+definitions within the @code{SECTIONS} command---whatever makes the most
+sense for your layout.
+
+@cindex entry point, defaults
+@code{ENTRY} is only one of several ways of choosing the entry point.
+You may indicate it in any of the following ways (shown in descending
+order of priority: methods higher in the list override methods lower down).
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+the @samp{-e} @var{entry} command-line option;
+@item
+the @code{ENTRY(@var{symbol})} command in a linker control script;
+@item
+the value of the symbol @code{start}, if present;
+@item
+the address of the first byte of the @code{.text} section, if present;
+@item
+The address @code{0}.
+@end itemize
+
+For example, you can use these rules to generate an entry point with an
+assignment statement: if no symbol @code{start} is defined within your
+input files, you can simply define it, assigning it an appropriate
+value---
+
+@smallexample
+start = 0x2020;
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+The example shows an absolute address, but you can use any expression.
+For example, if your input object files use some other symbol-name
+convention for the entry point, you can just assign the value of
+whatever symbol contains the start address to @code{start}:
+
+@smallexample
+start = other_symbol ;
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Version Script
+@section Version Script
+@kindex VERSION @{script text@}
+@cindex symbol versions
+@cindex version script
+@cindex versions of symbols
+The linker command script includes a command specifically for
+specifying a version script, and is only meaningful for ELF platforms
+that support shared libraries. A version script can be
+build directly into the linker script that you are using, or you
+can supply the version script as just another input file to the linker
+at the time that you link. The command script syntax is:
+@smallexample
+VERSION @{ version script contents @}
+@end smallexample
+The version script can also be specified to the linker by means of the
+@samp{--version-script} linker command line option.
+Version scripts are only meaningful when creating shared libraries.
+
+The format of the version script itself is identical to that used by
+Sun's linker in Solaris 2.5. Versioning is done by defining a tree of
+version nodes with the names and interdependencies specified in the
+version script. The version script can specify which symbols are bound
+to which version nodes, and it can reduce a specified set of symbols to
+local scope so that they are not globally visible outside of the shared
+library.
+
+The easiest way to demonstrate the version script language is with a few
+examples.
+
+@smallexample
+VERS_1.1 @{
+ global:
+ foo1;
+ local:
+ old*;
+ original*;
+ new*;
+@};
+
+VERS_1.2 @{
+ foo2;
+@} VERS_1.1;
+
+VERS_2.0 @{
+ bar1; bar2;
+@} VERS_1.2;
+@end smallexample
+
+In this example, three version nodes are defined. @samp{VERS_1.1} is the
+first version node defined, and has no other dependencies. The symbol
+@samp{foo1} is bound to this version node, and a number of symbols
+that have appeared within various object files are reduced in scope to
+local so that they are not visible outside of the shared library.
+
+Next, the node @samp{VERS_1.2} is defined. It depends upon
+@samp{VERS_1.1}. The symbol @samp{foo2} is bound to this version node.
+
+Finally, the node @samp{VERS_2.0} is defined. It depends upon
+@samp{VERS_1.2}. The symbols @samp{bar1} and @samp{bar2} are bound to
+this version node.
+
+Symbols defined in the library which aren't specifically bound to a
+version node are effectively bound to an unspecified base version of the
+library. It is possible to bind all otherwise unspecified symbols to a
+given version node using @samp{global: *} somewhere in the version
+script.
+
+Lexically the names of the version nodes have no specific meaning other
+than what they might suggest to the person reading them. The @samp{2.0}
+version could just as well have appeared in between @samp{1.1} and
+@samp{1.2}. However, this would be a confusing way to write a version
+script.
+
+When you link an application against a shared library that has versioned
+symbols, the application itself knows which version of each symbol it requires,
+and it also knows which version nodes it needs from each shared library it is
+linked against. Thus at runtime, the dynamic loader can make a quick check to
+make sure that the libraries you have linked against do in fact supply all
+of the version nodes that the application will need to resolve all of the
+dynamic symbols. In this way it is possible for the dynamic linker to know
+with certainty that all external symbols that it needs will be resolvable
+without having to search for each symbol reference.
+
+The symbol versioning is in effect a much more sophisticated way of
+doing minor version checking that SunOS does. The fundamental problem
+that is being addressed here is that typically references to external
+functions are bound on an as-needed basis, and are not all bound when
+the application starts up. If a shared library is out of date, a
+required interface may be missing; when the application tries to use
+that interface, it may suddenly and unexpectedly fail. With symbol
+versioning, the user will get a warning when they start their program if
+the libraries being used with the application are too old.
+
+There are several GNU extensions to Sun's versioning approach. The
+first of these is the ability to bind a symbol to a version node in the
+source file where the symbol is defined instead of in the versioning
+script. This was done mainly to reduce the burden on the library
+maintainer. This can be done by putting something like:
+
+@smallexample
+__asm__(".symver original_foo,foo@@VERS_1.1");
+@end smallexample
+
+in the C source file. This renamed the function @samp{original_foo} to
+be an alias for @samp{foo} bound to the version node @samp{VERS_1.1}.
+The @samp{local:} directive can be used to prevent the symbol
+@samp{original_foo} from being exported.
+
+The second GNU extension is to allow multiple versions of the same function
+to appear in a given shared library. In this way an incompatible change to
+an interface can take place without increasing the major version number of
+the shared library, while still allowing applications linked against the old
+interface to continue to function.
+
+This can only be accomplished by using multiple @samp{.symver}
+directives in the assembler. An example of this would be:
+
+@smallexample
+__asm__(".symver original_foo,foo@@");
+__asm__(".symver old_foo,foo@@VERS_1.1");
+__asm__(".symver old_foo1,foo@@VERS_1.2");
+__asm__(".symver new_foo,foo@@@@VERS_2.0");
+@end smallexample
+
+In this example, @samp{foo@@} represents the symbol @samp{foo} bound to the
+unspecified base version of the symbol. The source file that contains this
+example would define 4 C functions: @samp{original_foo}, @samp{old_foo},
+@samp{old_foo1}, and @samp{new_foo}.
+
+When you have multiple definitions of a given symbol, there needs to be
+some way to specify a default version to which external references to
+this symbol will be bound. This can be accomplished with the
+@samp{foo@@@@VERS_2.0} type of @samp{.symver} directive. Only one version of
+a symbol can be declared 'default' in this manner - otherwise you would
+effectively have multiple definitions of the same symbol.
+
+If you wish to bind a reference to a specific version of the symbol
+within the shared library, you can use the aliases of convenience
+(i.e. @samp{old_foo}), or you can use the @samp{.symver} directive to
+specifically bind to an external version of the function in question.
+
+@node Option Commands
+@section Option Commands
+The command language includes a number of other commands that you can
+use for specialized purposes. They are similar in purpose to
+command-line options.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex CONSTRUCTORS
+@cindex C++ constructors, arranging in link
+@cindex constructors, arranging in link
+@item CONSTRUCTORS
+When linking using the @code{a.out} object file format, the linker uses
+an unusual set construct to support C++ global constructors and
+destructors. When linking object file formats which do not support
+arbitrary sections, such as @code{ECOFF} and @code{XCOFF}, the linker
+will automatically recognize C++ global constructors and destructors by
+name. For these object file formats, the @code{CONSTRUCTORS} command
+tells the linker where this information should be placed. The
+@code{CONSTRUCTORS} command is ignored for other object file formats.
+
+The symbol @w{@code{__CTOR_LIST__}} marks the start of the global
+constructors, and the symbol @w{@code{__DTOR_LIST}} marks the end. The
+first word in the list is the number of entries, followed by the address
+of each constructor or destructor, followed by a zero word. The
+compiler must arrange to actually run the code. For these object file
+formats @sc{gnu} C++ calls constructors from a subroutine @code{__main};
+a call to @code{__main} is automatically inserted into the startup code
+for @code{main}. @sc{gnu} C++ runs destructors either by using
+@code{atexit}, or directly from the function @code{exit}.
+
+For object file formats such as @code{COFF} or @code{ELF} which support
+multiple sections, @sc{gnu} C++ will normally arrange to put the
+addresses of global constructors and destructors into the @code{.ctors}
+and @code{.dtors} sections. Placing the following sequence into your
+linker script will build the sort of table which the @sc{gnu} C++
+runtime code expects to see.
+
+@smallexample
+ __CTOR_LIST__ = .;
+ LONG((__CTOR_END__ - __CTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)
+ *(.ctors)
+ LONG(0)
+ __CTOR_END__ = .;
+ __DTOR_LIST__ = .;
+ LONG((__DTOR_END__ - __DTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)
+ *(.dtors)
+ LONG(0)
+ __DTOR_END__ = .;
+@end smallexample
+
+Normally the compiler and linker will handle these issues automatically,
+and you will not need to concern yourself with them. However, you may
+need to consider this if you are using C++ and writing your own linker
+scripts.
+
+@need 1000
+@kindex FLOAT
+@kindex NOFLOAT
+@item FLOAT
+@itemx NOFLOAT
+These keywords were used in some older linkers to request a particular
+math subroutine library. @code{ld} doesn't use the keywords, assuming
+instead that any necessary subroutines are in libraries specified using
+the general mechanisms for linking to archives; but to permit the use of
+scripts that were written for the older linkers, the keywords
+@code{FLOAT} and @code{NOFLOAT} are accepted and ignored.
+
+@kindex FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION
+@cindex common allocation
+@item FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION
+This command has the same effect as the @samp{-d} command-line option:
+to make @code{ld} assign space to common symbols even if a relocatable
+output file is specified (@samp{-r}).
+
+@kindex INCLUDE @var{filename}
+@cindex including a linker script
+@item INCLUDE @var{filename}
+Include the linker script @var{filename} at this point. The file will
+be searched for in the current directory, and in any directory specified
+with the @code{-L} option. You can nest calls to @code{INCLUDE} up to
+10 levels deep.
+
+@kindex INPUT ( @var{files} )
+@cindex binary input files
+@item INPUT ( @var{file}, @var{file}, @dots{} )
+@itemx INPUT ( @var{file} @var{file} @dots{} )
+Use this command to include binary input files in the link, without
+including them in a particular section definition.
+Specify the full name for each @var{file}, including @samp{.a} if
+required.
+
+@code{ld} searches for each @var{file} through the archive-library
+search path, just as for files you specify on the command line.
+See the description of @samp{-L} in @ref{Options,,Command Line
+Options}.
+
+If you use @samp{-l@var{file}}, @code{ld} will transform the name to
+@code{lib@var{file}.a} as with the command line argument @samp{-l}.
+
+@kindex GROUP ( @var{files} )
+@cindex grouping input files
+@item GROUP ( @var{file}, @var{file}, @dots{} )
+@itemx GROUP ( @var{file} @var{file} @dots{} )
+This command is like @code{INPUT}, except that the named files should
+all be archives, and they are searched repeatedly until no new undefined
+references are created. See the description of @samp{-(} in
+@ref{Options,,Command Line Options}.
+
+@ignore
+@kindex MAP ( @var{name} )
+@item MAP ( @var{name} )
+@c MAP(...) appears to look for an F in the arg, ignoring all other
+@c chars; if it finds one, it sets "map_option_f" to true. But nothing
+@c checks map_option_f. Apparently a stub for the future...
+@end ignore
+
+@kindex OUTPUT ( @var{filename} )
+@cindex naming the output file
+@item OUTPUT ( @var{filename} )
+Use this command to name the link output file @var{filename}. The
+effect of @code{OUTPUT(@var{filename})} is identical to the effect of
+@w{@samp{-o @var{filename}}}, which overrides it. You can use this
+command to supply a default output-file name other than @code{a.out}.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@kindex OUTPUT_ARCH ( @var{bfdname} )
+@cindex machine architecture, output
+@item OUTPUT_ARCH ( @var{bfdname} )
+Specify a particular output machine architecture, with one of the names
+used by the BFD back-end routines (@pxref{BFD}). This command is often
+unnecessary; the architecture is most often set implicitly by either the
+system BFD configuration or as a side effect of the @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+command.
+
+@kindex OUTPUT_FORMAT ( @var{bfdname} )
+@cindex format, output file
+@item OUTPUT_FORMAT ( @var{bfdname} )
+When @code{ld} is configured to support multiple object code formats,
+you can use this command to specify a particular output format.
+@var{bfdname} is one of the names used by the BFD back-end routines
+(@pxref{BFD}). The effect is identical to the effect of the
+@samp{--oformat} command-line option. This selection affects only the
+output file; the related command @code{TARGET} affects primarily input
+files.
+@end ifclear
+
+@kindex SEARCH_DIR ( @var{path} )
+@cindex path for libraries
+@cindex search path, libraries
+@item SEARCH_DIR ( @var{path} )
+Add @var{path} to the list of paths where @code{ld} looks for
+archive libraries. @code{SEARCH_DIR(@var{path})} has the same
+effect as @samp{-L@var{path}} on the command line.
+
+@kindex STARTUP ( @var{filename} )
+@cindex first input file
+@item STARTUP ( @var{filename} )
+Ensure that @var{filename} is the first input file used in the link
+process.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@cindex input file format
+@kindex TARGET ( @var{format} )
+@item TARGET ( @var{format} )
+When @code{ld} is configured to support multiple object code formats,
+you can use this command to change the input-file object code format
+(like the command-line option @samp{-b} or its synonym @samp{--format}).
+The argument @var{format} is one of the strings used by BFD to name
+binary formats. If @code{TARGET} is specified but @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+is not, the last @code{TARGET} argument is also used as the default
+format for the @code{ld} output file. @xref{BFD}.
+
+@kindex GNUTARGET
+If you don't use the @code{TARGET} command, @code{ld} uses the value of
+the environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}, if available, to select the
+output file format. If that variable is also absent, @code{ld} uses
+the default format configured for your machine in the BFD libraries.
+@end ifclear
+
+@cindex cross references
+@kindex NOCROSSREFS ( @var{sections} )
+@item NOCROSSREFS ( @var{section} @var{section} @dots{} )
+This command may be used to tell @code{ld} to issue an error about any
+references among certain sections.
+
+In certain types of programs, particularly on embedded systems, when one
+section is loaded into memory, another section will not be. Any direct
+references between the two sections would be errors. For example, it
+would be an error if code in one section called a function defined in
+the other section.
+
+The @code{NOCROSSREFS} command takes a list of section names. If
+@code{ld} detects any cross references between the sections, it reports
+an error and returns a non-zero exit status. The @code{NOCROSSREFS}
+command uses output section names, defined in the @code{SECTIONS}
+command. It does not use the names of input sections.
+@end table
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@node Machine Dependent
+@chapter Machine Dependent Features
+
+@cindex machine dependencies
+@code{ld} has additional features on some platforms; the following
+sections describe them. Machines where @code{ld} has no additional
+functionality are not listed.
+
+@menu
+* H8/300:: @code{ld} and the H8/300
+* i960:: @code{ld} and the Intel 960 family
+@end menu
+@end ifset
+
+@c FIXME! This could use @raisesections/@lowersections, but there seems to be a conflict
+@c between those and node-defaulting.
+@ifset H8300
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@raisesections
+@end ifclear
+@node H8/300
+@section @code{ld} and the H8/300
+
+@cindex H8/300 support
+For the H8/300, @code{ld} can perform these global optimizations when
+you specify the @samp{--relax} command-line option.
+
+@table @emph
+@cindex relaxing on H8/300
+@item relaxing address modes
+@code{ld} finds all @code{jsr} and @code{jmp} instructions whose
+targets are within eight bits, and turns them into eight-bit
+program-counter relative @code{bsr} and @code{bra} instructions,
+respectively.
+
+@cindex synthesizing on H8/300
+@item synthesizing instructions
+@c FIXME: specifically mov.b, or any mov instructions really?
+@code{ld} finds all @code{mov.b} instructions which use the
+sixteen-bit absolute address form, but refer to the top
+page of memory, and changes them to use the eight-bit address form.
+(That is: the linker turns @samp{mov.b @code{@@}@var{aa}:16} into
+@samp{mov.b @code{@@}@var{aa}:8} whenever the address @var{aa} is in the
+top page of memory).
+@end table
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@lowersections
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset Hitachi
+@c This stuff is pointless to say unless you're especially concerned
+@c with Hitachi chips; don't enable it for generic case, please.
+@node Hitachi
+@chapter @code{ld} and other Hitachi chips
+
+@code{ld} also supports the H8/300H, the H8/500, and the Hitachi SH. No
+special features, commands, or command-line options are required for
+these chips.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset I960
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@raisesections
+@end ifclear
+@node i960
+@section @code{ld} and the Intel 960 family
+
+@cindex i960 support
+
+You can use the @samp{-A@var{architecture}} command line option to
+specify one of the two-letter names identifying members of the 960
+family; the option specifies the desired output target, and warns of any
+incompatible instructions in the input files. It also modifies the
+linker's search strategy for archive libraries, to support the use of
+libraries specific to each particular architecture, by including in the
+search loop names suffixed with the string identifying the architecture.
+
+For example, if your @code{ld} command line included @w{@samp{-ACA}} as
+well as @w{@samp{-ltry}}, the linker would look (in its built-in search
+paths, and in any paths you specify with @samp{-L}) for a library with
+the names
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+try
+libtry.a
+tryca
+libtryca.a
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+The first two possibilities would be considered in any event; the last
+two are due to the use of @w{@samp{-ACA}}.
+
+You can meaningfully use @samp{-A} more than once on a command line, since
+the 960 architecture family allows combination of target architectures; each
+use will add another pair of name variants to search for when @w{@samp{-l}}
+specifies a library.
+
+@cindex @code{--relax} on i960
+@cindex relaxing on i960
+@code{ld} supports the @samp{--relax} option for the i960 family. If
+you specify @samp{--relax}, @code{ld} finds all @code{balx} and
+@code{calx} instructions whose targets are within 24 bits, and turns
+them into 24-bit program-counter relative @code{bal} and @code{cal}
+instructions, respectively. @code{ld} also turns @code{cal}
+instructions into @code{bal} instructions when it determines that the
+target subroutine is a leaf routine (that is, the target subroutine does
+not itself call any subroutines).
+
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@lowersections
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@node BFD
+@chapter BFD
+
+@cindex back end
+@cindex object file management
+@cindex object formats available
+@kindex objdump -i
+The linker accesses object and archive files using the BFD libraries.
+These libraries allow the linker to use the same routines to operate on
+object files whatever the object file format. A different object file
+format can be supported simply by creating a new BFD back end and adding
+it to the library. To conserve runtime memory, however, the linker and
+associated tools are usually configured to support only a subset of the
+object file formats available. You can use @code{objdump -i}
+(@pxref{objdump,,objdump,binutils.info,The GNU Binary Utilities}) to
+list all the formats available for your configuration.
+
+@cindex BFD requirements
+@cindex requirements for BFD
+As with most implementations, BFD is a compromise between
+several conflicting requirements. The major factor influencing
+BFD design was efficiency: any time used converting between
+formats is time which would not have been spent had BFD not
+been involved. This is partly offset by abstraction payback; since
+BFD simplifies applications and back ends, more time and care
+may be spent optimizing algorithms for a greater speed.
+
+One minor artifact of the BFD solution which you should bear in
+mind is the potential for information loss. There are two places where
+useful information can be lost using the BFD mechanism: during
+conversion and during output. @xref{BFD information loss}.
+
+@menu
+* BFD outline:: How it works: an outline of BFD
+@end menu
+
+@node BFD outline
+@section How it works: an outline of BFD
+@cindex opening object files
+@include bfdsumm.texi
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Reporting Bugs
+@chapter Reporting Bugs
+@cindex bugs in @code{ld}
+@cindex reporting bugs in @code{ld}
+
+Your bug reports play an essential role in making @code{ld} reliable.
+
+Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or
+it may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is
+to help the entire community by making the next version of @code{ld}
+work better. Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of
+@code{ld}.
+
+In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
+information that enables us to fix the bug.
+
+@menu
+* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
+* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
+@end menu
+
+@node Bug Criteria
+@section Have you found a bug?
+@cindex bug criteria
+
+If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@cindex fatal signal
+@cindex linker crash
+@cindex crash of linker
+@item
+If the linker gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
+@code{ld} bug. Reliable linkers never crash.
+
+@cindex error on valid input
+@item
+If @code{ld} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
+
+@cindex invalid input
+@item
+If @code{ld} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
+may be a bug. In the general case, the linker can not verify that
+object files are correct.
+
+@item
+If you are an experienced user of linkers, your suggestions for
+improvement of @code{ld} are welcome in any case.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Bug Reporting
+@section How to report bugs
+@cindex bug reports
+@cindex @code{ld} bugs, reporting
+
+A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu}
+products. If you obtained @code{ld} from a support organization, we
+recommend you contact that organization first.
+
+You can find contact information for many support companies and
+individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
+distribution.
+
+In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @code{ld}
+to @samp{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.
+
+The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
+@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
+fact or leave it out, state it!
+
+Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
+problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might
+assume that the name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter.
+Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is
+a stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where
+that name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the
+contents of that location would fool the linker into doing the right
+thing despite the bug. Play it safe and give a specific, complete
+example. That is the easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.
+
+Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
+it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
+that the bug has not been reported previously.
+
+Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
+bell?'' Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
+@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
+bugs properly.
+
+To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The version of @code{ld}. @code{ld} announces it if you start it with
+the @samp{--version} argument.
+
+Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
+the bug in the current version of @code{ld}.
+
+@item
+Any patches you may have applied to the @code{ld} source, including any
+patches made to the @code{BFD} library.
+
+@item
+The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
+version number.
+
+@item
+What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @code{ld}---e.g.
+``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
+
+@item
+The command arguments you gave the linker to link your example and
+observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important,
+list them all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is
+sufficient.
+
+If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
+and then we might not encounter the bug.
+
+@item
+A complete input file, or set of input files, that will reproduce the
+bug. It is generally most helpful to send the actual object files,
+uuencoded if necessary to get them through the mail system. Making them
+available for anonymous FTP is not as good, but may be the only
+reasonable choice for large object files.
+
+If the source files were assembled using @code{gas} or compiled using
+@code{gcc}, then it may be OK to send the source files rather than the
+object files. In this case, be sure to say exactly what version of
+@code{gas} or @code{gcc} was used to produce the object files. Also say
+how @code{gas} or @code{gcc} were configured.
+
+@item
+A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
+incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
+
+Of course, if the bug is that @code{ld} gets a fatal signal, then we
+will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might
+not notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us
+a chance to make a mistake.
+
+Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
+say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your
+copy of @code{ld} is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in the
+C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash
+and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours
+fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not happening for us. If
+you had not told us to expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw
+any conclusion from our observations.
+
+@item
+If you wish to suggest changes to the @code{ld} source, send us context
+diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or
+@samp{-p} option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file.
+If you even discuss something in the @code{ld} source, refer to it by
+context, not by line number.
+
+The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
+sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
+@end itemize
+
+Here are some things that are not necessary:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+A description of the envelope of the bug.
+
+Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
+which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
+changes will not affect it.
+
+This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
+will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
+with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
+We recommend that you save your time for something else.
+
+Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
+of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
+output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
+less time, and so on.
+
+However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
+report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
+
+@item
+A patch for the bug.
+
+A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
+the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
+a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
+to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
+
+Sometimes with a program as complicated as @code{ld} it is very hard to
+construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path
+through the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be
+able to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is
+fixed.
+
+And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
+patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
+help us to understand.
+
+@item
+A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
+
+Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
+things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
+@end itemize
+
+@node MRI
+@appendix MRI Compatible Script Files
+@cindex MRI compatibility
+To aid users making the transition to @sc{gnu} @code{ld} from the MRI
+linker, @code{ld} can use MRI compatible linker scripts as an
+alternative to the more general-purpose linker scripting language
+described in @ref{Commands,,Command Language}. MRI compatible linker
+scripts have a much simpler command set than the scripting language
+otherwise used with @code{ld}. @sc{gnu} @code{ld} supports the most
+commonly used MRI linker commands; these commands are described here.
+
+In general, MRI scripts aren't of much use with the @code{a.out} object
+file format, since it only has three sections and MRI scripts lack some
+features to make use of them.
+
+You can specify a file containing an MRI-compatible script using the
+@samp{-c} command-line option.
+
+Each command in an MRI-compatible script occupies its own line; each
+command line starts with the keyword that identifies the command (though
+blank lines are also allowed for punctuation). If a line of an
+MRI-compatible script begins with an unrecognized keyword, @code{ld}
+issues a warning message, but continues processing the script.
+
+Lines beginning with @samp{*} are comments.
+
+You can write these commands using all upper-case letters, or all
+lower case; for example, @samp{chip} is the same as @samp{CHIP}.
+The following list shows only the upper-case form of each command.
+
+@table @code
+@cindex @code{ABSOLUTE} (MRI)
+@item ABSOLUTE @var{secname}
+@itemx ABSOLUTE @var{secname}, @var{secname}, @dots{} @var{secname}
+Normally, @code{ld} includes in the output file all sections from all
+the input files. However, in an MRI-compatible script, you can use the
+@code{ABSOLUTE} command to restrict the sections that will be present in
+your output program. If the @code{ABSOLUTE} command is used at all in a
+script, then only the sections named explicitly in @code{ABSOLUTE}
+commands will appear in the linker output. You can still use other
+input sections (whatever you select on the command line, or using
+@code{LOAD}) to resolve addresses in the output file.
+
+@cindex @code{ALIAS} (MRI)
+@item ALIAS @var{out-secname}, @var{in-secname}
+Use this command to place the data from input section @var{in-secname}
+in a section called @var{out-secname} in the linker output file.
+
+@var{in-secname} may be an integer.
+
+@cindex @code{ALIGN} (MRI)
+@item ALIGN @var{secname} = @var{expression}
+Align the section called @var{secname} to @var{expression}. The
+@var{expression} should be a power of two.
+
+@cindex @code{BASE} (MRI)
+@item BASE @var{expression}
+Use the value of @var{expression} as the lowest address (other than
+absolute addresses) in the output file.
+
+@cindex @code{CHIP} (MRI)
+@item CHIP @var{expression}
+@itemx CHIP @var{expression}, @var{expression}
+This command does nothing; it is accepted only for compatibility.
+
+@cindex @code{END} (MRI)
+@item END
+This command does nothing whatever; it's only accepted for compatibility.
+
+@cindex @code{FORMAT} (MRI)
+@item FORMAT @var{output-format}
+Similar to the @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT} command in the more general linker
+language, but restricted to one of these output formats:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+S-records, if @var{output-format} is @samp{S}
+
+@item
+IEEE, if @var{output-format} is @samp{IEEE}
+
+@item
+COFF (the @samp{coff-m68k} variant in BFD), if @var{output-format} is
+@samp{COFF}
+@end enumerate
+
+@cindex @code{LIST} (MRI)
+@item LIST @var{anything}@dots{}
+Print (to the standard output file) a link map, as produced by the
+@code{ld} command-line option @samp{-M}.
+
+The keyword @code{LIST} may be followed by anything on the
+same line, with no change in its effect.
+
+@cindex @code{LOAD} (MRI)
+@item LOAD @var{filename}
+@itemx LOAD @var{filename}, @var{filename}, @dots{} @var{filename}
+Include one or more object file @var{filename} in the link; this has the
+same effect as specifying @var{filename} directly on the @code{ld}
+command line.
+
+@cindex @code{NAME} (MRI)
+@item NAME @var{output-name}
+@var{output-name} is the name for the program produced by @code{ld}; the
+MRI-compatible command @code{NAME} is equivalent to the command-line
+option @samp{-o} or the general script language command @code{OUTPUT}.
+
+@cindex @code{ORDER} (MRI)
+@item ORDER @var{secname}, @var{secname}, @dots{} @var{secname}
+@itemx ORDER @var{secname} @var{secname} @var{secname}
+Normally, @code{ld} orders the sections in its output file in the
+order in which they first appear in the input files. In an MRI-compatible
+script, you can override this ordering with the @code{ORDER} command. The
+sections you list with @code{ORDER} will appear first in your output
+file, in the order specified.
+
+@cindex @code{PUBLIC} (MRI)
+@item PUBLIC @var{name}=@var{expression}
+@itemx PUBLIC @var{name},@var{expression}
+@itemx PUBLIC @var{name} @var{expression}
+Supply a value (@var{expression}) for external symbol
+@var{name} used in the linker input files.
+
+@cindex @code{SECT} (MRI)
+@item SECT @var{secname}, @var{expression}
+@itemx SECT @var{secname}=@var{expression}
+@itemx SECT @var{secname} @var{expression}
+You can use any of these three forms of the @code{SECT} command to
+specify the start address (@var{expression}) for section @var{secname}.
+If you have more than one @code{SECT} statement for the same
+@var{secname}, only the @emph{first} sets the start address.
+@end table
+
+@node Index
+@unnumbered Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@tex
+% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo. In the
+% meantime:
+\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
+\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
+\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
+\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
+\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
+\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/} and}
+\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
+\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
+\page\colophon
+% Blame: doc@cygnus.com, 28mar91.
+@end tex
+
+
+@contents
+@bye
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldcref.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldcref.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9e6ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldcref.c
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
+/* ldcref.c -- output a cross reference table
+ Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* This file holds routines that manage the cross reference table.
+ The table is used to generate cross reference reports. It is also
+ used to implement the NOCROSSREFS command in the linker script. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+
+/* We keep an instance of this structure for each reference to a
+ symbol from a given object. */
+
+struct cref_ref
+{
+ /* The next reference. */
+ struct cref_ref *next;
+ /* The object. */
+ bfd *abfd;
+ /* True if the symbol is defined. */
+ unsigned int def : 1;
+ /* True if the symbol is common. */
+ unsigned int common : 1;
+ /* True if the symbol is undefined. */
+ unsigned int undef : 1;
+};
+
+/* We keep a hash table of symbols. Each entry looks like this. */
+
+struct cref_hash_entry
+{
+ struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+ /* The demangled name. */
+ char *demangled;
+ /* References to and definitions of this symbol. */
+ struct cref_ref *refs;
+};
+
+/* This is what the hash table looks like. */
+
+struct cref_hash_table
+{
+ struct bfd_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* Local functions. */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *cref_hash_newfunc
+ PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static boolean cref_fill_array PARAMS ((struct cref_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static int cref_sort_array PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+static void output_one_cref PARAMS ((FILE *, struct cref_hash_entry *));
+static boolean check_nocrossref PARAMS ((struct cref_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static void check_refs
+ PARAMS ((struct cref_hash_entry *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+ struct lang_nocrossrefs *));
+static void check_reloc_refs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+/* Look up an entry in the cref hash table. */
+
+#define cref_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
+ ((struct cref_hash_entry *) \
+ bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* Traverse the cref hash table. */
+
+#define cref_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
+ (bfd_hash_traverse \
+ (&(table)->root, \
+ (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
+ (info)))
+
+/* The cref hash table. */
+
+static struct cref_hash_table cref_table;
+
+/* Whether the cref hash table has been initialized. */
+
+static boolean cref_initialized;
+
+/* The number of symbols seen so far. */
+
+static size_t cref_symcount;
+
+/* Create an entry in a cref hash table. */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+cref_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+ struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+ struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+ const char *string;
+{
+ struct cref_hash_entry *ret = (struct cref_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+ /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+ subclass. */
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ ret = ((struct cref_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct cref_hash_entry)));
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+ /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
+ ret = ((struct cref_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+ if (ret != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set local fields. */
+ ret->demangled = NULL;
+ ret->refs = NULL;
+
+ /* Keep a count of the number of entries created in the hash
+ table. */
+ ++cref_symcount;
+ }
+
+ return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Add a symbol to the cref hash table. This is called for every
+ symbol that is seen during the link. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+add_cref (name, abfd, section, value)
+ const char *name;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma value;
+{
+ struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+ struct cref_ref *r;
+
+ if (! cref_initialized)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&cref_table.root, cref_hash_newfunc))
+ einfo ("%X%P: bfd_hash_table_init of cref table failed: %E\n");
+ cref_initialized = true;
+ }
+
+ h = cref_hash_lookup (&cref_table, name, true, false);
+ if (h == NULL)
+ einfo ("%X%P: cref_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+
+ for (r = h->refs; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+ if (r->abfd == abfd)
+ break;
+
+ if (r == NULL)
+ {
+ r = (struct cref_ref *) xmalloc (sizeof *r);
+ r->next = h->refs;
+ h->refs = r;
+ r->abfd = abfd;
+ r->def = false;
+ r->common = false;
+ r->undef = false;
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_is_und_section (section))
+ r->undef = true;
+ else if (bfd_is_com_section (section))
+ r->common = true;
+ else
+ r->def = true;
+}
+
+/* Copy the addresses of the hash table entries into an array. This
+ is called via cref_hash_traverse. We also fill in the demangled
+ name. */
+
+static boolean
+cref_fill_array (h, data)
+ struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+ PTR data;
+{
+ struct cref_hash_entry ***pph = (struct cref_hash_entry ***) data;
+
+ ASSERT (h->demangled == NULL);
+ h->demangled = demangle (h->root.string);
+
+ **pph = h;
+
+ ++*pph;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Sort an array of cref hash table entries by name. */
+
+static int
+cref_sort_array (a1, a2)
+ const PTR a1;
+ const PTR a2;
+{
+ const struct cref_hash_entry **p1 = (const struct cref_hash_entry **) a1;
+ const struct cref_hash_entry **p2 = (const struct cref_hash_entry **) a2;
+
+ return strcmp ((*p1)->demangled, (*p2)->demangled);
+}
+
+/* Write out the cref table. */
+
+#define FILECOL (50)
+
+void
+output_cref (fp)
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+ int len;
+ struct cref_hash_entry **csyms, **csym_fill, **csym, **csym_end;
+
+ fprintf (fp, "\nCross Reference Table\n\n");
+ fprintf (fp, "Symbol");
+ len = sizeof "Symbol" - 1;
+ while (len < FILECOL)
+ {
+ putc (' ' , fp);
+ ++len;
+ }
+ fprintf (fp, "File\n");
+
+ if (! cref_initialized)
+ {
+ fprintf (fp, "No symbols\n");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ csyms = ((struct cref_hash_entry **)
+ xmalloc (cref_symcount * sizeof (*csyms)));
+
+ csym_fill = csyms;
+ cref_hash_traverse (&cref_table, cref_fill_array, &csym_fill);
+ ASSERT (csym_fill - csyms == cref_symcount);
+
+ qsort (csyms, cref_symcount, sizeof (*csyms), cref_sort_array);
+
+ csym_end = csyms + cref_symcount;
+ for (csym = csyms; csym < csym_end; csym++)
+ output_one_cref (fp, *csym);
+}
+
+/* Output one entry in the cross reference table. */
+
+static void
+output_one_cref (fp, h)
+ FILE *fp;
+ struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+{
+ int len;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hl;
+ struct cref_ref *r;
+
+ hl = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, h->root.string, false,
+ false, true);
+ if (hl == NULL)
+ einfo ("%P: symbol `%T' missing from main hash table\n",
+ h->root.string);
+ else
+ {
+ /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object but never
+ referenced by a normal object, then don't print it. */
+ if (hl->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+ {
+ if (hl->u.def.section->output_section == NULL)
+ return;
+ if (hl->u.def.section->owner != NULL
+ && (hl->u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+ {
+ for (r = h->refs; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+ if ((r->abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
+ break;
+ if (r == NULL)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ fprintf (fp, "%s ", h->demangled);
+ len = strlen (h->demangled) + 1;
+
+ for (r = h->refs; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+ {
+ if (r->def)
+ {
+ while (len < FILECOL)
+ {
+ putc (' ', fp);
+ ++len;
+ }
+ finfo (fp, "%B\n", r->abfd);
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (r = h->refs; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+ {
+ if (! r->def)
+ {
+ while (len < FILECOL)
+ {
+ putc (' ', fp);
+ ++len;
+ }
+ finfo (fp, "%B\n", r->abfd);
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASSERT (len == 0);
+}
+
+/* Check for prohibited cross references. */
+
+void
+check_nocrossrefs ()
+{
+ if (! cref_initialized)
+ return;
+
+ cref_hash_traverse (&cref_table, check_nocrossref, (PTR) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Check one symbol to see if it is a prohibited cross reference. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+check_nocrossref (h, ignore)
+ struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+ PTR ignore;
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hl;
+ asection *defsec;
+ const char *defsecname;
+ struct lang_nocrossrefs *ncrs;
+ struct lang_nocrossref *ncr;
+
+ hl = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, h->root.string, false,
+ false, true);
+ if (hl == NULL)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P: symbol `%T' missing from main hash table\n",
+ h->root.string);
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ if (hl->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+ && hl->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ return true;
+
+ defsec = hl->u.def.section->output_section;
+ if (defsec == NULL)
+ return true;
+ defsecname = bfd_get_section_name (defsec->owner, defsec);
+
+ for (ncrs = nocrossref_list; ncrs != NULL; ncrs = ncrs->next)
+ for (ncr = ncrs->list; ncr != NULL; ncr = ncr->next)
+ if (strcmp (ncr->name, defsecname) == 0)
+ check_refs (h, hl, ncrs);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* The struct is used to pass information from check_refs to
+ check_reloc_refs through bfd_map_over_sections. */
+
+struct check_refs_info
+{
+ struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+ asection *defsec;
+ struct lang_nocrossrefs *ncrs;
+ asymbol **asymbols;
+ boolean same;
+};
+
+/* This function is called for each symbol defined in a section which
+ prohibits cross references. We need to look through all references
+ to this symbol, and ensure that the references are not from
+ prohibited sections. */
+
+static void
+check_refs (h, hl, ncrs)
+ struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hl;
+ struct lang_nocrossrefs *ncrs;
+{
+ struct cref_ref *ref;
+
+ for (ref = h->refs; ref != NULL; ref = ref->next)
+ {
+ lang_input_statement_type *li;
+ asymbol **asymbols;
+ struct check_refs_info info;
+
+ /* We need to look through the relocations for this BFD, to see
+ if any of the relocations which refer to this symbol are from
+ a prohibited section. Note that we need to do this even for
+ the BFD in which the symbol is defined, since even a single
+ BFD might contain a prohibited cross reference; for this
+ case, we set the SAME field in INFO, which will cause
+ CHECK_RELOCS_REFS to check for relocations against the
+ section as well as against the symbol. */
+
+ li = (lang_input_statement_type *) ref->abfd->usrdata;
+ if (li != NULL && li->asymbols != NULL)
+ asymbols = li->asymbols;
+ else
+ {
+ long symsize;
+ long symbol_count;
+
+ symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (ref->abfd);
+ if (symsize < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols; %E\n", ref->abfd);
+ asymbols = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symsize);
+ symbol_count = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (ref->abfd, asymbols);
+ if (symbol_count < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols: %E\n", ref->abfd);
+ if (li != NULL)
+ {
+ li->asymbols = asymbols;
+ li->symbol_count = symbol_count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ info.h = h;
+ info.defsec = hl->u.def.section;
+ info.ncrs = ncrs;
+ info.asymbols = asymbols;
+ if (ref->abfd == hl->u.def.section->owner)
+ info.same = true;
+ else
+ info.same = false;
+ bfd_map_over_sections (ref->abfd, check_reloc_refs, (PTR) &info);
+
+ if (li == NULL)
+ free (asymbols);
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is called via bfd_map_over_sections. INFO->H is a symbol
+ defined in INFO->DEFSECNAME. If this section maps into any of the
+ sections listed in INFO->NCRS, other than INFO->DEFSECNAME, then we
+ look through the relocations. If any of the relocations are to
+ INFO->H, then we report a prohibited cross reference error. */
+
+static void
+check_reloc_refs (abfd, sec, iarg)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *sec;
+ PTR iarg;
+{
+ struct check_refs_info *info = (struct check_refs_info *) iarg;
+ asection *outsec;
+ const char *outsecname;
+ asection *outdefsec;
+ const char *outdefsecname;
+ struct lang_nocrossref *ncr;
+ const char *symname;
+ long relsize;
+ arelent **relpp;
+ long relcount;
+ arelent **p, **pend;
+
+ outsec = sec->output_section;
+ outsecname = bfd_get_section_name (outsec->owner, outsec);
+
+ outdefsec = info->defsec->output_section;
+ outdefsecname = bfd_get_section_name (outdefsec->owner, outdefsec);
+
+ /* The section where the symbol is defined is permitted. */
+ if (strcmp (outsecname, outdefsecname) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (ncr = info->ncrs->list; ncr != NULL; ncr = ncr->next)
+ if (strcmp (outsecname, ncr->name) == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (ncr == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* This section is one for which cross references are prohibited.
+ Look through the relocations, and see if any of them are to
+ INFO->H. */
+
+ symname = info->h->root.string;
+
+ relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, sec);
+ if (relsize < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read relocs: %E\n", abfd);
+ if (relsize == 0)
+ return;
+
+ relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+ relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, sec, relpp, info->asymbols);
+ if (relcount < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read relocs: %E\n", abfd);
+
+ p = relpp;
+ pend = p + relcount;
+ for (; p < pend && *p != NULL; p++)
+ {
+ arelent *q = *p;
+
+ if (q->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+ && *q->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+ && (strcmp (bfd_asymbol_name (*q->sym_ptr_ptr), symname) == 0
+ || (info->same
+ && bfd_get_section (*q->sym_ptr_ptr) == info->defsec)))
+ {
+ /* We found a reloc for the symbol. The symbol is defined
+ in OUTSECNAME. This reloc is from a section which is
+ mapped into a section from which references to OUTSECNAME
+ are prohibited. We must report an error. */
+ einfo ("%X%C: prohibited cross reference from %s to `%T' in %s\n",
+ abfd, sec, q->address, outsecname,
+ bfd_asymbol_name (*q->sym_ptr_ptr), outdefsecname);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (relpp);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d986f32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/* ldctor.c -- constructor support routines
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ By Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+
+/* The list of statements needed to handle constructors. These are
+ invoked by the command CONSTRUCTORS in the linker script. */
+lang_statement_list_type constructor_list;
+
+/* The sets we have seen. */
+struct set_info *sets;
+
+/* Add an entry to a set. H is the entry in the linker hash table.
+ RELOC is the relocation to use for an entry in the set. SECTION
+ and VALUE are the value to add. This is called during the first
+ phase of the link, when we are still gathering symbols together.
+ We just record the information now. The ldctor_find_constructors
+ function will construct the sets. */
+
+void
+ldctor_add_set_entry (h, reloc, name, section, value)
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+ const char *name;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma value;
+{
+ struct set_info *p;
+ struct set_element *e;
+ struct set_element **epp;
+
+ for (p = sets; p != (struct set_info *) NULL; p = p->next)
+ if (p->h == h)
+ break;
+
+ if (p == (struct set_info *) NULL)
+ {
+ p = (struct set_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct set_info));
+ p->next = sets;
+ sets = p;
+ p->h = h;
+ p->reloc = reloc;
+ p->count = 0;
+ p->elements = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (p->reloc != reloc)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%X: Different relocs used in set %s\n", h->root.string);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't permit a set to be constructed from different object
+ file formats. The same reloc may have different results. We
+ actually could sometimes handle this, but the case is
+ unlikely to ever arise. Sometimes constructor symbols are in
+ unusual sections, such as the absolute section--this appears
+ to be the case in Linux a.out--and in such cases we just
+ assume everything is OK. */
+ if (p->elements != NULL
+ && section->owner != NULL
+ && p->elements->section->owner != NULL
+ && strcmp (bfd_get_target (section->owner),
+ bfd_get_target (p->elements->section->owner)) != 0)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%X: Different object file formats composing set %s\n",
+ h->root.string);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ e = (struct set_element *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct set_element));
+ e->next = NULL;
+ e->name = name;
+ e->section = section;
+ e->value = value;
+
+ for (epp = &p->elements; *epp != NULL; epp = &(*epp)->next)
+ ;
+ *epp = e;
+
+ ++p->count;
+}
+
+/* This function is called after the first phase of the link and
+ before the second phase. At this point all set information has
+ been gathered. We now put the statements to build the sets
+ themselves into constructor_list. */
+
+void
+ldctor_build_sets ()
+{
+ static boolean called;
+ lang_statement_list_type *old;
+ boolean header_printed;
+ struct set_info *p;
+
+ /* The emulation code may call us directly, but we only want to do
+ this once. */
+ if (called)
+ return;
+ called = true;
+
+ old = stat_ptr;
+ stat_ptr = &constructor_list;
+
+ lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
+
+ header_printed = false;
+ for (p = sets; p != (struct set_info *) NULL; p = p->next)
+ {
+ struct set_element *e;
+ reloc_howto_type *howto;
+ int size;
+
+ /* If the symbol is defined, we may have been invoked from
+ collect, and the sets may already have been built, so we do
+ not do anything. */
+ if (p->h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || p->h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ continue;
+
+ /* For each set we build:
+ set:
+ .long number_of_elements
+ .long element0
+ ...
+ .long elementN
+ .long 0
+ except that we use the right size instead of .long. When
+ generating relocateable output, we generate relocs instead of
+ addresses. */
+ howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, p->reloc);
+ if (howto == (reloc_howto_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ if (link_info.relocateable)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%X: %s does not support reloc %s for set %s\n",
+ bfd_get_target (output_bfd),
+ bfd_get_reloc_code_name (p->reloc),
+ p->h->root.string);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is not a relocateable link, all we need is the
+ size, which we can get from the input BFD. */
+ howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (p->elements->section->owner,
+ p->reloc);
+ if (howto == NULL)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%X: %s does not support reloc %s for set %s\n",
+ bfd_get_target (p->elements->section->owner),
+ bfd_get_reloc_code_name (p->reloc),
+ p->h->root.string);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch (bfd_get_reloc_size (howto))
+ {
+ case 1: size = BYTE; break;
+ case 2: size = SHORT; break;
+ case 4: size = LONG; break;
+ case 8: size = QUAD; break;
+ default:
+ einfo ("%P%X: Unsupported size %d for set %s\n",
+ bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), p->h->root.string);
+ size = LONG;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', p->h->root.string,
+ exp_nameop (NAME, ".")));
+ lang_add_data (size, exp_intop ((bfd_vma) p->count));
+
+ for (e = p->elements; e != (struct set_element *) NULL; e = e->next)
+ {
+ if (config.map_file != NULL)
+ {
+ int len;
+
+ if (! header_printed)
+ {
+ minfo ("\nSet Symbol\n\n");
+ header_printed = true;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("%s", p->h->root.string);
+ len = strlen (p->h->root.string);
+
+ if (len >= 19)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < 20)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ if (e->name != NULL)
+ minfo ("%T\n", e->name);
+ else
+ minfo ("%G\n", e->section->owner, e->section, e->value);
+ }
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable)
+ lang_add_reloc (p->reloc, howto, e->section, e->name,
+ exp_intop (e->value));
+ else
+ lang_add_data (size, exp_relop (e->section, e->value));
+ }
+
+ lang_add_data (size, exp_intop (0));
+ }
+
+ stat_ptr = old;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d87f0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* ldctor.h - linker constructor support
+ Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef LDCTOR_H
+#define LDCTOR_H
+
+/* List of statements needed to handle constructors */
+extern lang_statement_list_type constructor_list;
+
+/* We keep a list of these structures for each set we build. */
+
+struct set_info
+{
+ struct set_info *next; /* Next set. */
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; /* Hash table entry. */
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; /* Reloc to use for an entry. */
+ size_t count; /* Number of elements. */
+ struct set_element *elements; /* Elements in set. */
+};
+
+struct set_element
+{
+ struct set_element *next; /* Next element. */
+ const char *name; /* Name in set (may be NULL). */
+ asection *section; /* Section of value in set. */
+ bfd_vma value; /* Value in set. */
+};
+
+/* The sets we have seen. */
+
+extern struct set_info *sets;
+
+extern void ldctor_add_set_entry PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
+ const char *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+extern void ldctor_build_sets PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6fe25b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* ldemul.c -- clearing house for ld emulation states
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldemul-list.h"
+
+ld_emulation_xfer_type *ld_emulation;
+
+void
+ldemul_hll(name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ ld_emulation->hll(name);
+}
+
+
+void ldemul_syslib(name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ ld_emulation->syslib(name);
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_after_parse()
+{
+ ld_emulation->after_parse();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_before_parse()
+{
+ ld_emulation->before_parse();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_after_open ()
+{
+ ld_emulation->after_open ();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_after_allocation()
+{
+ ld_emulation->after_allocation();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_before_allocation()
+{
+ if (ld_emulation->before_allocation)
+ ld_emulation->before_allocation();
+}
+
+
+void
+ldemul_set_output_arch()
+{
+ ld_emulation->set_output_arch();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_finish()
+{
+ if (ld_emulation->finish)
+ ld_emulation->finish();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_set_symbols()
+{
+ if (ld_emulation->set_symbols)
+ ld_emulation->set_symbols();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_create_output_section_statements()
+{
+ if (ld_emulation->create_output_section_statements)
+ ld_emulation->create_output_section_statements();
+}
+
+char *
+ldemul_get_script(isfile)
+ int *isfile;
+{
+ return ld_emulation->get_script(isfile);
+}
+
+boolean
+ldemul_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry)
+ const char *arch;
+ search_dirs_type *search;
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+ if (ld_emulation->open_dynamic_archive)
+ return (*ld_emulation->open_dynamic_archive) (arch, search, entry);
+ return false;
+}
+
+boolean
+ldemul_place_orphan (file, s)
+ lang_input_statement_type *file;
+ asection *s;
+{
+ if (ld_emulation->place_orphan)
+ return (*ld_emulation->place_orphan) (file, s);
+ return false;
+}
+
+int
+ldemul_parse_args (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ /* Try and use the emulation parser if there is one. */
+ if (ld_emulation->parse_args)
+ {
+ return ld_emulation->parse_args (argc, argv);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Let the emulation code handle an unrecognized file. */
+
+boolean
+ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry)
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+ if (ld_emulation->unrecognized_file)
+ return (*ld_emulation->unrecognized_file) (entry);
+ return false;
+}
+
+char *
+ldemul_choose_target()
+{
+ return ld_emulation->choose_target();
+}
+
+/* The default choose_target function. */
+
+char *
+ldemul_default_target()
+{
+ char *from_outside = getenv (TARGET_ENVIRON);
+ if (from_outside != (char *)NULL)
+ return from_outside;
+ return ld_emulation->target_name;
+}
+
+void
+after_parse_default()
+{
+
+}
+
+void
+after_open_default ()
+{
+}
+
+void
+after_allocation_default()
+{
+
+}
+
+void
+before_allocation_default()
+{
+
+}
+
+void
+set_output_arch_default()
+{
+ /* Set the output architecture and machine if possible */
+ bfd_set_arch_mach(output_bfd,
+ ldfile_output_architecture, ldfile_output_machine);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+syslib_default(ignore)
+ char *ignore;
+{
+ info_msg ("%S SYSLIB ignored\n");
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+hll_default(ignore)
+ char *ignore;
+{
+ info_msg ("%S HLL ignored\n");
+}
+
+ld_emulation_xfer_type *ld_emulations[] = { EMULATION_LIST };
+
+void
+ldemul_choose_mode(target)
+ char *target;
+{
+ ld_emulation_xfer_type **eptr = ld_emulations;
+ /* Ignore "gld" prefix. */
+ if (target[0] == 'g' && target[1] == 'l' && target[2] == 'd')
+ target += 3;
+ for (; *eptr; eptr++)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(target, (*eptr)->emulation_name) == 0)
+ {
+ ld_emulation = *eptr;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ einfo ("%P: unrecognised emulation mode: %s\n", target);
+ einfo ("Supported emulations: ", program_name);
+ ldemul_list_emulations (stderr);
+ einfo ("%F\n");
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_list_emulations (f)
+ FILE *f;
+{
+ ld_emulation_xfer_type **eptr = ld_emulations;
+ boolean first = true;
+
+ for (; *eptr; eptr++)
+ {
+ if (first)
+ first = false;
+ else
+ fprintf (f, " ");
+ fprintf (f, "%s", (*eptr)->emulation_name);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f01f357
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* ld-emul.h - Linker emulation header file
+ Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details. */
+
+#ifndef LDEMUL_H
+#define LDEMUL_H
+
+#if ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+struct lang_input_statement_struct;
+struct search_dirs;
+#endif
+
+extern void ldemul_hll PARAMS ((char *));
+extern void ldemul_syslib PARAMS ((char *));
+extern void ldemul_after_parse PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_after_open PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_after_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_set_output_arch PARAMS ((void));
+extern char *ldemul_choose_target PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_choose_mode PARAMS ((char *));
+extern void ldemul_list_emulations PARAMS ((FILE *));
+extern char *ldemul_get_script PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+extern void ldemul_finish PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_set_symbols PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_create_output_section_statements PARAMS ((void));
+extern boolean ldemul_place_orphan
+ PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *, asection *));
+extern int ldemul_parse_args PARAMS ((int, char **));
+extern boolean ldemul_unrecognized_file
+ PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+extern boolean ldemul_open_dynamic_archive
+ PARAMS ((const char *, struct search_dirs *,
+ struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+extern char *ldemul_default_target PARAMS ((void));
+extern void after_parse_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void after_open_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void after_allocation_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void before_allocation_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void set_output_arch_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void syslib_default PARAMS ((char*));
+extern void hll_default PARAMS ((char*));
+
+typedef struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct
+{
+ /* Run before parsing the command line and script file.
+ Set the architecture, maybe other things. */
+ void (*before_parse) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Handle the SYSLIB (low level library) script command. */
+ void (*syslib) PARAMS ((char *));
+
+ /* Handle the HLL (high level library) script command. */
+ void (*hll) PARAMS ((char *));
+
+ /* Run after parsing the command line and script file. */
+ void (*after_parse) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Run after opening all input files, and loading the symbols. */
+ void (*after_open) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Run after allocating output sections. */
+ void (*after_allocation) PARAMS ( (void));
+
+ /* Set the output architecture and machine if possible. */
+ void (*set_output_arch) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Decide which target name to use. */
+ char * (*choose_target) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Run before allocating output sections. */
+ void (*before_allocation) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Return the appropriate linker script. */
+ char * (*get_script) PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+
+ /* The name of this emulation. */
+ char *emulation_name;
+
+ /* The output format. */
+ char *target_name;
+
+ /* Run after assigning values from the script. */
+ void (*finish) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Create any output sections needed by the target. */
+ void (*create_output_section_statements) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Try to open a dynamic library. ARCH is an architecture name, and
+ is normally the empty string. ENTRY is the lang_input_statement
+ that should be opened. */
+ boolean (*open_dynamic_archive)
+ PARAMS ((const char *arch, struct search_dirs *,
+ struct lang_input_statement_struct *entry));
+
+ /* Place an orphan section. Return true if it was placed, false if
+ the default action should be taken. This field may be NULL, in
+ which case the default action will always be taken. */
+ boolean (*place_orphan)
+ PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *, asection *));
+
+ /* Run after assigning parsing with the args, but before
+ reading the script. Used to initialize symbols used in the script. */
+ void (*set_symbols) PARAMS ((void));
+
+ /* Run to parse args which the base linker doesn't
+ understand. Return non zero on sucess. */
+ int (*parse_args) PARAMS ((int, char **));
+
+ /* Run to handle files which are not recognized as object files or
+ archives. Return true if the file was handled. */
+ boolean (*unrecognized_file)
+ PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+
+} ld_emulation_xfer_type;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ intel_ic960_ld_mode_enum,
+ default_mode_enum ,
+ intel_gld960_ld_mode_enum
+} lang_emulation_mode_enum_type;
+
+extern ld_emulation_xfer_type *ld_emulations[];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f24ce79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,938 @@
+/* This module handles expression trees.
+Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support (sac@cygnus.com).
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/*
+This module is in charge of working out the contents of expressions.
+
+It has to keep track of the relative/absness of a symbol etc. This is
+done by keeping all values in a struct (an etree_value_type) which
+contains a value, a section to which it is relative and a valid bit.
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+
+static void exp_print_token PARAMS ((token_code_type code));
+static void make_abs PARAMS ((etree_value_type *ptr));
+static etree_value_type new_abs PARAMS ((bfd_vma value));
+static void check PARAMS ((lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
+ const char *name, const char *op));
+static etree_value_type new_rel
+ PARAMS ((bfd_vma value, lang_output_section_statement_type *section));
+static etree_value_type new_rel_from_section
+ PARAMS ((bfd_vma value, lang_output_section_statement_type *section));
+static etree_value_type fold_binary
+ PARAMS ((etree_type *tree,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section,
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done,
+ bfd_vma dot, bfd_vma *dotp));
+static etree_value_type fold_name
+ PARAMS ((etree_type *tree,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section,
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done,
+ bfd_vma dot));
+static etree_value_type exp_fold_tree_no_dot
+ PARAMS ((etree_type *tree,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section,
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done));
+
+static void
+exp_print_token (code)
+ token_code_type code;
+{
+ static CONST struct
+ {
+ token_code_type code;
+ char *name;
+ } table[] =
+ {
+ { INT, "int" },
+ { REL, "relocateable" },
+ { NAME,"NAME" },
+ { PLUSEQ,"+=" },
+ { MINUSEQ,"-=" },
+ { MULTEQ,"*=" },
+ { DIVEQ,"/=" },
+ { LSHIFTEQ,"<<=" },
+ { RSHIFTEQ,">>=" },
+ { ANDEQ,"&=" },
+ { OREQ,"|=" },
+ { OROR,"||" },
+ { ANDAND,"&&" },
+ { EQ,"==" },
+ { NE,"!=" },
+ { LE,"<=" },
+ { GE,">=" },
+ { LSHIFT,"<<" },
+ { RSHIFT,">>=" },
+ { ALIGN_K,"ALIGN" },
+ { BLOCK,"BLOCK" },
+ { SECTIONS,"SECTIONS" },
+ { SIZEOF_HEADERS,"SIZEOF_HEADERS" },
+ { NEXT,"NEXT" },
+ { SIZEOF,"SIZEOF" },
+ { ADDR,"ADDR" },
+ { LOADADDR,"LOADADDR" },
+ { MEMORY,"MEMORY" },
+ { DEFINED,"DEFINED" },
+ { TARGET_K,"TARGET" },
+ { SEARCH_DIR,"SEARCH_DIR" },
+ { MAP,"MAP" },
+ { QUAD,"QUAD" },
+ { LONG,"LONG" },
+ { SHORT,"SHORT" },
+ { BYTE,"BYTE" },
+ { ENTRY,"ENTRY" },
+ { 0,(char *)NULL }
+ };
+ unsigned int idx;
+
+ for (idx = 0; table[idx].name != (char*)NULL; idx++) {
+ if (table[idx].code == code) {
+ fprintf(config.map_file, "%s", table[idx].name);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Not in table, just print it alone */
+ fprintf(config.map_file, "%c",code);
+}
+
+static void
+make_abs (ptr)
+ etree_value_type *ptr;
+{
+ asection *s = ptr->section->bfd_section;
+ ptr->value += s->vma;
+ ptr->section = abs_output_section;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+new_abs (value)
+ bfd_vma value;
+{
+ etree_value_type new;
+ new.valid = true;
+ new.section = abs_output_section;
+ new.value = value;
+ return new;
+}
+
+static void
+check (os, name, op)
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+ const char *name;
+ const char *op;
+{
+ if (os == NULL)
+ einfo ("%F%P: %s uses undefined section %s\n", op, name);
+ if (! os->processed)
+ einfo ("%F%P: %s forward reference of section %s\n", op, name);
+}
+
+etree_type *
+exp_intop (value)
+ bfd_vma value;
+{
+ etree_type *new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc(sizeof(new->value));
+ new->type.node_code = INT;
+ new->value.value = value;
+ new->type.node_class = etree_value;
+ return new;
+
+}
+
+/* Build an expression representing an unnamed relocateable value. */
+
+etree_type *
+exp_relop (section, value)
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma value;
+{
+ etree_type *new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->rel));
+ new->type.node_code = REL;
+ new->type.node_class = etree_rel;
+ new->rel.section = section;
+ new->rel.value = value;
+ return new;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+new_rel (value, section)
+ bfd_vma value;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *section;
+{
+ etree_value_type new;
+ new.valid = true;
+ new.value = value;
+ new.section = section;
+ return new;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+new_rel_from_section (value, section)
+ bfd_vma value;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *section;
+{
+ etree_value_type new;
+ new.valid = true;
+ new.value = value;
+ new.section = section;
+
+ new.value -= section->bfd_section->vma;
+
+ return new;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+fold_binary (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot, dotp)
+ etree_type *tree;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+ bfd_vma dot;
+ bfd_vma *dotp;
+{
+ etree_value_type result;
+
+ result = exp_fold_tree (tree->binary.lhs, current_section,
+ allocation_done, dot, dotp);
+ if (result.valid)
+ {
+ etree_value_type other;
+
+ other = exp_fold_tree (tree->binary.rhs,
+ current_section,
+ allocation_done, dot,dotp) ;
+ if (other.valid)
+ {
+ /* If the values are from different sections, or this is an
+ absolute expression, make both the source arguments
+ absolute. However, adding or subtracting an absolute
+ value from a relative value is meaningful, and is an
+ exception. */
+ if (current_section != abs_output_section
+ && (other.section == abs_output_section
+ || (result.section == abs_output_section
+ && tree->type.node_code == '+'))
+ && (tree->type.node_code == '+'
+ || tree->type.node_code == '-'))
+ {
+ etree_value_type hold;
+
+ /* If there is only one absolute term, make sure it is the
+ second one. */
+ if (other.section != abs_output_section)
+ {
+ hold = result;
+ result = other;
+ other = hold;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (result.section != other.section
+ || current_section == abs_output_section)
+ {
+ make_abs(&result);
+ make_abs(&other);
+ }
+
+ switch (tree->type.node_code)
+ {
+ case '%':
+ if (other.value == 0)
+ einfo ("%F%S %% by zero\n");
+ result.value = ((bfd_signed_vma) result.value
+ % (bfd_signed_vma) other.value);
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ if (other.value == 0)
+ einfo ("%F%S / by zero\n");
+ result.value = ((bfd_signed_vma) result.value
+ / (bfd_signed_vma) other.value);
+ break;
+
+#define BOP(x,y) case x : result.value = result.value y other.value; break;
+ BOP('+',+);
+ BOP('*',*);
+ BOP('-',-);
+ BOP(LSHIFT,<<);
+ BOP(RSHIFT,>>);
+ BOP(EQ,==);
+ BOP(NE,!=);
+ BOP('<',<);
+ BOP('>',>);
+ BOP(LE,<=);
+ BOP(GE,>=);
+ BOP('&',&);
+ BOP('^',^);
+ BOP('|',|);
+ BOP(ANDAND,&&);
+ BOP(OROR,||);
+
+ case MAX:
+ if (result.value < other.value)
+ result = other;
+ break;
+
+ case MIN:
+ if (result.value > other.value)
+ result = other;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ FAIL();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ result.valid = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+etree_value_type
+invalid ()
+{
+ etree_value_type new;
+ new.valid = false;
+ return new;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+fold_name (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot)
+ etree_type *tree;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+ bfd_vma dot;
+{
+ etree_value_type result;
+ switch (tree->type.node_code)
+ {
+ case SIZEOF_HEADERS:
+ if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+ {
+ result = new_abs ((bfd_vma)
+ bfd_sizeof_headers (output_bfd,
+ link_info.relocateable));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ result.valid = false;
+ }
+ break;
+ case DEFINED:
+ if (allocation_done == lang_first_phase_enum)
+ result.valid = false;
+ else
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, &link_info,
+ tree->name.name,
+ false, false, true);
+ result.value = (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+ && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_common));
+ result.section = 0;
+ result.valid = true;
+ }
+ break;
+ case NAME:
+ result.valid = false;
+ if (tree->name.name[0] == '.' && tree->name.name[1] == 0)
+ {
+ if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+ result = new_rel_from_section(dot, current_section);
+ else
+ result = invalid();
+ }
+ else if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, &link_info,
+ tree->name.name,
+ false, false, true);
+ if (h != NULL
+ && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+ {
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->u.def.section))
+ result = new_abs (h->u.def.value);
+ else if (allocation_done == lang_final_phase_enum
+ || allocation_done == lang_allocating_phase_enum)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = (lang_output_section_statement_lookup
+ (h->u.def.section->output_section->name));
+
+ /* FIXME: Is this correct if this section is being
+ linked with -R? */
+ result = new_rel ((h->u.def.value
+ + h->u.def.section->output_offset),
+ os);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (allocation_done == lang_final_phase_enum)
+ einfo ("%F%S: undefined symbol `%s' referenced in expression\n",
+ tree->name.name);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ADDR:
+ if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = lang_output_section_find (tree->name.name);
+ check (os, tree->name.name, "ADDR");
+ result = new_rel (0, os);
+ }
+ else
+ result = invalid ();
+ break;
+
+ case LOADADDR:
+ if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = lang_output_section_find (tree->name.name);
+ check (os, tree->name.name, "LOADADDR");
+ if (os->load_base == NULL)
+ result = new_rel (0, os);
+ else
+ result = exp_fold_tree_no_dot (os->load_base,
+ abs_output_section,
+ allocation_done);
+ }
+ else
+ result = invalid ();
+ break;
+
+ case SIZEOF:
+ if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = lang_output_section_find (tree->name.name);
+ check (os, tree->name.name, "SIZEOF");
+ result = new_abs (os->bfd_section->_raw_size);
+ }
+ else
+ result = invalid ();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ FAIL();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+etree_value_type
+exp_fold_tree (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot, dotp)
+ etree_type *tree;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+ bfd_vma dot;
+ bfd_vma *dotp;
+{
+ etree_value_type result;
+
+ if (tree == NULL)
+ {
+ result.valid = false;
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ switch (tree->type.node_class)
+ {
+ case etree_value:
+ result = new_rel (tree->value.value, current_section);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_rel:
+ if (allocation_done != lang_final_phase_enum)
+ result.valid = false;
+ else
+ result = new_rel ((tree->rel.value
+ + tree->rel.section->output_section->vma
+ + tree->rel.section->output_offset),
+ current_section);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_unary:
+ result = exp_fold_tree (tree->unary.child,
+ current_section,
+ allocation_done, dot, dotp);
+ if (result.valid)
+ {
+ switch (tree->type.node_code)
+ {
+ case ALIGN_K:
+ if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+ result = new_rel_from_section (ALIGN_N (dot, result.value),
+ current_section);
+ else
+ result.valid = false;
+ break;
+
+ case ABSOLUTE:
+ if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum && result.valid)
+ {
+ result.value += result.section->bfd_section->vma;
+ result.section = abs_output_section;
+ }
+ else
+ result.valid = false;
+ break;
+
+ case '~':
+ make_abs (&result);
+ result.value = ~result.value;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ make_abs (&result);
+ result.value = !result.value;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ make_abs (&result);
+ result.value = -result.value;
+ break;
+
+ case NEXT:
+ /* Return next place aligned to value. */
+ if (allocation_done == lang_allocating_phase_enum)
+ {
+ make_abs (&result);
+ result.value = ALIGN_N (dot, result.value);
+ }
+ else
+ result.valid = false;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case etree_trinary:
+ result = exp_fold_tree (tree->trinary.cond, current_section,
+ allocation_done, dot, dotp);
+ if (result.valid)
+ result = exp_fold_tree ((result.value
+ ? tree->trinary.lhs
+ : tree->trinary.rhs),
+ current_section,
+ allocation_done, dot, dotp);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_binary:
+ result = fold_binary (tree, current_section, allocation_done,
+ dot, dotp);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_assign:
+ case etree_provide:
+ if (tree->assign.dst[0] == '.' && tree->assign.dst[1] == 0)
+ {
+ /* Assignment to dot can only be done during allocation */
+ if (tree->type.node_class == etree_provide)
+ einfo ("%F%S can not PROVIDE assignment to location counter\n");
+ if (allocation_done == lang_allocating_phase_enum
+ || (allocation_done == lang_final_phase_enum
+ && current_section == abs_output_section))
+ {
+ result = exp_fold_tree (tree->assign.src,
+ current_section,
+ lang_allocating_phase_enum, dot,
+ dotp);
+ if (! result.valid)
+ einfo ("%F%S invalid assignment to location counter\n");
+ else
+ {
+ if (current_section == NULL)
+ einfo ("%F%S assignment to location counter invalid outside of SECTION\n");
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_vma nextdot;
+
+ nextdot = (result.value
+ + current_section->bfd_section->vma);
+ if (nextdot < dot
+ && current_section != abs_output_section)
+ {
+ einfo ("%F%S cannot move location counter backwards (from %V to %V)\n",
+ dot, nextdot);
+ }
+ else
+ *dotp = nextdot;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ result = exp_fold_tree (tree->assign.src,
+ current_section, allocation_done,
+ dot, dotp);
+ if (result.valid)
+ {
+ boolean create;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ if (tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
+ create = true;
+ else
+ create = false;
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, tree->assign.dst,
+ create, false, false);
+ if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+ {
+ if (tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
+ einfo ("%P%F:%s: hash creation failed\n",
+ tree->assign.dst);
+ }
+ else if (tree->type.node_class == etree_provide
+ && h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
+ && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
+ {
+ /* Do nothing. The symbol was defined by some
+ object. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* FIXME: Should we worry if the symbol is already
+ defined? */
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+ h->u.def.value = result.value;
+ h->u.def.section = result.section->bfd_section;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case etree_name:
+ result = fold_name (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+exp_fold_tree_no_dot (tree, current_section, allocation_done)
+ etree_type *tree;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+{
+return exp_fold_tree(tree, current_section, allocation_done, (bfd_vma)
+ 0, (bfd_vma *)NULL);
+}
+
+etree_type *
+exp_binop (code, lhs, rhs)
+ int code;
+ etree_type *lhs;
+ etree_type *rhs;
+{
+ etree_type value, *new;
+ etree_value_type r;
+
+ value.type.node_code = code;
+ value.binary.lhs = lhs;
+ value.binary.rhs = rhs;
+ value.type.node_class = etree_binary;
+ r = exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value,
+ abs_output_section,
+ lang_first_phase_enum );
+ if (r.valid)
+ {
+ return exp_intop(r.value);
+ }
+ new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->binary));
+ memcpy((char *)new, (char *)&value, sizeof(new->binary));
+ return new;
+}
+
+etree_type *
+exp_trinop (code, cond, lhs, rhs)
+ int code;
+ etree_type *cond;
+ etree_type *lhs;
+ etree_type *rhs;
+{
+ etree_type value, *new;
+ etree_value_type r;
+ value.type.node_code = code;
+ value.trinary.lhs = lhs;
+ value.trinary.cond = cond;
+ value.trinary.rhs = rhs;
+ value.type.node_class = etree_trinary;
+ r= exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value, (lang_output_section_statement_type
+ *)NULL,lang_first_phase_enum);
+ if (r.valid) {
+ return exp_intop(r.value);
+ }
+ new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->trinary));
+ memcpy((char *)new,(char *) &value, sizeof(new->trinary));
+ return new;
+}
+
+
+etree_type *
+exp_unop (code, child)
+ int code;
+ etree_type *child;
+{
+ etree_type value, *new;
+
+ etree_value_type r;
+ value.unary.type.node_code = code;
+ value.unary.child = child;
+ value.unary.type.node_class = etree_unary;
+ r = exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value,abs_output_section,
+ lang_first_phase_enum);
+ if (r.valid) {
+ return exp_intop(r.value);
+ }
+ new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->unary));
+ memcpy((char *)new, (char *)&value, sizeof(new->unary));
+ return new;
+}
+
+
+etree_type *
+exp_nameop (code, name)
+ int code;
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ etree_type value, *new;
+ etree_value_type r;
+ value.name.type.node_code = code;
+ value.name.name = name;
+ value.name.type.node_class = etree_name;
+
+
+ r = exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value,
+ (lang_output_section_statement_type *)NULL,
+ lang_first_phase_enum);
+ if (r.valid) {
+ return exp_intop(r.value);
+ }
+ new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->name));
+ memcpy((char *)new, (char *)&value, sizeof(new->name));
+ return new;
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+etree_type *
+exp_assop (code, dst, src)
+ int code;
+ CONST char *dst;
+ etree_type *src;
+{
+ etree_type value, *new;
+
+ value.assign.type.node_code = code;
+
+
+ value.assign.src = src;
+ value.assign.dst = dst;
+ value.assign.type.node_class = etree_assign;
+
+#if 0
+ if (exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value, &result)) {
+ return exp_intop(result);
+ }
+#endif
+ new = (etree_type*) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->assign));
+ memcpy((char *)new, (char *)&value, sizeof(new->assign));
+ return new;
+}
+
+/* Handle PROVIDE. */
+
+etree_type *
+exp_provide (dst, src)
+ const char *dst;
+ etree_type *src;
+{
+ etree_type *n;
+
+ n = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (n->assign));
+ n->assign.type.node_code = '=';
+ n->assign.type.node_class = etree_provide;
+ n->assign.src = src;
+ n->assign.dst = dst;
+ return n;
+}
+
+void
+exp_print_tree (tree)
+ etree_type *tree;
+{
+ switch (tree->type.node_class) {
+ case etree_value:
+ minfo ("0x%v", tree->value.value);
+ return;
+ case etree_rel:
+ if (tree->rel.section->owner != NULL)
+ minfo ("%B:", tree->rel.section->owner);
+ minfo ("%s+0x%v", tree->rel.section->name, tree->rel.value);
+ return;
+ case etree_assign:
+#if 0
+ if (tree->assign.dst->sdefs != (asymbol *)NULL){
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"%s (%x) ",tree->assign.dst->name,
+ tree->assign.dst->sdefs->value);
+ }
+ else {
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"%s (UNDEFINED)",tree->assign.dst->name);
+ }
+#endif
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"%s",tree->assign.dst);
+ exp_print_token(tree->type.node_code);
+ exp_print_tree(tree->assign.src);
+ break;
+ case etree_provide:
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "PROVIDE (%s, ", tree->assign.dst);
+ exp_print_tree (tree->assign.src);
+ fprintf (config.map_file, ")");
+ break;
+ case etree_binary:
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"(");
+ exp_print_tree(tree->binary.lhs);
+ exp_print_token(tree->type.node_code);
+ exp_print_tree(tree->binary.rhs);
+ fprintf(config.map_file,")");
+ break;
+ case etree_trinary:
+ exp_print_tree(tree->trinary.cond);
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"?");
+ exp_print_tree(tree->trinary.lhs);
+ fprintf(config.map_file,":");
+ exp_print_tree(tree->trinary.rhs);
+ break;
+ case etree_unary:
+ exp_print_token(tree->unary.type.node_code);
+ if (tree->unary.child)
+ {
+
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"(");
+ exp_print_tree(tree->unary.child);
+ fprintf(config.map_file,")");
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case etree_undef:
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"????????");
+ break;
+ case etree_name:
+ if (tree->type.node_code == NAME) {
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"%s", tree->name.name);
+ }
+ else {
+ exp_print_token(tree->type.node_code);
+ if (tree->name.name)
+ fprintf(config.map_file,"(%s)", tree->name.name);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ FAIL();
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+exp_get_vma (tree, def, name, allocation_done)
+ etree_type *tree;
+ bfd_vma def;
+ char *name;
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+{
+ etree_value_type r;
+
+ if (tree != NULL)
+ {
+ r = exp_fold_tree_no_dot (tree, abs_output_section, allocation_done);
+ if (! r.valid && name != NULL)
+ einfo ("%F%S nonconstant expression for %s\n", name);
+ return r.value;
+ }
+ else
+ return def;
+}
+
+int
+exp_get_value_int (tree,def,name, allocation_done)
+ etree_type *tree;
+ int def;
+ char *name;
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+{
+ return (int)exp_get_vma(tree,(bfd_vma)def,name, allocation_done);
+}
+
+
+bfd_vma
+exp_get_abs_int (tree, def, name, allocation_done)
+ etree_type *tree;
+ int def;
+ char *name;
+ lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+{
+ etree_value_type res;
+ res = exp_fold_tree_no_dot (tree, abs_output_section, allocation_done);
+
+ if (res.valid)
+ {
+ res.value += res.section->bfd_section->vma;
+ }
+ else {
+ einfo ("%F%S non constant expression for %s\n",name);
+ }
+ return res.value;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8726a01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* ldexp.h -
+ Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef LDEXP_H
+#define LDEXP_H
+
+/* The result of an expression tree */
+typedef struct
+{
+ bfd_vma value;
+ struct lang_output_section_statement_struct *section;
+ boolean valid;
+} etree_value_type;
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int node_code;
+ enum { etree_binary,
+ etree_trinary,
+ etree_unary,
+ etree_name,
+ etree_assign,
+ etree_provide,
+ etree_undef,
+ etree_unspec,
+ etree_value,
+ etree_rel } node_class;
+} node_type;
+
+
+
+typedef union etree_union
+{
+ node_type type;
+ struct {
+ node_type type;
+ union etree_union *lhs;
+ union etree_union *rhs;
+ } binary;
+ struct {
+ node_type type;
+ union etree_union *cond;
+ union etree_union *lhs;
+ union etree_union *rhs;
+ } trinary;
+ struct {
+ node_type type;
+ CONST char *dst;
+ union etree_union *src;
+ } assign;
+
+ struct {
+ node_type type;
+ union etree_union *child;
+ } unary;
+ struct {
+ node_type type;
+ CONST char *name;
+ } name;
+ struct {
+ node_type type;
+ bfd_vma value;
+ } value;
+ struct {
+ node_type type;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma value;
+ } rel;
+
+} etree_type;
+
+
+etree_type *exp_intop PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
+etree_type *exp_relop PARAMS ((asection *, bfd_vma));
+etree_value_type invalid PARAMS ((void));
+etree_value_type exp_fold_tree PARAMS ((etree_type *, struct
+ lang_output_section_statement_struct *,
+ lang_phase_type,
+ bfd_vma, bfd_vma *));
+etree_type *exp_binop PARAMS ((int, etree_type *, etree_type *));
+etree_type *exp_trinop PARAMS ((int,etree_type *, etree_type *, etree_type *));
+etree_type *exp_unop PARAMS ((int, etree_type *));
+etree_type *exp_nameop PARAMS ((int, CONST char *));
+etree_type *exp_assop PARAMS ((int, CONST char *, etree_type *));
+etree_type *exp_provide PARAMS ((const char *, etree_type *));
+void exp_print_tree PARAMS ((etree_type *));
+bfd_vma exp_get_vma PARAMS ((etree_type *, bfd_vma, char *, lang_phase_type));
+int exp_get_value_int PARAMS ((etree_type *, int, char *,lang_phase_type));
+bfd_vma exp_get_abs_int PARAMS ((etree_type *, int, char *,lang_phase_type));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1f2b49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/*
+ ldfile.c
+
+ look after all the file stuff
+
+ */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+const char *ldfile_input_filename;
+boolean ldfile_assumed_script = false;
+const char *ldfile_output_machine_name = "";
+unsigned long ldfile_output_machine;
+enum bfd_architecture ldfile_output_architecture;
+search_dirs_type *search_head;
+
+#ifndef MPW
+#ifdef VMS
+char *slash = "";
+#else
+char *slash = "/";
+#endif
+#else /* MPW */
+/* The MPW path char is a colon. */
+char *slash = ":";
+#endif /* MPW */
+
+/* LOCAL */
+
+static search_dirs_type **search_tail_ptr = &search_head;
+
+typedef struct search_arch
+{
+ char *name;
+ struct search_arch *next;
+} search_arch_type;
+
+static search_arch_type *search_arch_head;
+static search_arch_type **search_arch_tail_ptr = &search_arch_head;
+
+static boolean ldfile_open_file_search
+ PARAMS ((const char *arch, lang_input_statement_type *,
+ const char *lib, const char *suffix));
+static FILE *try_open PARAMS ((const char *name, const char *exten));
+
+void
+ldfile_add_library_path (name, cmdline)
+ const char *name;
+ boolean cmdline;
+{
+ search_dirs_type *new;
+
+ new = (search_dirs_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (search_dirs_type));
+ new->next = NULL;
+ new->name = name;
+ new->cmdline = cmdline;
+ *search_tail_ptr = new;
+ search_tail_ptr = &new->next;
+}
+
+/* Try to open a BFD for a lang_input_statement. */
+
+boolean
+ldfile_try_open_bfd (attempt, entry)
+ const char *attempt;
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+ entry->the_bfd = bfd_openr (attempt, entry->target);
+
+ if (trace_file_tries)
+ info_msg ("attempt to open %s %s\n", attempt,
+ entry->the_bfd == NULL ? "failed" : "succeeded");
+
+ if (entry->the_bfd != NULL)
+ return true;
+ else
+ {
+ if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
+ einfo ("%F%P: invalid BFD target `%s'\n", entry->target);
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Search for and open the file specified by ENTRY. If it is an
+ archive, use ARCH, LIB and SUFFIX to modify the file name. */
+
+static boolean
+ldfile_open_file_search (arch, entry, lib, suffix)
+ const char *arch;
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+ const char *lib;
+ const char *suffix;
+{
+ search_dirs_type *search;
+
+ /* If this is not an archive, try to open it in the current
+ directory first. */
+ if (! entry->is_archive)
+ {
+ if (ldfile_try_open_bfd (entry->filename, entry))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ for (search = search_head;
+ search != (search_dirs_type *)NULL;
+ search = search->next)
+ {
+ char *string;
+
+ if (entry->dynamic && ! link_info.relocateable)
+ {
+ if (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ string = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (search->name)
+ + strlen (slash)
+ + strlen (lib)
+ + strlen (entry->filename)
+ + strlen (arch)
+ + strlen (suffix)
+ + 1);
+
+ if (entry->is_archive)
+ sprintf (string, "%s%s%s%s%s%s", search->name, slash,
+ lib, entry->filename, arch, suffix);
+ else if (entry->filename[0] == '/' || entry->filename[0] == '.')
+ strcpy (string, entry->filename);
+ else
+ sprintf (string, "%s%s%s", search->name, slash, entry->filename);
+
+ if (ldfile_try_open_bfd (string, entry))
+ {
+ entry->filename = string;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ free (string);
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* Open the input file specified by ENTRY. */
+
+void
+ldfile_open_file (entry)
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+ if (entry->the_bfd != NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (! entry->search_dirs_flag)
+ {
+ if (ldfile_try_open_bfd (entry->filename, entry))
+ return;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ search_arch_type *arch;
+
+ /* Try to open <filename><suffix> or lib<filename><suffix>.a */
+ for (arch = search_arch_head;
+ arch != (search_arch_type *) NULL;
+ arch = arch->next)
+ {
+ if (ldfile_open_file_search (arch->name, entry, "lib", ".a"))
+ return;
+#ifdef VMS
+ if (ldfile_open_file_search (arch->name, entry, ":lib", ".a"))
+ return;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ einfo("%F%P: cannot open %s: %E\n", entry->local_sym_name);
+}
+
+/* Try to open NAME; if that fails, try NAME with EXTEN appended to it. */
+
+static FILE *
+try_open (name, exten)
+ const char *name;
+ const char *exten;
+{
+ FILE *result;
+ char buff[1000];
+
+ result = fopen (name, "r");
+ if (trace_file_tries)
+ {
+ if (result == NULL)
+ info_msg ("cannot find script file ");
+ else
+ info_msg ("opened script file ");
+ info_msg ("%s\n",name);
+ }
+
+ if (result != NULL)
+ return result;
+
+ if (*exten)
+ {
+ sprintf (buff, "%s%s", name, exten);
+ result = fopen (buff, "r");
+ if (trace_file_tries)
+ {
+ if (result == NULL)
+ info_msg ("cannot find script file ");
+ else
+ info_msg ("opened script file ");
+ info_msg ("%s\n", buff);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Try to open NAME; if that fails, look for it in any directories
+ specified with -L, without and with EXTEND apppended. */
+
+FILE *
+ldfile_find_command_file (name, extend)
+ const char *name;
+ const char *extend;
+{
+ search_dirs_type *search;
+ FILE *result;
+ char buffer[1000];
+
+ /* First try raw name */
+ result = try_open(name,"");
+ if (result == (FILE *)NULL) {
+ /* Try now prefixes */
+ for (search = search_head;
+ search != (search_dirs_type *)NULL;
+ search = search->next) {
+ sprintf(buffer,"%s/%s", search->name, name);
+ result = try_open(buffer, extend);
+ if (result)break;
+ }
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+
+void
+ldfile_open_command_file (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ FILE *ldlex_input_stack;
+ ldlex_input_stack = ldfile_find_command_file(name, "");
+
+ if (ldlex_input_stack == (FILE *)NULL) {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+ einfo("%P%F: cannot open linker script file %s: %E\n",name);
+ }
+ lex_push_file(ldlex_input_stack, name);
+
+ ldfile_input_filename = name;
+ lineno = 1;
+ had_script = true;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef GNU960
+static
+char *
+gnu960_map_archname( name )
+char *name;
+{
+ struct tabentry { char *cmd_switch; char *arch; };
+ static struct tabentry arch_tab[] = {
+ "", "",
+ "KA", "ka",
+ "KB", "kb",
+ "KC", "mc", /* Synonym for MC */
+ "MC", "mc",
+ "CA", "ca",
+ "SA", "ka", /* Functionally equivalent to KA */
+ "SB", "kb", /* Functionally equivalent to KB */
+ NULL, ""
+ };
+ struct tabentry *tp;
+
+
+ for ( tp = arch_tab; tp->cmd_switch != NULL; tp++ ){
+ if ( !strcmp(name,tp->cmd_switch) ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( tp->cmd_switch == NULL ){
+ einfo("%P%F: unknown architecture: %s\n",name);
+ }
+ return tp->arch;
+}
+
+
+
+void
+ldfile_add_arch(name)
+char *name;
+{
+ search_arch_type *new =
+ (search_arch_type *)xmalloc((bfd_size_type)(sizeof(search_arch_type)));
+
+
+ if (*name != '\0') {
+ if (ldfile_output_machine_name[0] != '\0') {
+ einfo("%P%F: target architecture respecified\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ ldfile_output_machine_name = name;
+ }
+
+ new->next = (search_arch_type*)NULL;
+ new->name = gnu960_map_archname( name );
+ *search_arch_tail_ptr = new;
+ search_arch_tail_ptr = &new->next;
+
+}
+
+#else /* not GNU960 */
+
+
+void
+ldfile_add_arch (in_name)
+ CONST char * in_name;
+{
+ char *name = buystring(in_name);
+ search_arch_type *new =
+ (search_arch_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (search_arch_type));
+
+ ldfile_output_machine_name = in_name;
+
+ new->name = name;
+ new->next = (search_arch_type*)NULL;
+ while (*name) {
+ if (isupper(*name)) *name = tolower(*name);
+ name++;
+ }
+ *search_arch_tail_ptr = new;
+ search_arch_tail_ptr = &new->next;
+
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Set the output architecture */
+void
+ldfile_set_output_arch (string)
+ CONST char *string;
+{
+ const bfd_arch_info_type *arch = bfd_scan_arch(string);
+
+ if (arch) {
+ ldfile_output_architecture = arch->arch;
+ ldfile_output_machine = arch->mach;
+ ldfile_output_machine_name = arch->printable_name;
+ }
+ else {
+ einfo("%P%F: cannot represent machine `%s'\n", string);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f33c9ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* ldfile.h -
+ Copyright 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+extern const char *ldfile_input_filename;
+extern boolean ldfile_assumed_script;
+extern unsigned long ldfile_output_machine;
+extern enum bfd_architecture ldfile_output_architecture;
+extern const char *ldfile_output_machine_name;
+
+/* Structure used to hold the list of directories to search for
+ libraries. */
+
+typedef struct search_dirs
+{
+ /* Next directory on list. */
+ struct search_dirs *next;
+ /* Name of directory. */
+ const char *name;
+ /* true if this is from the command line. */
+ boolean cmdline;
+} search_dirs_type;
+
+extern search_dirs_type *search_head;
+
+#if ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+struct lang_input_statement_struct;
+#endif
+
+extern void ldfile_add_arch PARAMS ((CONST char *));
+extern void ldfile_add_library_path PARAMS ((const char *, boolean cmdline));
+extern void ldfile_open_command_file PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void ldfile_open_file PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+extern boolean ldfile_try_open_bfd
+ PARAMS ((const char *, struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+extern FILE *ldfile_find_command_file
+ PARAMS ((const char *name, const char *extend));
+extern void ldfile_set_output_arch PARAMS ((CONST char *));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldgram.y b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldgram.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87bf928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldgram.y
@@ -0,0 +1,1017 @@
+/* A YACC grammer to parse a superset of the AT&T linker scripting languaue.
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support (steve@cygnus.com).
+
+This file is part of GNU ld.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+%{
+/*
+
+ */
+
+#define DONTDECLARE_MALLOC
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldver.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "mri.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+#define YYDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+static enum section_type sectype;
+
+lang_memory_region_type *region;
+
+
+char *current_file;
+boolean ldgram_want_filename = true;
+boolean had_script = false;
+boolean force_make_executable = false;
+
+boolean ldgram_in_script = false;
+boolean ldgram_had_equals = false;
+
+
+#define ERROR_NAME_MAX 20
+static char *error_names[ERROR_NAME_MAX];
+static int error_index;
+#define PUSH_ERROR(x) if (error_index < ERROR_NAME_MAX) error_names[error_index] = x; error_index++;
+#define POP_ERROR() error_index--;
+%}
+%union {
+ bfd_vma integer;
+ char *name;
+ int token;
+ union etree_union *etree;
+ struct phdr_info
+ {
+ boolean filehdr;
+ boolean phdrs;
+ union etree_union *at;
+ union etree_union *flags;
+ } phdr;
+ struct lang_nocrossref *nocrossref;
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *section_phdr;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deflist;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *versyms;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *versnode;
+}
+
+%type <etree> exp opt_exp_with_type mustbe_exp opt_at phdr_type phdr_val
+%type <etree> opt_exp_without_type
+%type <integer> fill_opt
+%type <name> memspec_opt casesymlist
+%token <integer> INT
+%token <name> NAME LNAME
+%type <integer> length
+%type <phdr> phdr_qualifiers
+%type <nocrossref> nocrossref_list
+%type <section_phdr> phdr_opt
+%type <integer> opt_nocrossrefs
+
+%right <token> PLUSEQ MINUSEQ MULTEQ DIVEQ '=' LSHIFTEQ RSHIFTEQ ANDEQ OREQ
+%right <token> '?' ':'
+%left <token> OROR
+%left <token> ANDAND
+%left <token> '|'
+%left <token> '^'
+%left <token> '&'
+%left <token> EQ NE
+%left <token> '<' '>' LE GE
+%left <token> LSHIFT RSHIFT
+
+%left <token> '+' '-'
+%left <token> '*' '/' '%'
+
+%right UNARY
+%token END
+%left <token> '('
+%token <token> ALIGN_K BLOCK BIND QUAD LONG SHORT BYTE
+%token SECTIONS PHDRS
+%token '{' '}'
+%token SIZEOF_HEADERS OUTPUT_FORMAT FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION OUTPUT_ARCH
+%token SIZEOF_HEADERS
+%token INCLUDE
+%token MEMORY DEFSYMEND
+%token NOLOAD DSECT COPY INFO OVERLAY
+%token NAME LNAME DEFINED TARGET_K SEARCH_DIR MAP ENTRY
+%token <integer> NEXT
+%token SIZEOF ADDR LOADADDR MAX MIN
+%token STARTUP HLL SYSLIB FLOAT NOFLOAT NOCROSSREFS
+%token ORIGIN FILL
+%token LENGTH CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS INPUT GROUP OUTPUT CONSTRUCTORS
+%token ALIGNMOD AT PROVIDE
+%type <token> assign_op atype
+%type <name> filename
+%token CHIP LIST SECT ABSOLUTE LOAD NEWLINE ENDWORD ORDER NAMEWORD
+%token FORMAT PUBLIC DEFSYMEND BASE ALIAS TRUNCATE REL
+%token INPUT_SCRIPT INPUT_MRI_SCRIPT INPUT_DEFSYM CASE EXTERN START
+%token <name> VERS_TAG VERS_IDENTIFIER
+%token GLOBAL LOCAL VERSION INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT
+%type <versyms> vers_defns
+%type <versnode> vers_tag
+%type <deflist> verdep
+
+%%
+
+file:
+ INPUT_SCRIPT script_file
+ | INPUT_MRI_SCRIPT mri_script_file
+ | INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT version_script_file
+ | INPUT_DEFSYM defsym_expr
+ ;
+
+
+filename: NAME;
+
+
+defsym_expr:
+ { ldlex_defsym(); }
+ NAME '=' exp
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate();
+ lang_add_assignment(exp_assop($3,$2,$4));
+ }
+
+/* SYNTAX WITHIN AN MRI SCRIPT FILE */
+mri_script_file:
+ {
+ ldlex_mri_script ();
+ PUSH_ERROR ("MRI style script");
+ }
+ mri_script_lines
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate ();
+ mri_draw_tree ();
+ POP_ERROR ();
+ }
+ ;
+
+mri_script_lines:
+ mri_script_lines mri_script_command NEWLINE
+ |
+ ;
+
+mri_script_command:
+ CHIP exp
+ | CHIP exp ',' exp
+ | NAME {
+ einfo("%P%F: unrecognised keyword in MRI style script '%s'\n",$1);
+ }
+ | LIST {
+ config.map_filename = "-";
+ }
+ | ORDER ordernamelist
+ | ENDWORD
+ | PUBLIC NAME '=' exp
+ { mri_public($2, $4); }
+ | PUBLIC NAME ',' exp
+ { mri_public($2, $4); }
+ | PUBLIC NAME exp
+ { mri_public($2, $3); }
+ | FORMAT NAME
+ { mri_format($2); }
+ | SECT NAME ',' exp
+ { mri_output_section($2, $4);}
+ | SECT NAME exp
+ { mri_output_section($2, $3);}
+ | SECT NAME '=' exp
+ { mri_output_section($2, $4);}
+ | ALIGN_K NAME '=' exp
+ { mri_align($2,$4); }
+ | ALIGN_K NAME ',' exp
+ { mri_align($2,$4); }
+ | ALIGNMOD NAME '=' exp
+ { mri_alignmod($2,$4); }
+ | ALIGNMOD NAME ',' exp
+ { mri_alignmod($2,$4); }
+ | ABSOLUTE mri_abs_name_list
+ | LOAD mri_load_name_list
+ | NAMEWORD NAME
+ { mri_name($2); }
+ | ALIAS NAME ',' NAME
+ { mri_alias($2,$4,0);}
+ | ALIAS NAME ',' INT
+ { mri_alias($2,0,(int) $4);}
+ | BASE exp
+ { mri_base($2); }
+ | TRUNCATE INT
+ { mri_truncate((unsigned int) $2); }
+ | CASE casesymlist
+ | EXTERN extern_name_list
+ | INCLUDE filename
+ { ldfile_open_command_file ($2); } mri_script_lines END
+ | START NAME
+ { lang_add_entry ($2, false); }
+ |
+ ;
+
+ordernamelist:
+ ordernamelist ',' NAME { mri_order($3); }
+ | ordernamelist NAME { mri_order($2); }
+ |
+ ;
+
+mri_load_name_list:
+ NAME
+ { mri_load($1); }
+ | mri_load_name_list ',' NAME { mri_load($3); }
+ ;
+
+mri_abs_name_list:
+ NAME
+ { mri_only_load($1); }
+ | mri_abs_name_list ',' NAME
+ { mri_only_load($3); }
+ ;
+
+casesymlist:
+ /* empty */ { $$ = NULL; }
+ | NAME
+ | casesymlist ',' NAME
+ ;
+
+extern_name_list:
+ NAME
+ { ldlang_add_undef ($1); }
+ | extern_name_list ',' NAME
+ { ldlang_add_undef ($3); }
+ ;
+
+script_file:
+ {
+ ldlex_both();
+ }
+ ifile_list
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate();
+ }
+ ;
+
+
+ifile_list:
+ ifile_list ifile_p1
+ |
+ ;
+
+
+
+ifile_p1:
+ memory
+ | sections
+ | phdrs
+ | startup
+ | high_level_library
+ | low_level_library
+ | floating_point_support
+ | statement_anywhere
+ | version
+ | ';'
+ | TARGET_K '(' NAME ')'
+ { lang_add_target($3); }
+ | SEARCH_DIR '(' filename ')'
+ { ldfile_add_library_path ($3, false); }
+ | OUTPUT '(' filename ')'
+ { lang_add_output($3, 1); }
+ | OUTPUT_FORMAT '(' NAME ')'
+ { lang_add_output_format ($3, (char *) NULL,
+ (char *) NULL, 1); }
+ | OUTPUT_FORMAT '(' NAME ',' NAME ',' NAME ')'
+ { lang_add_output_format ($3, $5, $7, 1); }
+ | OUTPUT_ARCH '(' NAME ')'
+ { ldfile_set_output_arch($3); }
+ | FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION
+ { command_line.force_common_definition = true ; }
+ | INPUT '(' input_list ')'
+ | GROUP
+ { lang_enter_group (); }
+ '(' input_list ')'
+ { lang_leave_group (); }
+ | MAP '(' filename ')'
+ { lang_add_map($3); }
+ | INCLUDE filename
+ { ldfile_open_command_file($2); } ifile_list END
+ | NOCROSSREFS '(' nocrossref_list ')'
+ {
+ lang_add_nocrossref ($3);
+ }
+ ;
+
+input_list:
+ NAME
+ { lang_add_input_file($1,lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+ (char *)NULL); }
+ | input_list ',' NAME
+ { lang_add_input_file($3,lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+ (char *)NULL); }
+ | input_list NAME
+ { lang_add_input_file($2,lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+ (char *)NULL); }
+ | LNAME
+ { lang_add_input_file($1,lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+ (char *)NULL); }
+ | input_list ',' LNAME
+ { lang_add_input_file($3,lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+ (char *)NULL); }
+ | input_list LNAME
+ { lang_add_input_file($2,lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+ (char *)NULL); }
+ ;
+
+sections:
+ SECTIONS '{' sec_or_group_p1 '}'
+ ;
+
+sec_or_group_p1:
+ sec_or_group_p1 section
+ | sec_or_group_p1 statement_anywhere
+ |
+ ;
+
+statement_anywhere:
+ ENTRY '(' NAME ')'
+ { lang_add_entry ($3, false); }
+ | assignment end
+ ;
+
+/* The '*' and '?' cases are there because the lexer returns them as
+ separate tokens rather than as NAME. */
+file_NAME_list:
+ NAME
+ { lang_add_wild ($1, current_file); }
+ | '*'
+ { lang_add_wild ("*", current_file); }
+ | '?'
+ { lang_add_wild ("?", current_file); }
+ | file_NAME_list opt_comma NAME
+ { lang_add_wild ($3, current_file); }
+ | file_NAME_list opt_comma '*'
+ { lang_add_wild ("*", current_file); }
+ | file_NAME_list opt_comma '?'
+ { lang_add_wild ("?", current_file); }
+ ;
+
+input_section_spec:
+ NAME
+ {
+ lang_add_wild((char *)NULL, $1);
+ }
+ | '['
+ {
+ current_file = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ file_NAME_list
+ ']'
+ | NAME
+ {
+ current_file = $1;
+ }
+ '(' file_NAME_list ')'
+ | '?'
+ /* This case is needed because the lexer returns a
+ single question mark as '?' rather than NAME. */
+ {
+ current_file = "?";
+ }
+ '(' file_NAME_list ')'
+ | '*'
+ {
+ current_file = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ '(' file_NAME_list ')'
+ ;
+
+statement:
+ assignment end
+ | CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+ {
+ lang_add_attribute(lang_object_symbols_statement_enum);
+ }
+ | ';'
+ | CONSTRUCTORS
+ {
+
+ lang_add_attribute(lang_constructors_statement_enum);
+ }
+ | input_section_spec
+ | length '(' mustbe_exp ')'
+ {
+ lang_add_data((int) $1,$3);
+ }
+
+ | FILL '(' mustbe_exp ')'
+ {
+ lang_add_fill
+ (exp_get_value_int($3,
+ 0,
+ "fill value",
+ lang_first_phase_enum));
+ }
+ ;
+
+statement_list:
+ statement_list statement
+ | statement
+ ;
+
+statement_list_opt:
+ /* empty */
+ | statement_list
+ ;
+
+length:
+ QUAD
+ { $$ = $1; }
+ | LONG
+ { $$ = $1; }
+ | SHORT
+ { $$ = $1; }
+ | BYTE
+ { $$ = $1; }
+ ;
+
+fill_opt:
+ '=' mustbe_exp
+ {
+ $$ = exp_get_value_int($2,
+ 0,
+ "fill value",
+ lang_first_phase_enum);
+ }
+ | { $$ = 0; }
+ ;
+
+
+
+assign_op:
+ PLUSEQ
+ { $$ = '+'; }
+ | MINUSEQ
+ { $$ = '-'; }
+ | MULTEQ
+ { $$ = '*'; }
+ | DIVEQ
+ { $$ = '/'; }
+ | LSHIFTEQ
+ { $$ = LSHIFT; }
+ | RSHIFTEQ
+ { $$ = RSHIFT; }
+ | ANDEQ
+ { $$ = '&'; }
+ | OREQ
+ { $$ = '|'; }
+
+ ;
+
+end: ';' | ','
+ ;
+
+
+assignment:
+ NAME '=' mustbe_exp
+ {
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ($2, $1, $3));
+ }
+ | NAME assign_op mustbe_exp
+ {
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', $1,
+ exp_binop ($2,
+ exp_nameop (NAME,
+ $1),
+ $3)));
+ }
+ | PROVIDE '(' NAME '=' mustbe_exp ')'
+ {
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_provide ($3, $5));
+ }
+ ;
+
+
+opt_comma:
+ ',' | ;
+
+
+memory:
+ MEMORY '{' memory_spec memory_spec_list '}'
+ ;
+
+memory_spec_list:
+ memory_spec_list memory_spec
+ | memory_spec_list ',' memory_spec
+ |
+ ;
+
+
+memory_spec: NAME
+ { region = lang_memory_region_lookup($1); }
+ attributes_opt ':'
+ origin_spec opt_comma length_spec
+
+ ; origin_spec:
+ ORIGIN '=' mustbe_exp
+ { region->current =
+ region->origin =
+ exp_get_vma($3, 0L,"origin", lang_first_phase_enum);
+}
+ ; length_spec:
+ LENGTH '=' mustbe_exp
+ { region->length = exp_get_vma($3,
+ ~((bfd_vma)0),
+ "length",
+ lang_first_phase_enum);
+ }
+
+
+attributes_opt:
+ '(' NAME ')'
+ {
+ lang_set_flags(&region->flags, $2);
+ }
+ |
+
+ ;
+
+startup:
+ STARTUP '(' filename ')'
+ { lang_startup($3); }
+ ;
+
+high_level_library:
+ HLL '(' high_level_library_NAME_list ')'
+ | HLL '(' ')'
+ { ldemul_hll((char *)NULL); }
+ ;
+
+high_level_library_NAME_list:
+ high_level_library_NAME_list opt_comma filename
+ { ldemul_hll($3); }
+ | filename
+ { ldemul_hll($1); }
+
+ ;
+
+low_level_library:
+ SYSLIB '(' low_level_library_NAME_list ')'
+ ; low_level_library_NAME_list:
+ low_level_library_NAME_list opt_comma filename
+ { ldemul_syslib($3); }
+ |
+ ;
+
+floating_point_support:
+ FLOAT
+ { lang_float(true); }
+ | NOFLOAT
+ { lang_float(false); }
+ ;
+
+nocrossref_list:
+ /* empty */
+ {
+ $$ = NULL;
+ }
+ | NAME nocrossref_list
+ {
+ struct lang_nocrossref *n;
+
+ n = (struct lang_nocrossref *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+ n->name = $1;
+ n->next = $2;
+ $$ = n;
+ }
+ | NAME ',' nocrossref_list
+ {
+ struct lang_nocrossref *n;
+
+ n = (struct lang_nocrossref *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+ n->name = $1;
+ n->next = $3;
+ $$ = n;
+ }
+ ;
+
+mustbe_exp: { ldlex_expression(); }
+ exp
+ { ldlex_popstate(); $$=$2;}
+ ;
+
+exp :
+ '-' exp %prec UNARY
+ { $$ = exp_unop('-', $2); }
+ | '(' exp ')'
+ { $$ = $2; }
+ | NEXT '(' exp ')' %prec UNARY
+ { $$ = exp_unop((int) $1,$3); }
+ | '!' exp %prec UNARY
+ { $$ = exp_unop('!', $2); }
+ | '+' exp %prec UNARY
+ { $$ = $2; }
+ | '~' exp %prec UNARY
+ { $$ = exp_unop('~', $2);}
+
+ | exp '*' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('*', $1, $3); }
+ | exp '/' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('/', $1, $3); }
+ | exp '%' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('%', $1, $3); }
+ | exp '+' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('+', $1, $3); }
+ | exp '-' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('-' , $1, $3); }
+ | exp LSHIFT exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop(LSHIFT , $1, $3); }
+ | exp RSHIFT exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop(RSHIFT , $1, $3); }
+ | exp EQ exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop(EQ , $1, $3); }
+ | exp NE exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop(NE , $1, $3); }
+ | exp LE exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop(LE , $1, $3); }
+ | exp GE exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop(GE , $1, $3); }
+ | exp '<' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('<' , $1, $3); }
+ | exp '>' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('>' , $1, $3); }
+ | exp '&' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('&' , $1, $3); }
+ | exp '^' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('^' , $1, $3); }
+ | exp '|' exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop('|' , $1, $3); }
+ | exp '?' exp ':' exp
+ { $$ = exp_trinop('?' , $1, $3, $5); }
+ | exp ANDAND exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop(ANDAND , $1, $3); }
+ | exp OROR exp
+ { $$ = exp_binop(OROR , $1, $3); }
+ | DEFINED '(' NAME ')'
+ { $$ = exp_nameop(DEFINED, $3); }
+ | INT
+ { $$ = exp_intop($1); }
+ | SIZEOF_HEADERS
+ { $$ = exp_nameop(SIZEOF_HEADERS,0); }
+
+ | SIZEOF '(' NAME ')'
+ { $$ = exp_nameop(SIZEOF,$3); }
+ | ADDR '(' NAME ')'
+ { $$ = exp_nameop(ADDR,$3); }
+ | LOADADDR '(' NAME ')'
+ { $$ = exp_nameop(LOADADDR,$3); }
+ | ABSOLUTE '(' exp ')'
+ { $$ = exp_unop(ABSOLUTE, $3); }
+ | ALIGN_K '(' exp ')'
+ { $$ = exp_unop(ALIGN_K,$3); }
+ | BLOCK '(' exp ')'
+ { $$ = exp_unop(ALIGN_K,$3); }
+ | NAME
+ { $$ = exp_nameop(NAME,$1); }
+ | MAX '(' exp ',' exp ')'
+ { $$ = exp_binop (MAX, $3, $5 ); }
+ | MIN '(' exp ',' exp ')'
+ { $$ = exp_binop (MIN, $3, $5 ); }
+ ;
+
+
+opt_at:
+ AT '(' exp ')' { $$ = $3; }
+ | { $$ = 0; }
+ ;
+
+section: NAME { ldlex_expression(); }
+ opt_exp_with_type
+ opt_at { ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_script (); }
+ '{'
+ {
+ lang_enter_output_section_statement($1, $3,
+ sectype,
+ 0, 0, 0, $4);
+ }
+ statement_list_opt
+ '}' { ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_expression (); }
+ memspec_opt phdr_opt fill_opt
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate ();
+ lang_leave_output_section_statement ($13, $11, $12);
+ }
+ opt_comma
+ | OVERLAY
+ { ldlex_expression (); }
+ opt_exp_without_type opt_nocrossrefs opt_at
+ { ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_script (); }
+ '{'
+ {
+ lang_enter_overlay ($3, $5, (int) $4);
+ }
+ overlay_section
+ '}'
+ { ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_expression (); }
+ memspec_opt phdr_opt fill_opt
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate ();
+ lang_leave_overlay ($14, $12, $13);
+ }
+ opt_comma
+ | /* The GROUP case is just enough to support the gcc
+ svr3.ifile script. It is not intended to be full
+ support. I'm not even sure what GROUP is supposed
+ to mean. */
+ GROUP { ldlex_expression (); }
+ opt_exp_with_type
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate ();
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', ".", $3));
+ }
+ '{' sec_or_group_p1 '}'
+ ;
+
+type:
+ NOLOAD { sectype = noload_section; }
+ | DSECT { sectype = dsect_section; }
+ | COPY { sectype = copy_section; }
+ | INFO { sectype = info_section; }
+ | OVERLAY { sectype = overlay_section; }
+ ;
+
+atype:
+ '(' type ')'
+ | /* EMPTY */ { sectype = normal_section; }
+ ;
+
+opt_exp_with_type:
+ exp atype ':' { $$ = $1; }
+ | atype ':' { $$ = (etree_type *)NULL; }
+ | /* The BIND cases are to support the gcc svr3.ifile
+ script. They aren't intended to implement full
+ support for the BIND keyword. I'm not even sure
+ what BIND is supposed to mean. */
+ BIND '(' exp ')' atype ':' { $$ = $3; }
+ | BIND '(' exp ')' BLOCK '(' exp ')' atype ':'
+ { $$ = $3; }
+ ;
+
+opt_exp_without_type:
+ exp ':' { $$ = $1; }
+ | ':' { $$ = (etree_type *) NULL; }
+ ;
+
+opt_nocrossrefs:
+ /* empty */
+ { $$ = 0; }
+ | NOCROSSREFS
+ { $$ = 1; }
+ ;
+
+memspec_opt:
+ '>' NAME
+ { $$ = $2; }
+ | { $$ = "*default*"; }
+ ;
+
+phdr_opt:
+ /* empty */
+ {
+ $$ = NULL;
+ }
+ | phdr_opt ':' NAME
+ {
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *n;
+
+ n = ((struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof *n));
+ n->name = $3;
+ n->used = false;
+ n->next = $1;
+ $$ = n;
+ }
+ ;
+
+overlay_section:
+ /* empty */
+ | overlay_section
+ NAME
+ {
+ ldlex_script ();
+ lang_enter_overlay_section ($2);
+ }
+ '{' statement_list_opt '}'
+ { ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_expression (); }
+ phdr_opt fill_opt
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate ();
+ lang_leave_overlay_section ($9, $8);
+ }
+ opt_comma
+ ;
+
+phdrs:
+ PHDRS '{' phdr_list '}'
+ ;
+
+phdr_list:
+ /* empty */
+ | phdr_list phdr
+ ;
+
+phdr:
+ NAME { ldlex_expression (); }
+ phdr_type phdr_qualifiers { ldlex_popstate (); }
+ ';'
+ {
+ lang_new_phdr ($1, $3, $4.filehdr, $4.phdrs, $4.at,
+ $4.flags);
+ }
+ ;
+
+phdr_type:
+ exp
+ {
+ $$ = $1;
+
+ if ($1->type.node_class == etree_name
+ && $1->type.node_code == NAME)
+ {
+ const char *s;
+ unsigned int i;
+ static const char * const phdr_types[] =
+ {
+ "PT_NULL", "PT_LOAD", "PT_DYNAMIC",
+ "PT_INTERP", "PT_NOTE", "PT_SHLIB",
+ "PT_PHDR"
+ };
+
+ s = $1->name.name;
+ for (i = 0;
+ i < sizeof phdr_types / sizeof phdr_types[0];
+ i++)
+ if (strcmp (s, phdr_types[i]) == 0)
+ {
+ $$ = exp_intop (i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ ;
+
+phdr_qualifiers:
+ /* empty */
+ {
+ memset (&$$, 0, sizeof (struct phdr_info));
+ }
+ | NAME phdr_val phdr_qualifiers
+ {
+ $$ = $3;
+ if (strcmp ($1, "FILEHDR") == 0 && $2 == NULL)
+ $$.filehdr = true;
+ else if (strcmp ($1, "PHDRS") == 0 && $2 == NULL)
+ $$.phdrs = true;
+ else if (strcmp ($1, "FLAGS") == 0 && $2 != NULL)
+ $$.flags = $2;
+ else
+ einfo ("%X%P:%S: PHDRS syntax error at `%s'\n", $1);
+ }
+ | AT '(' exp ')' phdr_qualifiers
+ {
+ $$ = $5;
+ $$.at = $3;
+ }
+ ;
+
+phdr_val:
+ /* empty */
+ {
+ $$ = NULL;
+ }
+ | '(' exp ')'
+ {
+ $$ = $2;
+ }
+ ;
+
+/* This syntax is used within an external version script file. */
+
+version_script_file:
+ {
+ ldlex_version_file ();
+ PUSH_ERROR ("VERSION script");
+ }
+ vers_nodes
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate ();
+ POP_ERROR ();
+ }
+ ;
+
+/* This is used within a normal linker script file. */
+
+version:
+ {
+ ldlex_version_script ();
+ }
+ VERSION '{' vers_nodes '}'
+ {
+ ldlex_popstate ();
+ }
+ ;
+
+vers_nodes:
+ vers_node
+ | vers_nodes vers_node
+ ;
+
+vers_node:
+ VERS_TAG '{' vers_tag '}' ';'
+ {
+ lang_register_vers_node ($1, $3, NULL);
+ }
+ | VERS_TAG '{' vers_tag '}' verdep ';'
+ {
+ lang_register_vers_node ($1, $3, $5);
+ }
+ ;
+
+verdep:
+ VERS_TAG
+ {
+ $$ = lang_add_vers_depend (NULL, $1);
+ }
+ | verdep VERS_TAG
+ {
+ $$ = lang_add_vers_depend ($1, $2);
+ }
+ ;
+
+vers_tag:
+ /* empty */
+ {
+ $$ = lang_new_vers_node (NULL, NULL);
+ }
+ | vers_defns ';'
+ {
+ $$ = lang_new_vers_node ($1, NULL);
+ }
+ | GLOBAL ':' vers_defns ';'
+ {
+ $$ = lang_new_vers_node ($3, NULL);
+ }
+ | LOCAL ':' vers_defns ';'
+ {
+ $$ = lang_new_vers_node (NULL, $3);
+ }
+ | GLOBAL ':' vers_defns ';' LOCAL ':' vers_defns ';'
+ {
+ $$ = lang_new_vers_node ($3, $7);
+ }
+ ;
+
+vers_defns:
+ VERS_IDENTIFIER
+ {
+ $$ = lang_new_vers_regex (NULL, $1);
+ }
+ | vers_defns ';' VERS_IDENTIFIER
+ {
+ $$ = lang_new_vers_regex ($1, $3);
+ }
+ ;
+
+%%
+void
+yyerror(arg)
+ const char *arg;
+{
+ if (ldfile_assumed_script)
+ einfo ("%P:%s: file format not recognized; treating as linker script\n",
+ ldfile_input_filename);
+ if (error_index > 0 && error_index < ERROR_NAME_MAX)
+ einfo ("%P%F:%S: %s in %s\n", arg, error_names[error_index-1]);
+ else
+ einfo ("%P%F:%S: %s\n", arg);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldint.texinfo b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldint.texinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..612fc2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldint.texinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+\input texinfo
+@setfilename ldint.info
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Ld-Internals: (ldint). The GNU linker internals.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the internals of the GNU linker ld.
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy or distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the terms of the GPL (for which purpose this text may be
+regarded as a program in the language TeX).
+@end ifinfo
+
+@iftex
+@finalout
+@setchapternewpage off
+@settitle GNU Linker Internals
+@titlepage
+@title{A guide to the internals of the GNU linker}
+@author Per Bothner, Steve Chamberlain, Ian Lance Taylor
+@author Cygnus Support
+@page
+
+@tex
+\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
+\xdef\manvers{\$Revision: 1.10 $} % For use in headers, footers too
+{\parskip=0pt
+\hfill Cygnus Support\par
+\hfill \manvers\par
+\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
+}
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@end titlepage
+@end iftex
+
+@node Top
+@top
+
+This file documents the internals of the GNU linker @code{ld}. It is a
+collection of miscellaneous information with little form at this point.
+Mostly, it is a repository into which you can put information about
+GNU @code{ld} as you discover it (or as you design changes to @code{ld}).
+
+@menu
+* README:: The README File
+* Emulations:: How linker emulations are generated
+@end menu
+
+@node README
+@chapter The @file{README} File
+
+Check the @file{README} file; it often has useful information that does not
+appear anywhere else in the directory.
+
+@node Emulations
+@chapter How linker emulations are generated
+
+Each linker target has an @dfn{emulation}. The emulation includes the
+default linker script, and certain emulations also modify certain types
+of linker behaviour.
+
+Emulations are created during the build process by the shell script
+@file{genscripts.sh}.
+
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script starts by reading a file in the
+@file{emulparams} directory. This is a shell script which sets various
+shell variables used by @file{genscripts.sh} and the other shell scripts
+it invokes.
+
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script will invoke a shell script in the
+@file{scripttempl} directory in order to create default linker scripts
+written in the linker command language. The @file{scripttempl} script
+will be invoked 5 (or, in some cases, 6) times, with different
+assignments to shell variables, to create different default scripts.
+The choice of script is made based on the command line options.
+
+After creating the scripts, @file{genscripts.sh} will invoke yet another
+shell script, this time in the @file{emultempl} directory. That shell
+script will create the emulation source file, which contains C code.
+This C code permits the linker emulation to override various linker
+behaviours. Most targets use the generic emulation code, which is in
+@file{emultempl/generic.em}.
+
+To summarize, @file{genscripts.sh} reads three shell scripts: an
+emulation parameters script in the @file{emulparams} directory, a linker
+script generation script in the @file{scripttempl} directory, and an
+emulation source file generation script in the @file{emultempl}
+directory.
+
+For example, the Sun 4 linker sets up variables in
+@file{emulparams/sun4.sh}, creates linker scripts using
+@file{scripttempl/aout.sc}, and creates the emulation code using
+@file{emultempl/sunos.em}.
+
+Note that the linker can support several emulations simultaneously,
+depending upon how it is configured. An emulation can be selected with
+the @code{-m} option. The @code{-V} option will list all supported
+emulations.
+
+@menu
+* emulation parameters:: @file{emulparams} scripts
+* linker scripts:: @file{scripttempl} scripts
+* linker emulations:: @file{emultempl} scripts
+@end menu
+
+@node emulation parameters
+@section @file{emulparams} scripts
+
+Each target selects a particular file in the @file{emulparams} directory
+by setting the shell variable @code{targ_emul} in @file{configure.tgt}.
+This shell variable is used by the @file{configure} script to control
+building an emulation source file.
+
+Certain conventions are enforced. Suppose the @code{targ_emul} variable
+is set to @var{emul} in @file{configure.tgt}. The name of the emulation
+shell script will be @file{emulparams/@var{emul}.sh}. The
+@file{Makefile} must have a target named @file{e@var{emul}.c}; this
+target must depend upon @file{emulparams/@var{emul}.sh}, as well as the
+appropriate scripts in the @file{scripttempl} and @file{emultempl}
+directories. The @file{Makefile} target must invoke @code{GENSCRIPTS}
+with two arguments: @var{emul}, and the value of the make variable
+@code{tdir_@var{emul}}. The value of the latter variable will be set by
+the @file{configure} script, and is used to set the default target
+directory to search.
+
+By convention, the @file{emulparams/@var{emul}.sh} shell script should
+only set shell variables. It may set shell variables which are to be
+interpreted by the @file{scripttempl} and the @file{emultempl} scripts.
+Certain shell variables are interpreted directly by the
+@file{genscripts.sh} script.
+
+Here is a list of shell variables interpreted by @file{genscripts.sh},
+as well as some conventional shell variables interpreted by the
+@file{scripttempl} and @file{emultempl} scripts.
+
+@table @code
+@item SCRIPT_NAME
+This is the name of the @file{scripttempl} script to use. If
+@code{SCRIPT_NAME} is set to @var{script}, @file{genscripts.sh} will use
+the script @file{scriptteml/@var{script}.sc}.
+
+@item TEMPLATE_NAME
+This is the name of the @file{emultemlp} script to use. If
+@code{TEMPLATE_NAME} is set to @var{template}, @file{genscripts.sh} will
+use the script @file{emultempl/@var{template}.em}. If this variable is
+not set, the default value is @samp{generic}.
+
+@item GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT
+If this is set to a nonempty string, @file{genscripts.sh} will invoke
+the @file{scripttempl} script an extra time to create a shared library
+script. @ref{linker scripts}.
+
+@item OUTPUT_FORMAT
+This is normally set to indicate the BFD output format use (e.g.,
+@samp{"a.out-sunos-big"}. The @file{scripttempl} script will normally
+use it in an @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT} expression in the linker script.
+
+@item ARCH
+This is normally set to indicate the architecture to use (e.g.,
+@samp{sparc}). The @file{scripttempl} script will normally use it in an
+@code{OUTPUT_ARCH} expression in the linker script.
+
+@item ENTRY
+Some @file{scripttempl} scripts use this to set the entry address, in an
+@code{ENTRY} expression in the linker script.
+
+@item TEXT_START_ADDR
+Some @file{scripttempl} scripts use this to set the start address of the
+@samp{.text} section.
+
+@item NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR
+If this is defined, the @file{genscripts.sh} script sets
+@code{TEXT_START_ADDR} to its value before running the
+@file{scripttempl} script for the @code{-n} and @code{-N} options
+(@pxref{linker scripts}).
+
+@item SEGMENT_SIZE
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script uses this to set the default value of
+@code{DATA_ALIGNMENT} when running the @file{scripttempl} script.
+
+@item TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+If @code{SEGMENT_SIZE} is not defined, the @file{genscripts.sh} script
+uses this to define it.
+@end table
+
+@node linker scripts
+@section @file{scripttempl} scripts
+
+Each linker target uses a @file{scripttempl} script to generate the
+default linker scripts. The name of the @file{scripttempl} script is
+set by the @code{SCRIPT_NAME} variable in the @file{emulparams} script.
+If @code{SCRIPT_NAME} is set to @var{script}, @code{genscripts.sh} will
+invoke @file{scripttempl/@var{script}.sc}.
+
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script will invoke the @file{scripttempl}
+script 5 or 6 times. Each time it will set the shell variable
+@code{LD_FLAG} to a different value. When the linker is run, the
+options used will direct it to select a particular script. (Script
+selection is controlled by the @code{get_script} emulation entry point;
+this describes the conventional behaviour).
+
+The @file{scripttempl} script should just write a linker script, written
+in the linker command language, to standard output. If the emulation
+name--the name of the @file{emulparams} file without the @file{.sc}
+extension--is @var{emul}, then the output will be directed to
+@file{ldscripts/@var{emul}.@var{extension}} in the build directory,
+where @var{extension} changes each time the @file{scripttempl} script is
+invoked.
+
+Here is the list of values assigned to @code{LD_FLAG}.
+
+@table @code
+@item (empty)
+The script generated is used by default (when none of the following
+cases apply). The output has an extension of @file{.x}.
+@item n
+The script generated is used when the linker is invoked with the
+@code{-n} option. The output has an extension of @file{.xn}.
+@item N
+The script generated is used when the linker is invoked with the
+@code{-N} option. The output has an extension of @file{.xbn}.
+@item r
+The script generated is used when the linker is invoked with the
+@code{-r} option. The output has an extension of @file{.xr}.
+@item u
+The script generated is used when the linker is invoked with the
+@code{-Ur} option. The output has an extension of @file{.xu}.
+@item shared
+The @file{scripttempl} script is only invoked with @code{LD_FLAG} set to
+this value if @code{GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT} is defined in the
+@file{emulparams} file. The @file{emultempl} script must arrange to use
+this script at the appropriate time, normally when the linker is invoked
+with the @code{-shared} option. The output has an extension of
+@file{.xs}.
+@end table
+
+Besides the shell variables set by the @file{emulparams} script, and the
+@code{LD_FLAG} variable, the @file{genscripts.sh} script will set
+certain variables for each run of the @file{scripttempl} script.
+
+@table @code
+@item RELOCATING
+This will be set to a non-empty string when the linker is doing a final
+relocation (e.g., all scripts other than @code{-r} and @code{-Ur}).
+
+@item CONSTRUCTING
+This will be set to a non-empty string when the linker is building
+global constructor and destructor tables (e.g., all scripts other than
+@code{-r}).
+
+@item DATA_ALIGNMENT
+This will be set to an @code{ALIGN} expression when the output should be
+page aligned, or to @samp{.} when generating the @code{-N} script.
+
+@item CREATE_SHLIB
+This will be set to a non-empty string when generating a @code{-shared}
+script.
+@end table
+
+The conventional way to write a @file{scripttempl} script is to first
+set a few shell variables, and then write out a linker script using
+@code{cat} with a here document. The linker script will use variable
+substitutions, based on the above variables and those set in the
+@file{emulparams} script, to control its behaviour.
+
+When there are parts of the @file{scripttempl} script which should only
+be run when doing a final relocation, they should be enclosed within a
+variable substitution based on @code{RELOCATING}. For example, on many
+targets special symbols such as @code{_end} should be defined when doing
+a final link. Naturally, those symbols should not be defined when doing
+a relocateable link using @code{-r}. The @file{scripttempl} script
+could use a construct like this to define those symbols:
+@smallexample
+ $@{RELOCATING+ _end = .;@}
+@end smallexample
+This will do the symbol assignment only if the @code{RELOCATING}
+variable is defined.
+
+The basic job of the linker script is to put the sections in the correct
+order, and at the correct memory addresses. For some targets, the
+linker script may have to do some other operations.
+
+For example, on most MIPS platforms, the linker is responsible for
+defining the special symbol @code{_gp}, used to initialize the
+@code{$gp} register. It must be set to the start of the small data
+section plus @code{0x8000}. Naturally, it should only be defined when
+doing a final relocation. This will typically be done like this:
+@smallexample
+ $@{RELOCATING+ _gp = ALIGN(16) + 0x8000;@}
+@end smallexample
+This line would appear just before the sections which compose the small
+data section (@samp{.sdata}, @samp{.sbss}). All those sections would be
+contiguous in memory.
+
+Many COFF systems build constructor tables in the linker script. The
+compiler will arrange to output the address of each global constructor
+in a @samp{.ctor} section, and the address of each global destructor in
+a @samp{.dtor} section (this is done by defining
+@code{ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR} in the
+@code{gcc} configuration files). The @code{gcc} runtime support
+routines expect the constructor table to be named @code{__CTOR_LIST__}.
+They expect it to be a list of words, with the first word being the
+count of the number of entries. There should be a trailing zero word.
+(Actually, the count may be -1 if the trailing word is present, and the
+trailing word may be omitted if the count is correct, but, as the
+@code{gcc} behaviour has changed slightly over the years, it is safest
+to provide both). Here is a typical way that might be handled in a
+@file{scripttempl} file.
+@smallexample
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ __CTOR_LIST__ = .;@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ LONG((__CTOR_END__ - __CTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ *(.ctors)@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ LONG(0)@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ __CTOR_END__ = .;@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ __DTOR_LIST__ = .;@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ LONG((__DTOR_END__ - __DTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ *(.dtors)@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ LONG(0)@}
+ $@{CONSTRUCTING+ __DTOR_END__ = .;@}
+@end smallexample
+The use of @code{CONSTRUCTING} ensures that these linker script commands
+will only appear when the linker is supposed to be building the
+constructor and destructor tables. This example is written for a target
+which uses 4 byte pointers.
+
+Embedded systems often need to set a stack address. This is normally
+best done by using the @code{PROVIDE} construct with a default stack
+address. This permits the user to easily override the stack address
+using the @code{--defsym} option. Here is an example:
+@smallexample
+ $@{RELOCATING+ PROVIDE (__stack = 0x80000000);@}
+@end smallexample
+The value of the symbol @code{__stack} would then be used in the startup
+code to initialize the stack pointer.
+
+@node linker emulations
+@section @file{emultempl} scripts
+
+Each linker target uses an @file{emultempl} script to generate the
+emulation code. The name of the @file{emultempl} script is set by the
+@code{TEMPLATE_NAME} variable in the @file{emulparams} script. If the
+@code{TEMPLATE_NAME} variable is not set, the default is
+@samp{generic}. If the value of @code{TEMPLATE_NAME} is @var{template},
+@file{genscripts.sh} will use @file{emultempl/@var{template}.em}.
+
+Most targets use the generic @file{emultempl} script,
+@file{emultempl/generic.em}. A different @file{emultempl} script is
+only needed if the linker must support unusual actions, such as linking
+against shared libraries.
+
+The @file{emultempl} script is normally written as a simple invocation
+of @code{cat} with a here document. The document will use a few
+variable substitutions. Typically each function names uses a
+substitution involving @code{EMULATION_NAME}, for ease of debugging when
+the linker supports multiple emulations.
+
+Every function and variable in the emitted file should be static. The
+only globally visible object must be named
+@code{ld_@var{EMULATION_NAME}_emulation}, where @var{EMULATION_NAME} is
+the name of the emulation set in @file{configure.tgt} (this is also the
+name of the @file{emulparams} file without the @file{.sh} extension).
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script will set the shell variable
+@code{EMULATION_NAME} before invoking the @file{emultempl} script.
+
+The @code{ld_@var{EMULATION_NAME}_emulation} variable must be a
+@code{struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct}, as defined in @file{ldemul.h}.
+It defines a set of function pointers which are invoked by the linker,
+as well as strings for the emulation name (normally set from the shell
+variable @code{EMULATION_NAME} and the default BFD target name (normally
+set from the shell variable @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT} which is normally set
+by the @file{emulparams} file).
+
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script will set the shell variable
+@code{COMPILE_IN} when it invokes the @file{emultempl} script for the
+default emulation. In this case, the @file{emultempl} script should
+include the linker scripts directly, and return them from the
+@code{get_scripts} entry point. When the emulation is not the default,
+the @code{get_scripts} entry point should just return a file name. See
+@file{emultempl/generic.em} for an example of how this is done.
+
+At some point, the linker emulation entry points should be documented.
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19aedf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3978 @@
+/* Linker command language support.
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "fnmatch.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* FORWARDS */
+static lang_statement_union_type *new_statement PARAMS ((enum statement_enum,
+ size_t,
+ lang_statement_list_type*));
+
+
+/* LOCALS */
+static struct obstack stat_obstack;
+
+#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
+#define obstack_chunk_free free
+static CONST char *startup_file;
+static lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
+static boolean placed_commons = false;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
+static boolean map_option_f;
+static bfd_vma print_dot;
+static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
+static lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
+static CONST char *current_target;
+static CONST char *output_target;
+static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
+static struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
+
+static void lang_for_each_statement_worker
+ PARAMS ((void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
+ lang_statement_union_type *s));
+static lang_input_statement_type *new_afile
+ PARAMS ((const char *name, lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
+ const char *target, boolean add_to_list));
+static void init_os PARAMS ((lang_output_section_statement_type *s));
+static void exp_init_os PARAMS ((etree_type *));
+static void section_already_linked PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static boolean wildcardp PARAMS ((const char *));
+static void wild_section PARAMS ((lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ const char *section,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output));
+static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name PARAMS ((const char *name));
+static void load_symbols PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *entry,
+ lang_statement_list_type *));
+static void wild_file PARAMS ((lang_wild_statement_type *, const char *,
+ lang_input_statement_type *,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *));
+static void wild PARAMS ((lang_wild_statement_type *s,
+ const char *section, const char *file,
+ const char *target,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output));
+static bfd *open_output PARAMS ((const char *name));
+static void ldlang_open_output PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *statement));
+static void open_input_bfds
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *statement, boolean));
+static void lang_reasonable_defaults PARAMS ((void));
+static void lang_place_undefineds PARAMS ((void));
+static void map_input_to_output_sections
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ const char *target,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement));
+static void print_output_section_statement
+ PARAMS ((lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement));
+static void print_assignment
+ PARAMS ((lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section));
+static void print_input_statement PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *statm));
+static boolean print_one_symbol PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static void print_input_section PARAMS ((lang_input_section_type *in));
+static void print_fill_statement PARAMS ((lang_fill_statement_type *fill));
+static void print_data_statement PARAMS ((lang_data_statement_type *data));
+static void print_address_statement PARAMS ((lang_address_statement_type *));
+static void print_reloc_statement PARAMS ((lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc));
+static void print_padding_statement PARAMS ((lang_padding_statement_type *s));
+static void print_wild_statement
+ PARAMS ((lang_wild_statement_type *w,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os));
+static void print_group
+ PARAMS ((lang_group_statement_type *, lang_output_section_statement_type *));
+static void print_statement PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os));
+static void print_statement_list PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os));
+static void print_statements PARAMS ((void));
+static bfd_vma insert_pad PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
+ fill_type fill, unsigned int power,
+ asection *output_section_statement,
+ bfd_vma dot));
+static bfd_vma size_input_section
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
+ fill_type fill, bfd_vma dot, boolean relax));
+static void lang_finish PARAMS ((void));
+static void lang_check PARAMS ((void));
+static void lang_common PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean lang_one_common PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static void lang_place_orphans PARAMS ((void));
+static int topower PARAMS ((int));
+static void lang_set_startof PARAMS ((void));
+static void reset_memory_regions PARAMS ((void));
+static void lang_record_phdrs PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* EXPORTS */
+lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
+lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { 0 };
+const char *entry_symbol = NULL;
+boolean entry_from_cmdline;
+boolean lang_has_input_file = false;
+boolean had_output_filename = false;
+boolean lang_float_flag = false;
+boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = false;
+struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
+
+etree_type *base; /* Relocation base - or null */
+
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+#define cat(a,b) a##b
+#else
+#define cat(a,b) a/**/b
+#endif
+
+#define new_stat(x,y) (cat(x,_type)*) new_statement(cat(x,_enum), sizeof(cat(x,_type)),y)
+
+#define outside_section_address(q) ( (q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
+
+#define outside_symbol_address(q) ((q)->value + outside_section_address(q->section))
+
+#define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
+
+PTR
+stat_alloc (size)
+ size_t size;
+{
+ return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
+ function for each node
+*/
+
+static void
+lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, s)
+ void (*func) PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+ for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ func (s);
+
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker
+ (func,
+ s->output_section_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker
+ (func,
+ s->wild_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
+ s->group_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_for_each_statement (func)
+ void (*func) PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+{
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
+ statement_list.head);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+lang_list_init (list)
+ lang_statement_list_type *list;
+{
+ list->head = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+ list->tail = &list->head;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ build a new statement node for the parse tree
+
+ */
+
+static
+lang_statement_union_type *
+new_statement (type, size, list)
+ enum statement_enum type;
+ size_t size;
+ lang_statement_list_type * list;
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type *new = (lang_statement_union_type *)
+ stat_alloc (size);
+
+ new->header.type = type;
+ new->header.next = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+ lang_statement_append (list, new, &new->header.next);
+ return new;
+}
+
+/*
+ Build a new input file node for the language. There are several ways
+ in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols, or
+ prefix it with a -l etc.
+
+ We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
+ they may, for example be split over serveral lines like foo.o(.text)
+ foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we havn't
+ got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd.
+
+ */
+static lang_input_statement_type *
+new_afile (name, file_type, target, add_to_list)
+ CONST char *name;
+ lang_input_file_enum_type file_type;
+ CONST char *target;
+ boolean add_to_list;
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *p;
+
+ if (add_to_list)
+ p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
+ else
+ {
+ p = ((lang_input_statement_type *)
+ stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type)));
+ p->header.next = NULL;
+ }
+
+ lang_has_input_file = true;
+ p->target = target;
+ switch (file_type)
+ {
+ case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->is_archive = false;
+ p->real = true;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ p->just_syms_flag = true;
+ p->search_dirs_flag = false;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->is_archive = false;
+ p->real = false;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ p->just_syms_flag = false;
+ p->search_dirs_flag = false;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
+ p->is_archive = true;
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->real = true;
+ p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
+ p->just_syms_flag = false;
+ p->search_dirs_flag = true;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->is_archive = false;
+ p->real = false;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ p->just_syms_flag = false;
+ p->search_dirs_flag = true;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->is_archive = false;
+ p->real = true;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ p->just_syms_flag = false;
+ p->search_dirs_flag = true;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->is_archive = false;
+ p->real = true;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ p->just_syms_flag = false;
+ p->search_dirs_flag = false;
+ break;
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ }
+ p->the_bfd = (bfd *) NULL;
+ p->asymbols = (asymbol **) NULL;
+ p->next_real_file = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+ p->next = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+ p->symbol_count = 0;
+ p->dynamic = config.dynamic_link;
+ p->whole_archive = whole_archive;
+ p->loaded = false;
+ lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
+ (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
+ &p->next_real_file);
+ return p;
+}
+
+lang_input_statement_type *
+lang_add_input_file (name, file_type, target)
+ CONST char *name;
+ lang_input_file_enum_type file_type;
+ CONST char *target;
+{
+ lang_has_input_file = true;
+ return new_afile (name, file_type, target, true);
+}
+
+/* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree */
+void
+lang_init ()
+{
+ obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
+
+ stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+
+ lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
+
+ lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
+ lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
+ lang_list_init (&file_chain);
+ first_file = lang_add_input_file ((char *) NULL,
+ lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
+ (char *) NULL);
+ abs_output_section = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME);
+
+ abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ A region is an area of memory declared with the
+ MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
+ syntax.
+
+ We maintain a list of all the regions here
+
+ If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
+ which is created when looked up to be the entire data space
+*/
+
+static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
+static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail = &lang_memory_region_list;
+
+lang_memory_region_type *
+lang_memory_region_lookup (name)
+ CONST char *CONST name;
+{
+
+ lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
+
+ for (p = lang_memory_region_list;
+ p != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+ p = p->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (p->name, name) == 0)
+ {
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ /* This code used to always use the first region in the list as the
+ default region. I changed it to instead use a region
+ encompassing all of memory as the default region. This permits
+ NOLOAD sections to work reasonably without requiring a region.
+ People should specify what region they mean, if they really want
+ a region. */
+ if (strcmp (name, "*default*") == 0)
+ {
+ if (lang_memory_region_list != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ return lang_memory_region_list;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ {
+ lang_memory_region_type *new =
+ (lang_memory_region_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
+
+ new->name = buystring (name);
+ new->next = (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+
+ *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new;
+ lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new->next;
+ new->origin = 0;
+ new->length = ~(bfd_size_type)0;
+ new->current = 0;
+ new->had_full_message = false;
+
+ return new;
+ }
+}
+
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_output_section_find (name)
+ CONST char *CONST name;
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type *u;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
+
+ for (u = lang_output_section_statement.head;
+ u != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+ u = lookup->next)
+ {
+ lookup = &u->output_section_statement;
+ if (strcmp (name, lookup->name) == 0)
+ {
+ return lookup;
+ }
+ }
+ return (lang_output_section_statement_type *) NULL;
+}
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name)
+ CONST char *CONST name;
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
+
+ lookup = lang_output_section_find (name);
+ if (lookup == (lang_output_section_statement_type *) NULL)
+ {
+
+ lookup = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
+ new_stat (lang_output_section_statement, stat_ptr);
+ lookup->region = (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+ lookup->fill = 0;
+ lookup->block_value = 1;
+ lookup->name = name;
+
+ lookup->next = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+ lookup->bfd_section = (asection *) NULL;
+ lookup->processed = false;
+ lookup->sectype = normal_section;
+ lookup->addr_tree = (etree_type *) NULL;
+ lang_list_init (&lookup->children);
+
+ lookup->memspec = (CONST char *) NULL;
+ lookup->flags = 0;
+ lookup->subsection_alignment = -1;
+ lookup->section_alignment = -1;
+ lookup->load_base = (union etree_union *) NULL;
+ lookup->phdrs = NULL;
+
+ lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
+ (lang_statement_union_type *) lookup,
+ &lookup->next);
+ }
+ return lookup;
+}
+
+void
+lang_map ()
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *m;
+
+ minfo ("\nMemory Configuration\n\n");
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s\n",
+ "Name", "Origin", "Length");
+
+ for (m = lang_memory_region_list;
+ m != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+ m = m->next)
+ {
+ char buf[100];
+ int len;
+
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name);
+
+ sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
+ minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
+ len = strlen (buf);
+ while (len < 16)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x%V\n", m->length);
+ }
+
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "\nLinker script and memory map\n\n");
+
+ print_statements ();
+}
+
+/* Initialize an output section. */
+
+static void
+init_os (s)
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *s;
+{
+ section_userdata_type *new;
+
+ if (s->bfd_section != NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+ einfo ("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section", DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
+
+ new = ((section_userdata_type *)
+ stat_alloc (sizeof (section_userdata_type)));
+
+ s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, s->name);
+ if (s->bfd_section == (asection *) NULL)
+ s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section (output_bfd, s->name);
+ if (s->bfd_section == (asection *) NULL)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section called %s\n",
+ output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
+ }
+ s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
+
+ /* We initialize an output sections output offset to minus its own */
+ /* vma to allow us to output a section through itself */
+ s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
+ get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = (PTR) new;
+
+ /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
+ mention are initialized. */
+ if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
+ exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
+}
+
+/* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
+ initialized. */
+
+static void
+exp_init_os (exp)
+ etree_type *exp;
+{
+ switch (exp->type.node_class)
+ {
+ case etree_assign:
+ exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_binary:
+ exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
+ exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_trinary:
+ exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
+ exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
+ exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_unary:
+ exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_name:
+ switch (exp->type.node_code)
+ {
+ case ADDR:
+ case LOADADDR:
+ case SIZEOF:
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
+ if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (os);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Sections marked with the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag should only be linked
+ once into the output. This routine checks each sections, and
+ arranges to discard it if a section of the same name has already
+ been linked. This code assumes that all relevant sections have the
+ SEC_LINK_ONCE flag set; that is, it does not depend solely upon the
+ section name. This is called via bfd_map_over_sections. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+section_already_linked (abfd, sec, data)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *sec;
+ PTR data;
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
+ struct sec_link_once
+ {
+ struct sec_link_once *next;
+ asection *sec;
+ };
+ static struct sec_link_once *sec_link_once_list;
+ flagword flags;
+ const char *name;
+ struct sec_link_once *l;
+
+ /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
+ discard all sections. */
+ if (entry->just_syms_flag)
+ {
+ sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
+
+ if ((flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
+
+ for (l = sec_link_once_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (name, bfd_get_section_name (l->sec->owner, l->sec)) == 0)
+ {
+ /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
+ issue a warning. */
+ switch (flags & SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES)
+ {
+ default:
+ abort ();
+
+ case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD:
+ break;
+
+ case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY:
+ einfo ("%P: %B: warning: ignoring duplicate section `%s'\n",
+ abfd, name);
+ break;
+
+ case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS:
+ /* FIXME: We should really dig out the contents of both
+ sections and memcmp them. The COFF/PE spec says that
+ the Microsoft linker does not implement this
+ correctly, so I'm not going to bother doing it
+ either. */
+ /* Fall through. */
+ case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE:
+ if (bfd_section_size (abfd, sec)
+ != bfd_section_size (l->sec->owner, l->sec))
+ einfo ("%P: %B: warning: duplicate section `%s' has different size\n",
+ abfd, name);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the output_section field so that wild_doit does not
+ create a lang_input_section structure for this section. */
+ sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
+
+ l = (struct sec_link_once *) xmalloc (sizeof *l);
+ l->sec = sec;
+ l->next = sec_link_once_list;
+ sec_link_once_list = l;
+}
+
+/* The wild routines.
+
+ These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
+ explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
+ foo.o(.text, .data). */
+
+/* Return true if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern. */
+
+static boolean
+wildcardp (pattern)
+ const char *pattern;
+{
+ const char *s;
+
+ for (s = pattern; *s != '\0'; ++s)
+ if (*s == '?'
+ || *s == '\\'
+ || *s == '*'
+ || *s == '[')
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
+ lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. FILE is the
+ input file which holds SECTION. */
+
+void
+wild_doit (ptr, section, output, file)
+ lang_statement_list_type *ptr;
+ asection *section;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output;
+ lang_input_statement_type *file;
+{
+ flagword flags;
+ boolean discard;
+
+ flags = bfd_get_section_flags (section->owner, section);
+
+ discard = false;
+
+ /* If we are doing a final link, discard sections marked with
+ SEC_EXCLUDE. */
+ if (! link_info.relocateable
+ && (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
+ discard = true;
+
+ /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
+ DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
+ if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+ discard = true;
+
+ /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
+ information. */
+ if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
+ && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+ discard = true;
+
+ if (discard)
+ {
+ if (section->output_section == NULL)
+ {
+ /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
+ section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (section->output_section == NULL)
+ {
+ lang_input_section_type *new;
+
+ if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (output);
+
+ /* Add a section reference to the list */
+ new = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
+
+ new->section = section;
+ new->ifile = file;
+ section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
+
+ /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
+ to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
+ SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
+ section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
+ build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
+ the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill.
+
+ If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've already
+ been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe format targets,
+ .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd to see .text with
+ SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
+
+ section->output_section->flags |=
+ section->flags & (flagword) (~ (SEC_NEVER_LOAD
+ | (! link_info.relocateable
+ ? SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
+ : 0)));
+
+ switch (output->sectype)
+ {
+ case normal_section:
+ break;
+ case dsect_section:
+ case copy_section:
+ case info_section:
+ case overlay_section:
+ output->bfd_section->flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
+ break;
+ case noload_section:
+ output->bfd_section->flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
+ output->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
+ output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
+
+ /* If supplied an aligment, then force it. */
+ if (output->section_alignment != -1)
+ output->bfd_section->alignment_power = output->section_alignment;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
+ NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
+
+static void
+wild_section (ptr, section, file, output)
+ lang_wild_statement_type *ptr;
+ const char *section;
+ lang_input_statement_type *file;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output;
+{
+ if (file->just_syms_flag == false)
+ {
+ register asection *s;
+ boolean wildcard;
+
+ if (section == NULL)
+ wildcard = false;
+ else
+ wildcard = wildcardp (section);
+
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ boolean match;
+
+ /* Attach all sections named SECTION. If SECTION is NULL,
+ then attach all sections.
+
+ Previously, if SECTION was NULL, this code did not call
+ wild_doit if the SEC_IS_COMMON flag was set for the
+ section. I did not understand that, and I took it out.
+ --ian@cygnus.com. */
+
+ if (section == NULL)
+ match = true;
+ else
+ {
+ const char *name;
+
+ name = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
+ if (wildcard)
+ match = fnmatch (section, name, 0) == 0 ? true : false;
+ else
+ match = strcmp (section, name) == 0 ? true : false;
+ }
+ if (match)
+ wild_doit (&ptr->children, s, output, file);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
+ added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
+ already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
+
+static lang_input_statement_type *
+lookup_name (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *search;
+
+ for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
+ search != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+ search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
+ {
+ if (search->filename == (char *) NULL && name == (char *) NULL)
+ return search;
+ if (search->filename != (char *) NULL
+ && name != (char *) NULL
+ && strcmp (search->filename, name) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (search == (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL)
+ search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_file_enum, default_target,
+ false);
+
+ /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
+ (FIXME: can that ever actually happen?) or the name is NULL
+ (FIXME: can that ever actually happen?) don't add this file. */
+ if (search->loaded
+ || ! search->real
+ || search->filename == (const char *) NULL)
+ return search;
+
+ load_symbols (search, (lang_statement_list_type *) NULL);
+
+ return search;
+}
+
+/* Get the symbols for an input file. */
+
+static void
+load_symbols (entry, place)
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+ lang_statement_list_type *place;
+{
+ char **matching;
+
+ if (entry->loaded)
+ return;
+
+ ldfile_open_file (entry);
+
+ if (! bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
+ && ! bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+ {
+ bfd_error_type err;
+ lang_statement_list_type *hold;
+
+ err = bfd_get_error ();
+ if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+ {
+ char **p;
+
+ einfo ("%B: file not recognized: %E\n", entry->the_bfd);
+ einfo ("%B: matching formats:", entry->the_bfd);
+ for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
+ einfo (" %s", *p);
+ einfo ("%F\n");
+ }
+ else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
+ || place == NULL)
+ einfo ("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n", entry->the_bfd);
+
+ bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
+ entry->the_bfd = NULL;
+
+ /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
+
+ if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
+ return;
+
+ /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
+
+ ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
+
+ hold = stat_ptr;
+ stat_ptr = place;
+
+ ldfile_assumed_script = true;
+ parser_input = input_script;
+ yyparse ();
+ ldfile_assumed_script = false;
+
+ stat_ptr = hold;
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
+ add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
+ add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
+ which is used. */
+ switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
+ {
+ default:
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_object:
+ ldlang_add_file (entry);
+ if (trace_files || trace_file_tries)
+ info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_archive:
+ if (entry->whole_archive)
+ {
+ bfd *member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd,
+ (bfd *) NULL);
+ while (member != NULL)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
+ einfo ("%F%B: object %B in archive is not object\n",
+ entry->the_bfd, member);
+ if (! ((*link_info.callbacks->add_archive_element)
+ (&link_info, member, "--whole-archive")))
+ abort ();
+ if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (member, &link_info))
+ einfo ("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n", member);
+ member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd,
+ member);
+ }
+
+ entry->loaded = true;
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
+ einfo ("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n", entry->the_bfd);
+
+ entry->loaded = true;
+}
+
+/* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
+
+static void
+wild_file (s, section, f, output)
+ lang_wild_statement_type *s;
+ const char *section;
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output;
+{
+ if (f->the_bfd == NULL
+ || ! bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
+ wild_section (s, section, f, output);
+ else
+ {
+ bfd *member;
+
+ /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
+ archive separately. */
+ member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, (bfd *) NULL);
+ while (member != NULL)
+ {
+ /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
+ entry point for the archive. For each element of the
+ archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
+ which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
+ lang_input_statement. */
+ if (member->usrdata != NULL)
+ {
+ wild_section (s, section,
+ (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
+ output);
+ }
+
+ member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Handle a wild statement. SECTION or FILE or both may be NULL,
+ indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate lang_input_section
+ statements are created for each part of the expansion; they are
+ added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is the output section. */
+
+static void
+wild (s, section, file, target, output)
+ lang_wild_statement_type *s;
+ const char *section;
+ const char *file;
+ const char *target;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output;
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+ if (file == (char *) NULL)
+ {
+ /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list */
+ for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+ f != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+ f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next)
+ {
+ wild_file (s, section, f, output);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (wildcardp (file))
+ {
+ for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+ f != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+ f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next)
+ {
+ if (fnmatch (file, f->filename, FNM_FILE_NAME) == 0)
+ wild_file (s, section, f, output);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Perform the iteration over a single file */
+ f = lookup_name (file);
+ wild_file (s, section, f, output);
+ }
+
+ if (section != (char *) NULL
+ && strcmp (section, "COMMON") == 0
+ && default_common_section == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we later
+ get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
+ default_common_section = output;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Open the output file. */
+
+static bfd *
+open_output (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ bfd *output;
+
+ if (output_target == (char *) NULL)
+ {
+ if (current_target != (char *) NULL)
+ output_target = current_target;
+ else
+ output_target = default_target;
+ }
+ output = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
+
+ if (output == (bfd *) NULL)
+ {
+ if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%F: target %s not found\n", output_target);
+ }
+ einfo ("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n", name);
+ }
+
+ delete_output_file_on_failure = true;
+
+ /* output->flags |= D_PAGED;*/
+
+ if (! bfd_set_format (output, bfd_object))
+ einfo ("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n", name);
+ if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (output,
+ ldfile_output_architecture,
+ ldfile_output_machine))
+ einfo ("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n", name);
+
+ link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (output);
+ if (link_info.hash == (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: can not create link hash table: %E\n");
+
+ bfd_set_gp_size (output, g_switch_value);
+ return output;
+}
+
+
+
+
+static void
+ldlang_open_output (statement)
+ lang_statement_union_type * statement;
+{
+ switch (statement->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ ASSERT (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL);
+ output_bfd = open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
+ ldemul_set_output_arch ();
+ if (config.magic_demand_paged && !link_info.relocateable)
+ output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
+ else
+ output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
+ if (config.text_read_only)
+ output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
+ else
+ output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
+ if (link_info.traditional_format)
+ output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
+ else
+ output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
+ break;
+
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Open all the input files. */
+
+static void
+open_input_bfds (s, force)
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+ boolean force;
+{
+ for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, force);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, force);
+ break;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols */
+ if (s->wild_statement.filename
+ && ! wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename))
+ (void) lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
+ open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, force);
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
+
+ /* We must continually search the entries in the group
+ until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
+ symbols. */
+
+ do
+ {
+ undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
+ open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head, true);
+ }
+ while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
+ }
+ break;
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ current_target = s->target_statement.target;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ if (s->input_statement.real == true)
+ {
+ lang_statement_list_type add;
+
+ s->input_statement.target = current_target;
+
+ /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
+ is an archive which has already been searched, then
+ force it to be researched. */
+ if (force
+ && s->input_statement.loaded
+ && bfd_check_format (s->input_statement.the_bfd,
+ bfd_archive))
+ s->input_statement.loaded = false;
+
+ lang_list_init (&add);
+
+ load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add);
+
+ if (add.head != NULL)
+ {
+ *add.tail = s->next;
+ s->next = add.head;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* If there are [COMMONS] statements, put a wild one into the bss section */
+
+static void
+lang_reasonable_defaults ()
+{
+#if 0
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".text");
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".data");
+
+ default_common_section =
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss");
+
+
+ if (placed_commons == false)
+ {
+ lang_wild_statement_type *new =
+ new_stat (lang_wild_statement,
+ &default_common_section->children);
+
+ new->section_name = "COMMON";
+ new->filename = (char *) NULL;
+ lang_list_init (&new->children);
+ }
+#endif
+
+}
+
+/*
+ Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
+ Remove items from the chain as we open input bfds
+ */
+typedef struct ldlang_undef_chain_list
+{
+ struct ldlang_undef_chain_list *next;
+ char *name;
+} ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
+
+static ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
+
+void
+ldlang_add_undef (name)
+ CONST char *CONST name;
+{
+ ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new =
+ ((ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *)
+ stat_alloc (sizeof (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type)));
+
+ new->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
+ ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new;
+
+ new->name = buystring (name);
+}
+
+/* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
+ into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
+ script file.
+*/
+static void
+lang_place_undefineds ()
+{
+ ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
+
+ for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
+ ptr != (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) NULL;
+ ptr = ptr->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, true, false, true);
+ if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E");
+ if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+ {
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+ h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
+ bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Open input files and attatch to output sections */
+static void
+map_input_to_output_sections (s, target, output_section_statement)
+ lang_statement_union_type * s;
+ CONST char *target;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+{
+ for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+
+
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ wild (&s->wild_statement, s->wild_statement.section_name,
+ s->wild_statement.filename, target,
+ output_section_statement);
+
+ break;
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
+ target,
+ output_section_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ map_input_to_output_sections (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
+ target,
+ &s->output_section_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ target = s->target_statement.target;
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
+ target,
+ output_section_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ if (output_section_statement != NULL
+ && output_section_statement->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (output_section_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ if (output_section_statement != NULL
+ && output_section_statement->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (output_section_statement);
+
+ /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
+ are initialized. */
+ exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
+ break;
+ case lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_enum:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address */
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os =
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup
+ (s->address_statement.section_name);
+
+ if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (os);
+ os->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_output_section_statement (output_section_statement)
+ lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+{
+ asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+ int len;
+
+ if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
+ {
+ minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
+
+ if (section != NULL)
+ {
+ print_dot = section->vma;
+
+ len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
+ if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, section->_raw_size);
+
+ if (output_section_statement->load_base != NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_vma addr;
+
+ addr = exp_get_abs_int (output_section_statement->load_base, 0,
+ "load base", lang_final_phase_enum);
+ minfo (" load address 0x%V", addr);
+ }
+ }
+
+ print_nl ();
+ }
+
+ print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
+ output_section_statement);
+}
+
+static void
+print_assignment (assignment, output_section)
+ lang_assignment_statement_type * assignment;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section;
+{
+ int i;
+ etree_value_type result;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ print_space ();
+
+ result = exp_fold_tree (assignment->exp->assign.src, output_section,
+ lang_final_phase_enum, print_dot, &print_dot);
+ if (result.valid)
+ minfo ("0x%V", result.value + result.section->bfd_section->vma);
+ else
+ {
+ minfo ("*undef* ");
+#ifdef BFD64
+ minfo (" ");
+#endif
+ }
+
+ minfo (" ");
+
+ exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
+
+ print_nl ();
+}
+
+static void
+print_input_statement (statm)
+ lang_input_statement_type * statm;
+{
+ if (statm->filename != (char *) NULL)
+ {
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
+ via bfd_link_hash_traverse. */
+
+static boolean
+print_one_symbol (hash_entry, ptr)
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry;
+ PTR ptr;
+{
+ asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
+
+ if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ print_space ();
+ minfo ("0x%V ",
+ (hash_entry->u.def.value
+ + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
+ + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
+
+ minfo (" %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
+
+static void
+print_input_section (in)
+ lang_input_section_type * in;
+{
+ asection *i = in->section;
+ bfd_size_type size = i->_cooked_size != 0 ? i->_cooked_size : i->_raw_size;
+
+ if (size != 0)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+
+ minfo ("%s", i->name);
+
+ if (i->output_section != NULL)
+ {
+ int len;
+
+ len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
+ if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n",
+ i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset, size,
+ i->owner);
+
+ if (i->_cooked_size != 0 && i->_cooked_size != i->_raw_size)
+ {
+ len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
+#ifdef BFD64
+ len += 16;
+#else
+ len += 8;
+#endif
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ --len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("%W (size before relaxing)\n", i->_raw_size);
+ }
+
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, (PTR) i);
+
+ print_dot = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset + size;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_fill_statement (fill)
+ lang_fill_statement_type * fill;
+{
+ fprintf (config.map_file, " FILL mask 0x%x\n", fill->fill);
+}
+
+static void
+print_data_statement (data)
+ lang_data_statement_type * data;
+{
+ int i;
+ bfd_vma addr;
+ bfd_size_type size;
+ const char *name;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ print_space ();
+
+ addr = data->output_vma;
+ if (data->output_section != NULL)
+ addr += data->output_section->vma;
+
+ switch (data->type)
+ {
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ case BYTE:
+ size = BYTE_SIZE;
+ name = "BYTE";
+ break;
+ case SHORT:
+ size = SHORT_SIZE;
+ name = "SHORT";
+ break;
+ case LONG:
+ size = LONG_SIZE;
+ name = "LONG";
+ break;
+ case QUAD:
+ size = QUAD_SIZE;
+ name = "QUAD";
+ break;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, size, name, data->value);
+
+ if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ exp_print_tree (data->exp);
+ }
+
+ print_nl ();
+
+ print_dot = addr + size;
+}
+
+/* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
+ -Ttext. */
+
+static void
+print_address_statement (address)
+ lang_address_statement_type *address;
+{
+ minfo ("Address of section %s set to ", address->section_name);
+ exp_print_tree (address->address);
+ print_nl ();
+}
+
+/* Print a reloc statement. */
+
+static void
+print_reloc_statement (reloc)
+ lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc;
+{
+ int i;
+ bfd_vma addr;
+ bfd_size_type size;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ print_space ();
+
+ addr = reloc->output_vma;
+ if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
+ addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
+
+ size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
+
+ minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, size, reloc->howto->name);
+
+ if (reloc->name != NULL)
+ minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
+ else
+ minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
+
+ exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
+
+ print_nl ();
+
+ print_dot = addr + size;
+}
+
+static void
+print_padding_statement (s)
+ lang_padding_statement_type *s;
+{
+ int len;
+ bfd_vma addr;
+
+ minfo (" *fill*");
+
+ len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
+ while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ addr = s->output_offset;
+ if (s->output_section != NULL)
+ addr += s->output_section->vma;
+ minfo ("0x%V %W", addr, s->size);
+
+ if (s->fill != 0)
+ minfo (" %u", s->fill);
+
+ print_nl ();
+
+ print_dot = addr + s->size;
+}
+
+static void
+print_wild_statement (w, os)
+ lang_wild_statement_type * w;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type * os;
+{
+ print_space ();
+
+ if (w->filename != NULL)
+ minfo ("%s", w->filename);
+ else
+ minfo ("*");
+
+ if (w->section_name != NULL)
+ minfo ("(%s)", w->section_name);
+ else
+ minfo ("(*)");
+
+ print_nl ();
+
+ print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
+}
+
+/* Print a group statement. */
+
+static void
+print_group (s, os)
+ lang_group_statement_type *s;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+{
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
+ print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
+}
+
+/* Print the list of statements in S.
+ This can be called for any statement type. */
+
+static void
+print_statement_list (s, os)
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+{
+ while (s != NULL)
+ {
+ print_statement (s, os);
+ s = s->next;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print the first statement in statement list S.
+ This can be called for any statement type. */
+
+static void
+print_statement (s, os)
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+{
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ default:
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "Fail with %d\n", s->header.type);
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
+ {
+ minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
+ print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
+ }
+ break;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
+ break;
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
+ break;
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ print_input_section (&s->input_section);
+ break;
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
+ break;
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
+ if (output_target != NULL)
+ minfo (" %s", output_target);
+ minfo (")\n");
+ break;
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
+ break;
+ case lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_enum:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_statements ()
+{
+ print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
+}
+
+/* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
+ If N == 0, nothing is printed.
+ If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
+ Intended to be called from GDB. */
+
+void
+dprint_statement (s, n)
+ lang_statement_union_type * s;
+ int n;
+{
+ FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
+
+ config.map_file = stderr;
+
+ if (n < 0)
+ print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
+ else
+ {
+ while (s && --n >= 0)
+ {
+ print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
+ s = s->next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ config.map_file = map_save;
+}
+
+static bfd_vma
+insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, power, output_section_statement, dot)
+ lang_statement_union_type ** this_ptr;
+ fill_type fill;
+ unsigned int power;
+ asection * output_section_statement;
+ bfd_vma dot;
+{
+ /* Align this section first to the
+ input sections requirement, then
+ to the output section's requirement.
+ If this alignment is > than any seen before,
+ then record it too. Perform the alignment by
+ inserting a magic 'padding' statement.
+ */
+
+ unsigned int alignment_needed = align_power (dot, power) - dot;
+
+ if (alignment_needed != 0)
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type *new =
+ ((lang_statement_union_type *)
+ stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type)));
+
+ /* Link into existing chain */
+ new->header.next = *this_ptr;
+ *this_ptr = new;
+ new->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
+ new->padding_statement.output_section = output_section_statement;
+ new->padding_statement.output_offset =
+ dot - output_section_statement->vma;
+ new->padding_statement.fill = fill;
+ new->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Remember the most restrictive alignment */
+ if (power > output_section_statement->alignment_power)
+ {
+ output_section_statement->alignment_power = power;
+ }
+ output_section_statement->_raw_size += alignment_needed;
+ return alignment_needed + dot;
+
+}
+
+/* Work out how much this section will move the dot point */
+static bfd_vma
+size_input_section (this_ptr, output_section_statement, fill, dot, relax)
+ lang_statement_union_type ** this_ptr;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+ fill_type fill;
+ bfd_vma dot;
+ boolean relax;
+{
+ lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
+ asection *i = is->section;
+
+ if (is->ifile->just_syms_flag == false)
+ {
+ if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
+ i->alignment_power =
+ output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
+
+ dot = insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, i->alignment_power,
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
+
+ /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes */
+
+ i->output_offset = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+
+ /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now
+ */
+ if (i->_cooked_size != 0)
+ dot += i->_cooked_size;
+ else
+ dot += i->_raw_size;
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ i->output_offset = i->vma - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ }
+
+ return dot;
+}
+
+/* This variable indicates whether bfd_relax_section should be called
+ again. */
+
+static boolean relax_again;
+
+/* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
+
+bfd_vma
+lang_size_sections (s, output_section_statement, prev, fill, dot, relax)
+ lang_statement_union_type * s;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+ lang_statement_union_type ** prev;
+ fill_type fill;
+ bfd_vma dot;
+ boolean relax;
+{
+ /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts */
+ for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ {
+ bfd_vma after;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os = &s->output_section_statement;
+
+ if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ {
+ /* This section was never actually created. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
+ address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
+ specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
+ to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
+ if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
+ {
+ asection *input;
+
+ if (os->children.head == NULL
+ || os->children.head->next != NULL
+ || os->children.head->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
+ einfo ("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library section %s",
+ os->name);
+
+ input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
+ bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
+ os->bfd_section,
+ bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
+ os->bfd_section->_raw_size = input->_raw_size;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
+ {
+ /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero */
+ ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (os->addr_tree == (etree_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ /* No address specified for this section, get one
+ from the region specification
+ */
+ if (os->region == (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ os->region = lang_memory_region_lookup ("*default*");
+ }
+ dot = os->region->current;
+ if (os->section_alignment == -1)
+ {
+ bfd_vma olddot;
+
+ olddot = dot;
+ dot = align_power (dot, os->bfd_section->alignment_power);
+ if (dot != olddot && config.warn_section_align)
+ einfo ("%P: warning: changing start of section %s by %u bytes\n",
+ os->name, (unsigned int) (dot - olddot));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ etree_value_type r;
+
+ r = exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree,
+ abs_output_section,
+ lang_allocating_phase_enum,
+ dot, &dot);
+ if (r.valid == false)
+ {
+ einfo ("%F%S: non constant address expression for section %s\n",
+ os->name);
+ }
+ dot = r.value + r.section->bfd_section->vma;
+ }
+ /* The section starts here */
+ /* First, align to what the section needs */
+
+ if (os->section_alignment != -1)
+ dot = align_power (dot, os->section_alignment);
+
+ bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, dot);
+
+ os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
+ }
+
+ (void) lang_size_sections (os->children.head, os, &os->children.head,
+ os->fill, dot, relax);
+ /* Ignore the size of the input sections, use the vma and size to */
+ /* align against */
+
+ after = ALIGN_N (os->bfd_section->vma +
+ os->bfd_section->_raw_size,
+ /* The coercion here is important, see ld.h. */
+ (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
+
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
+ ASSERT (after == os->bfd_section->vma);
+ else
+ os->bfd_section->_raw_size = after - os->bfd_section->vma;
+ dot = os->bfd_section->vma + os->bfd_section->_raw_size;
+ os->processed = true;
+
+ /* Replace into region ? */
+ if (os->region != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ os->region->current = dot;
+ /* Make sure this isn't silly. */
+ if (os->region->current < os->region->origin
+ || (os->region->current - os->region->origin
+ > os->region->length))
+ {
+ if (os->addr_tree != (etree_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ einfo ("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section %s is not within region %s\n",
+ os->region->current,
+ os->bfd_section->owner,
+ os->bfd_section->name,
+ os->region->name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ einfo ("%X%P: region %s is full (%B section %s)\n",
+ os->region->name,
+ os->bfd_section->owner,
+ os->bfd_section->name);
+ }
+ /* Reset the region pointer. */
+ os->region->current = os->region->origin;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_size_sections (constructor_list.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ &s->wild_statement.children.head,
+ fill,
+ dot, relax);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ {
+ unsigned int size = 0;
+
+ s->data_statement.output_vma = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ s->data_statement.output_section =
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+
+ switch (s->data_statement.type)
+ {
+ case QUAD:
+ size = QUAD_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case LONG:
+ size = LONG_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case SHORT:
+ size = SHORT_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case BYTE:
+ size = BYTE_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ }
+ dot += size;
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size += size;
+ /* The output section gets contents, and then we inspect for
+ any flags set in the input script which override any ALLOC */
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+ if (!(output_section_statement->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)) {
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ {
+ int size;
+
+ s->reloc_statement.output_vma =
+ dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ s->reloc_statement.output_section =
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+ size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
+ dot += size;
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size += size;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+
+ dot = lang_size_sections (s->wild_statement.children.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ &s->wild_statement.children.head,
+
+ fill, dot, relax);
+
+ break;
+
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+ break;
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ {
+ asection *i;
+
+ i = (*prev)->input_section.section;
+ if (! relax)
+ {
+ if (i->_cooked_size == 0)
+ i->_cooked_size = i->_raw_size;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ boolean again;
+
+ if (! bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
+ einfo ("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n");
+ if (again)
+ relax_again = true;
+ }
+ dot = size_input_section (prev,
+ output_section_statement,
+ output_section_statement->fill,
+ dot, relax);
+ }
+ break;
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ s->fill_statement.output_section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+
+ fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
+ break;
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ {
+ bfd_vma newdot = dot;
+
+ exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
+ output_section_statement,
+ lang_allocating_phase_enum,
+ dot,
+ &newdot);
+
+ if (newdot != dot && !relax)
+ {
+ /* The assignment changed dot. Insert a pad. */
+ if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
+ {
+ /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
+ the default memory address. */
+ lang_memory_region_lookup ("*default*")->current = newdot;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type *new =
+ ((lang_statement_union_type *)
+ stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type)));
+
+ /* Link into existing chain */
+ new->header.next = *prev;
+ *prev = new;
+ new->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
+ new->padding_statement.output_section =
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+ new->padding_statement.output_offset =
+ dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ new->padding_statement.fill = fill;
+ new->padding_statement.size = newdot - dot;
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size +=
+ new->padding_statement.size;
+ }
+
+ dot = newdot;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ /* If we are relaxing, and this is not the first pass, some
+ padding statements may have been inserted during previous
+ passes. We may have to move the padding statement to a new
+ location if dot has a different value at this point in this
+ pass than it did at this point in the previous pass. */
+ s->padding_statement.output_offset =
+ dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ dot += s->padding_statement.size;
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size +=
+ s->padding_statement.size;
+ break;
+
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_size_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ &s->group_statement.children.head,
+ fill, dot, relax);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+
+ /* This can only get here when relaxing is turned on */
+
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ }
+ prev = &s->header.next;
+ }
+ return dot;
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+lang_do_assignments (s, output_section_statement, fill, dot)
+ lang_statement_union_type * s;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+ fill_type fill;
+ bfd_vma dot;
+{
+ for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_do_assignments (constructor_list.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ fill,
+ dot);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os =
+ &(s->output_section_statement);
+
+ if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
+ (void) lang_do_assignments (os->children.head, os,
+ os->fill, dot);
+ dot = os->bfd_section->vma + os->bfd_section->_raw_size;
+ }
+ if (os->load_base)
+ {
+ /* If nothing has been placed into the output section then
+ it won't have a bfd_section. */
+ if (os->bfd_section)
+ {
+ os->bfd_section->lma
+ = exp_get_abs_int(os->load_base, 0,"load base", lang_final_phase_enum);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+
+ dot = lang_do_assignments (s->wild_statement.children.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ fill, dot);
+
+ break;
+
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+#if 0
+ case lang_common_statement_enum:
+#endif
+ break;
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ {
+ etree_value_type value;
+
+ value = exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp,
+ abs_output_section,
+ lang_final_phase_enum, dot, &dot);
+ s->data_statement.value = value.value;
+ if (value.valid == false)
+ einfo ("%F%P: invalid data statement\n");
+ }
+ switch (s->data_statement.type)
+ {
+ case QUAD:
+ dot += QUAD_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case LONG:
+ dot += LONG_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case SHORT:
+ dot += SHORT_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case BYTE:
+ dot += BYTE_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ {
+ etree_value_type value;
+
+ value = exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
+ abs_output_section,
+ lang_final_phase_enum, dot, &dot);
+ s->reloc_statement.addend_value = value.value;
+ if (value.valid == false)
+ einfo ("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n");
+ }
+ dot += bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ {
+ asection *in = s->input_section.section;
+
+ if (in->_cooked_size != 0)
+ dot += in->_cooked_size;
+ else
+ dot += in->_raw_size;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
+ break;
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ {
+ exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
+ output_section_statement,
+ lang_final_phase_enum,
+ dot,
+ &dot);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ dot += s->padding_statement.size;
+ break;
+
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_do_assignments (s->group_statement.children.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ fill, dot);
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+ return dot;
+}
+
+/* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. When the assemblers see the
+ operator .startof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
+ .startof.section_name. Similarly, when it sees
+ .sizeof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
+ .sizeof.section_name. For all the output sections, we look for
+ such symbols, and set them to the correct value. */
+
+static void
+lang_set_startof ()
+{
+ asection *s;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable)
+ return;
+
+ for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ const char *secname;
+ char *buf;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ secname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, s);
+ buf = xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
+
+ sprintf (buf, ".startof.%s", secname);
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, false, false, true);
+ if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+ {
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+ h->u.def.value = bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, s);
+ h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ }
+
+ sprintf (buf, ".sizeof.%s", secname);
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, false, false, true);
+ if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+ {
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+ if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
+ h->u.def.value = s->_cooked_size;
+ else
+ h->u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
+ h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ }
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lang_finish ()
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+ boolean warn;
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable || link_info.shared)
+ warn = false;
+ else
+ warn = true;
+
+ if (entry_symbol == (char *) NULL)
+ {
+ /* No entry has been specified. Look for start, but don't warn
+ if we don't find it. */
+ entry_symbol = "start";
+ warn = false;
+ }
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol, false, false, true);
+ if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+ && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_vma val;
+
+ val = (h->u.def.value
+ + bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd,
+ h->u.def.section->output_section)
+ + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
+ if (! bfd_set_start_address (output_bfd, val))
+ einfo ("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n", entry_symbol);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ asection *ts;
+
+ /* Can't find the entry symbol. Use the first address in the
+ text section. */
+ ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".text");
+ if (ts != (asection *) NULL)
+ {
+ if (warn)
+ einfo ("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s; defaulting to %V\n",
+ entry_symbol, bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, ts));
+ if (! bfd_set_start_address (output_bfd,
+ bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, ts)))
+ einfo ("%P%F: can't set start address\n");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (warn)
+ einfo ("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s; not setting start address\n",
+ entry_symbol);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
+ with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
+ other checking that is needed. */
+
+static void
+lang_check ()
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type *file;
+ bfd *input_bfd;
+ CONST bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
+
+ for (file = file_chain.head;
+ file != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+ file = file->input_statement.next)
+ {
+ input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
+ compatible = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd,
+ output_bfd);
+ if (compatible == NULL)
+ einfo ("%P: warning: %s architecture of input file `%B' is incompatible with %s output\n",
+ bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
+ bfd_printable_name (output_bfd));
+
+ else
+ bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, output_bfd);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
+ correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
+ to roughly sort the entries by size. */
+
+static void
+lang_common ()
+{
+ if (link_info.relocateable
+ && ! command_line.force_common_definition)
+ return;
+
+ if (! config.sort_common)
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, (PTR) NULL);
+ else
+ {
+ int power;
+
+ for (power = 4; power >= 0; power--)
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common,
+ (PTR) &power);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
+
+static boolean
+lang_one_common (h, info)
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+ PTR info;
+{
+ unsigned int power_of_two;
+ bfd_vma size;
+ asection *section;
+
+ if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
+ return true;
+
+ size = h->u.c.size;
+ power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
+
+ if (config.sort_common
+ && power_of_two < (unsigned int) *(int *) info)
+ return true;
+
+ section = h->u.c.p->section;
+
+ /* Increase the size of the section. */
+ section->_raw_size = ALIGN_N (section->_raw_size,
+ (bfd_size_type) (1 << power_of_two));
+
+ /* Adjust the alignment if necessary. */
+ if (power_of_two > section->alignment_power)
+ section->alignment_power = power_of_two;
+
+ /* Change the symbol from common to defined. */
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+ h->u.def.section = section;
+ h->u.def.value = section->_raw_size;
+
+ /* Increase the size of the section. */
+ section->_raw_size += size;
+
+ /* Make sure the section is allocated in memory, and make sure that
+ it is no longer a common section. */
+ section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+ section->flags &= ~ SEC_IS_COMMON;
+
+ if (config.map_file != NULL)
+ {
+ static boolean header_printed;
+ int len;
+ char *name;
+ char buf[50];
+
+ if (! header_printed)
+ {
+ minfo ("\nAllocating common symbols\n");
+ minfo ("Common symbol size file\n\n");
+ header_printed = true;
+ }
+
+ name = demangle (h->root.string);
+ minfo ("%s", name);
+ len = strlen (name);
+ free (name);
+
+ if (len >= 19)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < 20)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x");
+ if (size <= 0xffffffff)
+ sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
+ else
+ sprintf_vma (buf, size);
+ minfo ("%s", buf);
+ len = strlen (buf);
+
+ while (len < 16)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+run through the input files and ensure that every input
+section has somewhere to go. If one is found without
+a destination then create an input request and place it
+into the statement tree.
+*/
+
+static void
+lang_place_orphans ()
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *file;
+
+ for (file = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+ file != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+ file = (lang_input_statement_type *) file->next)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections;
+ s != (asection *) NULL;
+ s = s->next)
+ {
+ if (s->output_section == (asection *) NULL)
+ {
+ /* This section of the file is not attatched, root
+ around for a sensible place for it to go */
+
+ if (file->just_syms_flag)
+ {
+ /* We are only retrieving symbol values from this
+ file. We want the symbols to act as though the
+ values in the file are absolute. */
+ s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ s->output_offset = s->vma;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
+ {
+ /* This is a lonely common section which must have
+ come from an archive. We attach to the section
+ with the wildcard. */
+ if (! link_info.relocateable
+ || command_line.force_common_definition)
+ {
+ if (default_common_section == NULL)
+ {
+#if 0
+ /* This message happens when using the
+ svr3.ifile linker script, so I have
+ disabled it. */
+ info_msg ("%P: no [COMMON] command, defaulting to .bss\n");
+#endif
+ default_common_section =
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss");
+
+ }
+ wild_doit (&default_common_section->children, s,
+ default_common_section, file);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (ldemul_place_orphan (file, s))
+ ;
+ else
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os =
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup (s->name);
+
+ wild_doit (&os->children, s, os, file);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+lang_set_flags (ptr, flags)
+ int *ptr;
+ CONST char *flags;
+{
+ boolean state = false;
+
+ *ptr = 0;
+ while (*flags)
+ {
+ if (*flags == '!')
+ {
+ state = false;
+ flags++;
+ }
+ else
+ state = true;
+ switch (*flags)
+ {
+ case 'R':
+ /* ptr->flag_read = state; */
+ break;
+ case 'W':
+ /* ptr->flag_write = state; */
+ break;
+ case 'X':
+ /* ptr->flag_executable= state;*/
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ case 'I':
+ /* ptr->flag_loadable= state;*/
+ break;
+ default:
+ einfo ("%P%F: invalid syntax in flags\n");
+ break;
+ }
+ flags++;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
+ on an archive, but not on the elements. */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_input_file (func)
+ void (*func) PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+ for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
+ f != NULL;
+ f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next_real_file)
+ func (f);
+}
+
+/* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
+ the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
+ not be called on the archive file itself. */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_file (func)
+ void (*func) PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+ for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+ f != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+ f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next)
+ {
+ func (f);
+ }
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+/* Not used. */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_input_section (func)
+ void (*func) PARAMS ((bfd * ab, asection * as));
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+ for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+ f != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+ f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+
+ for (s = f->the_bfd->sections;
+ s != (asection *) NULL;
+ s = s->next)
+ {
+ func (f->the_bfd, s);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+void
+ldlang_add_file (entry)
+ lang_input_statement_type * entry;
+{
+ bfd **pp;
+
+ lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
+ (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
+ &entry->next);
+
+ /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
+ a link. */
+ ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link_next == (bfd *) NULL);
+ ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != output_bfd);
+ for (pp = &link_info.input_bfds;
+ *pp != (bfd *) NULL;
+ pp = &(*pp)->link_next)
+ ;
+ *pp = entry->the_bfd;
+ entry->the_bfd->usrdata = (PTR) entry;
+ bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
+
+ /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
+ included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
+ notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
+ definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
+ going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
+ symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
+ discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
+ each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
+ this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
+
+ bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, (PTR) entry);
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_output (name, from_script)
+ CONST char *name;
+ int from_script;
+{
+ /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
+ if (had_output_filename == false || !from_script)
+ {
+ output_filename = name;
+ had_output_filename = true;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+
+static int
+topower (x)
+ int x;
+{
+ unsigned int i = 1;
+ int l;
+
+ if (x < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
+ {
+ if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
+ return l;
+ i <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void
+lang_enter_output_section_statement (output_section_statement_name,
+ address_exp, sectype, block_value,
+ align, subalign, ebase)
+ const char *output_section_statement_name;
+ etree_type * address_exp;
+ enum section_type sectype;
+ bfd_vma block_value;
+ etree_type *align;
+ etree_type *subalign;
+ etree_type *ebase;
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ current_section =
+ os =
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name);
+
+
+
+ /* Add this statement to tree */
+ /* add_statement(lang_output_section_statement_enum,
+ output_section_statement);*/
+ /* Make next things chain into subchain of this */
+
+ if (os->addr_tree ==
+ (etree_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ os->addr_tree =
+ address_exp;
+ }
+ os->sectype = sectype;
+ if (sectype != noload_section)
+ os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+ else
+ os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+ os->block_value = block_value ? block_value : 1;
+ stat_ptr = &os->children;
+
+ os->subsection_alignment = topower(
+ exp_get_value_int(subalign, -1,
+ "subsection alignment",
+ 0));
+ os->section_alignment = topower(
+ exp_get_value_int(align, -1,
+ "section alignment", 0));
+
+ os->load_base = ebase;
+}
+
+
+void
+lang_final ()
+{
+ lang_output_statement_type *new =
+ new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
+
+ new->name = output_filename;
+}
+
+/* Reset the current counters in the regions */
+static void
+reset_memory_regions ()
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
+
+ for (p = lang_memory_region_list;
+ p != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+ p = p->next)
+ {
+ p->old_length = (bfd_size_type) (p->current - p->origin);
+ p->current = p->origin;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_process ()
+{
+ lang_reasonable_defaults ();
+ current_target = default_target;
+
+ lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output); /* Open the output file */
+
+ ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
+
+ /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line */
+ lang_place_undefineds ();
+
+ /* Create a bfd for each input file */
+ current_target = default_target;
+ open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, false);
+
+ ldemul_after_open ();
+
+ /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
+ after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
+ other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
+ does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
+ link. */
+ lang_check ();
+
+ /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
+ files. */
+ ldctor_build_sets ();
+
+ /* Size up the common data */
+ lang_common ();
+
+ /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
+ to the correct output sections
+ */
+ map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, (char *) NULL,
+ (lang_output_section_statement_type *) NULL);
+
+
+ /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them */
+ lang_place_orphans ();
+
+ ldemul_before_allocation ();
+
+ /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
+ section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
+ lang_record_phdrs ();
+
+ /* Now run around and relax if we can */
+ if (command_line.relax)
+ {
+ /* First time round is a trial run to get the 'worst case'
+ addresses of the objects if there was no relaxing. */
+ lang_size_sections (statement_list.head,
+ abs_output_section,
+ &(statement_list.head), 0, (bfd_vma) 0, false);
+
+ /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
+ do
+ {
+ reset_memory_regions ();
+
+ relax_again = false;
+
+ /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
+ section sizes. */
+ lang_do_assignments (statement_list.head,
+ abs_output_section,
+ (fill_type) 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
+
+ /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
+ globals are, so can make better guess. */
+ lang_size_sections (statement_list.head,
+ abs_output_section,
+ &(statement_list.head), 0, (bfd_vma) 0, true);
+ }
+ while (relax_again);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Size up the sections. */
+ lang_size_sections (statement_list.head,
+ abs_output_section,
+ &(statement_list.head), 0, (bfd_vma) 0, false);
+ }
+
+ /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
+ everything is. */
+ ldemul_after_allocation ();
+
+ /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
+ lang_set_startof ();
+
+ /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final restingplaces
+ of all the symbols */
+
+ lang_do_assignments (statement_list.head,
+ abs_output_section,
+ (fill_type) 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
+
+ /* Final stuffs */
+
+ ldemul_finish ();
+ lang_finish ();
+}
+
+/* EXPORTED TO YACC */
+
+void
+lang_add_wild (section_name, filename)
+ CONST char *CONST section_name;
+ CONST char *CONST filename;
+{
+ lang_wild_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_wild_statement,
+ stat_ptr);
+
+ if (section_name != (char *) NULL && strcmp (section_name, "COMMON") == 0)
+ {
+ placed_commons = true;
+ }
+ if (filename != (char *) NULL)
+ {
+ lang_has_input_file = true;
+ }
+ new->section_name = section_name;
+ new->filename = filename;
+ lang_list_init (&new->children);
+}
+
+void
+lang_section_start (name, address)
+ CONST char *name;
+ etree_type * address;
+{
+ lang_address_statement_type *ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
+
+ ad->section_name = name;
+ ad->address = address;
+}
+
+/* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
+ because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
+ called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
+ precedence. */
+
+/* WINDOWS_NT. When an entry point has been specified, we will also force
+ this symbol to be defined by calling ldlang_add_undef (equivalent to
+ having switch -u entry_name on the command line). The reason we do
+ this is so that the user doesn't have to because they would have to use
+ the -u switch if they were specifying an entry point other than
+ _mainCRTStartup. Specifically, if creating a windows application, entry
+ point _WinMainCRTStartup must be specified.
+ What I have found for non console applications (entry not _mainCRTStartup)
+ is that the .obj that contains mainCRTStartup is brought in since it is
+ the first encountered in libc.lib and it has other symbols in it which will
+ be pulled in by the link process. To avoid this, adding -u with the entry
+ point name specified forces the correct .obj to be used. We can avoid
+ making the user do this by always adding the entry point name as an
+ undefined symbol. */
+
+void
+lang_add_entry (name, cmdline)
+ CONST char *name;
+ boolean cmdline;
+{
+ if (entry_symbol == NULL
+ || cmdline
+ || ! entry_from_cmdline)
+ {
+ entry_symbol = name;
+ entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
+ }
+#if 0
+ /* don't do this yet. It seems to work (the executables run), but the
+ image created is very different from what I was getting before indicating
+ that something else is being pulled in. When everything else is working,
+ then try to put this back in to see if it will do the right thing for
+ other more complicated applications */
+ ldlang_add_undef (name);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_target (name)
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ lang_target_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_target_statement,
+ stat_ptr);
+
+ new->target = name;
+
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_map (name)
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ while (*name)
+ {
+ switch (*name)
+ {
+ case 'F':
+ map_option_f = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ name++;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_fill (exp)
+ int exp;
+{
+ lang_fill_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_fill_statement,
+ stat_ptr);
+
+ new->fill = exp;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_data (type, exp)
+ int type;
+ union etree_union *exp;
+{
+
+ lang_data_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_data_statement,
+ stat_ptr);
+
+ new->exp = exp;
+ new->type = type;
+
+}
+
+/* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
+ generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
+ look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
+ section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
+ symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
+ NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
+
+void
+lang_add_reloc (reloc, howto, section, name, addend)
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+ reloc_howto_type *howto;
+ asection *section;
+ const char *name;
+ union etree_union *addend;
+{
+ lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
+
+ p->reloc = reloc;
+ p->howto = howto;
+ p->section = section;
+ p->name = name;
+ p->addend_exp = addend;
+
+ p->addend_value = 0;
+ p->output_section = NULL;
+ p->output_vma = 0;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_assignment (exp)
+ etree_type * exp;
+{
+ lang_assignment_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement,
+ stat_ptr);
+
+ new->exp = exp;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_attribute (attribute)
+ enum statement_enum attribute;
+{
+ new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_union_type), stat_ptr);
+}
+
+void
+lang_startup (name)
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ if (startup_file != (char *) NULL)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P%Fmultiple STARTUP files\n");
+ }
+ first_file->filename = name;
+ first_file->local_sym_name = name;
+ first_file->real = true;
+
+ startup_file = name;
+}
+
+void
+lang_float (maybe)
+ boolean maybe;
+{
+ lang_float_flag = maybe;
+}
+
+void
+lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, memspec, phdrs)
+ bfd_vma fill;
+ const char *memspec;
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs;
+{
+ current_section->fill = fill;
+ current_section->region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec);
+ current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
+ stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+}
+
+/*
+ Create an absolute symbol with the given name with the value of the
+ address of first byte of the section named.
+
+ If the symbol already exists, then do nothing.
+*/
+void
+lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of (secname, name)
+ const char *secname;
+ const char *name;
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, true, true);
+ if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+
+ if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+ {
+ asection *sec;
+
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+
+ sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, secname);
+ if (sec == (asection *) NULL)
+ h->u.def.value = 0;
+ else
+ h->u.def.value = bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, sec);
+
+ h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ Create an absolute symbol with the given name with the value of the
+ address of the first byte after the end of the section named.
+
+ If the symbol already exists, then do nothing.
+*/
+void
+lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of (secname, name)
+ const char *secname;
+ const char *name;
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, true, true);
+ if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+
+ if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+ {
+ asection *sec;
+
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+
+ sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, secname);
+ if (sec == (asection *) NULL)
+ h->u.def.value = 0;
+ else
+ h->u.def.value = (bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, sec)
+ + bfd_section_size (output_bfd, sec));
+
+ h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_statement_append (list, element, field)
+ lang_statement_list_type * list;
+ lang_statement_union_type * element;
+ lang_statement_union_type ** field;
+{
+ *(list->tail) = element;
+ list->tail = field;
+}
+
+/* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
+
+void
+lang_add_output_format (format, big, little, from_script)
+ const char *format;
+ const char *big;
+ const char *little;
+ int from_script;
+{
+ if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
+ {
+ if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
+ && big != NULL)
+ format = big;
+ else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
+ && little != NULL)
+ format = little;
+
+ output_target = format;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
+ stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
+
+void
+lang_enter_group ()
+{
+ lang_group_statement_type *g;
+
+ g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
+ lang_list_init (&g->children);
+ stat_ptr = &g->children;
+}
+
+/* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
+ regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
+ groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
+ but currently they can't. */
+
+void
+lang_leave_group ()
+{
+ stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+}
+
+/* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
+ command in a linker script. */
+
+void
+lang_new_phdr (name, type, filehdr, phdrs, at, flags)
+ const char *name;
+ etree_type *type;
+ boolean filehdr;
+ boolean phdrs;
+ etree_type *at;
+ etree_type *flags;
+{
+ struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
+
+ n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
+ n->next = NULL;
+ n->name = name;
+ n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type",
+ lang_final_phase_enum);
+ n->filehdr = filehdr;
+ n->phdrs = phdrs;
+ n->at = at;
+ n->flags = flags;
+
+ for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
+ ;
+ *pp = n;
+}
+
+/* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
+ should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
+
+static void
+lang_record_phdrs ()
+{
+ unsigned int alc;
+ asection **secs;
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
+ struct lang_phdr *l;
+ lang_statement_union_type *u;
+
+ alc = 10;
+ secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
+ last = NULL;
+ for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+ {
+ unsigned int c;
+ flagword flags;
+ bfd_vma at;
+
+ c = 0;
+ for (u = lang_output_section_statement.head;
+ u != NULL;
+ u = u->output_section_statement.next)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
+
+ os = &u->output_section_statement;
+
+ pl = os->phdrs;
+ if (pl != NULL)
+ last = pl;
+ else
+ {
+ if (os->sectype == noload_section
+ || os->bfd_section == NULL
+ || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+ continue;
+ pl = last;
+ }
+
+ if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
+ {
+ if (c >= alc)
+ {
+ alc *= 2;
+ secs = ((asection **)
+ xrealloc (secs, alc * sizeof (asection *)));
+ }
+ secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
+ ++c;
+ pl->used = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (l->flags == NULL)
+ flags = 0;
+ else
+ flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags",
+ lang_final_phase_enum);
+
+ if (l->at == NULL)
+ at = 0;
+ else
+ at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address",
+ lang_final_phase_enum);
+
+ if (! bfd_record_phdr (output_bfd, l->type,
+ l->flags == NULL ? false : true,
+ flags,
+ l->at == NULL ? false : true,
+ at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
+ einfo ("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n");
+ }
+
+ free (secs);
+
+ /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
+ for (u = lang_output_section_statement.head;
+ u != NULL;
+ u = u->output_section_statement.next)
+ {
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
+
+ if (u->output_section_statement.bfd_section == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ for (pl = u->output_section_statement.phdrs;
+ pl != NULL;
+ pl = pl->next)
+ if (! pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
+ einfo ("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n",
+ u->output_section_statement.name, pl->name);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
+
+void
+lang_add_nocrossref (l)
+ struct lang_nocrossref *l;
+{
+ struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
+
+ n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+ n->next = nocrossref_list;
+ n->list = l;
+ nocrossref_list = n;
+
+ /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
+ link_info.notice_all = true;
+}
+
+/* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
+
+/* The overlay virtual address. */
+static etree_type *overlay_vma;
+
+/* The overlay load address. */
+static etree_type *overlay_lma;
+
+/* Whether nocrossrefs is set for this overlay. */
+static int overlay_nocrossrefs;
+
+/* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
+static etree_type *overlay_max;
+
+/* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
+
+struct overlay_list
+{
+ struct overlay_list *next;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+};
+
+static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
+
+/* Start handling an overlay. */
+
+void
+lang_enter_overlay (vma_expr, lma_expr, nocrossrefs)
+ etree_type *vma_expr;
+ etree_type *lma_expr;
+ int nocrossrefs;
+{
+ /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
+ ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
+ && overlay_lma == NULL
+ && overlay_list == NULL
+ && overlay_max == NULL);
+
+ overlay_vma = vma_expr;
+ overlay_lma = lma_expr;
+ overlay_nocrossrefs = nocrossrefs;
+}
+
+/* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
+ lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA and LMA. */
+
+void
+lang_enter_overlay_section (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ struct overlay_list *n;
+ etree_type *size;
+
+ lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, normal_section,
+ 0, 0, 0, overlay_lma);
+
+ /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA and LMA of future
+ sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
+ used in the addresses. */
+ if (overlay_list == NULL)
+ {
+ overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
+ overlay_lma = exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name);
+ }
+
+ /* Remember the section. */
+ n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+ n->os = current_section;
+ n->next = overlay_list;
+ overlay_list = n;
+
+ size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
+
+ /* Adjust the LMA for the next section. */
+ overlay_lma = exp_binop ('+', overlay_lma, size);
+
+ /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
+ if (overlay_max == NULL)
+ overlay_max = size;
+ else
+ overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX, overlay_max, size);
+}
+
+/* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
+ here. */
+
+void
+lang_leave_overlay_section (fill, phdrs)
+ bfd_vma fill;
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs;
+{
+ const char *name;
+ char *clean, *s2;
+ const char *s1;
+ char *buf;
+
+ name = current_section->name;
+
+ lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, "*default*", phdrs);
+
+ /* Define the magic symbols. */
+
+ clean = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
+ s2 = clean;
+ for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
+ if (isalnum (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
+ *s2++ = *s1;
+ *s2 = '\0';
+
+ buf = xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
+ sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', buf,
+ exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name)));
+
+ buf = xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
+ sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', buf,
+ exp_binop ('+',
+ exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
+ exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name))));
+
+ free (clean);
+}
+
+/* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
+ looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
+
+void
+lang_leave_overlay (fill, memspec, phdrs)
+ bfd_vma fill;
+ const char *memspec;
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs;
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *region;
+ struct overlay_list *l;
+ struct lang_nocrossref *nocrossref;
+
+ if (memspec == NULL)
+ region = NULL;
+ else
+ region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec);
+
+ nocrossref = NULL;
+
+ l = overlay_list;
+ while (l != NULL)
+ {
+ struct overlay_list *next;
+
+ if (fill != 0 && l->os->fill == 0)
+ l->os->fill = fill;
+ if (region != NULL && l->os->region == NULL)
+ l->os->region = region;
+ if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
+ l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
+
+ if (overlay_nocrossrefs)
+ {
+ struct lang_nocrossref *nc;
+
+ nc = (struct lang_nocrossref *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
+ nc->name = l->os->name;
+ nc->next = nocrossref;
+ nocrossref = nc;
+ }
+
+ next = l->next;
+ free (l);
+ l = next;
+ }
+
+ if (nocrossref != NULL)
+ lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
+
+ /* Update . for the end of the overlay. */
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', ".",
+ exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max)));
+
+ overlay_vma = NULL;
+ overlay_lma = NULL;
+ overlay_nocrossrefs = 0;
+ overlay_list = NULL;
+ overlay_max = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
+
+/* This global variable holds the version tree that we build. */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_tree *lang_elf_version_info;
+
+/* This is called for each variable name or match expression. */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
+lang_new_vers_regex (orig, new)
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig;
+ const char *new;
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
+
+ ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+ ret->next = orig;
+ ret->match = new;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This is called for each set of variable names and match
+ expressions. */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
+lang_new_vers_node (globals, locals)
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals;
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
+
+ ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+ ret->next = NULL;
+ ret->name = NULL;
+ ret->vernum = 0;
+ ret->globals = globals;
+ ret->locals = locals;
+ ret->deps = NULL;
+ ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
+ ret->used = 0;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
+
+static int version_index;
+
+/* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
+ version. */
+
+void
+lang_register_vers_node (name, version, deps)
+ const char *name;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps;
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
+
+ /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
+ for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+ if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
+ einfo ("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n", name);
+
+ /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
+ aren't any duplicates. */
+
+ for (e1 = version->globals; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
+ {
+ for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
+
+ for (e2 = t->globals; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+ if (strcmp (e1->match, e2->match) == 0)
+ einfo ("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s' in version information\n",
+ e1->match);
+
+ for (e2 = t->locals; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+ if (strcmp (e1->match, e2->match) == 0)
+ einfo ("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s' in version information\n",
+ e1->match);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (e1 = version->locals; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
+ {
+ for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
+
+ for (e2 = t->globals; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+ if (strcmp (e1->match, e2->match) == 0)
+ einfo ("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s' in version information\n",
+ e1->match);
+
+ for (e2 = t->locals; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+ if (strcmp (e1->match, e2->match) == 0)
+ einfo ("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s' in version information\n",
+ e1->match);
+ }
+ }
+
+ version->deps = deps;
+ version->name = name;
+ ++version_index;
+ version->vernum = version_index;
+
+ for (pp = &lang_elf_version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
+ ;
+ *pp = version;
+}
+
+/* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
+lang_add_vers_depend (list, name)
+ struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list;
+ const char *name;
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
+
+ ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+ ret->next = list;
+
+ for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
+ {
+ ret->version_needed = t;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ einfo ("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n", name);
+
+ return ret;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..492351d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.h
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/* ldlang.h - linker command language support
+ Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+ 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef LDLANG_H
+#define LDLANG_H
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+ lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum,
+ lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
+ lang_input_file_is_fake_enum,
+ lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+ lang_input_file_is_file_enum
+} lang_input_file_enum_type;
+
+typedef unsigned int fill_type;
+typedef struct statement_list
+{
+ union lang_statement_union *head;
+ union lang_statement_union **tail;
+} lang_statement_list_type;
+
+
+typedef struct memory_region_struct
+{
+ char *name;
+ struct memory_region_struct *next;
+ bfd_vma origin;
+ bfd_size_type length;
+ bfd_vma current;
+ bfd_size_type old_length;
+ int flags;
+ boolean had_full_message;
+} lang_memory_region_type ;
+
+typedef struct lang_statement_header_struct
+{
+ union lang_statement_union *next;
+ enum statement_enum
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_enum,
+ lang_assignment_statement_enum,
+ lang_input_statement_enum,
+ lang_address_statement_enum,
+ lang_wild_statement_enum,
+ lang_input_section_enum,
+ lang_object_symbols_statement_enum,
+ lang_fill_statement_enum,
+ lang_data_statement_enum,
+ lang_reloc_statement_enum,
+ lang_target_statement_enum,
+ lang_output_statement_enum,
+ lang_padding_statement_enum,
+ lang_group_statement_enum,
+
+ lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_enum,
+ lang_constructors_statement_enum
+ } type;
+} lang_statement_header_type;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ union etree_union *exp;
+} lang_assignment_statement_type;
+
+
+typedef struct lang_target_statement_struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ const char *target;
+} lang_target_statement_type;
+
+
+typedef struct lang_output_statement_struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ const char *name;
+} lang_output_statement_type;
+
+/* Section types specified in a linker script. */
+
+enum section_type
+{
+ normal_section,
+ dsect_section,
+ copy_section,
+ noload_section,
+ info_section,
+ overlay_section
+};
+
+/* This structure holds a list of program headers describing segments
+ in which this section should be placed. */
+
+struct lang_output_section_phdr_list
+{
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *next;
+ const char *name;
+ boolean used;
+};
+
+typedef struct lang_output_section_statement_struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ union etree_union *addr_tree;
+ lang_statement_list_type children;
+ const char *memspec;
+ union lang_statement_union *next;
+ const char *name;
+
+ boolean processed;
+
+ asection *bfd_section;
+ int flags; /* Or together of all input sections */
+ enum section_type sectype;
+ struct memory_region_struct *region;
+ size_t block_value;
+ fill_type fill;
+
+ int subsection_alignment; /* alignment of components */
+ int section_alignment; /* alignment of start of section */
+
+ union etree_union *load_base;
+
+ struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs;
+} lang_output_section_statement_type;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+} lang_common_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+} lang_object_symbols_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ fill_type fill;
+ int size;
+ asection *output_section;
+} lang_fill_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ unsigned int type;
+ union etree_union *exp;
+ bfd_vma value;
+ asection *output_section;
+ bfd_vma output_vma;
+} lang_data_statement_type;
+
+/* Generate a reloc in the output file. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+
+ /* Reloc to generate. */
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+
+ /* Reloc howto structure. */
+ reloc_howto_type *howto;
+
+ /* Section to generate reloc against. Exactly one of section and
+ name must be NULL. */
+ asection *section;
+
+ /* Name of symbol to generate reloc against. Exactly one of section
+ and name must be NULL. */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /* Expression for addend. */
+ union etree_union *addend_exp;
+
+ /* Resolved addend. */
+ bfd_vma addend_value;
+
+ /* Output section where reloc should be performed. */
+ asection *output_section;
+
+ /* VMA within output section. */
+ bfd_vma output_vma;
+} lang_reloc_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct lang_input_statement_struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ /* Name of this file. */
+ const char *filename;
+ /* Name to use for the symbol giving address of text start */
+ /* Usually the same as filename, but for a file spec'd with -l
+ this is the -l switch itself rather than the filename. */
+ const char *local_sym_name;
+
+ bfd *the_bfd;
+
+ boolean closed;
+ file_ptr passive_position;
+
+ /* Symbol table of the file. */
+ asymbol **asymbols;
+ unsigned int symbol_count;
+
+ /* Point to the next file - whatever it is, wanders up and down
+ archives */
+
+ union lang_statement_union *next;
+ /* Point to the next file, but skips archive contents */
+ union lang_statement_union *next_real_file;
+
+ boolean is_archive;
+
+ /* 1 means search a set of directories for this file. */
+ boolean search_dirs_flag;
+
+ /* 1 means this is base file of incremental load.
+ Do not load this file's text or data.
+ Also default text_start to after this file's bss. */
+
+ boolean just_syms_flag;
+
+ /* Whether to search for this entry as a dynamic archive. */
+ boolean dynamic;
+
+ /* Whether to include the entire contents of an archive. */
+ boolean whole_archive;
+
+ boolean loaded;
+
+ /* unsigned int globals_in_this_file;*/
+ const char *target;
+ boolean real;
+} lang_input_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ asection *section;
+ lang_input_statement_type *ifile;
+
+} lang_input_section_type;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ asection *section;
+ union lang_statement_union *file;
+} lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct lang_wild_statement_struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ const char *section_name;
+ const char *filename;
+ lang_statement_list_type children;
+} lang_wild_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct lang_address_statement_struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ const char *section_name;
+ union etree_union *address;
+} lang_address_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ bfd_vma output_offset;
+ size_t size;
+ asection *output_section;
+ fill_type fill;
+} lang_padding_statement_type;
+
+/* A group statement collects a set of libraries together. The
+ libraries are searched multiple times, until no new undefined
+ symbols are found. The effect is to search a group of libraries as
+ though they were a single library. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ lang_statement_list_type children;
+} lang_group_statement_type;
+
+typedef union lang_statement_union
+{
+ lang_statement_header_type header;
+ union lang_statement_union *next;
+ lang_wild_statement_type wild_statement;
+ lang_data_statement_type data_statement;
+ lang_reloc_statement_type reloc_statement;
+ lang_address_statement_type address_statement;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type output_section_statement;
+ lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_type afile_asection_pair_statement;
+ lang_assignment_statement_type assignment_statement;
+ lang_input_statement_type input_statement;
+ lang_target_statement_type target_statement;
+ lang_output_statement_type output_statement;
+ lang_input_section_type input_section;
+ lang_common_statement_type common_statement;
+ lang_object_symbols_statement_type object_symbols_statement;
+ lang_fill_statement_type fill_statement;
+ lang_padding_statement_type padding_statement;
+ lang_group_statement_type group_statement;
+} lang_statement_union_type;
+
+/* This structure holds information about a program header, from the
+ PHDRS command in the linker script. */
+
+struct lang_phdr
+{
+ struct lang_phdr *next;
+ const char *name;
+ unsigned long type;
+ boolean filehdr;
+ boolean phdrs;
+ etree_type *at;
+ etree_type *flags;
+};
+
+/* This structure is used to hold a list of sections which may not
+ cross reference each other. */
+
+struct lang_nocrossref
+{
+ struct lang_nocrossref *next;
+ const char *name;
+};
+
+/* The list of nocrossref lists. */
+
+struct lang_nocrossrefs
+{
+ struct lang_nocrossrefs *next;
+ struct lang_nocrossref *list;
+};
+
+extern struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
+
+extern lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
+extern boolean lang_has_input_file;
+extern etree_type *base;
+extern lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr;
+extern boolean delete_output_file_on_failure;
+
+extern const char *entry_symbol;
+extern boolean entry_from_cmdline;
+
+extern void lang_init PARAMS ((void));
+extern struct memory_region_struct *lang_memory_region_lookup
+ PARAMS ((const char *const));
+extern void lang_map PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lang_set_flags PARAMS ((int *, const char *));
+extern void lang_add_output PARAMS ((const char *, int from_script));
+extern void lang_enter_output_section_statement
+ PARAMS ((const char *output_section_statement_name,
+ etree_type * address_exp,
+ enum section_type sectype,
+ bfd_vma block_value,
+ etree_type *align,
+ etree_type *subalign,
+ etree_type *));
+extern void lang_final PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lang_process PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lang_section_start PARAMS ((const char *, union etree_union *));
+extern void lang_add_entry PARAMS ((const char *, boolean));
+extern void lang_add_target PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void lang_add_wild PARAMS ((const char *const , const char *const));
+extern void lang_add_map PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void lang_add_fill PARAMS ((int));
+extern void lang_add_assignment PARAMS ((union etree_union *));
+extern void lang_add_attribute PARAMS ((enum statement_enum));
+extern void lang_startup PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void lang_float PARAMS ((enum bfd_boolean));
+extern void lang_leave_output_section_statement
+ PARAMS ((bfd_vma, const char *, struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *));
+extern void lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+extern void lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of PARAMS ((const char *,
+ const char *));
+extern void lang_statement_append PARAMS ((struct statement_list *,
+ union lang_statement_union *,
+ union lang_statement_union **));
+extern void lang_for_each_input_file
+ PARAMS ((void (*dothis) (lang_input_statement_type *)));
+extern void lang_for_each_file
+ PARAMS ((void (*dothis) (lang_input_statement_type *)));
+extern bfd_vma lang_do_assignments
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type * s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
+ fill_type fill,
+ bfd_vma dot));
+
+#define LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT(statement) \
+ extern lang_statement_list_type file_chain; \
+ lang_input_statement_type *statement; \
+ for (statement = (lang_input_statement_type *)file_chain.head;\
+ statement != (lang_input_statement_type *)NULL; \
+ statement = (lang_input_statement_type *)statement->next)\
+
+extern void lang_process PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlang_add_file PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+extern lang_output_section_statement_type *lang_output_section_find
+ PARAMS ((const char * const));
+extern lang_input_statement_type *lang_add_input_file
+ PARAMS ((const char *name, lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
+ const char *target));
+extern void lang_add_keepsyms_file PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+extern lang_output_section_statement_type *
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup PARAMS ((const char * const name));
+extern void ldlang_add_undef PARAMS ((const char *const name));
+extern void lang_add_output_format PARAMS ((const char *, const char *,
+ const char *, int from_script));
+extern void lang_list_init PARAMS ((lang_statement_list_type*));
+extern void lang_add_data PARAMS ((int type, union etree_union *));
+extern void lang_add_reloc
+ PARAMS ((bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc, reloc_howto_type *howto,
+ asection *section, const char *name, union etree_union *addend));
+extern void lang_for_each_statement
+ PARAMS ((void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *)));
+extern PTR stat_alloc PARAMS ((size_t size));
+extern void dprint_statement PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *, int));
+extern bfd_vma lang_size_sections
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
+ lang_statement_union_type **prev, fill_type fill,
+ bfd_vma dot, boolean relax));
+extern void lang_enter_group PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lang_leave_group PARAMS ((void));
+extern void wild_doit
+ PARAMS ((lang_statement_list_type *ptr, asection *section,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file));
+extern void lang_new_phdr
+ PARAMS ((const char *, etree_type *, boolean, boolean, etree_type *,
+ etree_type *));
+extern void lang_add_nocrossref PARAMS ((struct lang_nocrossref *));
+extern void lang_enter_overlay PARAMS ((etree_type *, etree_type *, int));
+extern void lang_enter_overlay_section PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void lang_leave_overlay_section
+ PARAMS ((bfd_vma, struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *));
+extern void lang_leave_overlay
+ PARAMS ((bfd_vma, const char *, struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *));
+
+extern struct bfd_elf_version_tree *lang_elf_version_info;
+
+extern struct bfd_elf_version_expr *lang_new_vers_regex
+ PARAMS ((struct bfd_elf_version_expr *, const char *));
+extern struct bfd_elf_version_tree *lang_new_vers_node
+ PARAMS ((struct bfd_elf_version_expr *, struct bfd_elf_version_expr *));
+extern struct bfd_elf_version_deps *lang_add_vers_depend
+ PARAMS ((struct bfd_elf_version_deps *, const char *));
+extern void lang_register_vers_node
+ PARAMS ((const char *, struct bfd_elf_version_tree *,
+ struct bfd_elf_version_deps *));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f824ec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* ldlex.h -
+ Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef LDLEX_H
+#define LDLEX_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* The initial parser states. */
+typedef enum input_enum {
+ input_selected, /* We've set the initial state. */
+ input_script,
+ input_mri_script,
+ input_version_script,
+ input_defsym
+} input_type;
+
+extern input_type parser_input;
+
+extern int hex_mode;
+extern unsigned int lineno;
+extern const char *lex_string;
+
+/* In ldlex.l. */
+extern int yylex PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lex_push_file PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *));
+extern void lex_redirect PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void ldlex_script PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_mri_script PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_version_script PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_version_file PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_defsym PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_expression PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_both PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_command PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_popstate PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* In lexsup.c. */
+extern int lex_input PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lex_unput PARAMS ((int));
+#ifndef yywrap
+extern int yywrap PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+extern void parse_args PARAMS ((int, char **));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.l b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.l
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60089c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.l
@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
+%{
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/*
+This was written by steve chamberlain
+ sac@cygnus.com
+*/
+
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifdef MPW
+/* Prevent enum redefinition problems. */
+#define TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#endif /* MPW */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+
+/* The type of top-level parser input.
+ yylex and yyparse (indirectly) both check this. */
+input_type parser_input;
+
+/* Radix to use for bfd_scan_vma -- 0 (default to base 10) or 16. */
+int hex_mode;
+
+/* Line number in the current input file.
+ (FIXME Actually, it doesn't appear to get reset for each file?) */
+unsigned int lineno = 1;
+
+/* The string we are currently lexing, or NULL if we are reading a
+ file. */
+const char *lex_string = NULL;
+
+/* Support for flex reading from more than one input file (stream).
+ `include_stack' is flex's input state for each open file;
+ `file_name_stack' is the file names. `lineno_stack' is the current
+ line numbers.
+
+ If `include_stack_ptr' is 0, we haven't started reading anything yet.
+ Otherwise, stack elements 0 through `include_stack_ptr - 1' are valid. */
+
+#undef YY_INPUT
+#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) yy_input(buf, &result, max_size)
+
+#define MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH 10
+static YY_BUFFER_STATE include_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+static const char *file_name_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+static unsigned int lineno_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+static unsigned int include_stack_ptr = 0;
+
+static YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_string_buffer PARAMS ((const char *string,
+ size_t size));
+static void yy_input PARAMS ((char *, int *result, int max_size));
+
+static void comment PARAMS ((void));
+static void lex_warn_invalid PARAMS ((char *where, char *what));
+
+/* STATES
+ EXPRESSION definitely in an expression
+ SCRIPT definitely in a script
+ BOTH either EXPRESSION or SCRIPT
+ DEFSYMEXP in an argument to -defsym
+ MRI in an MRI script
+ VERS_START starting a Sun style mapfile
+ VERS_SCRIPT a Sun style mapfile
+ VERS_NODE a node within a Sun style mapfile
+*/
+#define RTOKEN(x) { yylval.token = x; return x; }
+
+/* Some versions of flex want this. */
+#ifndef yywrap
+int yywrap () { return 1; }
+#endif
+%}
+
+%a 4000
+%o 5000
+
+CMDFILENAMECHAR [_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\\_\+\$\:\[\]\\\,\=\&\!\<\>\-\~]
+CMDFILENAMECHAR1 [_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\\_\+\$\:\[\]\\\,\=\&\!\<\>\~]
+FILENAMECHAR1 [_a-zA-Z\/\.\\\$\_\~]
+SYMBOLCHARN [_a-zA-Z\/\.\\\$\_\~0-9]
+FILENAMECHAR [_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\-\_\+\=\$\:\[\]\\\,\~]
+WILDCHAR [_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\-\_\+\=\$\:\[\]\\\,\~\?\*]
+WHITE [ \t\n\r]+
+
+NOCFILENAMECHAR [_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\-\_\+\$\:\[\]\\\~]
+
+V_TAG [.$_a-zA-Z][._a-zA-Z0-9]*
+V_IDENTIFIER [*?$_a-zA-Z][*?_a-zA-Z0-9]*
+
+%s SCRIPT
+%s EXPRESSION
+%s BOTH
+%s DEFSYMEXP
+%s MRI
+%s VERS_START
+%s VERS_SCRIPT
+%s VERS_NODE
+%%
+
+ if (parser_input != input_selected)
+ {
+ /* The first token of the input determines the initial parser state. */
+ input_type t = parser_input;
+ parser_input = input_selected;
+ switch (t)
+ {
+ case input_script: return INPUT_SCRIPT; break;
+ case input_mri_script: return INPUT_MRI_SCRIPT; break;
+ case input_version_script: return INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT; break;
+ case input_defsym: return INPUT_DEFSYM; break;
+ default: abort ();
+ }
+ }
+
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"/*" { comment(); }
+
+
+<DEFSYMEXP>"-" { RTOKEN('-');}
+<DEFSYMEXP>"+" { RTOKEN('+');}
+<DEFSYMEXP>{FILENAMECHAR1}{SYMBOLCHARN}* { yylval.name = buystring(yytext); return NAME; }
+<DEFSYMEXP>"=" { RTOKEN('='); }
+
+<MRI,EXPRESSION>"$"([0-9A-Fa-f])+ {
+ yylval.integer = bfd_scan_vma (yytext+1, 0,16);
+ return INT;
+ }
+
+<MRI,EXPRESSION>([0-9A-Fa-f])+(H|h|X|x|B|b|O|o|D|d) {
+ int ibase ;
+ switch (yytext[yyleng-1]) {
+ case 'X':
+ case 'x':
+ case 'H':
+ case 'h':
+ ibase = 16;
+ break;
+ case 'O':
+ case 'o':
+ ibase = 8;
+ break;
+ case 'B':
+ case 'b':
+ ibase = 2;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ibase = 10;
+ }
+ yylval.integer = bfd_scan_vma (yytext, 0,
+ ibase);
+ return INT;
+ }
+<SCRIPT,DEFSYMEXP,MRI,BOTH,EXPRESSION>"$"?"0x"?([0-9A-Fa-f])+(M|K|m|k)? {
+ yylval.integer = bfd_scan_vma (yytext, 0,
+ hex_mode);
+ if (yytext[yyleng-1]=='M'
+ || yytext[yyleng-1] == 'm') {
+ yylval.integer *= 1024*1024;
+ }
+ if (yytext[yyleng-1]=='K'
+ || yytext[yyleng-1]=='k') {
+ yylval.integer *= 1024;
+ }
+ return INT;
+ }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"]" { RTOKEN(']');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"[" { RTOKEN('[');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"<<=" { RTOKEN(LSHIFTEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>">>=" { RTOKEN(RSHIFTEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"||" { RTOKEN(OROR);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"==" { RTOKEN(EQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"!=" { RTOKEN(NE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>">=" { RTOKEN(GE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"<=" { RTOKEN(LE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"<<" { RTOKEN(LSHIFT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>">>" { RTOKEN(RSHIFT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"+=" { RTOKEN(PLUSEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"-=" { RTOKEN(MINUSEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"*=" { RTOKEN(MULTEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"/=" { RTOKEN(DIVEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"&=" { RTOKEN(ANDEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"|=" { RTOKEN(OREQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"&&" { RTOKEN(ANDAND);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>">" { RTOKEN('>');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"," { RTOKEN(',');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"&" { RTOKEN('&');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"|" { RTOKEN('|');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"~" { RTOKEN('~');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"!" { RTOKEN('!');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"?" { RTOKEN('?');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"*" { RTOKEN('*');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"+" { RTOKEN('+');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"-" { RTOKEN('-');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"/" { RTOKEN('/');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"%" { RTOKEN('%');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"<" { RTOKEN('<');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"=" { RTOKEN('=');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"}" { RTOKEN('}') ; }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"{" { RTOKEN('{'); }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>")" { RTOKEN(')');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"(" { RTOKEN('(');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>":" { RTOKEN(':'); }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>";" { RTOKEN(';');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"MEMORY" { RTOKEN(MEMORY);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"ORIGIN" { RTOKEN(ORIGIN);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"VERSION" { RTOKEN(VERSION);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"BLOCK" { RTOKEN(BLOCK);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"BIND" { RTOKEN(BIND);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"LENGTH" { RTOKEN(LENGTH);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"ALIGN" { RTOKEN(ALIGN_K);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"ADDR" { RTOKEN(ADDR);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"LOADADDR" { RTOKEN(LOADADDR);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH>"MAX" { RTOKEN(MAX); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH>"MIN" { RTOKEN(MIN); }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"ENTRY" { RTOKEN(ENTRY);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"NEXT" { RTOKEN(NEXT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"sizeof_headers" { RTOKEN(SIZEOF_HEADERS);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"SIZEOF_HEADERS" { RTOKEN(SIZEOF_HEADERS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"MAP" { RTOKEN(MAP);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"SIZEOF" { RTOKEN(SIZEOF);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"TARGET" { RTOKEN(TARGET_K);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"SEARCH_DIR" { RTOKEN(SEARCH_DIR);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"OUTPUT" { RTOKEN(OUTPUT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"INPUT" { RTOKEN(INPUT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"GROUP" { RTOKEN(GROUP);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"DEFINED" { RTOKEN(DEFINED);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS" { RTOKEN(CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"CONSTRUCTORS" { RTOKEN( CONSTRUCTORS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION" { RTOKEN(FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"SECTIONS" { RTOKEN(SECTIONS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"FILL" { RTOKEN(FILL);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"STARTUP" { RTOKEN(STARTUP);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"OUTPUT_FORMAT" { RTOKEN(OUTPUT_FORMAT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"OUTPUT_ARCH" { RTOKEN( OUTPUT_ARCH);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"HLL" { RTOKEN(HLL);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"SYSLIB" { RTOKEN(SYSLIB);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"FLOAT" { RTOKEN(FLOAT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"QUAD" { RTOKEN( QUAD);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"LONG" { RTOKEN( LONG);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"SHORT" { RTOKEN( SHORT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"BYTE" { RTOKEN( BYTE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"NOFLOAT" { RTOKEN(NOFLOAT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"NOCROSSREFS" { RTOKEN(NOCROSSREFS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"OVERLAY" { RTOKEN(OVERLAY); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"NOLOAD" { RTOKEN(NOLOAD);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"DSECT" { RTOKEN(DSECT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"COPY" { RTOKEN(COPY);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"INFO" { RTOKEN(INFO);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"OVERLAY" { RTOKEN(OVERLAY);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"o" { RTOKEN(ORIGIN);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"org" { RTOKEN(ORIGIN);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"l" { RTOKEN( LENGTH);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"len" { RTOKEN( LENGTH);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"INCLUDE" { RTOKEN(INCLUDE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"PHDRS" { RTOKEN (PHDRS); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"AT" { RTOKEN(AT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"PROVIDE" { RTOKEN(PROVIDE); }
+<MRI>"#".*\n?\r? { ++ lineno; }
+<MRI>"\n" { ++ lineno; RTOKEN(NEWLINE); }
+<MRI>"\r" { ++ lineno; RTOKEN(NEWLINE); }
+<MRI>"*".* { /* Mri comment line */ }
+<MRI>";".* { /* Mri comment line */ }
+<MRI>"END" { RTOKEN(ENDWORD); }
+<MRI>"ALIGNMOD" { RTOKEN(ALIGNMOD);}
+<MRI>"ALIGN" { RTOKEN(ALIGN_K);}
+<MRI>"CHIP" { RTOKEN(CHIP); }
+<MRI>"BASE" { RTOKEN(BASE); }
+<MRI>"ALIAS" { RTOKEN(ALIAS); }
+<MRI>"TRUNCATE" { RTOKEN(TRUNCATE); }
+<MRI>"LOAD" { RTOKEN(LOAD); }
+<MRI>"PUBLIC" { RTOKEN(PUBLIC); }
+<MRI>"ORDER" { RTOKEN(ORDER); }
+<MRI>"NAME" { RTOKEN(NAMEWORD); }
+<MRI>"FORMAT" { RTOKEN(FORMAT); }
+<MRI>"CASE" { RTOKEN(CASE); }
+<MRI>"EXTERN" { RTOKEN(EXTERN); }
+<MRI>"START" { RTOKEN(START); }
+<MRI>"LIST".* { RTOKEN(LIST); /* LIST and ignore to end of line */ }
+<MRI>"SECT" { RTOKEN(SECT); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT,MRI>"ABSOLUTE" { RTOKEN(ABSOLUTE); }
+<MRI>"end" { RTOKEN(ENDWORD); }
+<MRI>"alignmod" { RTOKEN(ALIGNMOD);}
+<MRI>"align" { RTOKEN(ALIGN_K);}
+<MRI>"chip" { RTOKEN(CHIP); }
+<MRI>"base" { RTOKEN(BASE); }
+<MRI>"alias" { RTOKEN(ALIAS); }
+<MRI>"truncate" { RTOKEN(TRUNCATE); }
+<MRI>"load" { RTOKEN(LOAD); }
+<MRI>"public" { RTOKEN(PUBLIC); }
+<MRI>"order" { RTOKEN(ORDER); }
+<MRI>"name" { RTOKEN(NAMEWORD); }
+<MRI>"format" { RTOKEN(FORMAT); }
+<MRI>"case" { RTOKEN(CASE); }
+<MRI>"extern" { RTOKEN(EXTERN); }
+<MRI>"start" { RTOKEN(START); }
+<MRI>"list".* { RTOKEN(LIST); /* LIST and ignore to end of line */ }
+<MRI>"sect" { RTOKEN(SECT); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT,MRI>"absolute" { RTOKEN(ABSOLUTE); }
+
+<MRI>{FILENAMECHAR1}{NOCFILENAMECHAR}* {
+/* Filename without commas, needed to parse mri stuff */
+ yylval.name = buystring(yytext);
+ return NAME;
+ }
+
+
+<BOTH,EXPRESSION>{FILENAMECHAR1}{FILENAMECHAR}* {
+ yylval.name = buystring(yytext);
+ return NAME;
+ }
+<BOTH,EXPRESSION>"-l"{FILENAMECHAR}+ {
+ yylval.name = buystring (yytext + 2);
+ return LNAME;
+ }
+<SCRIPT>{WILDCHAR}* { yylval.name = buystring(yytext); return NAME; }
+
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"\""[^\"]*"\"" {
+ /* No matter the state, quotes
+ give what's inside */
+ yylval.name = buystring(yytext+1);
+ yylval.name[yyleng-2] = 0;
+ return NAME;
+ }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"\n" { lineno++;}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"\r" { lineno++;}
+<MRI,BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>[ \t]
+
+<VERS_NODE,VERS_SCRIPT>[:,;] { return *yytext; }
+
+<VERS_NODE>global { RTOKEN(GLOBAL); }
+
+<VERS_NODE>local { RTOKEN(LOCAL); }
+
+<VERS_NODE>{V_IDENTIFIER} { yylval.name = buystring (yytext);
+ return VERS_IDENTIFIER; }
+
+<VERS_SCRIPT>{V_TAG} { yylval.name = buystring (yytext);
+ return VERS_TAG; }
+
+<VERS_START>"{" { BEGIN(VERS_SCRIPT); return *yytext; }
+
+<VERS_SCRIPT>"{" { BEGIN(VERS_NODE); return *yytext; }
+<VERS_SCRIPT,VERS_NODE>"}" { BEGIN(VERS_SCRIPT); return *yytext; }
+
+<VERS_START,VERS_NODE,VERS_SCRIPT>[\n\r] { lineno++; }
+
+<VERS_START,VERS_NODE,VERS_SCRIPT>#.* { /* Eat up comments */ }
+
+<VERS_START,VERS_NODE,VERS_SCRIPT>[ \t]+ { /* Eat up whitespace */ }
+
+<<EOF>> {
+ include_stack_ptr--;
+
+ if (include_stack_ptr == 0)
+ {
+ yyterminate();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(include_stack[include_stack_ptr]);
+
+ }
+ BEGIN(SCRIPT);
+ ldfile_input_filename = file_name_stack[include_stack_ptr - 1];
+ lineno = lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr - 1];
+
+ return END;
+}
+
+<SCRIPT,MRI,VERS_START,VERS_SCRIPT,VERS_NODE>. lex_warn_invalid(" in script", yytext);
+<EXPRESSION,DEFSYMEXP,BOTH>. lex_warn_invalid(" in expression", yytext);
+
+%%
+
+
+/* Switch flex to reading script file NAME, open on FILE,
+ saving the current input info on the include stack. */
+
+void
+lex_push_file (file, name)
+ FILE *file;
+ const char *name;
+{
+ if (include_stack_ptr >= MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH)
+ {
+ einfo("%F:includes nested too deeply\n");
+ }
+ file_name_stack[include_stack_ptr] = name;
+ lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr] = 1;
+ include_stack[include_stack_ptr] = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER;
+
+ include_stack_ptr++;
+ yyin = file;
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(yy_create_buffer(yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE));
+ BEGIN (SCRIPT);
+}
+
+/* Return a newly created flex input buffer containing STRING,
+ which is SIZE bytes long. */
+
+static YY_BUFFER_STATE
+yy_create_string_buffer (string, size)
+ CONST char *string;
+ size_t size;
+{
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE b;
+
+ /* Calls to m-alloc get turned by sed into xm-alloc. */
+ b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) malloc (sizeof (struct yy_buffer_state));
+ b->yy_input_file = 0;
+ b->yy_buf_size = size;
+
+ /* yy_ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because
+ we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters. */
+ b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) malloc ((unsigned) (b->yy_buf_size + 3));
+
+ b->yy_ch_buf[0] = '\n';
+ strcpy (b->yy_ch_buf+1, string);
+ b->yy_ch_buf[size+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+ b->yy_ch_buf[size+2] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+ b->yy_n_chars = size+1;
+ b->yy_buf_pos = &b->yy_ch_buf[1];
+
+ /* flex 2.4.7 changed the interface. FIXME: We should not be using
+ a flex internal interface in the first place! */
+#ifdef YY_BUFFER_NEW
+ b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW;
+#else
+ b->yy_eof_status = EOF_NOT_SEEN;
+#endif
+
+ return b;
+}
+
+/* Switch flex to reading from STRING, saving the current input info
+ on the include stack. */
+
+void
+lex_redirect (string)
+ CONST char *string;
+{
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE tmp;
+
+ yy_init = 0;
+ if (include_stack_ptr >= MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH)
+ {
+ einfo("%F: macros nested too deeply\n");
+ }
+ file_name_stack[include_stack_ptr] = "redirect";
+ lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr] = 0;
+ include_stack[include_stack_ptr] = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER;
+ include_stack_ptr++;
+ tmp = yy_create_string_buffer (string, strlen (string));
+ yy_switch_to_buffer (tmp);
+ BEGIN (SCRIPT);
+}
+
+/* Functions to switch to a different flex start condition,
+ saving the current start condition on `state_stack'. */
+
+static int state_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH * 2];
+static int *state_stack_p = state_stack;
+
+void
+ldlex_script ()
+{
+ *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+ BEGIN (SCRIPT);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_mri_script ()
+{
+ *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+ BEGIN (MRI);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_version_script ()
+{
+ *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+ BEGIN (VERS_START);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_version_file ()
+{
+ *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+ BEGIN (VERS_SCRIPT);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_defsym ()
+{
+ *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+ BEGIN (DEFSYMEXP);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_expression ()
+{
+ *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+ BEGIN (EXPRESSION);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_both ()
+{
+ *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+ BEGIN (BOTH);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_popstate ()
+{
+ yy_start = *(--state_stack_p);
+}
+
+
+/* Place up to MAX_SIZE characters in BUF and return in *RESULT
+ either the number of characters read, or 0 to indicate EOF. */
+
+static void
+yy_input (buf, result, max_size)
+ char *buf;
+ int *result;
+ int max_size;
+{
+ *result = 0;
+ if (yy_current_buffer->yy_input_file)
+ {
+ if (yyin)
+ {
+ *result = read (fileno (yyin), (char *) buf, max_size);
+ if (*result < 0)
+ einfo ("%F%P: read in flex scanner failed");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Eat the rest of a C-style comment. */
+
+static void
+comment ()
+{
+ int c;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ c = input();
+ while (c != '*' && c != EOF)
+ {
+ if (c == '\n' || c == '\r')
+ lineno++;
+ c = input();
+ }
+
+ if (c == '*')
+ {
+ c = input();
+ while (c == '*')
+ c = input();
+ if (c == '/')
+ break; /* found the end */
+ }
+
+ if (c == '\n' || c == '\r')
+ lineno++;
+
+ if (c == EOF)
+ {
+ einfo( "%F%P: EOF in comment\n");
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Warn the user about a garbage character WHAT in the input
+ in context WHERE. */
+
+static void
+lex_warn_invalid (where, what)
+ char *where, *what;
+{
+ char buf[5];
+
+ /* If we have found an input file whose format we do not recognize,
+ and we are therefore treating it as a linker script, and we find
+ an invalid character, then most likely this is a real object file
+ of some different format. Treat it as such. */
+ if (ldfile_assumed_script)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_not_recognized);
+ einfo ("%F%s: file not recognized: %E\n", ldfile_input_filename);
+ }
+
+ if (! isprint ((unsigned char) *what))
+ {
+ sprintf (buf, "\\%03o", (unsigned int) *what);
+ what = buf;
+ }
+
+ einfo ("%P:%S: ignoring invalid character `%s'%s\n", what, where);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94b9b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1271 @@
+/* Main program of GNU linker.
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Steve Chamberlain steve@cygnus.com
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldwrite.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+
+/* Somewhere above, sys/stat.h got included . . . . */
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+extern PTR sbrk ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static char *get_emulation PARAMS ((int, char **));
+static void set_scripts_dir PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* EXPORTS */
+
+char *default_target;
+const char *output_filename = "a.out";
+
+/* Name this program was invoked by. */
+char *program_name;
+
+/* The file that we're creating */
+bfd *output_bfd = 0;
+
+/* Set by -G argument, for MIPS ECOFF target. */
+int g_switch_value = 8;
+
+/* Nonzero means print names of input files as processed. */
+boolean trace_files;
+
+/* Nonzero means same, but note open failures, too. */
+boolean trace_file_tries;
+
+/* Nonzero means version number was printed, so exit successfully
+ instead of complaining if no input files are given. */
+boolean version_printed;
+
+/* Nonzero means link in every member of an archive. */
+boolean whole_archive;
+
+args_type command_line;
+
+ld_config_type config;
+
+static void remove_output PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean check_for_scripts_dir PARAMS ((char *dir));
+static boolean add_archive_element PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *,
+ const char *));
+static boolean multiple_definition PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+ const char *,
+ bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma,
+ bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean multiple_common PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+ const char *, bfd *,
+ enum bfd_link_hash_type, bfd_vma,
+ bfd *, enum bfd_link_hash_type,
+ bfd_vma));
+static boolean add_to_set PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
+ bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean constructor_callback PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+ boolean constructor,
+ const char *name,
+ bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean warning_callback PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+ const char *, const char *, bfd *,
+ asection *, bfd_vma));
+static void warning_find_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static boolean undefined_symbol PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+ const char *, bfd *,
+ asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean reloc_overflow PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *,
+ const char *, bfd_vma,
+ bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean reloc_dangerous PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *,
+ bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean unattached_reloc PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+ const char *, bfd *, asection *,
+ bfd_vma));
+static boolean notice PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *,
+ bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+
+static struct bfd_link_callbacks link_callbacks =
+{
+ add_archive_element,
+ multiple_definition,
+ multiple_common,
+ add_to_set,
+ constructor_callback,
+ warning_callback,
+ undefined_symbol,
+ reloc_overflow,
+ reloc_dangerous,
+ unattached_reloc,
+ notice
+};
+
+struct bfd_link_info link_info;
+
+static void
+remove_output ()
+{
+ if (output_filename)
+ {
+ if (output_bfd && output_bfd->iostream)
+ fclose((FILE *)(output_bfd->iostream));
+ if (delete_output_file_on_failure)
+ unlink (output_filename);
+ }
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char *emulation;
+ long start_time = get_run_time ();
+
+ program_name = argv[0];
+ xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+ START_PROGRESS (program_name, 0);
+
+ bfd_init ();
+
+ bfd_set_error_program_name (program_name);
+
+ xatexit (remove_output);
+
+ /* Set the default BFD target based on the configured target. Doing
+ this permits the linker to be configured for a particular target,
+ and linked against a shared BFD library which was configured for
+ a different target. The macro TARGET is defined by Makefile. */
+ if (! bfd_set_default_target (TARGET))
+ {
+ einfo ("%X%P: can't set BFD default target to `%s': %E\n", TARGET);
+ xexit (1);
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the data about options. */
+ trace_files = trace_file_tries = version_printed = false;
+ whole_archive = false;
+ config.build_constructors = true;
+ config.dynamic_link = false;
+ command_line.force_common_definition = false;
+ command_line.interpreter = NULL;
+ command_line.rpath = NULL;
+
+ link_info.callbacks = &link_callbacks;
+ link_info.relocateable = false;
+ link_info.shared = false;
+ link_info.symbolic = false;
+ link_info.static_link = false;
+ link_info.traditional_format = false;
+ link_info.strip = strip_none;
+ link_info.discard = discard_none;
+ link_info.keep_memory = true;
+ link_info.input_bfds = NULL;
+ link_info.create_object_symbols_section = NULL;
+ link_info.hash = NULL;
+ link_info.keep_hash = NULL;
+ link_info.notice_all = false;
+ link_info.notice_hash = NULL;
+ link_info.wrap_hash = NULL;
+
+ ldfile_add_arch ("");
+
+ config.make_executable = true;
+ force_make_executable = false;
+ config.magic_demand_paged = true;
+ config.text_read_only = true;
+ config.make_executable = true;
+
+ emulation = get_emulation (argc, argv);
+ ldemul_choose_mode (emulation);
+ default_target = ldemul_choose_target ();
+ lang_init ();
+ ldemul_before_parse ();
+ lang_has_input_file = false;
+ parse_args (argc, argv);
+
+ ldemul_set_symbols ();
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable)
+ {
+ if (command_line.relax)
+ einfo ("%P%F: -relax and -r may not be used together\n");
+ if (link_info.shared)
+ einfo ("%P%F: -r and -shared may not be used together\n");
+ }
+
+ /* Treat ld -r -s as ld -r -S -x (i.e., strip all local symbols). I
+ don't see how else this can be handled, since in this case we
+ must preserve all externally visible symbols. */
+ if (link_info.relocateable && link_info.strip == strip_all)
+ {
+ link_info.strip = strip_debugger;
+ if (link_info.discard == discard_none)
+ link_info.discard = discard_all;
+ }
+
+ /* This essentially adds another -L directory so this must be done after
+ the -L's in argv have been processed. */
+ set_scripts_dir ();
+
+ if (had_script == false)
+ {
+ /* Read the emulation's appropriate default script. */
+ int isfile;
+ char *s = ldemul_get_script (&isfile);
+
+ if (isfile)
+ ldfile_open_command_file (s);
+ else
+ {
+ if (trace_file_tries)
+ {
+ info_msg ("using internal linker script:\n");
+ info_msg ("==================================================\n");
+ info_msg (s);
+ info_msg ("\n==================================================\n");
+ }
+ lex_string = s;
+ lex_redirect (s);
+ }
+ parser_input = input_script;
+ yyparse ();
+ lex_string = NULL;
+ }
+
+ lang_final ();
+
+ if (lang_has_input_file == false)
+ {
+ if (version_printed)
+ xexit (0);
+ einfo ("%P%F: no input files\n");
+ }
+
+ if (trace_files)
+ {
+ info_msg ("%P: mode %s\n", emulation);
+ }
+
+ ldemul_after_parse ();
+
+
+ if (config.map_filename)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (config.map_filename, "-") == 0)
+ {
+ config.map_file = stdout;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ config.map_file = fopen (config.map_filename, FOPEN_WT);
+ if (config.map_file == (FILE *) NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+ einfo ("%P%F: cannot open map file %s: %E\n",
+ config.map_filename);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ lang_process ();
+
+ /* Print error messages for any missing symbols, for any warning
+ symbols, and possibly multiple definitions */
+
+
+ if (config.text_read_only)
+ {
+ /* Look for a text section and mark the readonly attribute in it */
+ asection *found = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".text");
+
+ if (found != (asection *) NULL)
+ {
+ found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (link_info.relocateable)
+ output_bfd->flags &= ~EXEC_P;
+ else
+ output_bfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+
+ ldwrite ();
+
+ if (config.map_file != NULL)
+ lang_map ();
+ if (command_line.cref)
+ output_cref (config.map_file != NULL ? config.map_file : stdout);
+ if (nocrossref_list != NULL)
+ check_nocrossrefs ();
+
+ /* Even if we're producing relocateable output, some non-fatal errors should
+ be reported in the exit status. (What non-fatal errors, if any, do we
+ want to ignore for relocateable output?) */
+
+ if (config.make_executable == false && force_make_executable == false)
+ {
+ if (trace_files == true)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P: link errors found, deleting executable `%s'\n",
+ output_filename);
+ }
+
+ /* The file will be removed by remove_output. */
+
+ xexit (1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (! bfd_close (output_bfd))
+ einfo ("%F%B: final close failed: %E\n", output_bfd);
+
+ /* If the --force-exe-suffix is enabled, and we're making an
+ executable file and it doesn't end in .exe, copy it to one which does. */
+
+ if (! link_info.relocateable && command_line.force_exe_suffix)
+ {
+ int len = strlen (output_filename);
+ if (len < 4
+ || (strcasecmp (output_filename + len - 4, ".exe") != 0
+ && strcasecmp (output_filename + len - 4, ".dll") != 0))
+ {
+ FILE *src;
+ FILE *dst;
+ const int bsize = 4096;
+ char *buf = xmalloc (bsize);
+ int l;
+ char *dst_name = xmalloc (len + 5);
+ strcpy (dst_name, output_filename);
+ strcat (dst_name, ".exe");
+ src = fopen (output_filename, FOPEN_RB);
+ dst = fopen (dst_name, FOPEN_WB);
+
+ if (!src)
+ einfo ("%X%P: unable to open for source of copy `%s'\n", output_filename);
+ if (!dst)
+ einfo ("%X%P: unable to open for destination of copy `%s'\n", dst_name);
+ while ((l = fread (buf, 1, bsize, src)) > 0)
+ {
+ int done = fwrite (buf, 1, l, dst);
+ if (done != l)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P: Error writing file `%s'\n", dst_name);
+ }
+ }
+ fclose (src);
+ if (fclose (dst) == EOF)
+ {
+ einfo ("%P: Error closing file `%s'\n", dst_name);
+ }
+ free (dst_name);
+ free (buf);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ END_PROGRESS (program_name);
+
+ if (config.stats)
+ {
+ extern char **environ;
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+ char *lim = (char *) sbrk (0);
+#endif
+ long run_time = get_run_time () - start_time;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: total time in link: %ld.%06ld\n",
+ program_name, run_time / 1000000, run_time % 1000000);
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: data size %ld\n", program_name,
+ (long) (lim - (char *) &environ));
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Prevent remove_output from doing anything, after a successful link. */
+ output_filename = NULL;
+
+ xexit (0);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* We need to find any explicitly given emulation in order to initialize the
+ state that's needed by the lex&yacc argument parser (parse_args). */
+
+static char *
+get_emulation (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char *emulation;
+ int i;
+
+ emulation = getenv (EMULATION_ENVIRON);
+ if (emulation == NULL)
+ emulation = DEFAULT_EMULATION;
+
+ for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+ {
+ if (!strncmp (argv[i], "-m", 2))
+ {
+ if (argv[i][2] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* -m EMUL */
+ if (i < argc - 1)
+ {
+ emulation = argv[i + 1];
+ i++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ einfo("%P%F: missing argument to -m\n");
+ }
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (argv[i], "-mips1") == 0
+ || strcmp (argv[i], "-mips2") == 0
+ || strcmp (argv[i], "-mips3") == 0
+ || strcmp (argv[i], "-mips4") == 0)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: The arguments -mips1, -mips2 and -mips3 are
+ passed to the linker by some MIPS compilers. They
+ generally tell the linker to use a slightly different
+ library path. Perhaps someday these should be
+ implemented as emulations; until then, we just ignore
+ the arguments and hope that nobody ever creates
+ emulations named ips1, ips2 or ips3. */
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (argv[i], "-m486") == 0)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: The argument -m486 is passed to the linker on
+ some Linux systems. Hope that nobody creates an
+ emulation named 486. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* -mEMUL */
+ emulation = &argv[i][2];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return emulation;
+}
+
+/* If directory DIR contains an "ldscripts" subdirectory,
+ add DIR to the library search path and return true,
+ else return false. */
+
+static boolean
+check_for_scripts_dir (dir)
+ char *dir;
+{
+ size_t dirlen;
+ char *buf;
+ struct stat s;
+ boolean res;
+
+ dirlen = strlen (dir);
+ /* sizeof counts the terminating NUL. */
+ buf = (char *) xmalloc (dirlen + sizeof("/ldscripts"));
+ sprintf (buf, "%s/ldscripts", dir);
+
+ res = stat (buf, &s) == 0 && S_ISDIR (s.st_mode);
+ free (buf);
+ if (res)
+ ldfile_add_library_path (dir, false);
+ return res;
+}
+
+/* Set the default directory for finding script files.
+ Libraries will be searched for here too, but that's ok.
+ We look for the "ldscripts" directory in:
+
+ SCRIPTDIR (passed from Makefile)
+ the dir where this program is (for using it from the build tree)
+ the dir where this program is/../lib (for installing the tool suite elsewhere) */
+
+static void
+set_scripts_dir ()
+{
+ char *end, *dir;
+ size_t dirlen;
+
+ if (check_for_scripts_dir (SCRIPTDIR))
+ return; /* We've been installed normally. */
+
+ /* Look for "ldscripts" in the dir where our binary is. */
+ end = strrchr (program_name, '/');
+
+ if (end == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Don't look for ldscripts in the current directory. There is
+ too much potential for confusion. */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ dirlen = end - program_name;
+ /* Make a copy of program_name in dir.
+ Leave room for later "/../lib". */
+ dir = (char *) xmalloc (dirlen + 8);
+ strncpy (dir, program_name, dirlen);
+ dir[dirlen] = '\0';
+
+ if (check_for_scripts_dir (dir))
+ return; /* Don't free dir. */
+
+ /* Look for "ldscripts" in <the dir where our binary is>/../lib. */
+ strcpy (dir + dirlen, "/../lib");
+ if (check_for_scripts_dir (dir))
+ return;
+
+ free (dir); /* Well, we tried. */
+}
+
+void
+add_ysym (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ if (link_info.notice_hash == (struct bfd_hash_table *) NULL)
+ {
+ link_info.notice_hash = ((struct bfd_hash_table *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_hash_table)));
+ if (! bfd_hash_table_init_n (link_info.notice_hash,
+ bfd_hash_newfunc,
+ 61))
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_table_init failed: %E\n");
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_hash_lookup (link_info.notice_hash, name, true, true)
+ == (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+}
+
+/* Record a symbol to be wrapped, from the --wrap option. */
+
+void
+add_wrap (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ if (link_info.wrap_hash == NULL)
+ {
+ link_info.wrap_hash = ((struct bfd_hash_table *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_hash_table)));
+ if (! bfd_hash_table_init_n (link_info.wrap_hash,
+ bfd_hash_newfunc,
+ 61))
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_table_init failed: %E\n");
+ }
+ if (bfd_hash_lookup (link_info.wrap_hash, name, true, true) == NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+}
+
+/* Handle the -retain-symbols-file option. */
+
+void
+add_keepsyms_file (filename)
+ const char *filename;
+{
+ FILE *file;
+ char *buf;
+ size_t bufsize;
+ int c;
+
+ if (link_info.strip == strip_some)
+ einfo ("%X%P: error: duplicate retain-symbols-file\n");
+
+ file = fopen (filename, "r");
+ if (file == (FILE *) NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+ einfo ("%X%P: %s: %E\n", filename);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ link_info.keep_hash = ((struct bfd_hash_table *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_hash_table)));
+ if (! bfd_hash_table_init (link_info.keep_hash, bfd_hash_newfunc))
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_table_init failed: %E\n");
+
+ bufsize = 100;
+ buf = (char *) xmalloc (bufsize);
+
+ c = getc (file);
+ while (c != EOF)
+ {
+ while (isspace (c))
+ c = getc (file);
+
+ if (c != EOF)
+ {
+ size_t len = 0;
+
+ while (! isspace (c) && c != EOF)
+ {
+ buf[len] = c;
+ ++len;
+ if (len >= bufsize)
+ {
+ bufsize *= 2;
+ buf = xrealloc (buf, bufsize);
+ }
+ c = getc (file);
+ }
+
+ buf[len] = '\0';
+
+ if (bfd_hash_lookup (link_info.keep_hash, buf, true, true)
+ == (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_lookup for insertion failed: %E\n");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (link_info.strip != strip_none)
+ einfo ("%P: `-retain-symbols-file' overrides `-s' and `-S'\n");
+
+ link_info.strip = strip_some;
+}
+
+/* Callbacks from the BFD linker routines. */
+
+/* This is called when BFD has decided to include an archive member in
+ a link. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+add_archive_element (info, abfd, name)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ const char *name;
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *input;
+
+ input = ((lang_input_statement_type *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type)));
+ input->filename = abfd->filename;
+ input->local_sym_name = abfd->filename;
+ input->the_bfd = abfd;
+ input->asymbols = NULL;
+ input->next = NULL;
+ input->just_syms_flag = false;
+ input->loaded = false;
+ input->search_dirs_flag = false;
+
+ /* FIXME: The following fields are not set: header.next,
+ header.type, closed, passive_position, symbol_count,
+ next_real_file, is_archive, target, real. This bit of code is
+ from the old decode_library_subfile function. I don't know
+ whether any of those fields matters. */
+
+ ldlang_add_file (input);
+
+ if (config.map_file != (FILE *) NULL)
+ {
+ static boolean header_printed;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bfd *from;
+ int len;
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, false, false, true);
+
+ if (h == NULL)
+ from = NULL;
+ else
+ {
+ switch (h->type)
+ {
+ default:
+ from = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+ case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+ from = h->u.def.section->owner;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+ case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+ from = h->u.undef.abfd;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_link_hash_common:
+ from = h->u.c.p->section->owner;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (! header_printed)
+ {
+ char buf[100];
+
+ sprintf (buf, "%-29s %s\n\n", "Archive member included",
+ "because of file (symbol)");
+ minfo ("%s", buf);
+ header_printed = true;
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_my_archive (abfd) == NULL)
+ {
+ minfo ("%s", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+ len = strlen (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ minfo ("%s(%s)", bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (abfd)),
+ bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+ len = (strlen (bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (abfd)))
+ + strlen (bfd_get_filename (abfd))
+ + 2);
+ }
+
+ if (len >= 29)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < 30)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ if (from != NULL)
+ minfo ("%B ", from);
+ if (h != NULL)
+ minfo ("(%T)\n", h->root.string);
+ else
+ minfo ("(%s)\n", name);
+ }
+
+ if (trace_files || trace_file_tries)
+ info_msg ("%I\n", input);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when BFD has discovered a symbol which is defined
+ multiple times. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+multiple_definition (info, name, obfd, osec, oval, nbfd, nsec, nval)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *name;
+ bfd *obfd;
+ asection *osec;
+ bfd_vma oval;
+ bfd *nbfd;
+ asection *nsec;
+ bfd_vma nval;
+{
+ /* If either section has the output_section field set to
+ bfd_abs_section_ptr, it means that the section is being
+ discarded, and this is not really a multiple definition at all.
+ FIXME: It would be cleaner to somehow ignore symbols defined in
+ sections which are being discarded. */
+ if ((osec->output_section != NULL
+ && ! bfd_is_abs_section (osec)
+ && bfd_is_abs_section (osec->output_section))
+ || (nsec->output_section != NULL
+ && ! bfd_is_abs_section (nsec)
+ && bfd_is_abs_section (nsec->output_section)))
+ return true;
+
+ einfo ("%X%C: multiple definition of `%T'\n",
+ nbfd, nsec, nval, name);
+ if (obfd != (bfd *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%D: first defined here\n", obfd, osec, oval);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when there is a definition of a common symbol, or
+ when a common symbol is found for a symbol that is already defined,
+ or when two common symbols are found. We only do something if
+ -warn-common was used. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+multiple_common (info, name, obfd, otype, osize, nbfd, ntype, nsize)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *name;
+ bfd *obfd;
+ enum bfd_link_hash_type otype;
+ bfd_vma osize;
+ bfd *nbfd;
+ enum bfd_link_hash_type ntype;
+ bfd_vma nsize;
+{
+ if (! config.warn_common)
+ return true;
+
+ if (ntype == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || ntype == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+ || ntype == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+ {
+ ASSERT (otype == bfd_link_hash_common);
+ einfo ("%B: warning: definition of `%T' overriding common\n",
+ nbfd, name);
+ if (obfd != NULL)
+ einfo ("%B: warning: common is here\n", obfd);
+ }
+ else if (otype == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || otype == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+ || otype == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+ {
+ ASSERT (ntype == bfd_link_hash_common);
+ einfo ("%B: warning: common of `%T' overridden by definition\n",
+ nbfd, name);
+ if (obfd != NULL)
+ einfo ("%B: warning: defined here\n", obfd);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ASSERT (otype == bfd_link_hash_common && ntype == bfd_link_hash_common);
+ if (osize > nsize)
+ {
+ einfo ("%B: warning: common of `%T' overridden by larger common\n",
+ nbfd, name);
+ if (obfd != NULL)
+ einfo ("%B: warning: larger common is here\n", obfd);
+ }
+ else if (nsize > osize)
+ {
+ einfo ("%B: warning: common of `%T' overriding smaller common\n",
+ nbfd, name);
+ if (obfd != NULL)
+ einfo ("%B: warning: smaller common is here\n", obfd);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ einfo ("%B: warning: multiple common of `%T'\n", nbfd, name);
+ if (obfd != NULL)
+ einfo ("%B: warning: previous common is here\n", obfd);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when BFD has discovered a set element. H is the
+ entry in the linker hash table for the set. SECTION and VALUE
+ represent a value which should be added to the set. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+add_to_set (info, h, reloc, abfd, section, value)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma value;
+{
+ if (config.warn_constructors)
+ einfo ("%P: warning: global constructor %s used\n",
+ h->root.string);
+
+ if (! config.build_constructors)
+ return true;
+
+ ldctor_add_set_entry (h, reloc, (const char *) NULL, section, value);
+
+ if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+ {
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+ h->u.undef.abfd = abfd;
+ /* We don't call bfd_link_add_undef to add this to the list of
+ undefined symbols because we are going to define it
+ ourselves. */
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when BFD has discovered a constructor. This is only
+ called for some object file formats--those which do not handle
+ constructors in some more clever fashion. This is similar to
+ adding an element to a set, but less general. */
+
+static boolean
+constructor_callback (info, constructor, name, abfd, section, value)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ boolean constructor;
+ const char *name;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma value;
+{
+ char *s;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+ char set_name[1 + sizeof "__CTOR_LIST__"];
+
+ if (config.warn_constructors)
+ einfo ("%P: warning: global constructor %s used\n", name);
+
+ if (! config.build_constructors)
+ return true;
+
+ /* Ensure that BFD_RELOC_CTOR exists now, so that we can give a
+ useful error message. */
+ if (bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, BFD_RELOC_CTOR) == NULL
+ && (link_info.relocateable
+ || bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_CTOR) == NULL))
+ einfo ("%P%F: BFD backend error: BFD_RELOC_CTOR unsupported\n");
+
+ s = set_name;
+ if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) != '\0')
+ *s++ = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd);
+ if (constructor)
+ strcpy (s, "__CTOR_LIST__");
+ else
+ strcpy (s, "__DTOR_LIST__");
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, set_name, true, true, true);
+ if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+ if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+ {
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+ h->u.undef.abfd = abfd;
+ /* We don't call bfd_link_add_undef to add this to the list of
+ undefined symbols because we are going to define it
+ ourselves. */
+ }
+
+ ldctor_add_set_entry (h, BFD_RELOC_CTOR, name, section, value);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* A structure used by warning_callback to pass information through
+ bfd_map_over_sections. */
+
+struct warning_callback_info
+{
+ boolean found;
+ const char *warning;
+ const char *symbol;
+ asymbol **asymbols;
+};
+
+/* This is called when there is a reference to a warning symbol. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+warning_callback (info, warning, symbol, abfd, section, address)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *warning;
+ const char *symbol;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma address;
+{
+ /* This is a hack to support warn_multiple_gp. FIXME: This should
+ have a cleaner interface, but what? */
+ if (! config.warn_multiple_gp
+ && strcmp (warning, "using multiple gp values") == 0)
+ return true;
+
+ if (section != NULL)
+ einfo ("%C: %s\n", abfd, section, address, warning);
+ else if (abfd == NULL)
+ einfo ("%P: %s\n", warning);
+ else if (symbol == NULL)
+ einfo ("%B: %s\n", abfd, warning);
+ else
+ {
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+ asymbol **asymbols;
+ struct warning_callback_info info;
+
+ /* Look through the relocs to see if we can find a plausible
+ address. */
+
+ entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) abfd->usrdata;
+ if (entry != NULL && entry->asymbols != NULL)
+ asymbols = entry->asymbols;
+ else
+ {
+ long symsize;
+ long symbol_count;
+
+ symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+ if (symsize < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols: %E\n", abfd);
+ asymbols = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symsize);
+ symbol_count = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, asymbols);
+ if (symbol_count < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols: %E\n", abfd);
+ if (entry != NULL)
+ {
+ entry->asymbols = asymbols;
+ entry->symbol_count = symbol_count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ info.found = false;
+ info.warning = warning;
+ info.symbol = symbol;
+ info.asymbols = asymbols;
+ bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, warning_find_reloc, (PTR) &info);
+
+ if (! info.found)
+ einfo ("%B: %s\n", abfd, warning);
+
+ if (entry == NULL)
+ free (asymbols);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called by warning_callback for each section. It checks the
+ relocs of the section to see if it can find a reference to the
+ symbol which triggered the warning. If it can, it uses the reloc
+ to give an error message with a file and line number. */
+
+static void
+warning_find_reloc (abfd, sec, iarg)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *sec;
+ PTR iarg;
+{
+ struct warning_callback_info *info = (struct warning_callback_info *) iarg;
+ long relsize;
+ arelent **relpp;
+ long relcount;
+ arelent **p, **pend;
+
+ if (info->found)
+ return;
+
+ relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, sec);
+ if (relsize < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read relocs: %E\n", abfd);
+ if (relsize == 0)
+ return;
+
+ relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+ relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, sec, relpp, info->asymbols);
+ if (relcount < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read relocs: %E\n", abfd);
+
+ p = relpp;
+ pend = p + relcount;
+ for (; p < pend && *p != NULL; p++)
+ {
+ arelent *q = *p;
+
+ if (q->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+ && *q->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+ && strcmp (bfd_asymbol_name (*q->sym_ptr_ptr), info->symbol) == 0)
+ {
+ /* We found a reloc for the symbol we are looking for. */
+ einfo ("%C: %s\n", abfd, sec, q->address, info->warning);
+ info->found = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (relpp);
+}
+
+/* This is called when an undefined symbol is found. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+undefined_symbol (info, name, abfd, section, address)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *name;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma address;
+{
+ static char *error_name;
+ static unsigned int error_count;
+
+#define MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW 5
+
+ if (config.warn_once)
+ {
+ static struct bfd_hash_table *hash;
+
+ /* Only warn once about a particular undefined symbol. */
+
+ if (hash == NULL)
+ {
+ hash = ((struct bfd_hash_table *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_hash_table)));
+ if (! bfd_hash_table_init (hash, bfd_hash_newfunc))
+ einfo ("%F%P: bfd_hash_table_init failed: %E\n");
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_hash_lookup (hash, name, false, false) != NULL)
+ return true;
+
+ if (bfd_hash_lookup (hash, name, true, true) == NULL)
+ einfo ("%F%P: bfd_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+ }
+
+ /* We never print more than a reasonable number of errors in a row
+ for a single symbol. */
+ if (error_name != (char *) NULL
+ && strcmp (name, error_name) == 0)
+ ++error_count;
+ else
+ {
+ error_count = 0;
+ if (error_name != (char *) NULL)
+ free (error_name);
+ error_name = buystring (name);
+ }
+
+ if (section != NULL)
+ {
+ if (error_count < MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW)
+ einfo ("%X%C: undefined reference to `%T'\n",
+ abfd, section, address, name);
+ else if (error_count == MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW)
+ einfo ("%D: more undefined references to `%T' follow\n",
+ abfd, section, address, name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (error_count < MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW)
+ einfo ("%X%B: undefined reference to `%T'\n",
+ abfd, name);
+ else if (error_count == MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW)
+ einfo ("%B: more undefined references to `%T' follow\n",
+ abfd, name);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when a reloc overflows. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+reloc_overflow (info, name, reloc_name, addend, abfd, section, address)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *name;
+ const char *reloc_name;
+ bfd_vma addend;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma address;
+{
+ if (abfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%X: generated");
+ else
+ einfo ("%X%C:", abfd, section, address);
+ einfo (" relocation truncated to fit: %s %T", reloc_name, name);
+ if (addend != 0)
+ einfo ("+%v", addend);
+ einfo ("\n");
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when a dangerous relocation is made. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+reloc_dangerous (info, message, abfd, section, address)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *message;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma address;
+{
+ if (abfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%X: generated");
+ else
+ einfo ("%X%C:", abfd, section, address);
+ einfo ("dangerous relocation: %s\n", message);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when a reloc is being generated attached to a symbol
+ that is not being output. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+unattached_reloc (info, name, abfd, section, address)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *name;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma address;
+{
+ if (abfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%X: generated");
+ else
+ einfo ("%X%C:", abfd, section, address);
+ einfo (" reloc refers to symbol `%T' which is not being output\n", name);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called if link_info.notice_all is set, or when a symbol in
+ link_info.notice_hash is found. Symbols are put in notice_hash
+ using the -y option. */
+
+static boolean
+notice (info, name, abfd, section, value)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *name;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma value;
+{
+ if (! info->notice_all
+ || (info->notice_hash != NULL
+ && bfd_hash_lookup (info->notice_hash, name, false, false) != NULL))
+ einfo ("%B: %s %s\n", abfd,
+ bfd_is_und_section (section) ? "reference to" : "definition of",
+ name);
+
+ if (command_line.cref || nocrossref_list != NULL)
+ add_cref (name, abfd, section, value);
+
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c5f38b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* ldmain.h -
+ Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef LDMAIN_H
+#define LDMAIN_H
+
+extern char *program_name;
+extern bfd *output_bfd;
+extern char *default_target;
+extern boolean trace_files;
+extern boolean trace_file_tries;
+extern boolean version_printed;
+extern boolean whole_archive;
+extern int g_switch_value;
+extern const char *output_filename;
+extern struct bfd_link_info link_info;
+
+extern void add_ysym PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void add_wrap PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void add_keepsyms_file PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..282ce22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/* ldmisc.c
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#define USE_STDARG 1
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#define USE_STDARG 0
+#endif
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+
+static void vfinfo PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *, va_list));
+
+/*
+ %% literal %
+ %F error is fatal
+ %P print program name
+ %S print script file and linenumber
+ %E current bfd error or errno
+ %I filename from a lang_input_statement_type
+ %B filename from a bfd
+ %T symbol name
+ %X no object output, fail return
+ %V hex bfd_vma
+ %v hex bfd_vma, no leading zeros
+ %W hex bfd_vma with 0x with no leading zeros taking up 8 spaces
+ %C clever filename:linenumber with function
+ %D like %C, but no function name
+ %G like %D, but only function name
+ %R info about a relent
+ %s arbitrary string, like printf
+ %d integer, like printf
+ %u integer, like printf
+*/
+
+char *
+demangle (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ char *res;
+
+ if (output_bfd != NULL
+ && bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd) == string[0])
+ ++string;
+
+ /* This is a hack for better error reporting on XCOFF, or the MS PE */
+ /* format. Xcoff has a single '.', while the NT PE for PPC has '..'. */
+ /* So we remove all of them. */
+ while(string[0] == '.')
+ ++string;
+
+ res = cplus_demangle (string, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
+ return res ? res : xstrdup (string);
+}
+
+static void
+vfinfo (fp, fmt, arg)
+ FILE *fp;
+ const char *fmt;
+ va_list arg;
+{
+ boolean fatal = false;
+
+ while (*fmt != '\0')
+ {
+ while (*fmt != '%' && *fmt != '\0')
+ {
+ putc (*fmt, fp);
+ fmt++;
+ }
+
+ if (*fmt == '%')
+ {
+ fmt ++;
+ switch (*fmt++)
+ {
+ default:
+ fprintf (fp,"%%%c", fmt[-1]);
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ /* literal % */
+ putc ('%', fp);
+ break;
+
+ case 'X':
+ /* no object output, fail return */
+ config.make_executable = false;
+ break;
+
+ case 'V':
+ /* hex bfd_vma */
+ {
+ bfd_vma value = va_arg (arg, bfd_vma);
+ fprintf_vma (fp, value);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'v':
+ /* hex bfd_vma, no leading zeros */
+ {
+ char buf[100];
+ char *p = buf;
+ bfd_vma value = va_arg (arg, bfd_vma);
+ sprintf_vma (p, value);
+ while (*p == '0')
+ p++;
+ if (!*p)
+ p--;
+ fputs (p, fp);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'W':
+ /* hex bfd_vma with 0x with no leading zeroes taking up
+ 8 spaces. */
+ {
+ char buf[100];
+ bfd_vma value;
+ char *p;
+ int len;
+
+ value = va_arg (arg, bfd_vma);
+ sprintf_vma (buf, value);
+ for (p = buf; *p == '0'; ++p)
+ ;
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ --p;
+ len = strlen (p);
+ while (len < 8)
+ {
+ putc (' ', fp);
+ ++len;
+ }
+ fprintf (fp, "0x%s", p);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'T':
+ /* Symbol name. */
+ {
+ const char *name = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+
+ if (name == (const char *) NULL)
+ fprintf (fp, "no symbol");
+ else
+ {
+ char *demangled;
+
+ demangled = demangle (name);
+ fprintf (fp, "%s", demangled);
+ free (demangled);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'B':
+ /* filename from a bfd */
+ {
+ bfd *abfd = va_arg (arg, bfd *);
+ if (abfd->my_archive)
+ fprintf (fp, "%s(%s)", abfd->my_archive->filename,
+ abfd->filename);
+ else
+ fprintf (fp, "%s", abfd->filename);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'F':
+ /* error is fatal */
+ fatal = true;
+ break;
+
+ case 'P':
+ /* print program name */
+ fprintf (fp, "%s", program_name);
+ break;
+
+ case 'E':
+ /* current bfd error or errno */
+ fprintf (fp, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+ break;
+
+ case 'I':
+ /* filename from a lang_input_statement_type */
+ {
+ lang_input_statement_type *i;
+
+ i = va_arg (arg, lang_input_statement_type *);
+ if (bfd_my_archive (i->the_bfd) != NULL)
+ fprintf (fp, "(%s)",
+ bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (i->the_bfd)));
+ fprintf (fp, "%s", i->local_sym_name);
+ if (bfd_my_archive (i->the_bfd) == NULL
+ && strcmp (i->local_sym_name, i->filename) != 0)
+ fprintf (fp, " (%s)", i->filename);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'S':
+ /* print script file and linenumber */
+ if (parsing_defsym)
+ fprintf (fp, "--defsym %s", lex_string);
+ else if (ldfile_input_filename != NULL)
+ fprintf (fp, "%s:%u", ldfile_input_filename, lineno);
+ else
+ fprintf (fp, "built in linker script:%u", lineno);
+ break;
+
+ case 'R':
+ /* Print all that's interesting about a relent */
+ {
+ arelent *relent = va_arg (arg, arelent *);
+
+ finfo (fp, "%s+0x%v (type %s)",
+ (*(relent->sym_ptr_ptr))->name,
+ relent->addend,
+ relent->howto->name);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'C':
+ case 'D':
+ case 'G':
+ /* Clever filename:linenumber with function name if possible,
+ or section name as a last resort. The arguments are a BFD,
+ a section, and an offset. */
+ {
+ static bfd *last_bfd;
+ static char *last_file = NULL;
+ static char *last_function = NULL;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma offset;
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+ asymbol **asymbols;
+ const char *filename;
+ const char *functionname;
+ unsigned int linenumber;
+ boolean discard_last;
+
+ abfd = va_arg (arg, bfd *);
+ section = va_arg (arg, asection *);
+ offset = va_arg (arg, bfd_vma);
+
+ entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) abfd->usrdata;
+ if (entry != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL
+ && entry->asymbols != (asymbol **) NULL)
+ asymbols = entry->asymbols;
+ else
+ {
+ long symsize;
+ long symbol_count;
+
+ symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+ if (symsize < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols\n", abfd);
+ asymbols = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symsize);
+ symbol_count = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, asymbols);
+ if (symbol_count < 0)
+ einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols\n", abfd);
+ if (entry != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ entry->asymbols = asymbols;
+ entry->symbol_count = symbol_count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ discard_last = true;
+ if (bfd_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, asymbols, offset,
+ &filename, &functionname,
+ &linenumber))
+ {
+ if (functionname != NULL && fmt[-1] == 'G')
+ {
+ finfo (fp, "%B:", abfd);
+ if (filename != NULL
+ && strcmp (filename, bfd_get_filename (abfd)) != 0)
+ fprintf (fp, "%s:", filename);
+ finfo (fp, "%T", functionname);
+ }
+ else if (functionname != NULL && fmt[-1] == 'C')
+ {
+ if (filename == (char *) NULL)
+ filename = abfd->filename;
+
+ if (last_bfd == NULL
+ || last_file == NULL
+ || last_function == NULL
+ || last_bfd != abfd
+ || strcmp (last_file, filename) != 0
+ || strcmp (last_function, functionname) != 0)
+ {
+ /* We use abfd->filename in this initial line,
+ in case filename is a .h file or something
+ similarly unhelpful. */
+ finfo (fp, "%B: In function `%T':\n",
+ abfd, functionname);
+
+ last_bfd = abfd;
+ if (last_file != NULL)
+ free (last_file);
+ last_file = buystring (filename);
+ if (last_function != NULL)
+ free (last_function);
+ last_function = buystring (functionname);
+ }
+ discard_last = false;
+ if (linenumber != 0)
+ fprintf (fp, "%s:%u", filename, linenumber);
+ else
+ finfo (fp, "%s(%s+0x%v)", filename, section->name,
+ offset);
+ }
+ else if (filename == NULL
+ || strcmp (filename, abfd->filename) == 0)
+ {
+ finfo (fp, "%B(%s+0x%v)", abfd, section->name, offset);
+ if (linenumber != 0)
+ finfo (fp, ":%u", linenumber);
+ }
+ else if (linenumber != 0)
+ finfo (fp, "%B:%s:%u", abfd, filename, linenumber);
+ else
+ finfo (fp, "%B(%s+0x%v):%s", abfd, section->name, offset,
+ filename);
+ }
+ else
+ finfo (fp, "%B(%s+0x%v)", abfd, section->name, offset);
+
+ if (discard_last)
+ {
+ last_bfd = NULL;
+ if (last_file != NULL)
+ {
+ free (last_file);
+ last_file = NULL;
+ }
+ if (last_function != NULL)
+ {
+ free (last_function);
+ last_function = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 's':
+ /* arbitrary string, like printf */
+ fprintf (fp, "%s", va_arg (arg, char *));
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ /* integer, like printf */
+ fprintf (fp, "%d", va_arg (arg, int));
+ break;
+
+ case 'u':
+ /* unsigned integer, like printf */
+ fprintf (fp, "%u", va_arg (arg, unsigned int));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (fatal == true)
+ xexit(1);
+}
+
+/* Format info message and print on stdout. */
+
+/* (You would think this should be called just "info", but then you
+ would hosed by LynxOS, which defines that name in its libc.) */
+
+void
+#if USE_STDARG
+info_msg (const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+info_msg (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list arg;
+
+#if ! USE_STDARG
+ const char *fmt;
+
+ va_start (arg);
+ fmt = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+#else
+ va_start (arg, fmt);
+#endif
+
+ vfinfo (stdout, fmt, arg);
+ va_end (arg);
+}
+
+/* ('e' for error.) Format info message and print on stderr. */
+
+void
+#if USE_STDARG
+einfo (const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+einfo (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list arg;
+
+#if ! USE_STDARG
+ const char *fmt;
+
+ va_start (arg);
+ fmt = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+#else
+ va_start (arg, fmt);
+#endif
+
+ vfinfo (stderr, fmt, arg);
+ va_end (arg);
+}
+
+void
+info_assert (file, line)
+ const char *file;
+ unsigned int line;
+{
+ einfo ("%F%P: internal error %s %d\n", file, line);
+}
+
+char *
+buystring (x)
+ CONST char *CONST x;
+{
+ size_t l = strlen(x)+1;
+ char *r = xmalloc(l);
+ memcpy(r, x,l);
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* ('m' for map) Format info message and print on map. */
+
+void
+#if USE_STDARG
+minfo (const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+minfo (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list arg;
+
+#if ! USE_STDARG
+ const char *fmt;
+ va_start (arg);
+ fmt = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+#else
+ va_start (arg, fmt);
+#endif
+
+ vfinfo (config.map_file, fmt, arg);
+ va_end (arg);
+}
+
+void
+#if USE_STDARG
+finfo (FILE *file, const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+finfo (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list arg;
+
+#if ! USE_STDARG
+ FILE *file;
+ const char *fmt;
+
+ va_start (arg);
+ file = va_arg (arg, FILE *);
+ fmt = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+#else
+ va_start (arg, fmt);
+#endif
+
+ vfinfo (file, fmt, arg);
+ va_end (arg);
+}
+
+/* Functions to print the link map. */
+
+void
+print_space ()
+{
+ fprintf (config.map_file, " ");
+}
+
+void
+print_nl ()
+{
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "\n");
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0073a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* ldmisc.h -
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef LDMISC_H
+#define LDMISC_H
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+extern void einfo PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+extern void minfo PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+extern void info_msg PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+extern void finfo PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *, ...));
+#else
+/* VARARGS*/
+extern void einfo ();
+/* VARARGS*/
+extern void minfo ();
+/* VARARGS*/
+extern void info_msg ();
+/*VARARGS*/
+extern void finfo ();
+#endif
+
+extern void info_assert PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned int));
+extern void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern PTR xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+extern PTR xrealloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t));
+extern void xexit PARAMS ((int));
+extern char *buystring PARAMS ((CONST char *CONST));
+
+#define ASSERT(x) \
+do { if (!(x)) info_assert(__FILE__,__LINE__); } while (0)
+
+#define FAIL() \
+do { info_assert(__FILE__,__LINE__); } while (0)
+
+extern void print_space PARAMS ((void));
+extern void print_nl PARAMS ((void));
+extern char *demangle PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8dc0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* ldver.c -- Print linker version.
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldver.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+
+const char *ld_program_version = "2.8.1";
+
+void
+ldversion (noisy)
+ int noisy;
+{
+ fprintf (stdout, "GNU ld version %s (with BFD %s)\n",
+ ld_program_version, BFD_VERSION);
+
+ if (noisy)
+ {
+ ld_emulation_xfer_type **ptr = ld_emulations;
+
+ printf (" Supported emulations:\n");
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ printf (" %s\n", (*ptr)->emulation_name);
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..697b6bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* ldver.h -- Header file for ldver.c.
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+extern const char *ld_program_version;
+
+void ldversion PARAMS ((int));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4d47a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.c
@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
+/* ldwrite.c -- write out the linked file
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Steve Chamberlain sac@cygnus.com
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldwrite.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+
+static void build_link_order PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+static asection *clone_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, int *));
+static void split_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Build link_order structures for the BFD linker. */
+
+static void
+build_link_order (statement)
+ lang_statement_union_type *statement;
+{
+ switch (statement->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ {
+ asection *output_section;
+ struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+ bfd_vma value;
+
+ output_section = statement->data_statement.output_section;
+ ASSERT (output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+
+ link_order = bfd_new_link_order (output_bfd, output_section);
+ if (link_order == NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_new_link_order failed\n");
+
+ link_order->type = bfd_data_link_order;
+ link_order->offset = statement->data_statement.output_vma;
+ link_order->u.data.contents = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (QUAD_SIZE);
+
+ value = statement->data_statement.value;
+
+ /* If the endianness of the output BFD is not known, then we
+ base the endianness of the data on the first input file.
+ By convention, the bfd_put routines for an unknown
+ endianness are big endian, so we must swap here if the
+ input file is little endian. */
+ if (! bfd_big_endian (output_bfd)
+ && ! bfd_little_endian (output_bfd))
+ {
+ boolean swap;
+
+ swap = false;
+ if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+ swap = true;
+ else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_UNSET)
+ {
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
+ {
+ if (s->the_bfd != NULL)
+ {
+ if (bfd_little_endian (s->the_bfd))
+ swap = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (swap)
+ {
+ bfd_byte buffer[8];
+
+ switch (statement->data_statement.type)
+ {
+ case QUAD:
+ bfd_putl64 (value, buffer);
+ value = bfd_getb64 (buffer);
+ break;
+ case LONG:
+ bfd_putl32 (value, buffer);
+ value = bfd_getb32 (buffer);
+ break;
+ case SHORT:
+ bfd_putl16 (value, buffer);
+ value = bfd_getb16 (buffer);
+ break;
+ case BYTE:
+ break;
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASSERT (output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+ switch (statement->data_statement.type)
+ {
+ case QUAD:
+ bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, value, link_order->u.data.contents);
+ link_order->size = QUAD_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case LONG:
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, link_order->u.data.contents);
+ link_order->size = LONG_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case SHORT:
+ bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, value, link_order->u.data.contents);
+ link_order->size = SHORT_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case BYTE:
+ bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, value, link_order->u.data.contents);
+ link_order->size = BYTE_SIZE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ {
+ lang_reloc_statement_type *rs;
+ asection *output_section;
+ struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+
+ rs = &statement->reloc_statement;
+
+ output_section = rs->output_section;
+ ASSERT (output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+
+ link_order = bfd_new_link_order (output_bfd, output_section);
+ if (link_order == NULL)
+ einfo ("%P%F: bfd_new_link_order failed\n");
+
+ link_order->offset = rs->output_vma;
+ link_order->size = bfd_get_reloc_size (rs->howto);
+
+ link_order->u.reloc.p =
+ ((struct bfd_link_order_reloc *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_link_order_reloc)));
+
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc = rs->reloc;
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->addend = rs->addend_value;
+
+ if (rs->name == NULL)
+ {
+ link_order->type = bfd_section_reloc_link_order;
+ if (rs->section->owner == output_bfd)
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section = rs->section;
+ else
+ {
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section = rs->section->output_section;
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->addend += rs->section->output_offset;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ link_order->type = bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order;
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name = rs->name;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ /* Create a new link_order in the output section with this
+ attached */
+ if (statement->input_section.ifile->just_syms_flag == false)
+ {
+ asection *i = statement->input_section.section;
+ asection *output_section = i->output_section;
+
+ ASSERT (output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+
+ if ((output_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+
+ link_order = bfd_new_link_order (output_bfd, output_section);
+
+ if (i->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+ {
+ /* We've got a never load section inside one which
+ is going to be output, we'll change it into a
+ fill link_order */
+ link_order->type = bfd_fill_link_order;
+ link_order->u.fill.value = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ link_order->type = bfd_indirect_link_order;
+ link_order->u.indirect.section = i;
+ ASSERT (i->output_section == output_section);
+ }
+ if (i->_cooked_size)
+ link_order->size = i->_cooked_size;
+ else
+ link_order->size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (i);
+ link_order->offset = i->output_offset;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ /* Make a new link_order with the right filler */
+ {
+ asection *output_section;
+ struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+
+ output_section = statement->padding_statement.output_section;
+ ASSERT (statement->padding_statement.output_section->owner
+ == output_bfd);
+ if ((output_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+ {
+ link_order = bfd_new_link_order (output_bfd, output_section);
+ link_order->type = bfd_fill_link_order;
+ link_order->size = statement->padding_statement.size;
+ link_order->offset = statement->padding_statement.output_offset;
+ link_order->u.fill.value = statement->padding_statement.fill;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /* All the other ones fall through */
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Call BFD to write out the linked file. */
+
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+
+/* Wander around the input sections, make sure that
+ we'll never try and create an output section with more relocs
+ than will fit.. Do this by always assuming the worst case, and
+ creating new output sections with all the right bits */
+#define TESTIT 1
+static asection *
+clone_section (abfd, s, count)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *s;
+ int *count;
+{
+#define SSIZE 8
+ char sname[SSIZE]; /* ?? find the name for this size */
+ asection *n;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+ /* Invent a section name - use first five
+ chars of base section name and a digit suffix */
+ do
+ {
+ unsigned int i;
+ char b[6];
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof (b) - 1 && s->name[i]; i++)
+ b[i] = s->name[i];
+ b[i] = 0;
+ sprintf (sname, "%s%d", b, (*count)++);
+ }
+ while (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sname));
+
+ n = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, xstrdup (sname));
+
+ /* Create a symbol of the same name */
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash,
+ sname, true, true, false);
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+ h->u.def.value = 0;
+ h->u.def.section = n ;
+
+
+ n->flags = s->flags;
+ n->vma = s->vma;
+ n->user_set_vma = s->user_set_vma;
+ n->lma = s->lma;
+ n->_cooked_size = 0;
+ n->_raw_size = 0;
+ n->output_offset = s->output_offset;
+ n->output_section = n;
+ n->orelocation = 0;
+ n->reloc_count = 0;
+ n->alignment_power = s->alignment_power;
+ return n;
+}
+
+#if TESTING
+static void
+ds (s)
+ asection *s;
+{
+ struct bfd_link_order *l = s->link_order_head;
+ printf ("vma %x size %x\n", s->vma, s->_raw_size);
+ while (l)
+ {
+ if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+ {
+ printf ("%8x %s\n", l->offset, l->u.indirect.section->owner->filename);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ printf ("%8x something else\n", l->offset);
+ }
+ l = l->next;
+ }
+ printf ("\n");
+}
+dump (s, a1, a2)
+ char *s;
+ asection *a1;
+ asection *a2;
+{
+ printf ("%s\n", s);
+ ds (a1);
+ ds (a2);
+}
+
+static void
+sanity_check (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ asection *s;
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_order *p;
+ bfd_vma prev = 0;
+ for (p = s->link_order_head; p; p = p->next)
+ {
+ if (p->offset > 100000)
+ abort ();
+ if (p->offset < prev)
+ abort ();
+ prev = p->offset;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#else
+#define sanity_check(a)
+#define dump(a, b, c)
+#endif
+
+static void
+split_sections (abfd, info)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+ asection *original_sec;
+ int nsecs = abfd->section_count;
+ sanity_check (abfd);
+ /* look through all the original sections */
+ for (original_sec = abfd->sections;
+ original_sec && nsecs;
+ original_sec = original_sec->next, nsecs--)
+ {
+ boolean first = true;
+ int count = 0;
+ int lines = 0;
+ int relocs = 0;
+ struct bfd_link_order **pp;
+ bfd_vma vma = original_sec->vma;
+ bfd_vma shift_offset = 0;
+ asection *cursor = original_sec;
+
+ /* count up the relocations and line entries to see if
+ anything would be too big to fit */
+ for (pp = &(cursor->link_order_head); *pp; pp = &((*pp)->next))
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_order *p = *pp;
+ int thislines = 0;
+ int thisrelocs = 0;
+ if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+ {
+ asection *sec;
+
+ sec = p->u.indirect.section;
+
+ if (info->strip == strip_none
+ || info->strip == strip_some)
+ thislines = sec->lineno_count;
+
+ if (info->relocateable)
+ thisrelocs = sec->reloc_count;
+
+ }
+ else if (info->relocateable
+ && (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+ || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order))
+ thisrelocs++;
+
+ if (! first
+ && (thisrelocs + relocs > config.split_by_reloc
+ || thislines + lines > config.split_by_reloc
+ || config.split_by_file))
+ {
+ /* create a new section and put this link order and the
+ following link orders into it */
+ struct bfd_link_order *l = p;
+ asection *n = clone_section (abfd, cursor, &count);
+ *pp = NULL; /* Snip off link orders from old section */
+ n->link_order_head = l; /* attach to new section */
+ pp = &n->link_order_head;
+
+ /* change the size of the original section and
+ update the vma of the new one */
+
+ dump ("before snip", cursor, n);
+
+ n->_raw_size = cursor->_raw_size - l->offset;
+ cursor->_raw_size = l->offset;
+
+ vma += cursor->_raw_size;
+ n->lma = n->vma = vma;
+
+ shift_offset = l->offset;
+
+ /* run down the chain and change the output section to
+ the right one, update the offsets too */
+
+ while (l)
+ {
+ l->offset -= shift_offset;
+ if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+ {
+ l->u.indirect.section->output_section = n;
+ l->u.indirect.section->output_offset = l->offset;
+ }
+ l = l->next;
+ }
+ dump ("after snip", cursor, n);
+ cursor = n;
+ relocs = thisrelocs;
+ lines = thislines;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ relocs += thisrelocs;
+ lines += thislines;
+ }
+
+ first = false;
+ }
+ }
+ sanity_check (abfd);
+}
+/**********************************************************************/
+void
+ldwrite ()
+{
+ /* Reset error indicator, which can typically something like invalid
+ format from openning up the .o files */
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
+ lang_for_each_statement (build_link_order);
+
+ if (config.split_by_reloc || config.split_by_file)
+ split_sections (output_bfd, &link_info);
+ if (!bfd_final_link (output_bfd, &link_info))
+ {
+ /* If there was an error recorded, print it out. Otherwise assume
+ an appropriate error message like unknown symbol was printed
+ out. */
+
+ if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_no_error)
+ einfo ("%F%P: final link failed: %E\n", output_bfd);
+ else
+ xexit(1);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68d8b52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* ldwrite.h -
+ Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+void ldwrite PARAMS ((void));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/lexsup.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/lexsup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ca3d23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/lexsup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
+/* Parse options for the GNU linker.
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldver.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+
+/* Somewhere above, sys/stat.h got included . . . . */
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+/* Omit args to avoid the possibility of clashing with a system header
+ that might disagree about consts. */
+unsigned long strtoul ();
+
+static void set_default_dirlist PARAMS ((char *dirlist_ptr));
+static void set_section_start PARAMS ((char *sect, char *valstr));
+static void help PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Non-zero if we are processing a --defsym from the command line. */
+int parsing_defsym = 0;
+
+/* Codes used for the long options with no short synonyms. 150 isn't
+ special; it's just an arbitrary non-ASCII char value. */
+
+#define OPTION_ASSERT 150
+#define OPTION_CALL_SHARED (OPTION_ASSERT + 1)
+#define OPTION_CREF (OPTION_CALL_SHARED + 1)
+#define OPTION_DEFSYM (OPTION_CREF + 1)
+#define OPTION_DYNAMIC_LINKER (OPTION_DEFSYM + 1)
+#define OPTION_EB (OPTION_DYNAMIC_LINKER + 1)
+#define OPTION_EL (OPTION_EB + 1)
+#define OPTION_EMBEDDED_RELOCS (OPTION_EL + 1)
+#define OPTION_EXPORT_DYNAMIC (OPTION_EMBEDDED_RELOCS + 1)
+#define OPTION_HELP (OPTION_EXPORT_DYNAMIC + 1)
+#define OPTION_IGNORE (OPTION_HELP + 1)
+#define OPTION_MAP (OPTION_IGNORE + 1)
+#define OPTION_NO_KEEP_MEMORY (OPTION_MAP + 1)
+#define OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC (OPTION_NO_KEEP_MEMORY + 1)
+#define OPTION_NON_SHARED (OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC + 1)
+#define OPTION_NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE (OPTION_NON_SHARED + 1)
+#define OPTION_OFORMAT (OPTION_NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE + 1)
+#define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_OFORMAT + 1)
+#define OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
+#define OPTION_RPATH (OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE + 1)
+#define OPTION_RPATH_LINK (OPTION_RPATH + 1)
+#define OPTION_SHARED (OPTION_RPATH_LINK + 1)
+#define OPTION_SONAME (OPTION_SHARED + 1)
+#define OPTION_SORT_COMMON (OPTION_SONAME + 1)
+#define OPTION_STATS (OPTION_SORT_COMMON + 1)
+#define OPTION_SYMBOLIC (OPTION_STATS + 1)
+#define OPTION_TBSS (OPTION_SYMBOLIC + 1)
+#define OPTION_TDATA (OPTION_TBSS + 1)
+#define OPTION_TTEXT (OPTION_TDATA + 1)
+#define OPTION_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT (OPTION_TTEXT + 1)
+#define OPTION_UR (OPTION_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT + 1)
+#define OPTION_VERBOSE (OPTION_UR + 1)
+#define OPTION_VERSION (OPTION_VERBOSE + 1)
+#define OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT (OPTION_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_COMMON (OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_CONSTRUCTORS (OPTION_WARN_COMMON + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_MULTIPLE_GP (OPTION_WARN_CONSTRUCTORS + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_ONCE (OPTION_WARN_MULTIPLE_GP + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN (OPTION_WARN_ONCE + 1)
+#define OPTION_SPLIT_BY_RELOC (OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN + 1)
+#define OPTION_SPLIT_BY_FILE (OPTION_SPLIT_BY_RELOC + 1)
+#define OPTION_WHOLE_ARCHIVE (OPTION_SPLIT_BY_FILE + 1)
+#define OPTION_WRAP (OPTION_WHOLE_ARCHIVE + 1)
+#define OPTION_FORCE_EXE_SUFFIX (OPTION_WRAP + 1)
+
+/* The long options. This structure is used for both the option
+ parsing and the help text. */
+
+struct ld_option
+{
+ /* The long option information. */
+ struct option opt;
+ /* The short option with the same meaning ('\0' if none). */
+ char shortopt;
+ /* The name of the argument (NULL if none). */
+ const char *arg;
+ /* The documentation string. If this is NULL, this is a synonym for
+ the previous option. */
+ const char *doc;
+ enum
+ {
+ /* Use one dash before long option name. */
+ ONE_DASH,
+ /* Use two dashes before long option name. */
+ TWO_DASHES,
+ /* Don't mention this option in --help output. */
+ NO_HELP
+ } control;
+};
+
+static const struct ld_option ld_options[] =
+{
+ { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+ 'a', "KEYWORD", "Shared library control for HP/UX compatibility",
+ ONE_DASH },
+ { {"architecture", required_argument, NULL, 'A'},
+ 'A', "ARCH", "Set architecture" , TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"format", required_argument, NULL, 'b'},
+ 'b', "TARGET", "Specify target for following input files", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"mri-script", required_argument, NULL, 'c'},
+ 'c', "FILE", "Read MRI format linker script", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"dc", no_argument, NULL, 'd'},
+ 'd', NULL, "Force common symbols to be defined", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"dp", no_argument, NULL, 'd'},
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+ { {"entry", required_argument, NULL, 'e'},
+ 'e', "ADDRESS", "Set start address", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"export-dynamic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EXPORT_DYNAMIC},
+ 'E', NULL, "Export all dynamic symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"auxiliary", required_argument, NULL, 'f'},
+ 'f', "SHLIB", "Auxiliary filter for shared object symbol table",
+ TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"filter", required_argument, NULL, 'F'},
+ 'F', "SHLIB", "Filter for shared object symbol table", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {NULL, no_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+ 'g', NULL, "Ignored", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"gpsize", required_argument, NULL, 'G'},
+ 'G', "SIZE", "Small data size (if no size, same as --shared)",
+ TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"soname", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_SONAME},
+ 'h', "FILENAME", "Set internal name of shared library", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"library", required_argument, NULL, 'l'},
+ 'l', "LIBNAME", "Search for library LIBNAME", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"library-path", required_argument, NULL, 'L'},
+ 'L', "DIRECTORY", "Add DIRECTORY to library search path", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+ 'm', "EMULATION", "Set emulation", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"print-map", no_argument, NULL, 'M'},
+ 'M', NULL, "Print map file on standard output", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"nmagic", no_argument, NULL, 'n'},
+ 'n', NULL, "Do not page align data", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"omagic", no_argument, NULL, 'N'},
+ 'N', NULL, "Do not page align data, do not make text readonly",
+ TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"output", required_argument, NULL, 'o'},
+ 'o', "FILE", "Set output file name", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+ 'O', NULL, "Ignored", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"relocateable", no_argument, NULL, 'r'},
+ 'r', NULL, "Generate relocateable output", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {NULL, no_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+ 'i', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+ { {"just-symbols", required_argument, NULL, 'R'},
+ 'R', "FILE", "Just link symbols (if directory, same as --rpath)",
+ TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"strip-all", no_argument, NULL, 's'},
+ 's', NULL, "Strip all symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"strip-debug", no_argument, NULL, 'S'},
+ 'S', NULL, "Strip debugging symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"trace", no_argument, NULL, 't'},
+ 't', NULL, "Trace file opens", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"script", required_argument, NULL, 'T'},
+ 'T', "FILE", "Read linker script", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"undefined", required_argument, NULL, 'u'},
+ 'u', "SYMBOL", "Start with undefined reference to SYMBOL", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"version", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERSION},
+ 'v', NULL, "Print version information", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {NULL, no_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+ 'V', NULL, "Print version and emulation information", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"discard-all", no_argument, NULL, 'x'},
+ 'x', NULL, "Discard all local symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"discard-locals", no_argument, NULL, 'X'},
+ 'X', NULL, "Discard temporary local symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"trace-symbol", required_argument, NULL, 'y'},
+ 'y', "SYMBOL", "Trace mentions of SYMBOL", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+ 'Y', "PATH", "Default search path for Solaris compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+ { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+ 'z', "KEYWORD", "Ignored for Solaris compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"start-group", no_argument, NULL, '('},
+ '(', NULL, "Start a group", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"end-group", no_argument, NULL, ')'},
+ ')', NULL, "End a group", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"assert", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_ASSERT},
+ '\0', "KEYWORD", "Ignored for SunOS compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"Bdynamic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CALL_SHARED},
+ '\0', NULL, "Link against shared libraries", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"dy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CALL_SHARED},
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+ { {"call_shared", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CALL_SHARED},
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+ { {"Bstatic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NON_SHARED},
+ '\0', NULL, "Do not link against shared libraries", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"dn", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NON_SHARED},
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+ { {"non_shared", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NON_SHARED},
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+ { {"static", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NON_SHARED},
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+ { {"Bsymbolic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SYMBOLIC},
+ '\0', NULL, "Bind global references locally", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"cref", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CREF},
+ '\0', NULL, "Output cross reference table", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"defsym", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_DEFSYM},
+ '\0', "SYMBOL=EXPRESSION", "Define a symbol", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"dynamic-linker", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_DYNAMIC_LINKER},
+ '\0', "PROGRAM", "Set the dynamic linker to use", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"EB", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EB},
+ '\0', NULL, "Link big-endian objects", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"EL", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EL},
+ '\0', NULL, "Link little-endian objects", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"embedded-relocs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EMBEDDED_RELOCS},
+ '\0', NULL, "Generate embedded relocs", TWO_DASHES},
+ { {"force-exe-suffix", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_FORCE_EXE_SUFFIX},
+ '\0', NULL, "Force generation of file with .exe suffix", TWO_DASHES},
+ { {"help", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_HELP},
+ '\0', NULL, "Print option help", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"Map", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MAP},
+ '\0', "FILE", "Write a map file", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"no-keep-memory", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_KEEP_MEMORY},
+ '\0', NULL, "Use less memory and more disk I/O", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"no-whole-archive", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE},
+ '\0', NULL, "Turn off --whole-archive", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"noinhibit-exec", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC},
+ '\0', NULL, "Create an output file even if errors occur", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"noinhibit_exec", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC},
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, NO_HELP },
+ { {"oformat", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_OFORMAT},
+ '\0', "TARGET", "Specify target of output file", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"qmagic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_IGNORE},
+ '\0', NULL, "Ignored for Linux compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"Qy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_IGNORE},
+ '\0', NULL, "Ignored for SVR4 compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX},
+ '\0', NULL, "Relax branches on certain targets", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"retain-symbols-file", required_argument, NULL,
+ OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE},
+ '\0', "FILE", "Keep only symbols listed in FILE", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"rpath", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_RPATH},
+ '\0', "PATH", "Set runtime shared library search path", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"rpath-link", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_RPATH_LINK},
+ '\0', "PATH", "Set link time shared library search path", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"shared", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SHARED},
+ '\0', NULL, "Create a shared library", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"Bshareable", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SHARED }, /* FreeBSD. */
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+ { {"sort-common", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SORT_COMMON},
+ '\0', NULL, "Sort common symbols by size", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"sort_common", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SORT_COMMON},
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, NO_HELP },
+ { {"split-by-file", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPLIT_BY_FILE},
+ '\0', NULL, "Split output sections for each file", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"split-by-reloc", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPLIT_BY_RELOC},
+ '\0', "COUNT", "Split output sections every COUNT relocs", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"stats", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_STATS},
+ '\0', NULL, "Print memory usage statistics", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"traditional-format", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT},
+ '\0', NULL, "Use same format as native linker", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"Tbss", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_TBSS},
+ '\0', "ADDRESS", "Set address of .bss section", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"Tdata", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_TDATA},
+ '\0', "ADDRESS", "Set address of .data section", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"Ttext", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_TTEXT},
+ '\0', "ADDRESS", "Set address of .text section", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"Ur", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_UR},
+ '\0', NULL, "Build global constructor/destructor tables", ONE_DASH },
+ { {"verbose", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERBOSE},
+ '\0', NULL, "Output lots of information during link", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"dll-verbose", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERBOSE}, /* Linux. */
+ '\0', NULL, NULL, NO_HELP },
+ { {"version-script", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT },
+ '\0', "FILE", "Read version information script", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"warn-common", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_COMMON},
+ '\0', NULL, "Warn about duplicate common symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"warn-constructors", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_CONSTRUCTORS},
+ '\0', NULL, "Warn if global constructors/destructors are seen",
+ TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"warn-multiple-gp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_MULTIPLE_GP},
+ '\0', NULL, "Warn if the multiple GP values are used", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"warn-once", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_ONCE},
+ '\0', NULL, "Warn only once per undefined symbol", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"warn-section-align", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN},
+ '\0', NULL, "Warn if start of section changes due to alignment",
+ TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"whole-archive", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WHOLE_ARCHIVE},
+ '\0', NULL, "Include all objects from following archives", TWO_DASHES },
+ { {"wrap", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_WRAP},
+ '\0', "SYMBOL", "Use wrapper functions for SYMBOL", TWO_DASHES }
+};
+
+#define OPTION_COUNT (sizeof ld_options / sizeof ld_options[0])
+
+void
+parse_args (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ int i, is, il;
+ int ingroup = 0;
+ char *default_dirlist = NULL;
+ char shortopts[OPTION_COUNT * 3 + 2];
+ struct option longopts[OPTION_COUNT + 1];
+
+ /* Starting the short option string with '-' is for programs that
+ expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+ the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+ as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. */
+ shortopts[0] = '-';
+ is = 1;
+ il = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < OPTION_COUNT; i++)
+ {
+ if (ld_options[i].shortopt != '\0')
+ {
+ shortopts[is] = ld_options[i].shortopt;
+ ++is;
+ if (ld_options[i].opt.has_arg == required_argument
+ || ld_options[i].opt.has_arg == optional_argument)
+ {
+ shortopts[is] = ':';
+ ++is;
+ if (ld_options[i].opt.has_arg == optional_argument)
+ {
+ shortopts[is] = ':';
+ ++is;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (ld_options[i].opt.name != NULL)
+ {
+ longopts[il] = ld_options[i].opt;
+ ++il;
+ }
+ }
+ shortopts[is] = '\0';
+ longopts[il].name = NULL;
+
+ /* The -G option is ambiguous on different platforms. Sometimes it
+ specifies the largest data size to put into the small data
+ section. Sometimes it is equivalent to --shared. Unfortunately,
+ the first form takes an argument, while the second does not.
+
+ We need to permit the --shared form because on some platforms,
+ such as Solaris, gcc -shared will pass -G to the linker.
+
+ To permit either usage, we look through the argument list. If we
+ find -G not followed by a number, we change it into --shared.
+ This will work for most normal cases. */
+ for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-G") == 0
+ && (i + 1 >= argc
+ || ! isdigit (argv[i + 1][0])))
+ argv[i] = (char *) "--shared";
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* getopt_long_only is like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can
+ indicate a long option. */
+ int longind;
+ int optc;
+
+ if (ldemul_parse_args (argc, argv))
+ continue;
+
+ optc = getopt_long_only (argc, argv, shortopts, longopts, &longind);
+
+ if (optc == -1)
+ break;
+ switch (optc)
+ {
+ default:
+ xexit (1);
+ case 1: /* File name. */
+ lang_add_input_file (optarg, lang_input_file_is_file_enum,
+ (char *) NULL);
+ break;
+
+ case OPTION_IGNORE:
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ /* For HP/UX compatibility. Actually -a shared should mean
+ ``use only shared libraries'' but, then, we don't
+ currently support shared libraries on HP/UX anyhow. */
+ if (strcmp (optarg, "archive") == 0)
+ config.dynamic_link = false;
+ else if (strcmp (optarg, "shared") == 0
+ || strcmp (optarg, "default") == 0)
+ config.dynamic_link = true;
+ else
+ einfo ("%P%F: unrecognized -a option `%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_ASSERT:
+ /* FIXME: We just ignore these, but we should handle them. */
+ if (strcmp (optarg, "definitions") == 0)
+ ;
+ else if (strcmp (optarg, "nodefinitions") == 0)
+ ;
+ else if (strcmp (optarg, "nosymbolic") == 0)
+ ;
+ else if (strcmp (optarg, "pure-text") == 0)
+ ;
+ else
+ einfo ("%P%F: unrecognized -assert option `%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'A':
+ ldfile_add_arch (optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'b':
+ lang_add_target (optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ ldfile_open_command_file (optarg);
+ parser_input = input_mri_script;
+ yyparse ();
+ break;
+ case OPTION_CALL_SHARED:
+ config.dynamic_link = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_NON_SHARED:
+ config.dynamic_link = false;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_CREF:
+ command_line.cref = true;
+ link_info.notice_all = true;
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ command_line.force_common_definition = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_DEFSYM:
+ lex_string = optarg;
+ lex_redirect (optarg);
+ parser_input = input_defsym;
+ parsing_defsym = 1;
+ yyparse ();
+ parsing_defsym = 0;
+ lex_string = NULL;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_DYNAMIC_LINKER:
+ command_line.interpreter = optarg;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_EB:
+ command_line.endian = ENDIAN_BIG;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_EL:
+ command_line.endian = ENDIAN_LITTLE;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_EMBEDDED_RELOCS:
+ command_line.embedded_relocs = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_EXPORT_DYNAMIC:
+ case 'E': /* HP/UX compatibility. */
+ command_line.export_dynamic = true;
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ lang_add_entry (optarg, true);
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ if (command_line.auxiliary_filters == NULL)
+ {
+ command_line.auxiliary_filters =
+ (char **) xmalloc (2 * sizeof (char *));
+ command_line.auxiliary_filters[0] = optarg;
+ command_line.auxiliary_filters[1] = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int c;
+ char **p;
+
+ c = 0;
+ for (p = command_line.auxiliary_filters; *p != NULL; p++)
+ ++c;
+ command_line.auxiliary_filters =
+ (char **) xrealloc (command_line.auxiliary_filters,
+ (c + 2) * sizeof (char *));
+ command_line.auxiliary_filters[c] = optarg;
+ command_line.auxiliary_filters[c + 1] = NULL;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'F':
+ command_line.filter_shlib = optarg;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_FORCE_EXE_SUFFIX:
+ command_line.force_exe_suffix = true;
+ break;
+ case 'G':
+ {
+ char *end;
+ g_switch_value = strtoul (optarg, &end, 0);
+ if (*end)
+ einfo ("%P%F: invalid number `%s'\n", optarg);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'g':
+ /* Ignore. */
+ break;
+ case OPTION_HELP:
+ help ();
+ xexit (0);
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ ldfile_add_library_path (optarg, true);
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ lang_add_input_file (optarg, lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+ (char *) NULL);
+ break;
+ case 'M':
+ config.map_filename = "-";
+ break;
+ case 'm':
+ /* Ignore. Was handled in a pre-parse. */
+ break;
+ case OPTION_MAP:
+ config.map_filename = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'N':
+ config.text_read_only = false;
+ config.magic_demand_paged = false;
+ config.dynamic_link = false;
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ config.magic_demand_paged = false;
+ config.dynamic_link = false;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_NO_KEEP_MEMORY:
+ link_info.keep_memory = false;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC:
+ force_make_executable = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE:
+ whole_archive = false;
+ break;
+ case 'O':
+ /* FIXME "-O<non-digits> <value>" used to set the address of
+ section <non-digits>. Was this for compatibility with
+ something, or can we create a new option to do that
+ (with a syntax similar to -defsym)?
+ getopt can't handle two args to an option without kludges. */
+ break;
+ case 'o':
+ lang_add_output (optarg, 0);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_OFORMAT:
+ lang_add_output_format (optarg, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, 0);
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ case 'r':
+ link_info.relocateable = true;
+ config.build_constructors = false;
+ config.magic_demand_paged = false;
+ config.text_read_only = false;
+ config.dynamic_link = false;
+ break;
+ case 'R':
+ /* The GNU linker traditionally uses -R to mean to include
+ only the symbols from a file. The Solaris linker uses -R
+ to set the path used by the runtime linker to find
+ libraries. This is the GNU linker -rpath argument. We
+ try to support both simultaneously by checking the file
+ named. If it is a directory, rather than a regular file,
+ we assume -rpath was meant. */
+ {
+ struct stat s;
+
+ if (stat (optarg, &s) >= 0
+ && ! S_ISDIR (s.st_mode))
+ {
+ lang_add_input_file (optarg,
+ lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum,
+ (char *) NULL);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
+ case OPTION_RPATH:
+ if (command_line.rpath == NULL)
+ command_line.rpath = buystring (optarg);
+ else
+ {
+ char *buf;
+
+ buf = xmalloc (strlen (command_line.rpath)
+ + strlen (optarg)
+ + 2);
+ sprintf (buf, "%s:%s", command_line.rpath, optarg);
+ free (command_line.rpath);
+ command_line.rpath = buf;
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTION_RPATH_LINK:
+ if (command_line.rpath_link == NULL)
+ command_line.rpath_link = buystring (optarg);
+ else
+ {
+ char *buf;
+
+ buf = xmalloc (strlen (command_line.rpath_link)
+ + strlen (optarg)
+ + 2);
+ sprintf (buf, "%s:%s", command_line.rpath_link, optarg);
+ free (command_line.rpath_link);
+ command_line.rpath_link = buf;
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTION_RELAX:
+ command_line.relax = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE:
+ add_keepsyms_file (optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'S':
+ link_info.strip = strip_debugger;
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ link_info.strip = strip_all;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_SHARED:
+ link_info.shared = true;
+ break;
+ case 'h': /* Used on Solaris. */
+ case OPTION_SONAME:
+ command_line.soname = optarg;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_SORT_COMMON:
+ config.sort_common = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_STATS:
+ config.stats = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_SYMBOLIC:
+ link_info.symbolic = true;
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ trace_files = true;
+ break;
+ case 'T':
+ ldfile_open_command_file (optarg);
+ parser_input = input_script;
+ yyparse ();
+ break;
+ case OPTION_TBSS:
+ set_section_start (".bss", optarg);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_TDATA:
+ set_section_start (".data", optarg);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_TTEXT:
+ set_section_start (".text", optarg);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT:
+ link_info.traditional_format = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_UR:
+ link_info.relocateable = true;
+ config.build_constructors = true;
+ config.magic_demand_paged = false;
+ config.text_read_only = false;
+ config.dynamic_link = false;
+ break;
+ case 'u':
+ ldlang_add_undef (optarg);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_VERBOSE:
+ ldversion (1);
+ version_printed = true;
+ trace_file_tries = true;
+ break;
+ case 'v':
+ ldversion (0);
+ version_printed = true;
+ break;
+ case 'V':
+ ldversion (1);
+ version_printed = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_VERSION:
+ /* This output is intended to follow the GNU standards document. */
+ printf ("GNU ld %s\n", ld_program_version);
+ printf ("Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n");
+ printf ("\
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it under the terms of\n\
+the GNU General Public License. This program has absolutely no warranty.\n");
+ {
+ ld_emulation_xfer_type **ptr = ld_emulations;
+
+ printf (" Supported emulations:\n");
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ printf (" %s\n", (*ptr)->emulation_name);
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ }
+ xexit (0);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT:
+ /* This option indicates a small script that only specifies
+ version information. Read it, but don't assume that
+ we've seen a linker script. */
+ {
+ boolean hold_had_script;
+
+ hold_had_script = had_script;
+ ldfile_open_command_file (optarg);
+ had_script = hold_had_script;
+ parser_input = input_version_script;
+ yyparse ();
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTION_WARN_COMMON:
+ config.warn_common = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_WARN_CONSTRUCTORS:
+ config.warn_constructors = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_WARN_MULTIPLE_GP:
+ config.warn_multiple_gp = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_WARN_ONCE:
+ config.warn_once = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN:
+ config.warn_section_align = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_WHOLE_ARCHIVE:
+ whole_archive = true;
+ break;
+ case OPTION_WRAP:
+ add_wrap (optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'X':
+ link_info.discard = discard_l;
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ link_info.discard = discard_all;
+ break;
+ case 'Y':
+ if (strncmp (optarg, "P,", 2) == 0)
+ optarg += 2;
+ default_dirlist = xstrdup (optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'y':
+ add_ysym (optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'z':
+ /* We accept and ignore this option for Solaris
+ compatibility. Actually, on Solaris, optarg is not
+ ignored. Someday we should handle it correctly. FIXME. */
+ break;
+ case OPTION_SPLIT_BY_RELOC:
+ config.split_by_reloc = atoi (optarg);
+ break;
+ case OPTION_SPLIT_BY_FILE:
+ config.split_by_file = true;
+ break;
+ case '(':
+ if (ingroup)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "%s: may not nest groups (--help for usage)\n",
+ program_name);
+ xexit (1);
+ }
+ lang_enter_group ();
+ ingroup = 1;
+ break;
+ case ')':
+ if (! ingroup)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "%s: group ended before it began (--help for usage)\n",
+ program_name);
+ xexit (1);
+ }
+ lang_leave_group ();
+ ingroup = 0;
+ break;
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ingroup)
+ lang_leave_group ();
+
+ if (default_dirlist != NULL)
+ set_default_dirlist (default_dirlist);
+
+}
+
+/* Add the (colon-separated) elements of DIRLIST_PTR to the
+ library search path. */
+
+static void
+set_default_dirlist (dirlist_ptr)
+ char *dirlist_ptr;
+{
+ char *p;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ p = strchr (dirlist_ptr, ':');
+ if (p != NULL)
+ *p = '\0';
+ if (*dirlist_ptr != '\0')
+ ldfile_add_library_path (dirlist_ptr, true);
+ if (p == NULL)
+ break;
+ dirlist_ptr = p + 1;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+set_section_start (sect, valstr)
+ char *sect, *valstr;
+{
+ char *end;
+ unsigned long val = strtoul (valstr, &end, 16);
+ if (*end)
+ einfo ("%P%F: invalid hex number `%s'\n", valstr);
+ lang_section_start (sect, exp_intop (val));
+}
+
+/* Print help messages for the options. */
+
+static void
+help ()
+{
+ int i;
+ const char **targets, **pp;
+
+ printf ("Usage: %s [options] file...\n", program_name);
+
+ printf ("Options:\n");
+ for (i = 0; i < OPTION_COUNT; i++)
+ {
+ if (ld_options[i].doc != NULL)
+ {
+ boolean comma;
+ int len;
+ int j;
+
+ printf (" ");
+
+ comma = false;
+ len = 2;
+
+ j = i;
+ do
+ {
+ if (ld_options[j].shortopt != '\0'
+ && ld_options[j].control != NO_HELP)
+ {
+ printf ("%s-%c", comma ? ", " : "", ld_options[j].shortopt);
+ len += (comma ? 2 : 0) + 2;
+ if (ld_options[j].arg != NULL)
+ {
+ if (ld_options[j].opt.has_arg != optional_argument)
+ {
+ printf (" ");
+ ++len;
+ }
+ printf ("%s", ld_options[j].arg);
+ len += strlen (ld_options[j].arg);
+ }
+ comma = true;
+ }
+ ++j;
+ }
+ while (j < OPTION_COUNT && ld_options[j].doc == NULL);
+
+ j = i;
+ do
+ {
+ if (ld_options[j].opt.name != NULL
+ && ld_options[j].control != NO_HELP)
+ {
+ printf ("%s-%s%s",
+ comma ? ", " : "",
+ ld_options[j].control == TWO_DASHES ? "-" : "",
+ ld_options[j].opt.name);
+ len += ((comma ? 2 : 0)
+ + 1
+ + (ld_options[j].control == TWO_DASHES ? 1 : 0)
+ + strlen (ld_options[j].opt.name));
+ if (ld_options[j].arg != NULL)
+ {
+ printf (" %s", ld_options[j].arg);
+ len += 1 + strlen (ld_options[j].arg);
+ }
+ comma = true;
+ }
+ ++j;
+ }
+ while (j < OPTION_COUNT && ld_options[j].doc == NULL);
+
+ if (len >= 30)
+ {
+ printf ("\n");
+ len = 0;
+ }
+
+ for (; len < 30; len++)
+ putchar (' ');
+
+ printf ("%s\n", ld_options[i].doc);
+ }
+ }
+
+ printf ("%s: supported targets:", program_name);
+ targets = bfd_target_list ();
+ for (pp = targets; *pp != NULL; pp++)
+ printf (" %s", *pp);
+ free (targets);
+ printf ("\n");
+
+ printf ("%s: supported emulations: ", program_name);
+ ldemul_list_emulations (stdout);
+ printf ("\n");
+ printf ("\nReport bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d07622a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.c
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/* mri.c -- handle MRI style linker scripts
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA. */
+
+
+/* This bit does the tree decoration when MRI style link scripts are parsed */
+
+/*
+ contributed by Steve Chamberlain
+ sac@cygnus.com
+
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "mri.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+struct section_name_struct {
+ struct section_name_struct *next;
+ CONST char *name;
+ CONST char *alias;
+ etree_type *vma;
+ etree_type *align;
+ etree_type *subalign;
+ int ok_to_load;
+} ;
+
+unsigned int symbol_truncate = 10000;
+struct section_name_struct *order;
+struct section_name_struct *only_load;
+struct section_name_struct *address;
+struct section_name_struct *alias;
+
+struct section_name_struct *alignment;
+struct section_name_struct *subalignment;
+
+static struct section_name_struct **lookup
+ PARAMS ((const char *name, struct section_name_struct **list));
+static void mri_add_to_list PARAMS ((struct section_name_struct **list,
+ const char *name, etree_type *vma,
+ const char *zalias, etree_type *align,
+ etree_type *subalign));
+
+static struct section_name_struct **
+lookup (name, list)
+ CONST char *name;
+ struct section_name_struct **list;
+{
+
+ struct section_name_struct **ptr = list;
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(name, (*ptr)->name) == 0) {
+ /* If this is a match, delete it, we only keep the last instance
+ of any name */
+ *ptr = (*ptr)->next;
+ }
+ else {
+ ptr = &((*ptr)->next);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ptr = (struct section_name_struct *)xmalloc(sizeof(struct section_name_struct));
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+static void
+mri_add_to_list (list, name, vma, zalias, align, subalign)
+ struct section_name_struct **list;
+ CONST char *name;
+ etree_type *vma;
+ CONST char *zalias;
+ etree_type *align;
+ etree_type *subalign;
+{
+ struct section_name_struct **ptr = lookup(name,list);
+ (*ptr)->name = name;
+ (*ptr)->vma = vma;
+ (*ptr)->next = (struct section_name_struct *)NULL;
+ (*ptr)->ok_to_load = 0;
+ (*ptr)->alias = zalias;
+ (*ptr)->align = align;
+ (*ptr)->subalign = subalign;
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_output_section (name, vma)
+ CONST char *name;
+ etree_type *vma;
+{
+ mri_add_to_list(&address, name, vma, 0,0,0);
+}
+
+/* if any ABSOLUTE <name> are in the script, only load those files
+marked thus */
+
+void
+mri_only_load (name)
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ mri_add_to_list(&only_load, name, 0, 0,0,0);
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_base (exp)
+ etree_type *exp;
+{
+ base = exp;
+}
+
+static int done_tree = 0;
+
+void
+mri_draw_tree ()
+{
+ if (done_tree) return;
+
+ /* We don't bother with memory regions. */
+#if 0
+ /* Create the regions */
+ {
+ lang_memory_region_type *r;
+ r = lang_memory_region_lookup("long");
+ r->current = r->origin = exp_get_vma(base, (bfd_vma)0, "origin",
+ lang_first_phase_enum);
+ r->length = (bfd_size_type) exp_get_vma(0, (bfd_vma) ~((bfd_size_type)0),
+ "length", lang_first_phase_enum);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Now build the statements for the ldlang machine */
+
+
+ /* Attatch the addresses of any which have addresses, and add the
+ ones not mentioned */
+ if (address != (struct section_name_struct *)NULL) {
+ struct section_name_struct *alist;
+ struct section_name_struct *olist;
+ if (order == (struct section_name_struct *)NULL) {
+ order = address;
+ }
+
+ for (alist = address;
+ alist != (struct section_name_struct*)NULL;
+ alist = alist->next)
+ {
+ int done = 0;
+ for (olist = order;
+ done == 0 &&
+ olist != (struct section_name_struct *)NULL;
+ olist = olist->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(alist->name, olist->name) == 0)
+ {
+ olist->vma = alist->vma;
+ done = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!done) {
+ /* add this onto end of order list */
+ mri_add_to_list(&order, alist->name, alist->vma, 0,0,0);
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /* If we're only supposed to load a subset of them in, then prune
+ the list. */
+
+ if (only_load != (struct section_name_struct *)NULL)
+ {
+ struct section_name_struct *ptr1;
+ struct section_name_struct *ptr2;
+ if (order == (struct section_name_struct*)NULL)
+ order = only_load;
+
+ /* See if this name is in the list, if it is then we can load it
+ */
+ for (ptr1 = only_load; ptr1; ptr1 = ptr1->next)
+ {
+ for (ptr2= order; ptr2; ptr2=ptr2->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(ptr2->name, ptr1->name)==0) {
+ ptr2->ok_to_load = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No only load list, so everything is ok to load */
+ struct section_name_struct *ptr;
+ for (ptr = order; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+ ptr->ok_to_load = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+
+ /* Create the order of sections to load */
+ if (order != (struct section_name_struct *)NULL)
+ {
+ /* Been told to output the sections in a certain order */
+ struct section_name_struct *p = order;
+ while (p)
+ {
+ struct section_name_struct *aptr;
+ etree_type *align = 0;
+ etree_type *subalign = 0;
+ /* See if an alignment has been specified */
+
+ for (aptr = alignment; aptr; aptr= aptr->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(aptr->name, p->name)==0) {
+ align = aptr->align;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (aptr = subalignment; aptr; aptr= aptr->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(aptr->name, p->name)==0) {
+ subalign = aptr->subalign;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (base == 0) {
+ base = p->vma ? p->vma :exp_nameop(NAME, ".");
+ }
+ lang_enter_output_section_statement (p->name, base,
+ p->ok_to_load ? 0 : noload_section,
+ 1, align, subalign,
+ (etree_type *) NULL);
+ base = 0;
+ lang_add_wild(p->name, (char *)NULL);
+ /* If there is an alias for this section, add it too */
+ for (aptr = alias; aptr; aptr = aptr->next) {
+
+ if (strcmp(aptr->alias, p->name)== 0) {
+ lang_add_wild(aptr->name, (char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ lang_leave_output_section_statement
+ (0, "*default*", (struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *) NULL);
+
+ p = p->next;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ done_tree = 1;
+
+}
+void
+mri_load (name)
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ base = 0;
+ lang_add_input_file(name,
+ lang_input_file_is_file_enum, (char *)NULL);
+ /* lang_leave_output_section_statement(0,"*default*");*/
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_order (name)
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ mri_add_to_list(&order, name, 0, 0,0,0);
+}
+
+void
+mri_alias (want, is, isn)
+ CONST char *want;
+ CONST char *is;
+ int isn;
+{
+ if (!is) {
+ /* Some sections are digits - */
+ char buf[20];
+ sprintf(buf, "%d", isn);
+ is = xstrdup (buf);
+ if (is == NULL)
+ abort ();
+ }
+ mri_add_to_list(&alias, is, 0, want,0,0);
+
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_name (name)
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ lang_add_output(name, 1);
+
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_format (name)
+ CONST char *name;
+{
+ if (strcmp(name, "S") == 0)
+ {
+ lang_add_output_format("srec", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, 1);
+ }
+ else if (strcmp(name, "IEEE") == 0)
+ {
+ lang_add_output_format("ieee", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, 1);
+ }
+ else if (strcmp(name, "COFF") == 0)
+ {
+ lang_add_output_format("coff-m68k", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, 1);
+ }
+ else {
+ einfo("%P%F: unknown format type %s\n", name);
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_public (name, exp)
+ CONST char *name;
+ etree_type *exp;
+{
+ lang_add_assignment(exp_assop('=', name, exp));
+}
+
+void
+mri_align (name, exp)
+ CONST char *name;
+ etree_type *exp;
+{
+ mri_add_to_list(&alignment, name,0,0,exp,0);
+}
+
+void
+mri_alignmod (name, exp)
+ CONST char *name;
+ etree_type *exp;
+{
+ mri_add_to_list(&subalignment, name,0,0,0,exp);
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_truncate (exp)
+ unsigned int exp;
+{
+ symbol_truncate = exp;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc3f0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* mri.h -- header file for MRI scripting functions
+ Copyright 1993, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef MRI_H
+#define MRI_H
+
+extern unsigned int symbol_truncate;
+
+extern void mri_output_section PARAMS ((const char *name, etree_type *vma));
+extern void mri_only_load PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_base PARAMS ((etree_type *exp));
+extern void mri_load PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_order PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_alias PARAMS ((const char *want, const char *is, int isn));
+extern void mri_name PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_format PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_public PARAMS ((const char *name, etree_type *exp));
+extern void mri_align PARAMS ((const char *name, etree_type *exp));
+extern void mri_alignmod PARAMS ((const char *name, etree_type *exp));
+extern void mri_truncate PARAMS ((unsigned int exp));
+extern void mri_draw_tree PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/README b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26ad2e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/README
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+The files in this directory are linker script templates.
+genscripts.sh sets some shell variables, then sources
+EMULATION.sc, to generate EMULATION.{x,xr,xu,xn,xbn} -- the script
+files for default, -r, -Ur, -n, -N.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/alpha.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/alpha.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44a10c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/alpha.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+# Linker script for Alpha systems.
+# Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+# These variables may be overridden by the emulation file. The
+# defaults are appropriate for an Alpha running OSF/1.
+test -z "$ENTRY" && ENTRY=__start
+test -z "$TEXT_START_ADDR" && TEXT_START_ADDR="0x120000000 + SIZEOF_HEADERS"
+if test "x$LD_FLAG" = "xn" -o "x$LD_FLAG" = "xN"; then
+ DATA_ADDR=.
+else
+ test -z "$DATA_ADDR" && DATA_ADDR=0x140000000
+fi
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}
+
+ENTRY(${ENTRY})
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+ ${RELOCATING+. = ${TEXT_START_ADDR};}
+ .text : {
+ ${RELOCATING+ _ftext = . };
+ ${RELOCATING+ __istart = . };
+ ${RELOCATING+ *(.init) }
+ ${RELOCATING+ LONG (0x6bfa8001)}
+ ${RELOCATING+ eprol = .};
+ *(.text)
+ ${RELOCATING+ __fstart = . };
+ ${RELOCATING+ *(.fini)}
+ ${RELOCATING+ LONG (0x6bfa8001)}
+ ${RELOCATING+ _etext = .};
+ }
+ .rdata : {
+ *(.rdata)
+ }
+ .rconst : {
+ *(.rconst)
+ }
+ .pdata : {
+ ${RELOCATING+ _fpdata = .;}
+ *(.pdata)
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ADDR};}
+ .data : {
+ ${RELOCATING+ _fdata = .;}
+ *(.data)
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+CONSTRUCTORS}
+ }
+ .xdata : {
+ *(.xdata)
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING+ _gp = ALIGN (16) + 0x8000;}
+ .lit8 : {
+ *(.lit8)
+ }
+ .lita : {
+ *(.lita)
+ }
+ .sdata : {
+ *(.sdata)
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING+ _EDATA = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+ _FBSS = .;}
+ .sbss : {
+ *(.sbss)
+ *(.scommon)
+ }
+ .bss : {
+ *(.bss)
+ *(COMMON)
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING+ _end = .;}
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/aout.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/aout.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66cc42d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/aout.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+test -z "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+test -z "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}", "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+ "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(${ARCH})
+
+${RELOCATING+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}}
+${STACKZERO+${RELOCATING+${STACKZERO}}}
+${SHLIB_PATH+${RELOCATING+${SHLIB_PATH}}}
+${RELOCATING+${EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS}}
+${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (__stack = 0);}
+SECTIONS
+{
+ ${RELOCATING+. = ${TEXT_START_ADDR};}
+ .text :
+ {
+ CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+ *(.text)
+ /* The next six sections are for SunOS dynamic linking. The order
+ is important. */
+ *(.dynrel)
+ *(.hash)
+ *(.dynsym)
+ *(.dynstr)
+ *(.rules)
+ *(.need)
+ ${RELOCATING+_etext = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+__etext = .;}
+ ${PAD_TEXT+${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ALIGNMENT};}}
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ALIGNMENT};}
+ .data :
+ {
+ /* The first three sections are for SunOS dynamic linking. */
+ *(.dynamic)
+ *(.got)
+ *(.plt)
+ *(.data)
+ *(.linux-dynamic) /* For Linux dynamic linking. */
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+CONSTRUCTORS}
+ ${RELOCATING+_edata = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+__edata = .;}
+ }
+ .bss :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+ __bss_start = .};
+ *(.bss)
+ *(COMMON)
+ ${RELOCATING+_end = ALIGN(4) };
+ ${RELOCATING+__end = ALIGN(4) };
+ }
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/elf.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/elf.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27f2e9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/elf.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+#
+# Unusual variables checked by this code:
+# NOP - two byte opcode for no-op (defaults to 0)
+# DATA_ADDR - if end-of-text-plus-one-page isn't right for data start
+# OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS - other than .text .init .rodata ...
+# (e.g., .PARISC.milli)
+# OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS - other than .data .bss .ctors .sdata ...
+# (e.g., .PARISC.global)
+# OTHER_SECTIONS - at the end
+# EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS - symbols that must be defined for an
+# executable (e.g., _DYNAMIC_LINK)
+# TEXT_START_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+# .text section.
+# DATA_START_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+# .data section.
+# OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+# .bss section besides __bss_start.
+# DATA_PLT - .plt should be in data segment, not text segment.
+# EMBEDDED - whether this is for an embedded system.
+#
+# When adding sections, do note that the names of some sections are used
+# when specifying the start address of the next.
+#
+test -z "$ENTRY" && ENTRY=_start
+test -z "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+test -z "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+if [ -z "$MACHINE" ]; then OUTPUT_ARCH=${ARCH}; else OUTPUT_ARCH=${ARCH}:${MACHINE}; fi
+test "$LD_FLAG" = "N" && DATA_ADDR=.
+INTERP=".interp ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.interp) }"
+PLT=".plt ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.plt) }"
+
+# if this is for an embedded system, don't add SIZEOF_HEADERS.
+if [ -z "$EMBEDDED" ]; then
+ test -z "${TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS}" && TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS="${TEXT_START_ADDR} + SIZEOF_HEADERS"
+else
+ test -z "${TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS}" && TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS="${TEXT_START_ADDR}"
+fi
+
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}", "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+ "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(${OUTPUT_ARCH})
+ENTRY(${ENTRY})
+
+${RELOCATING+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}}
+${RELOCATING+/* Do we need any of these for elf?
+ __DYNAMIC = 0; ${STACKZERO+${STACKZERO}} ${SHLIB_PATH+${SHLIB_PATH}} */}
+${RELOCATING+${EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS}}
+${RELOCATING- /* For some reason, the Solaris linker makes bad executables
+ if gld -r is used and the intermediate file has sections starting
+ at non-zero addresses. Could be a Solaris ld bug, could be a GNU ld
+ bug. But for now assigning the zero vmas works. */}
+SECTIONS
+{
+ /* Read-only sections, merged into text segment: */
+ ${CREATE_SHLIB-${RELOCATING+. = ${TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS};}}
+ ${CREATE_SHLIB+${RELOCATING+. = SIZEOF_HEADERS;}}
+ ${CREATE_SHLIB-${INTERP}}
+ .hash ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.hash) }
+ .dynsym ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynsym) }
+ .dynstr ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynstr) }
+ .gnu.version ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.gnu.version) }
+ .gnu.version_d ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.gnu.version_d) }
+ .gnu.version_r ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.gnu.version_r) }
+ .rel.text ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ { *(.rel.text) *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.t*) }
+ .rela.text ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ { *(.rela.text) *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.t*) }
+ .rel.data ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ { *(.rel.data) *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.d*) }
+ .rela.data ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ { *(.rela.data) *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.d*) }
+ .rel.rodata ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ { *(.rel.rodata) *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.r*) }
+ .rela.rodata ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ { *(.rela.rodata) *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.r*) }
+ .rel.got ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.got) }
+ .rela.got ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.got) }
+ .rel.ctors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.ctors) }
+ .rela.ctors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.ctors) }
+ .rel.dtors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.dtors) }
+ .rela.dtors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.dtors) }
+ .rel.init ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.init) }
+ .rela.init ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.init) }
+ .rel.fini ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.fini) }
+ .rela.fini ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.fini) }
+ .rel.bss ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.bss) }
+ .rela.bss ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.bss) }
+ .rel.plt ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.plt) }
+ .rela.plt ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.plt) }
+ .init ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.init) } =${NOP-0}
+ ${DATA_PLT-${PLT}}
+ .text ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+${TEXT_START_SYMBOLS}}
+ *(.text)
+ /* .gnu.warning sections are handled specially by elf32.em. */
+ *(.gnu.warning)
+ *(.gnu.linkonce.t*)
+ } =${NOP-0}
+ ${RELOCATING+_etext = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (etext = .);}
+ .fini ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.fini) } =${NOP-0}
+ .rodata ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rodata) *(.gnu.linkonce.r*) }
+ .rodata1 ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rodata1) }
+ ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS}}
+
+ /* Adjust the address for the data segment. We want to adjust up to
+ the same address within the page on the next page up. */
+ ${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ADDR-ALIGN(${MAXPAGESIZE}) + (. & (${MAXPAGESIZE} - 1))};}
+
+ .data ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+${DATA_START_SYMBOLS}}
+ *(.data)
+ *(.gnu.linkonce.d*)
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+CONSTRUCTORS}
+ }
+ .data1 ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.data1) }
+ ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS}}
+ .ctors ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ {
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+${CTOR_START}}
+ *(.ctors)
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+${CTOR_END}}
+ }
+ .dtors ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ {
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+${DTOR_START}}
+ *(.dtors)
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+${DTOR_END}}
+ }
+ ${DATA_PLT+${PLT}}
+ .got ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.got.plt) *(.got) }
+ .dynamic ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynamic) }
+ /* We want the small data sections together, so single-instruction offsets
+ can access them all, and initialized data all before uninitialized, so
+ we can shorten the on-disk segment size. */
+ .sdata ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.sdata) }
+ ${RELOCATING+_edata = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (edata = .);}
+ ${RELOCATING+__bss_start = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS}}
+ .sbss ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.sbss) *(.scommon) }
+ .bss ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ {
+ *(.dynbss)
+ *(.bss)
+ *(COMMON)
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING+_end = . ;}
+ ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (end = .);}
+
+ /* Stabs debugging sections. */
+ .stab 0 : { *(.stab) }
+ .stabstr 0 : { *(.stabstr) }
+ .stab.excl 0 : { *(.stab.excl) }
+ .stab.exclstr 0 : { *(.stab.exclstr) }
+ .stab.index 0 : { *(.stab.index) }
+ .stab.indexstr 0 : { *(.stab.indexstr) }
+
+ .comment 0 : { *(.comment) }
+
+ /* DWARF debug sections.
+ Symbols in the DWARF debugging sections are relative to the beginning
+ of the section so we begin them at 0. */
+
+ /* DWARF 1 */
+ .debug 0 : { *(.debug) }
+ .line 0 : { *(.line) }
+
+ /* GNU DWARF 1 extensions */
+ .debug_srcinfo 0 : { *(.debug_srcinfo) }
+ .debug_sfnames 0 : { *(.debug_sfnames) }
+
+ /* DWARF 1.1 and DWARF 2 */
+ .debug_aranges 0 : { *(.debug_aranges) }
+ .debug_pubnames 0 : { *(.debug_pubnames) }
+
+ /* DWARF 2 */
+ .debug_info 0 : { *(.debug_info) }
+ .debug_abbrev 0 : { *(.debug_abbrev) }
+ .debug_line 0 : { *(.debug_line) }
+ .debug_frame 0 : { *(.debug_frame) }
+ .debug_str 0 : { *(.debug_str) }
+ .debug_loc 0 : { *(.debug_loc) }
+ .debug_macinfo 0 : { *(.debug_macinfo) }
+
+ /* SGI/MIPS DWARF 2 extensions */
+ .debug_weaknames 0 : { *(.debug_weaknames) }
+ .debug_funcnames 0 : { *(.debug_funcnames) }
+ .debug_typenames 0 : { *(.debug_typenames) }
+ .debug_varnames 0 : { *(.debug_varnames) }
+
+ ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS}}
+
+ /* These must appear regardless of ${RELOCATING}. */
+ ${OTHER_SECTIONS}
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/i386coff.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/i386coff.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb1b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/i386coff.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# Linker script for 386 COFF. This works on SVR3.2 and SCO Unix 3.2.2.
+# Ian Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+test -z "$ENTRY" && ENTRY=_start
+# These are substituted in as variables in order to get '}' in a shell
+# conditional expansion.
+INIT='.init : { *(.init) }'
+FINI='.fini : { *(.fini) }'
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}
+
+ENTRY(${ENTRY})
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+ .text ${RELOCATING+ SIZEOF_HEADERS} : {
+ ${RELOCATING+ *(.init)}
+ *(.text)
+ ${RELOCATING+ *(.fini)}
+ ${RELOCATING+ etext = .};
+ }
+ .data ${RELOCATING+ 0x400000 + (. & 0xffc00fff)} : {
+ *(.data)
+ ${RELOCATING+ edata = .};
+ }
+ .bss ${RELOCATING+ SIZEOF(.data) + ADDR(.data)} :
+ {
+ *(.bss)
+ *(COMMON)
+ ${RELOCATING+ end = .};
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING- ${INIT}}
+ ${RELOCATING- ${FINI}}
+ .stab 0 ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+ {
+ [ .stab ]
+ }
+ .stabstr 0 ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+ {
+ [ .stabstr ]
+ }
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/nw.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/nw.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..725522c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/nw.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+#
+# Unusual variables checked by this code:
+# NOP - two byte opcode for no-op (defaults to 0)
+# DATA_ADDR - if end-of-text-plus-one-page isn't right for data start
+# OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS - other than .text .init .ctors .rodata ...
+# (e.g., .PARISC.milli)
+# OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS - other than .data .bss .sdata ...
+# (e.g., .PARISC.global)
+# OTHER_SECTIONS - at the end
+# EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS - symbols that must be defined for an
+# executable (e.g., _DYNAMIC_LINK)
+# TEXT_START_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+# .text section.
+# DATA_START_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+# .data section.
+# OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+# .bss section besides __bss_start.
+# DATA_PLT - .plt should be in data segment, not text segment.
+#
+# When adding sections, do note that the names of some sections are used
+# when specifying the start address of the next.
+#
+test -z "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+test -z "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+test "$LD_FLAG" = "N" && DATA_ADDR=.
+INTERP=".interp ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.interp) }"
+PLT=".plt ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.plt) }"
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}", "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+ "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(${ARCH})
+
+${RELOCATING+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}}
+${RELOCATING+/* Do we need any of these for elf?
+ __DYNAMIC = 0; ${STACKZERO+${STACKZERO}} ${SHLIB_PATH+${SHLIB_PATH}} */}
+${RELOCATING+${EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS}}
+${RELOCATING- /* For some reason, the Solaris linker makes bad executables
+ if gld -r is used and the intermediate file has sections starting
+ at non-zero addresses. Could be a Solaris ld bug, could be a GNU ld
+ bug. But for now assigning the zero vmas works. */}
+SECTIONS
+{
+ /* Read-only sections, merged into text segment: */
+ ${CREATE_SHLIB-${RELOCATING+. = ${TEXT_START_ADDR} + SIZEOF_HEADERS;}}
+ ${CREATE_SHLIB+${RELOCATING+. = SIZEOF_HEADERS;}}
+ ${CREATE_SHLIB-${INTERP}}
+ .hash ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.hash) }
+ .dynsym ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynsym) }
+ .dynstr ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynstr) }
+ .rel.text ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.text) }
+ .rela.text ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.text) }
+ .rel.data ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.data) }
+ .rela.data ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.data) }
+ .rel.rodata ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.rodata) }
+ .rela.rodata ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.rodata) }
+ .rel.got ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.got) }
+ .rela.got ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.got) }
+ .rel.ctors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.ctors) }
+ .rela.ctors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.ctors) }
+ .rel.dtors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.dtors) }
+ .rela.dtors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.dtors) }
+ .rel.bss ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.bss) }
+ .rela.bss ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.bss) }
+ .rel.plt ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.plt) }
+ .rela.plt ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.plt) }
+ .init ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.init) } =${NOP-0}
+ ${DATA_PLT-${PLT}}
+ .text ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+${TEXT_START_SYMBOLS}}
+ *(.text)
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ __CTOR_LIST__ = .;}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ LONG((__CTOR_END__ - __CTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ *(.ctors)}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ LONG(0)}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ __CTOR_END__ = .;}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ __DTOR_LIST__ = .;}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ LONG((__DTOR_END__ - __DTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ *(.dtors)}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ LONG(0)}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ __DTOR_END__ = .;}
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING+_etext = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (etext = .);}
+ .fini ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.fini) } =${NOP-0}
+ .ctors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.ctors) }
+ .dtors ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dtors) }
+ .rodata ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rodata) }
+ .rodata1 ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rodata1) }
+ ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS}}
+
+ /* Read-write section, merged into data segment: */
+ ${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ADDR- ALIGN(8) + ${MAXPAGESIZE}};}
+ .data ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+${DATA_START_SYMBOLS}}
+ *(.data)
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+CONSTRUCTORS}
+ }
+ .data1 ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.data1) }
+ ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS}}
+ .got ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.got.plt) *(.got) }
+ .dynamic ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynamic) }
+ ${DATA_PLT+${PLT}}
+ /* We want the small data sections together, so single-instruction offsets
+ can access them all, and initialized data all before uninitialized, so
+ we can shorten the on-disk segment size. */
+ .sdata ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.sdata) }
+ ${RELOCATING+_edata = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (edata = .);}
+ ${RELOCATING+__bss_start = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS}}
+ .sbss ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.sbss) *(.scommon) }
+ .bss ${RELOCATING-0} :
+ {
+ *(.dynbss)
+ *(.bss)
+ *(COMMON)
+ }
+ ${RELOCATING+_end = . ;}
+ ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (end = .);}
+
+ /* These are needed for ELF backends which have not yet been
+ converted to the new style linker. */
+ .stab 0 : { *(.stab) }
+ .stabstr 0 : { *(.stabstr) }
+
+ /* These must appear regardless of ${RELOCATING}. */
+ ${OTHER_SECTIONS}
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2adc3db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+# Linker script for PE.
+
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT(${OUTPUT_FORMAT})
+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}
+
+ENTRY(_mainCRTStartup)
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+ .text ${RELOCATING+ __image_base__ + __section_alignment__ } :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+ *(.init)}
+ *(.text)
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ ___CTOR_LIST__ = .; __CTOR_LIST__ = . ;
+ LONG (-1); *(.ctors); *(.ctor); LONG (0); }
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+ ___DTOR_LIST__ = .; __DTOR_LIST__ = . ;
+ LONG (-1); *(.dtors); *(.dtor); LONG (0); }
+ ${RELOCATING+ *(.fini)}
+ /* ??? Why is .gcc_exc here? */
+ ${RELOCATING+ *(.gcc_exc)}
+ ${RELOCATING+ etext = .;}
+ /* Grouped section support currently must be explicitly provided for
+ in the linker script. */
+ *(.text\$)
+ *(.gcc_except_table)
+ }
+
+ .bss BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ __bss_start__ = . ;
+ *(.bss)
+ *(COMMON)
+ __bss_end__ = . ;
+ }
+ .data BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ __data_start__ = . ;
+ *(.data)
+ *(.data2)
+ __data_end__ = . ;
+ /* Grouped section support currently must be explicitly provided for
+ in the linker script. */
+ *(.data\$)
+ }
+
+ .rdata BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ *(.rdata)
+ /* Grouped section support currently must be explicitly provided for
+ in the linker script. */
+ *(.rdata\$)
+ }
+
+ .edata BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ *(.edata)
+ }
+
+ /DISCARD/ BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ *(.debug\$S)
+ *(.debug\$T)
+ *(.debug\$F)
+ *(.drectve)
+ }
+
+ .idata BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ /* This cannot currently be handled with grouped sections.
+ See pe.em:sort_sections. */
+ *(.idata\$2)
+ *(.idata\$3)
+ *(.idata\$4)
+ *(.idata\$5)
+ *(.idata\$6)
+ *(.idata\$7)
+ }
+ .CRT BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ /* Grouped sections are used to handle .CRT\$foo. */
+ *(.CRT\$)
+ }
+ .rsrc BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ /* Grouped sections are used to handle .rsrc\$0[12]. */
+ *(.rsrc\$)
+ }
+
+ .endjunk BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ /* end is deprecated, don't use it */
+ ${RELOCATING+ end = .;}
+ ${RELOCATING+ __end__ = .;}
+ }
+
+ .stab BLOCK(__section_alignment__) ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+ {
+ [ .stab ]
+ }
+
+ .stabstr BLOCK(__section_alignment__) ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+ {
+ [ .stabstr ]
+ }
+
+ .reloc BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+ {
+ *(.reloc)
+ }
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/sh.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/sh.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..036dd21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/sh.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+TORS=".tors :
+ {
+ ___ctors = . ;
+ *(.ctors)
+ ___ctors_end = . ;
+ ___dtors = . ;
+ *(.dtors)
+ ___dtors_end = . ;
+ } > ram"
+
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(${ARCH})
+
+MEMORY
+{
+ ram : o = 0x1000, l = 512k
+}
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+ .text :
+ {
+ *(.text)
+ *(.strings)
+ ${RELOCATING+ _etext = . ; }
+ } ${RELOCATING+ > ram}
+ ${CONSTRUCTING+${TORS}}
+ .data :
+ {
+ *(.data)
+ ${RELOCATING+ _edata = . ; }
+ } ${RELOCATING+ > ram}
+ .bss :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+ _bss_start = . ; }
+ *(.bss)
+ *(COMMON)
+ ${RELOCATING+ _end = . ; }
+ } ${RELOCATING+ > ram}
+ .stack ${RELOCATING+ 0x30000 } :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+ _stack = . ; }
+ *(.stack)
+ } ${RELOCATING+ > ram}
+ .stab 0 ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+ {
+ *(.stab)
+ }
+ .stabstr 0 ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+ {
+ *(.stabstr)
+ }
+}
+EOF
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/vanilla.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/vanilla.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1798480
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/vanilla.sc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# Nothing to do.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/z8000.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/z8000.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b87930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/z8000.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH("${OUTPUT_ARCH}")
+ENTRY(_start)
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+.text ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x0000000}} : {
+ *(.text)
+ *(.strings)
+ *(.rdata)
+ }
+
+.ctors ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x2000000}} :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+ ___ctors = . ; }
+ *(.ctors);
+ ${RELOCATING+ ___ctors_end = . ; }
+ ___dtors = . ;
+ *(.dtors);
+ ${RELOCATING+ ___dtors_end = . ; }
+ }
+
+.data ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x3000000}} : {
+ *(.data)
+ }
+
+.bss ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x4000000}} :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+ __start_bss = . ; }
+ *(.bss);
+ *(COMMON);
+ ${RELOCATING+ __end_bss = . ; }
+ }
+
+.heap ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x5000000}} : {
+ ${RELOCATING+ __start_heap = . ; }
+ ${RELOCATING+ . = . + 20k ; }
+ ${RELOCATING+ __end_heap = . ; }
+ }
+
+.stack ${RELOCATING+ 0xf000 } :
+ {
+ ${RELOCATING+ _stack = . ; }
+ *(.stack)
+ ${RELOCATING+ __stack_top = . ; }
+ }
+
+}
+EOF
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/sysdep.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/sysdep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a018436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/sysdep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* sysdep.h -- handle host dependencies for the GNU linker
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+ GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with GLD; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+ 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef LD_SYSDEP_H
+#define LD_SYSDEP_H
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#else
+extern char *strchr ();
+extern char *strrchr ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+#include "fopen-bin.h"
+#else
+#include "fopen-same.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+extern char *strstr ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+extern void free ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! defined (LD_SYSDEP_H) */
OpenPOWER on IntegriCloud